Book of Proceeding: International Conference On Green Technology and Design

BOOK OF PROCEEDING
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE
ON GREEN TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN
Bandung, 4 – 5 December 2019
Bale Dayang Sumbi

Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung
West Java - Indonesia
ORGANIZING COMMITTEE
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON GREEN TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN
GENERAL CHAIR : Dr. Nurtati Soewarno, Ir., MT.

CO-CHAIR : Maya R. Musadi, Ir., MT., Ph.D
SECRETARY : Lisa Kristiana, ST., MT., Ph.D.
FINANCE CHAIR
• Dian Duhita, ST., MT.
EXHIBITS COMMITTEE
• Dr. Didin Agustian Permadi, ST., M.Eng
• Dr. Soni Darmawan, ST., MT.
PROGRAMME CHAIRS
• Vibianti Dwi Pratiwi, ST., MT.
• Arsyad Ramadhan Darlis, ST., MT.
LOCAL ARRANGEMENT COMMITTEE

• Lita Lidyawati, ST., MT.
PUBLICATIONS CHAIRS
• Agung Prabowo Sulistiawan, ST., MT.
• Ardhiana Muhsin Machdi, ST.,MT.
WEB MASTER
• Agus Wardana, S.Sos.
• Bhakti Herdianto
REVIEWERS:
• Dr. Ir. Imam Aschuri, MT. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Ir. Dewi Kania Sari, MT. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Ir. Kusmaningrum, MT. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Dani Rusirawan, ST., MT. (Indonesia)
• Emma Akmalah, ST., MT., Ph.D. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Ir. Etih Hartati, MT. (Indonesia)
• Tarsisius Kristyadi, ST., MT., Ph.D. (Indonesia)
• Prof. Meilinda Nurbanasari, ST., MT., Ph.D. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Jamaludin, S.Sn., M.Sn. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Ir. Nurtati Soewarno, MT. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Waluyo, ST., MT. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Ir. Maya Ramadianti, MT. (Indonesia)
• Taufan Hidjaz, Drs., M.Sn. (Indonesia)
• Dr. Ing. M. Alexin Putra (Indonesia)
• Dr. Andri Masri, M.Sn. (Indonesia)
• Iwan Juwana, ST., M.EM., Ph.D. (Indonesia)
i
EDITORIAL BOARD:
• Jeark A. Principe Ph.D (Filipine)
• Dr. Ekbordin Winijkul (Thailand)
• Tanakorm Sritarapipat, Ph.D. (Thailand)
• Lisa Kristiana, ST., MT., Ph.D. (Indonesia)
• Arsyad Ramadhan Darlis, ST., MT. (Indonesia)
• Vibianti Dwi Pratiwi, ST., MT (Indonesia)
• Agus Wardana, S.Sos (Indonesia)
• Agus Rianto Amd. (Indonesia)
ISBN:
First Print: December 2019
Publisher:
Penerbit Itenas
Address:
Jl. P.K.H. Mustapha No. 23, Bandung 40124 Telp: +62 22 7272215, Fax: +62 22 7202892
Email: penerbit@itenas.ac.id
2019© All rights reserved

It is prohibited to quote and reproduce the contents of this book in any form and manner
without permission from the publisher
ii
RUNDOWN ICGTD
Day Time Description

Wednesday, 08.00 – 08.30 Registration
December 08.30 – 09.00 Welcome speech: ICGTD Chair, Rector of Itenas and
4th 2019 Opening
09.00 – 09.45 Plenary Session: “Assessment of Solar PV Power Potential
over Asia Pacific Region with Remote Sensing and GIS”
Jeark A. Principe, Ph.D (Philipine)
09.45 – 10.30 Plenary Session: "Emissions and Mitigation Scenarios for
Residential Combustion of Solid Fuels in Developing
Countries"
Dr. Ekbordin Winijkul (Thailand)
10.30 – 10.45 Coffee Break
10.45 – 11.30 Plenary Session: “Water Resource Management Framework
For West Java Province, Indonesia”
Iwan Juwana Ph.D (Indonesia)
11.30 – 12.30 Ishoma Break
12.30 – 16.45 Parallel Sessions – as attached
16.45 – 19.00 Closing
iii
PRESENTATION SCHEDULE
Presentation
No. Name Institution Paper Topic Place
Time
Institut Teknologi Nasional Green
1 Niken Syafitri 13.00
Bandung Automation
2 Febrian Hadiatna 13.15
Bandung Automation
Florentinus budi Soegijapranata catholic Green
3 13.30
setiawan university Automation
4 Waluyo 13.45
Bandung Automation
Priyo Agus Politeknik Perkapalan
5 Green Energy 14.00
Setiawan Negeri Surabaya
Institut Teknologi Nasional
6 Lita Lidyawati Green Energy 14.15
Bandung
Bagus Rizky Institute Technologi
Pratama Budiajih Sepuluh Nopember
Vibianti Dwi Institut Teknologi Nasional
Pratiwi Bandung
Rachmad
Universitas Pembangunan
9 Ramadhan Green Energy 15.00
Nasional (UPN) "Veteran"
Yogaswara
10 Lisa Kristiana Green IT 15.15
Bandung GSG Bale
Dayang
11 Achmad Hizazi Universitas Jambi Green IT 15.30 Sumbi Lt 1
(A)
12 Dewi Rosmala Green IT 15.45
Bandung
Diki Ismail Institut Teknologi Nasional
Permana Bandung
14 Yusup Miftahuddin Green IT 16.15
Bandung
15 Yudi Widiawan Green IT 16.30
Bandung
16 Rifqi Finaldy Green IT 16.45
Bandung
17 Hafidz Dayu Aditya Green IT 17.15
Bandung
18 Agus Hermanto Green Energy 17.30
Bandung
Meilinda Institut Teknologi Nasional
Nurbanasari Bandung
20 Alfan Ekajati Latief Green Energy 18.00
Bandung
Lakshmanan Universiti Malaysia
21 Green IT 18.15
Gurusamy Sarawak (UNIMAS)
iv
Presentation
Time
Universiti Malaysia
22 Abu Arif Jalaluddin Green IT 18.30
Sarawak (UNIMAS)
Universiti Malaysia
23 Yanuar Z. Arief Green IT 18.45
Sarawak (UNIMAS)
24 Institut Teknologi Nasional Green

Nur Laela Latifah 13.00
Bandung Building
25 Technische Universität
Riny Yolandha Green
Berlin (TU-Berlin), Berlin, 13.15
Parapat Transportation
Germany
26 Erwin Yuniar Institut Teknologi Nasional Green
13.30
Rahadian Bandung Building
27 Ardhiana Muhsin Institut Teknologi Nasional Green
13.45
Machdi Bandung Building
Tiara Anantika 14.00
Bandung Building
Wahyudi 14.15
Bandung Building
GSG Bale
30 Institut Teknologi Nasional Green Dayang
Dwi Prasetyanto 14.30
Bandung Transportation Sumbi Lt
31 Fred Soritua 2B
Green
Rudiyanto Institut Teknologi Bandung 14.45
Transportation
Manurung
Tarsisius Kristyadi 15.00
Bandung Transportation
Tarsisius Kristyadi 15.15
Reza Phalevi 15.30
Bandung Building
Hendro Prasetiyo 15.45
Bandung Building
Ratna Agustina 16.00
37 Regional Development Suistanability

Jatmiko Wahyudi 13.00
Planning Agency Environment
38 Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
Desti Santi Pratiwi 13.15
Bandung Environment
GSG Bale
39 Nguyen Thi Kim Asian Institute of Suistanability Dayang
13.30
Oanh Technology (AIT) Environment Sumbi Lt 1
40 (B)
Agung Pramudya Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
13.45
Wijaya Bandung Environment
41 Suistanability
Edi Wahyu Wibowo Politeknik LP3I Jakarta 14.00
Environment
v
Presentation
Time
Taufan Hidjaz 14.15
Bandung Environment
43 Elvira Rizqita Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
14.30
Utami Bandung Environment
44 Farah Fauzia Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
14.45
Raihana Bandung Environment
Byna Kameswara 15.00
Bandung Environment
46 Ajeng Alya Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
15.15
Hidrijanti Bandung Environment
Fenty Wastika Sari 15.30
Bandung Environment
Yudi Adi Pratama 15.45
Bandung Environment
Jono Suhartono 16.00
Bandung Environment
Iredo Bettie Puspita 16.15
Bandung Environment
Ronny Kurniawan 16.30
Bandung Environment
Yulianti Pratama 16.45
Bandung Environment
53 Maya Ramadianti Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
17.00
Musadi Bandung Environment
54 Maya Ramadianti Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
17.00
Musadi Bandung Environment
Soni Darmawan 17.15
Bandung Environment
Soni Darmawan 17.30
Bandung Environment
Rika Hernawati 17.45
Bandung Environment
Ida Wati 18.00
Bandung Environment
59 Caecilia Sri Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
18.15
Wahyuning Bandung Environment
Fifi Herni Mustofa 18.30
Bandung Environment
61 Enni Lindia Institut Teknologi Nasional Suistanability
18.45
Mayona Bandung Environment
62 Maharani Dian
Institut Teknologi Nasional GSG Bale
Permanasari, M. Green Design 13.00
Bandung Dayang
Ds., PhD.
vi
Presentation
Time
63 Institut Teknologi Nasional Sumbi Lt 2
Ibrahim Hermawan Green Design 13.15 A
Bandung
64 Maugina Rizki Institut Teknologi Nasional
Green Design 13.30
Havier Bandung
65 Institut Teknologi Nasional
Dwi Novirani Green Design 13.45
Bandung
66 Mohamad Arif Institut Teknologi Nasional
Green Design 14.00
Waskito Bandung
Edi Setiadi Putra Green Design 14.15
Bandung
Sulistyo Setiawan Green Design 14.30
Bandung
Edwin Widia Green Design 14.45
Bandung
70 Agung Pramudya Institut Teknologi Nasional
Green Design 15.00
Wijaya Bandung
71 Gita Permata Institut Teknologi Nasional
Green Design 15.15
Liansari Bandung
M. Djalu Djatmiko Green Design 15.30
Bandung
Detty Fitriany Green Design 15.45
Bandung
Andri Masri Green Design 16.00
Bandung
Aditya Januarsa Green Design 16.15
Bandung
76 Bambang Arief Institut Teknologi Nasional
Green Design 16.30
Ruby, Bandung
vii
viii
FOREWARD
Welcome to the 1st International Conference on Green Technology

and Design. This conference takes place in Bandung, 4th
December 2019 and become our first international conference in
green technology and design.
It is our responsibility to contribute in the national development

and sustainability, the Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas)
Bandung through its Lembaga Penelitian dan Pengabdian kepada
Masyarakat (LP2M) conducts this conference and draws upon the expertise of wide
range of knowledge.
The ICGTD 2019 conference aims to promote research in the field of Green Energy,
Green Building Green Automation, Green Transportation, Sustainability
Environment, Green IT and Green Design, and to facilitate the exchange of new ideas
in these fields among academicians, engineers, junior and senior researchers,
scientists and practitioners. It also includes the plenary, keynote and invited
speakers.
On behalf of Organizing Committee, it is a great pleasure to welcome you in Itenas

Bandung and look forward to meeting you at ICGTD2019.
Warm regards,
Chair
Dr. Ir. Nurtati Soewarno M.T.
ix
TABLE OF CONTENT
ORGANIZING COMMITTEE ................................................................................... i
RUNDOWN ICGTD ................................................................................................. iii
PRESENTATION SCHEDULE ................................................................................. iv
FOREWARD .......................................................................................................... ix
TABLE OF CONTENT ............................................................................................ x
Green Automation
1. Multimode Ultrasound Cleaner Design for Green Extraction Food Processing

[Florentinus Budi Setiawan, Probo Y. Nugrahedi] ............................................. 1
2. Development of Digital Simulation of Intelligent Electronic Devices Operating

Platform for Digital Substation: An Overview
[Lakshmanan Gurusamy, Yanuar Z. Arief, Mohd Hafiez Izzwan Saad] ............... 5
3. IoT Thingspeak for Miniature Smart Grid Monitoring System

[Waluyo, Charly Maulana Khafi, Febrian Hadiatna, Andre Widura] ................... 11
Green Energy
4. Performance Analysis of comparison the conventional and Myring blade

for n = 1 on the Savonius Current Turbine By Using CFD Approach
[Priyo Agus Setiawan, Nopem Ariwiyono, Rini Indarti] .................................... . 16
5. Video Communication System Using LASER

[Lita Lidyawati, Lucia Jambola, Arsyad Ramadhan Darlis] ............................. .... 20
Green IT
6. Lexicon-Based Sentiment Analysis For Analyzing Situational Variables

[Dewi Rosmala, Hafidz Dayu Aditya] ................................................................ 24
7. Implementation of Template Matching Correlation Method in the Conversion

System of Ancient Greek Letter Image into Modern Latin Letters
[Rifqi Finaldy, Jasman Pardede, Irma Amelia] .................................................. 29
Green Transportation
8. Production of Nano Asphalt Emulsion from Asbuton with Microemulsion Method

[Riny Yolandha Parapat, Imam Aschuri, Reinhard Schomäcker] ....................... 39
x
9. Prioritization of Road Accident Factors in Indonesia Using Combination of
Delphi Method and Analytical Hierarchy Process
[Dwi Prasetyanto, Andrean Maulana] ............................................................... 45
10. Rural Vehicle for Agricultural Community Function in information Society Era
[Fred Soritua Rudiyanto Manurung, Agus Sachari, Setiawan Sabana] .............. 50
11. Analysis of Stress Against Airflow on Electric Car Bodies

[Tarsisius Kristiyadi, Alfian Eric Oktavianto, Fery Hidayat] ............................... 55
Suistanability Environment
12. Health Examinaton Facility Design Mobile For Elderly

[Hendro Prassetiyo, Arditya Ash Shidiq, Arie Desrianty, Lauditta Irianti] .......... 64
13. Numerical Model on 3D Finite Element Method on Slope Stability with Tyre Wall
System in Road Slopes Reinforcement, West Papua
[Indra Noer Hamdhan, Desti Santi Pratiwi, Acep Reno Juniandri] ..................... 69
14. Regional simulation of surface ozone over Southeast Asia

[Nguyen Thi Kim Oanh, Didin Agustian Permadi] ............................................. 75
15. Cymbalum Musical Instrument Design by Using Wasted Cans as Main Material
[Agung Pramudya Wijaya] ................................................................................. 78
16. Mapping the Potential of Green Economic Development Jakarta City Based on
Green GRDP
[Edi Wahyu Wibowo] ....................................................................................... 81
17. The Symbolic Meaning of Mosque Architecture and Interior as Adaptation to the
Residential Environment, in the Social, Economic and Cultural Contexts in
Lombok
[Taufan Hidjaz, Nurtati Soewarno, Detty Fitriany] ............................................ 86
18. Study Program Levels of Community Participation in Waste Management of

Waste Bank Programs in Tani Mulya and Langensari Villages Bandung Barat
District
[Adi Yudi Pratama, Iwan Juana] ...................................................................... 102
19. A Study of Using Membranes Carbon Nanotubes Integrating with Ozone for
Reducing Natural Organic Matter (NOM) Jatiluhur Dam
[Jono Suhartono, Arnia Shintha, Imat Nur Alim] .............................................. 108
20. Study of Several Natural Adsorbents Performance in Ethanol Purification

through Distillation Process - Continuous Dehydration
[Ronny Kurniawan, Yulianty Pratama, F.N. Hidayah, D. Asriyanti, Salafudin] ... 114
21. Tubular Celulotic biofilm production in double Chamber Reactor

[Yulianty Pratama, Amira Zakia Lutfi, Salafudin] ............................................. 120
xi
22. Investigation of PM10 Based On Landsat 8 Over Urban Area And Correlated With
Ground Measurement
[Rika Hernawati, Soni Darnawan] .................................................................... 124
23. Human Error Contributions to Potential Incident in Laboratories at Institut

Teknologi Nasional
[Caecilia Sri Wahyuning] ................................................................................. 128
24. Mathematical Modeling of Green Capacitated P-Centre Problem using Mixed

Integer Linear Programming
[Fifi Herni MUSTOFA, Yoanita Y. Mukti, Arief Irfan Syah Tjaja] ........................ 132
25. Accuracy Analysis of Aerial Photography Using PhotoModeler UAS and Agisoft
PhotoScan
[Soni Darnawan, Rino Erviana, Anggun Tridawati] ........................................... 136
26. Estimation of Mangrove Biomass Parameters Using Aerial Photography

[Soni Darnawan, B. Heriyanto Aditya Gunawan, Anggun Tridawati] ................. 139
Green Design
27. Eco-Design Packaging for Sustainable Farming Products

[Maharani Dian Permanasari] .......................................................................... 144
28. Application of Design and Development of Pine Waste (Cone) Pine for
Construction Materials Interior Building and Furniture
[Ibrahim Hermawan] ....................................................................................... 146
29. Utilization Of Corkwood Fabric In The Making Of “Corkseat” With Surface

Mimicry Concept
[Maugina Rizki Havier] .................................................................................... 153
30. Initial Design of Cisumdawu Toll Rest Area

[Dwi Novirani, Arief Irfansyah Tjaja, Dida Firdaus] ........................................... 156
31. Parchment Skin: Alternative Materials for Manufacturing Environmentally

Friendly Products
[Mohamad Arif Waskito] .................................................................................. 160
32. The Souvenir of Bebegig Sukamantri for Tourism Development in West Java
[Edi Setiadi Putra] ........................................................................................... 166
33. The Learning Medium Design of Creative Literacy for 4-6 Years Old Kids Based
on Used Oil Bottle Exploration
[Sulistyo Setiawan] .......................................................................................... 171
34. Optimizing learning facility on Interior Design Basic level Education

[Edwin Widia] ............................................................................................... 175
35. Design of Train Passenger Seat Economic Class using House of Ergonomic (HoE)
xii
[Gita Permata Liansari, Arie Desrianty, M. Irfan Nurmawan] ............................ 182
36. Developing Web Based Employee Saving and Loan Cooperative’s Sistem
Information
[Achmad Hizazi, Salman Jumaili] .................................................................... 187
37. K-Means Algorithm for Monitoring The Existence Of Student In Class

[Yusup Miftahuddin, Irma Amelia Dewi, Asril Arbani Hamka] ........................... 195
xiii
Multimode Ultrasound Cleaner Design for Green
Extraction Food Processing
Florentinus Budi Setiawan Probo Y. Nugrahedi
Electrical Engineering Food Technology
Soegijapranata Catholic University Soegijapranata Catholic University
Semarang, Indonesia Semarang, Indonesia
fbudisetiawan@yahoo.com probo@unika.ac.id
Abstract—Many alternative methods which are often conditions are classified as extreme so that seaweed has a
referred to as green methods have several advantages when self-protection mechanism in the form of secondary
compared to conventional methods. Some of these advantages metabolite production that has the ability of bioactivity [3].
are the use of fewer solvents, shorter extraction times, and Some of these bioactivity abilities are anti-aging, antioxidant,
their application can be carried out at lower temperatures. antimicrobial, anti-poliferative, anti-inflammatory,
These advantages will produce bioactive compounds in large antidiabetic, and neuroprotective activity [4]. Seaweed
quantities without destroying biological activities. In addition, antioxidant sources come from the polyphenol content,
alternative methods are also better at isolating the desired especially phlorotannin. Phlorotannin is the largest
compound and reducing the formation of unwanted by
polyphenol group in brown seaweed formed from several
products and reactions. Some of the advantages of the green
method are the use of fewer solvents, shorter extraction times,
phloroglucinol units[5].Bioactive compounds in seaweed can
and their application can be carried out at lower temperatures. be extracted with conventional methods and with new
These advantages will produce bioactive compounds in large alternative methods. Conventional methods include
quantities without destroying biological activities. The extraction using Soxhlet, solid-liquid extraction, and liquid-
advantage of the ultrasonic extraction is the use of low liquid extraction. The disadvantages of conventional
temperatures. Also as to maintain perishable compounds with methods are the use of too many and often toxic solvents and
high temperatures and prevent overall structural damage. The long extraction times [6].
equipment designed consists of several parts, each of which is
Meanwhile, alternative methods which are often referred
designed according to needs. The parts are signal-generator,
system settings and modes, power booster, ultrasonic to as green methods have several advantages when compared
transducer and tank. The setting system functions to adjust the to conventional methods. Some of these advantages are the
frequency, power gain and pre-set modes. Installed modes use of fewer solvents, shorter extraction times, and their
consist of ON-OFF mode, Alternate Frequency mode, application can be carried out at lower temperatures. These
Alternate Power and a combination of frequency and power. advantages will produce bioactive compounds in large
Sonic electronic control system that is designed consists of a quantities without destroying biological activities. In
signal generator with a variable frequency. The signal addition, alternative methods are also better at isolating the
generator output is fed to an amplifier whose gain is variable, desired compound and reducing the formation of unwanted
so there is a combination of frequency and amplitude that can byproducts and reactions [7].
be adjusted. After the frequency and amplitude are set, it is
then fed to a power amplifier that will drive the transducer Aim of this research is design a sonication system that
with a fixed frequency and amplitude, with enough power. The suitable for several kind of food, especially for seaweed. The
controller functions to regulate the voltage, frequency and equipment have to set with different frequency, amplitude
stability of the system. The installed mode that was previously dan presentable mode.
set is saved in the control system. The sonication system is
designed to have an ultrasonic frequency range from 20 kHz to II. ULTRASOUND EXTRACTION
100 kHZ with pre-set and self-regulated modes based on A. Green Extraction Method
previous experiments.
An extraction method can be called a green method if it
Keywords—ultrasonic, seaweed, frequency, multimode, fulfills some of the principles below [8]. These principles
cleaning are not rules but innovative examples that can be followed.
I. INTRODUCTION 1. Innovation using alternative resources from plants

Products with various contents of bioactive compounds 2. Use alternative water-based or agro-solvents
are experiencing an increase in the number of enthusiasts 3. Reduce energy consumption with innovative
because of its potential in improving health. One such technology
product is seaweed, which in addition to consumption, can
also be used as a functional product because of its bioactive 4. Reduce waste production
compound content [1]. Seaweed has been used as a source of
5. Reduce operating units and use safe and controlled
food since 3000 BC. In addition, seaweed can also be used as
processes
medicine [2]. Now, seaweed has become part of daily food,
especially in countries in East Asia. Seaweed environmental
ICGTD - 1
6. Leads to extracts that are not denatured and using for parts cleaner of carburetors, engine parts, fuel
biodegradable and without contaminants injectors, filters and diesel injectors. Ultrasonic also applied
on Gun Parts Cleaner for weapons production. It is good for
Some of the advantages of the green method are the use cleaning various gun parts, such as pistol parts, rifle parts,
of fewer solvents (usually able to achieve a ratio of
and bullets cleaning. Hardware Industrial Cleaning and Parts
materials and solvents of 1: 100 for conventional methods) Degreasing use ultrasonic for precision bearing parts, sealing
[9], shorter extraction times, and their application can be
parts, machine tool accessories cleaning, etc.
carried out at lower temperatures . These advantages will
produce bioactive compounds in large quantities without Application of UAE use for extraction of bioactive
destroying biological activities. In addition, alternative compounds from seaweed showed that it is usually used
methods are also better at isolating the desired compound mainly for the extraction of polyphenolic compounds. The
and reducing the formation of unwanted byproducts and samples used were seaweed consisting of several species
reactions [10]. including Hormosira banksii, Ascophyllum nodosum,
Laminaria hyperborea, Ecklonia cava, Sargassum muticum,
B. Ultrasound Assisted Extraction Codium tomentosum, Osmundea pinnatiefa, and Laurencia
UAE is an extraction method that is assisted by the use obtuse.
of ultrasonic waves. Ultrasonic waves are waves with
frequencies above the human hearing capacity that is From some of the literature obtained, it can be seen that
between 20 kHz to 100 kHz [11]. Unlike electromagnetic the ultrasonic frequencies that are often used are in the range
waves, ultrasonic waves are mechanical waves that can of 20-50 KHz. While the variation of the power used ranges
penetrate solid, gas and liquid media. When passing through from 150 to 750 watts. Extraction of polyphenol compounds
the liquid media, the waves will cause negative pressure in from brown seaweed Hormosira banksii was reported by
the liquid. Then if the pressure exceeds the tensile strength Dang et al., (2017). The parameter conditions observed were
(tensile strength) of the liquid, bubble formation will occur. frequency of 50 kHz, power of 150-250 W, use of 70%
Cavitation or bursting of bubbles can occur when bubbles ethanol by 50 mL, temperature of 30-50 ° C and extraction
are in high ultrasonic fields [12]. As a result of cavitation is time for 20-60 minutes. From these various parameter
the rupture of particles so that it helps the release of conditions, the optimum yield of polyphenols of 23.12 ± 1.01
bioactives from the biological matrix. This increases the mg / g db was obtained using a power of 150 W, a
efficiency of extraction due to an increase in mass transfer temperature of 30 ° C and an extraction time of 60 minutes.
by an internal diffusion mechanism [13]. Kadam et al., (2014) reported the extraction of various
Ultrasonic devices that can be used for extraction are bioactive compounds such as polyphenols, phosocytes, and
divided into 2 types namely ultrasonic water bath (indirect uronic acid in brown seaweed species Ascophyllum
sonification) and ultrasonic probes (direct sonification). The nodosum. The parameter conditions used were a frequency
difference between the two is the operating conditions and of 20 kHz, a power of 750 W, the use of a distilled water and
how ultrasonic waves affect the sample. For ultrasonic water HCl 0.03 M of 40 ml and an extraction time of 25 minutes.
baths, they usually operate at a frequency of 40-50 kHz and In the literature, there is no mention of the temperature used.
at a power of 50-500 W and the sample is submerged in an Under these parameter conditions, the optimum yield of
ultrasonic bath. Whereas ultrasonic probes usually operate at polyphenols, phosocytes, and uronic acids was 139.73 mg
a frequency of 20 kHz only and the sample is not GAE / g db; 86.63 mg / g db; 117.44 mg / g db. The solvent
submerged, but the probe is submerged in the sample. used to produce the optimum yield is 0.03 M HCl.
The advantage of the UAE is the use of low Two species of brown seaweed, Ascophyllum nodosum
temperatures so as to maintain perishable compounds with and Laminaria hyperborea, were observed by Kadam et al.
high temperatures and prevent overall structural damage). In (2015) to determine which species produced the largest yield
addition, the UAE can use a variety of solvents that are only of polypnol and laminarin. The parameter conditions used
needed in small amounts so that they are environmentally are the same for both species, namely frequency of 20 kHz,
friendly. When compared with conventional methods, the power of 750 W, use of solvents in the form of 200 mL
time required for extraction with ultrasonic is less and the aquades and 0.03 M HCl and extraction time for 15 minutes.
yield produced is more so that the extraction runs efficiently In that study, there was no mention of the extraction
. Then the costs needed for the tools tend to be smaller than temperature used.
other alternative methods. Of the two species observed, the optimum yield of
C. UAE Application polyphenols and laminarin was found in Laminaria
hyperborea of 0.365 ± 0.039 mg / PGE db and 6.240 ±
The large ultrasonic cleaner is a wonderful industrial 0.008% db. The results were obtained using 0.03 M HCl as a
ultrasonic parts cleaner tank. It has very wide applications solvent. Whereas with the same parameter conditions, the
both in commercial and industrial parts cleaning and optimum yield of polyphenols and laminarin in Ascophyllum
degreasing. Especially for massive cleaning work the nodosum species was 0.156 ± 0.014 mg / PGE db and 5.822
production lines in factories. In general, there are specific ± 0.343% db.
applications as follows. Commercial Large Ultrasonic Parts
Cleaner including musical instruments and lab equipment
such as laboratory instruments and glassware cleaning. And
medical instruments cleaning in hospitals. And it is a III. METHOD
wonderful large ultrasonic parts cleaner for golf clubs. In The equipment designed consists of several parts, each of
Electronic and Optical Industry, producing the PCB circuit which is designed according to needs. The parts are:
board, PC motherboard and optical parts cleaning. In Auto
Parts Cleaner for automotive Maintenance, Ultrasonic is  Signal generator
ICGTD - 2
 System settings and modes
 Power booster
 Ultrasonic Transducer
 Tank
The function of each system can be described as follows.
The signal generator is designed to generate sinusoidal
signals with frequencies that vary from below 20 kHz to 100
kHz. Frequency is generated by sinusoids which are near
pure with constant amplitude. The frequency is regulated by
Fig. 2. Amplitude Modulation Sonication System
the system settings provided to the operator and comes from
automatic mode with a predetermined pattern. Sonic electronic control system that is designed consists of a
The setting system functions to adjust the frequency, signal generator with a variable frequency. The signal
power gain and pre-set modes. Installed modes consist of generator output is fed to an amplifier whose gain is variable,
ON-OFF mode, Alternate Frequency mode, Alternate Power so there is a combination of frequency and amplitude that
and a combination of frequency and power. The power can be adjusted. After the frequency and amplitude are set, it
amplifier functions to produce a signal with a larger current is then fed to a power amplifier that will drive the transducer
for the ultrasonic transducer. Large power is needed to with a fixed frequency and amplitude, with enough power.
produce ultrasonic vibrations that will produce the expected The controller functions to regulate the voltage, frequency
amount of bubbles. Ultrasonic transducer functions to and stability of the system. The installed mode that was
produce vibrations with frequencies that are in accordance previously set is saved in the control system.
with predetermined settings. The resulting vibration must be
able to vibrate like a container, so as to produce enough
bubbles. The reservoir is made of stainless steel which is able
to vibrate with ultrasonic frequencies. The thickness of the
material is designed so that the power transmitted through
the transducer can vibrate the body wall.
Fig. 3. Electronic Control System
The automatic mode provided can be set or the existing

mode. The following are examples of the modes installed in
the system. ON-OFF mode will produce a signal with a
frequency of 28 kHz which will be active periodically every
one millisecond. Alternate frequency mode will produce
outputs with frequencies that alternate between 20 kHz and
40 kHz. Power alternate mode will produce power mode
which alternates between full and half power mode.
Fig. 1. Sonication System
Yakut et.al se power unit to produces an amplitude-

modulated signal across the transducers, where envelope of
the modulated signal has 100 Hz, but the carrier frequency is
28 KHz. The maximum voltage observed across the
transducers on their experiment is about 600Vpp. Dynamic
range of voltage value changes between 500V and 600V
during cleaning operation [14].
Fig. 4. On Off Mode
ICGTD - 3
[3] Jithesh, M. N., Rayorath, Æ. P., Hodges, Æ. D. M., Critchley, A. T.,
Craigie, Æ. J. S., & Norrie, Æ. J. (2009). Seaweed Extracts as
Biostimulants of Plant Growth and Development. Journal of Planth
Growth Regul, 28, 386–399. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00344-009-
9103-x
[4] Wang, H. D., Li, X., Lee, D., & Chang, J. (2017). Potential
biomedical applications of marine algae. Bioresource Technology,
(May). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biortech.2017.05.198
[5] Eom, S. H., Kim, Y. M., & Kim, S. K. (2012). Antimicrobial effect of
phlorotannins from marine brown algae. Food Chem Toxicol, 50(9),
3251–3255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fct.2012.06.028
[6] Kadam, Shekhar Umakantrao, Tiwari, B. K., & Donnell, C. P. O.
(2013). Application of novel extraction technologies for extraction of
Fig. 5. Alternate Frequency Mode
bioactives from marine algae School of Biosystems Engineering ,
Agriculture and Food Science Centre , University College Dublin ,.
Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry.
https://doi.org/10.1021/jf400819p
[7] Duarte, K, Justino, C. I. L., Gomes, A. M., & Rocha-santos, T.
(2014). Green Analytical Methodologies for Preparation of Extracts
and Analysis of Bioactive Compounds. Analysis of Marine Samples
in Search of Bioactive Compounds (Vol. 65). Elsevier B.V.
https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-444-63359-0.00004-5
[8] Chemat, F., Vian, M. A., & Cravotto, G. (2012). Green Extraction of
Natural Products : Concept and Principles. International Journal of
Molecular Sciences, 13, 8615–8627.
https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms13078615
[9] Lee, S., Kang, M., Moon, S., Jeon, B., & Jeon, Y. (2013). Potential
Fig. 6. Alternate Power Mode use of ultrasound in antioxidant extraction from Ecklonia cava. Algae,
28(4), 371–378.
IV. CONCLUSION [10] Duarte, Kátia, Justino, C. I. L., Pereira, R., Freitas, A. C., Gomes, A.
M., Duarte, A. C., & Rocha-santos, T. A. P. (2014). Trends in
The sonication system is designed to have an ultrasonic Environmental Analytical Chemistry Green analytical methodologies
frequency range from 20 kHz to 100 kHz with pre-set and for the discovery of bioactive compounds from marine sources.
Trends in Environmental Analytical Chemistry, 3–4, 43–52.
self-regulated modes based on previous experiments. Mode https://doi.org/10.1016/j.teac.2014.11.001
of sonication design can be set based on seaweed
[11] Kadam, Shekhar U, Tiwari, B. K., Smyth, T. J., & Donnell, C. P. O.
characteristics. Signal processing can be applied to controller (2014). Optimization of ultrasound assisted extraction of bioactive
in order to obtain optimum cleaning for seaweed before components from brown seaweed Ascophyllum nodosum using
further process. response surface methodology. ULTRASONICS SONOCHEMISTRY.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2014.10.007
ACKNOWLEDGMENT [12] Luque-García, J. L., & Luque De Castro, M. D. (2003). Ultrasound: A
powerful tool for leaching. TrAC - Trends in Analytical Chemistry,
This research obtains fund competitive grants from the 22(1), 41–47. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0165-9936(03)00102-X
Higher Education, Ministry of Research and Higher [13] Vilkhu, K., Manasseh, R., Mawson, R., & Ashokkumar, M. (2011).
Education, Indonesia 2019 fiscal year and is part of the Ultrasound Technologies for Food and Bioprocessing, 345–368.
research of sonication method for food processing https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-7472-3.
[14] Yakult, M.,Tangel, A., Tangel, C., (2009). A Microcontroller Based
REFERENCES Generator Design for Ultrasonic Cleaning Machines, Journal of
Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Instanbul University, Vol.9
[1] Holdt, S. L., & Kraan, S. (2011). Bioactive compounds in seaweed : Number 1, pp.853-860.
functional food applications and legislation. Journal of Applied
Phycology, 23, 543–597. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10811-010-9632-5
[2] Pal, A., Kamthania, M. C., & Kumar, A. (2014). Bioactive
Compounds and Properties of Seaweeds — A Review. Open Access .
Library Journal, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.4236/oalib.1100752
ICGTD - 4
Development of Digital Simulation of Intelligent Electronic
Devices Operating Platform for Digital Substation:
An Overview
Lakshmaman Gurusamy Yanuar Z. Arief Mohd Hafiez Izzwan Saad
Dept. of Electrical and Electronic Eng. Dept. of Electrical and Electronic Eng. Dept. of Electrical and Electronic Eng.
Faculty of Engineering Faculty of Engineering Faculty of Engineering
Universiti Malaysia Sarawak Universiti Malaysia Sarawak Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
(UNIMAS) (UNIMAS) (UNIMAS)
Kota Samarahan, Sarawak, Malaysia Kota Samarahan, Sarawak, Malaysia Kota Samarahan, Sarawak, Malaysia
glakshmanan@unimas.my ayzulardiansyah@unimas.my smhizzwan@unimas.my
Abstract—The key goal in the operation of electrical power area of avenues for which the digital substation may provide
system is to maintain the energy balance between generation and solutions.
demand in an economical manner. Intelligent Electronic The digital substation comprises of three distinct levels of
Devices (IEDs) is a generic name that covers various protection operation. The first is the Process Level [2.3]. The process
control, metering and monitoring devices that uses
microcontroller technology and is collectively known as
bus connects the large variety of electronic sensors
substation automation systems (SASs). The thrust towards the embedded in the substation apparatus used for real time
digital substation came from the replacement of the old measurements of the substation apparatus such as circuit
electromechanical and analogue electronic protection systems to breakers, transformers, incoming and outgoing power lines
digital power systems protection systems using digital signals, or underground cables.
digital signal processing and digital communication systems. Communicate through the process bus to intelligent
Hence a future research and innovation challenge to the digital protection relays, phasor analysis devices, etc., which may
substation will be how to improve power system operation and immediately process the data coming in from the primary
control (e.g. of the system frequency, reactive power balance, apparatus with embedded electronic sensors. The
etc.) using the IED data and the control room digital signal
processing to intelligently handle operation and control. It is
communication is enabled by the IEC 61850 station bus
whole new area of avenues for which the digital substation may [2,3] which is the internationally agreed standard that makes
provide solutions. This paper gives an overview of a digital communication between present and new sensors and IEDs
substation development using digital simulation of IEDs to communication with domain specific data model handling
operating platform. all communication within the substation, allowing a large
amount of data to be transferred within a substation, and
Keywords—intelligent electronic devices, digital substation, between the substation and the control center. The third
substation automation system, digital signal, digital level is the gateway level, as shown in Fig. 1. It depicts the
communication system
evaluation of SAS from conventional to present.
I. INTRODUCTION The measurement of the system parameters such as
voltage and current are done using electronic voltage
The key goal in the operation of electrical power system transformers (EVT) and electronic current transformers
is to maintain the energy balance between generation and (ECT). Optical fibers circled round the high voltage line
demand in an economical manner. Intelligent electronic allows for the measuring of line current by observing the
devices (IEDs) is a generic name that covers various line magnetic field produced angular shift of the polarized
protection control, metering and monitoring devices that light circling inside the optical loop [3].
uses microcontroller technology and is collectively known The Protection and control level is the second of the three
as substation automation systems (SASs) [1]. The thrust levels. Fig. 2 depicts a typical station control area by Alstom
towards the digital substation came from the replacement of [4]. These contain the devices between the process level
the old electromechanical and analogue electronic protection and the substation and control system devices. The IEDs are
systems to digital power systems protection systems using critical to intelligently evaluate the state of the substation, to
digital signals, digital signal processing and digital assist in the operation and control of the interconnected
communication systems. Hence a future research and power grid, they are all interconnected by the IEC 61850
innovation challenge to the digital substation will be how to communication systems made up of optical fibers. The IEDs
improve power system operation and control (e.g. of the may perform important functions such as protection, point
system frequency, reactive power balance, etc.) using the on wave switching supervision and other tasks through the
IED data and the control room digital signal processing to process bus.
intelligently handle operation and control. It is whole new The components found in the protection and control level
include digital protective relays, operator user interface,
ICGTD - 5
synchronization units, switches and Ethernet network, ◦ Giving indications of energy flows through substation
security applications. primary equipment and transmission lines.
The third level is the Station Control Area, which is
similar but more than the older SCADA system. It allows (e) Setting and monitoring of protective relays:
data to be transferred to remote operators and keep a real ◦ Allowing changes on operating parameters of protective
time observation on the digital substation. It allows multiple relays.
clients to exchange data, wide area communication with ◦ Giving alarm signals when any undesirable condition may
other substations, and peer to peer information sharing. affect the right relay performance.
The Converters are used to convert analogue signals that
the electronic sensors (e.g. ECT, EPT, pressure sensor, etc.) (f) Control and monitoring of the auxiliary power system:
capture into digital form. The Merging Units perform digital ◦ Displaying screens/drawings showing the configuration of
signal processing, including sampling, on the digital data the auxiliary power system.
from the converters to produce clean signals, to produce ◦ Allowing selection and execution of control commands.
time-synchronized and accurate values. ◦ Driving automatic transfer switches.
◦ Managing interlocking logics.
◦ Supervising AC/DC power source conditions.
II. SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS ◦ Giving alarm signals from abnormal conditions.
Substation automation systems (SASs) are based on a lot
of dedicated software stored in pieces of hardware that (g) Voltage regulation:
belong to a set of substation secondary components. In a ◦ Monitoring actual voltage value on the power system.
simple approach, using more recent technology, SASs are ◦ Changing the position of the tap‐changer of power
composed mainly of three groups of devices plus two Local transformers.
Area Networks integrated. The process devices group ◦ Giving alarms and signals.
includes analog/digital converters and actuator devices to
make the transition between SAS and high voltage In summary, SASs take care of all data acquisition
equipment. The interface devices group covers a set of process, control, monitoring and alarming functions
Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) that receive and associated with high voltage apparatus that belong to
process signals coming from high voltage equipment. The primary equipment, as well as similar functions associated
application devices group includes all computers and other with secondary substation systems. The control and
components required to run control functionalities and to monitoring information is presented to the operator through
communicate with internal and external subsystems. a graphical interface that shows overview diagrams, control
means, alarms, measurement, trends and sequences of
The most important functions of a SAS are [1]: events displayed on user‐friendly screens.
(a) Control:
◦ Selecting, opening and closing circuit breakers and III. CURRENT ISSUE AND POSSIBLE SOLUTION
disconnectors. Electrical substations have typically used miles of
◦ Blocking and unblocking control commands. copper cabling for point-to-point communication
◦ Giving release information to circuit breakers and connections. Copper is expensive, has limited signaling
disconnectors for securing the opening and closing capacity, and crucially in the environment of a substation,
actions. introduces potential safety risks to workers and equipment.
This outdated method of signaling results in expensive
(b) Monitoring: testing and maintenance, leaving critical information
◦ Showing substation configuration with position indication stranded until periodic checks are made on location. If
(open or closed) of circuit breakers and disconnectors supervisors were able to leverage the data in real time, it
based on signals coming from their own position contacts. would be a huge opportunity to improve grid integrity and
◦ Acquiring and process data coming from power reduce power interruptions.
transformers and other primary equipment related to By replacing copper wires with fiber-optic connectivity,
condition operation. or wireless communication systems, new IEDs appearing in
◦ Displaying substation events including information the market (which are IEC 61850 compatible), it is possible
regarding switchgear opening and closing actions due to to lay the foundation for automated, high-performance
any external cause, such as the activation/operation of a digital substations. Then we collect and analyze data
protective relay. through cloud-based software, arriving at solutions that
optimize power-grid asset health.
(c) Alarming:
◦ Announcing to a substation operator all adverse conditions  Condition data is collected via the Industrial
that may represent a risk to substation integrity. Internet of Things in real time around the clock
◦ Preventing trouble with SAS operation.  Device solutions to filter and analyze the data,
using cloud-based software.
(d) Measurement:
 Develop predictive algorithms provide information
◦ Acquiring and showing current values of electrical or other
regarding maintenance and risk reduction
relevant parameters.
ICGTD - 6
 The insights are also used to optimize performance Training of power utility engineers and electrical
and improve the substation’s efficiency and cost engineering students on digital substation practices and
effectiveness maintenance and development as new IEDs appear on the
market.
The issues should be addressed in digital substation are
listed as following. IV. PROPOSED DESIGN
 How do we develop better recording of better power A digital substation design and implementation is based
transformer and circuit breaker (CB) currents and on a complex communication architecture as shown in Fig.
maintenance strategies, with monitoring done by 3 and is typically grouped into three areas, namely (i) The
electronic current and potential transformers (ECT and station control area (ii) The protection and control level
EVT)? section area and (iii) The primary equipment process level
 How do we develop better protection schemes and area.
applications which are time saving in analyzing the The expected design had to be first a RTDS (Real Time
faults and relaying? Digital Simulator). The reasons for this are outlined below:
 How do we could analyze and have a better  RTDS-based studies identify the causes and stabilizing
understanding of power Quality (PQ) disturbances, oscillations of synchronous generator phases, both large
automated correction action at the substation, and the and small oscillations, and stabilizing these instabilities
impact on the customers? using, for instance, the STATCOM power systems
stabilizers. An extension to these areas of research,
The possible solution to overcome the above issues are as training and studies will be a platform for selecting new
follows. IEDs (Intelligent Electronic Devices) as new products
complaint with the IEC6180 communication standard.
 Development of a smart city Digital Substation  RTDS-based simulation of digital substation
incorporating and testing of new IED on the RTDS (Real communication network shall seek to incorporate a
Time Digital Simulator) based simulation before strategy for intelligent fault diagnosis using the data
prototype fabrications are deployed. communicated from the Merging Units placed around
the substation.
 Design process level network and simulate for real time
and reliability. The simulator digital simulator software has to possess a
number of properties and functions to make the simulators
 Test the network’s dynamic performance for both power indeed a useful tool in evaluating IEDs [1]:
system fault and communication system fault.
• Ability to take field recordings from variety of other IEDs
 Better operation and control of the power system using installed in substations so that the operation of new IEDs
the facilities offered by the Digital Substation. can be evaluated and compared to operation of others by
subjecting it to the recorded waveforms and observing its
reaction.
Relevance to power utility company and local
government
• Suitability for modeling exact power system conditions
and events in a given utility and testing IEDs under the
The benefits of digital automation
circumstance closely resembling actual scenarios.
 Utilities can drive their assets harder • Capability of doing sensitivity studies through gradually
 Predictive maintenance identifies issues before changing input waveform characteristics to better
they occur understand IED behavior and performance under many
 Longer asset lifespans diverse operating conditions.
 Reduced environmental footprint
 Improved worker safety and asset protection • Possibility for using experimental means to tune relay
 Smaller physical footprint of future substations settings for complex applications allowing full benefit of
various application options provided by different products.
Business benefits for utilities and industry
• Practicality of automatically performing thousands of tests
for a large number of scenarios making the evaluation
 Reduction of copper cable-associated costs by up
rather comprehensive while assuring a low cost.
to 80 percent
 Transformer downtime reduced by up to 50 percent The portable simulators are used for periodical routine
 Breaker downtime reduced by up to 50 percent maintenance tests of the substation protection IEDs, end-to-
end tests during commissioning, trouble-shooting tests
Reduced spending on maintenance aimed at quick system restoration. This way the in-service
IED performance can be evaluated and a judgment can be
ICGTD - 7
made regarding volume purchases for replacement of the old  Selecting new IEDs and integrating them in one
equipment with advanced IEDs such as the one selected for substation automation system can offer variety of
field evaluation. Since it takes considerable time to take all benefits. To make sure the benefits are fully explored,
the equipment to the substation, and to set up, wire, and one needs to think of new functions that can add the
calibrate the test system before the actual testing can be value to substation automation solutions.
done, the process of setting up the equipment as well as
using it has to be short and straightforward. An example of a  Present practices regarding IED evaluation and new
portable simulator layout is shown in Fig. 4. function specification are very limited and need to be
changed to accommodate new business needs in the
The reason as to why RTDS is very essential as there are industry. The new IEDs need to be selected to enhance
lots of important issues to be considered in selecting IEDs. reliability and security of power system operation as
Thus, in this proposed design we would need to consider the well as operator productivity and decision making.
following issues:
 The substation automation system will have an ACKNOWLEDGMENT
abundance of redundant data collected by IEDs
connected to the same switchyard. Can this redundancy The authors would like to thank Universiti Malaysia
be utilized to improve consistency and accuracy of Sarawak (UNIMAS) for the financial support under Small
substation database? Grant Scheme (F02/SGS/1784/2018) in facilitation and
support in completing this research work.
 The substation automation system will introduce an
additional processing power at the substation level. Can REFERENCES
this processing power be utilized to perform pre-
[1] Evelio Padilla, Substation Automation Systems- Design and
processing for some EMS functions, which will make Implementation, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1-e, 2016.
them more robust and accurate? [2] Ikbal Ali, Mini S. Thomas, Sunil Gupta & M. Suhail Hussain, IEC
61850 Substation Communication Network Architecture for Efficient
Energy System, Energy Technology & Policy, An Open Access
 The substation automation system will collect large Journal, vol.2, pp.82-91, 2015.
amount of data related to the given events and/or [3] Ren, Y., Xiao, Y., Jin, Y. and Peng, S. (2013) Impact of IEC 61850
equipment operation. Can this data be automatically on substation design, Journal of International Council on Electrical
processed to reduce the time and inconsistency of data Engineering 3(3), 210–214, China.
[4] Alstrom Brings to market Digital Substation 2.0 featuring Smart
analysis in comparison with the situation where different Technologies, available at http://www.alstom.com/press-
operators are doing this analysis manually? centre/2014/8/alstom-brings-to-market-digital-substation-20-
featuring-smart-technologies/
 The substation automation system will provide [5] Mladen Kezunovic, Yufan Guan, Chenyan Guo, Mohsen Ghavami,
“The 21st century Subtation Design: Vision of the Future,” 2010
integration of data coming from different IEDs but IREP Symposium- Bulk Power System Dynamics and Control- VIII
related to the same events and/or equipment operations. (IREP), Aug, 2010.
Can this variety of data from different IEDs be utilized [6] NIST Framework and Roadmap for Smart Grid Interoperability
to perform better overall analysis of the given events Standards, Release 1.0, available at Standards, Release 1.0, available
at
and/or equipment operations? http://www.nist.gov/public_affairs/releases/smartgrid_interoperability
.pdf.
To better monitor power system equipment and [7] M. Kezunovic, “The Next Generation of Monitoring and Control
disturbances, data coming from the following IEDs is Systems Using Synchronized Sampling Technology and
Multifunctional IEDs,” 40th Annual Hawaii International Conference
considered in Fig. 5: digital fault recorders (DFRs), digital on System Sciences (HICCS 40), Waikoloa Village, Big Island,
protective relays (DPRs), power quality meters (PQMs), Hawaii, January 2007.
remote terminal units (RTUs), sequence of event recorders [8] Jonathan W. Stahlhut, Gerald Thomas Heydt and Judith B. Cardell,
(SERs), programmable logic controllers (PLCs), circuit “Power System “Economic Alarms”, IEEE Trans. Power Systems,
vol. 23, no. 2, pp. 426-433, May 2008.
breaker monitors (CBMs), operator meters (OPMs). [9] Schlabbach, J. and Rofalski, K‐H. (2014) Power System Engineering:
Planning, Design, and Operation of Power System and Equipment,
2nd Edition, Wiley‐VCH, Weinheim.
V. CONCLUSION [10] UCA International Users Group (2004) Implementation Guideline for
Digital Interface to Instrument Transformers using IEC 61850–9‐2
As a result of the discussion presented in the paper, the (Available at
following defining elements of the substation automation http://iec61850.ucaiug.org/implementation%20guidelines/digif_spec_
strategy can be outlined: 9‐2le_ r2‐1_040707‐cb.pdf, accessed May 26, 2015).
[11] Deng Yong, Mi Weimin, Ren Xiaohui, Xu Dandan & Chen
Zhengping, Integrated Modelling Between Smart Substation and
 New IEDs are complex and have variety of settings and Dispatch Automation System, Journal of International Council on
functions. To be able to utilize them, one needs to very Electrical Engineering, vol.4. No.4. pp. 287-292, 2014.
well understand their application features and [12] H.S. Fernandes, M.B. Moura, P.C. Gaudelupe, M.Z. Fortes and N.C.
performance properties. The use of different digital Fernandes, Software to Manage Transformers Using Intelligent
Electronic Devices, Ingenieria E investigation, vol.36, No.1, pp. 85-
simulators can help in the process of testing and 89, April 2016.
evaluating the IEDs and making more informed
decisions.
ICGTD - 8
Fig. 1. Evaluation of SAS from conventional to present [1].
Fig. 2. The station control area [4].
ICGTD - 9
Fig. 3. Digital substation classification [1].
Fig. 4. The station control area [4].
Fig. 5. Data sources in a substation automation system [5].
ICGTD - 10
IoT Thingspeak for Miniature Smart Grid
Monitoring System
Waluyo
Department of Electrical Engineering Charly Maulana Khafi Febrian Hadiatna
Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung Department of Electrical Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung
waluyo@itenas.ac.id Bandung, Indonesia Bandung, Indonesia
charlimaulana77@gmail.com febrian@itenas.ac.id
Andre Widura
Department of Electrical Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia
andre.widura@itenas.ac.id
Abstract—At present, energy sources are running low with [2]. A monitoring system is needed to find out the activities
advancing technological advancements so that renewable of the solar power plant regularly to monitor so that the
source energy needed that can fulfill human necessary. One of power plant can be optimally and efficiently maintained. A
them is a solar power plant that can be used for energy sources smart grid combines information and communication
that utilize solar radiation. With the progress of technological
development, where information and communication can be
technology into aspects of power generation, shipping, and
accessed through the internet, it easy to find out information consumption to minimize environmental impacts, increase
from a system by implementing the internet of things system reliability, reduce costs, and increase efficiency [3].
on solar power plants. The design of loading miniature smart So in the research of smart grids, miniature design
grids with photovoltaic systems uses the thingspeak website system photovoltaic loading uses a thingspeak website
monitoring system carried out using NodeMCU as a control to monitoring system to facilitate monitoring of the generating
monitor and Arduino IDE software to run the program. The system and for the use of energy savings generated by
monitored parameters were voltage and current from solar photovoltaics. Formulation of the problem is how to send
panels, batteries, and loads. From the results of the monitoring data and monitoring via the internet to be easily accessed
on the voltage and current parameters on the solar panel, it
was obtained the average energy of 405 Wh with
remotely via the device to laptops and Android-connected
measurements from 08:00-16:00. Based on the results of the mobile phones. The research purpose is planning, and
design, the monitoring system could operate adequately, as implementation of off-grid solar power consumption -
indicated by several sending data parameters. electricity grid monitoring system using IOT system is
obtained.
Keywords—arduino, current, internet of things, photovoltaic, In 2010 conducted a study of the graphic capabilities of
voltage the relationship between threshold and current generated
from solar radiation in the sun is planning to be calculated
I. INTRODUCTION
according to the needs of residential homes per day. Battery
Solar power generation is energy that utilizes solar change regulator, the current capacity of the battery, and the
energy to become electrical energy. Where, at present, inverter to channel the energy stored during charging and
energy sources are running low, and technological advances conversion into AC are also taken into account in the design
are developing, so renewable energy is needed to meet of photovoltaic based electricity generation [4].
human needs. On the other hand, the use of fossil fuels is The concept of the Internet of Things, also known by
still the primary choice for producing electrical energy. the abbreviation IoT, is a concept that aims to expand the
Fossil fuels are not an unlimited source of energy; the benefits of internet connectivity that is connected
number of fossil fuels is increasingly depleting [1]. One of continuously. Internet of Things (IoT) is a structure in which
them is renewable energy, which can be utilized is solar objects, people are provided with an exclusive identity and
energy because sunlight is a source of energy that never runs the ability to move data through networks without requiring
out. Indonesia is on the equator, which makes our islands two directions between humans to humans, that is, the
irradiated with sunlight for 10 hours per day. Therefore the source to the destination or the interaction of humans to
use of solar energy sources is very suitable to be applied, but computers [5].
within 10 hours, it is not in stable conditions for the According to Clark W. Gellings, Smart Grids is one that
adequate sun in sunny weather for only 4-5 hours. A solar combines information and communication technology into
power generation is an energy source solution that can be aspects of power generation, shipping, and consumption to
utilized to meet human needs and current technological minimize environmental impacts, increase reliability, reduce
developments despite the relatively high investment costs
ICGTD - 11
costs, increase efficiency, and secure electricity networks digital data inputs and selects one of these inputs at a given
[3]. moment, to be output at the output side. The selection of
NodeMCU is an open-source IoT platform and Kit input data is performed by the line selector, which is also the
development that uses the Lua programming language to input of the multiplexer.
help programmers create prototypes of IoT products or can
use sketch with Arduino IDE. The development of this Kit ZMPT101B AC sensor is one of the most widely used
is based on the ESP8266 module, which integrates GPIO, sensors to measure AC voltage and monitor the parameters
PWM (Pulse Width Modulation), IIC. 1-Wire and ADC of the shutter with the advantage of an ultra-micro voltage
(Analog to Digital Converter) all on one board. The transformer, which has high accuracy and good consistency
uniqueness of this Nodemcu itself is its minimal board, to take measurements. Fig. 2 shows the physical form of the
which is 4.83 cm long, 2.54 cm wide, and weighs 7 grams. ZMPT101B AC sensor module. The ZMPT101B sensor
But despite its small size, this board is equipped with wifi module is a sensor that can measure from a range of 0-1000
and its open-source firmware. V. Some things that can be done using this ZMPT101B
NodeMCU uses the standard JEDEC (Joint Electron threshold sensor include a sensor to detect overcurrent, a
Device Engineering Council), which is a 3.3-volt threshold ground fault detection, measurement of AC electric current
standard. Unlike other micro-tolerance such as AVR and and a device for analog to digital converter.
Arduino, which has a 5-volt source.
However, nodeMCU can still be connected with a 5-volt
threshold via a micro USB pin or Vin pin caused by the
board.
In general, there are three NodeMCU producers whose
products are now on the market, namely Amica, DOIT, and
Lolin / WeMos. With several board variants produced,
namely V1, V2, and V3. NodeMCU V3 is not an official
version released by NodeMCU. The manufacturer Lolin Fig. 2. ZMPT101B Voltage Sensor
created this third version with minor improvements to V2.
The ZMPT101B sensor module has small dimensions,
Claimed to have a faster USB interface. Although this V3
high measurement accuracy, and stable output consistency
uses the same ESP8266 version, ESP12-E, there are some
for voltage and power measurements. This sensor module is
differences. The size of the board is more significant than
usually used to measure power/energy, household
the two previous versions, which is certainly not suitable for
equipment, and industrial equipment. DC threshold sensor is
use on a breadboard; it takes two breadboards to apply it.
one of the sensors used to monitor DC voltage parameters,
The physical form of NodeMCU V3 can be seen in Fig. 1.
the working principle of a voltage sensor module that is
based on the principle of suppression of resistance and can
make the input voltage decrease up to 5 times the original
voltage. Measure the voltage from 0-25 V. The following is
the physical form of DC sensor Fig. 3.
Fig. 1. NodeMCU V3
Fig. 3. DC Voltage Sensor
The ESP12-E Wi-Fi module supports Wi-Fi STA + AP
mode, which functions as a station and access point. This The specifications of the DC voltage sensor module are
feature allows ESP8266 to be programmed to form a mesh 0-25 volt, 3.3-5 volt, and 2% for Voltage input range,
network, and a NodeMCU can function as a station that is Voltage supply, and total error respectively.
connected to the NodeMCU access point, and The ACS712 current sensor is a Hall Effect current
simultaneously functions as an access point for other sensor. Hall effect allegro ACS712 is a precision sensor as
NodeMCU stations. The WiFi module operates at 2.4GHz an AC or DC sensor in current readings in the industrial,
frequency. If in a closed room metal or wall-bounded. automotive, commercial, and communication systems. In
NodeMCU V3 supports UART, SPI, and 12C serial general, the application of this sensor is usually used to
control the motor, detection of electrical loads, switched-
communication. There are two UART interfaces, UART0
mode power supplies and overload protection, the physical
and UART1. SPI serial communication on NodeMCU has
form of the ACS712 current sensor can be seen in Fig. 4
one SPI / Master salve and one HSPI Slave / Master. 12C- below.
Master and 12C-Slave are supported by NodeMCU V. The
12c interface function can be realized through programming
software, and the clock frequency reaches a maximum of
100 kHz. A multiplexer is a logic circuit that accepts several
ICGTD - 12
Fig. 5. Thingspeak as a cloud server
Fig. 4. Current Sensor
This sensor has a high accuracy reading because in it, II. RESEARCH METHODS
there is a series of low-offset linear Hall with a path made of Designing of website thingspeak for miniature smart
copper. The way this sensor works is the current that is read girds with photovoltaic was based on a network monitoring
flows through the copper cable contained therein, which system of the internet of things. A solar power generation
generates a magnetic field that is captured by the integrated system and integrated PLN network system to supply loads
Hall IC and converted into a proportional voltage. Accuracy by using a monitoring system to know the activities of
in sensor reading is optimized by installing components Generators and consumers (loads). Achievement of this
inside it between the conductor that produces the magnetic Final Project is carried out by carrying out a number of
field and the transducer hall close together. Accurately, a problem-solving steps as a method of implementing
low proportional voltage will stabilize the Bi CMOS Hall IC activities. In this step, the system is optimally designed to
inside, which has been made for high accuracy by the get the results of measurements and data transmission
factory. The specifications of the ACS712 current sensor results from solar power plants. The system design of this
module are 0-30 A, 4.5-5 volt, and 1.5 % for a current input tool is divided into two parts, namely: hardware design and
range, supply voltage, and total error, respectively. software design. There are several stages to implementing
Internet of Things, or also known by the abbreviation the internet of things system in solar power plants. In this
IoT, is a concept that aims to expand the benefits of internet planning, the solar power generation system alternately
connectivity that is connected continuously. Internet of supplies the load with the PLN network system with a
Things (IoT) is a structure in which objects, people are thingspeak monitoring system.
provided with an exclusive identity and the ability to move
data through the network without requiring two directions
between humans to humans, that is, the source to the
destination or the interaction of humans to computers [5].
The development of the internet infrastructure, then we are
going to the next round, where not only smartphones or
computers can be connected to the internet. But a variety of
real objects will be connected to the internet. For example,
this could be production machinery, cars, electronic
equipment, equipment that can be worn by humans
(wearables), and including any real objects that are all
connected to the local and global network using sensors and
or actuators that are embedded. The internet of things in this
study used the website "ThingSpeak is an open-source
Internet of Things (IOT) application platform and API for
storing and retrieving data from things using the HTTP
protocol over the Internet or through the Local Area Fig. 6. Thingspeak based monitoring block diagram of solar cell system
Network. Thingpeak is an open-source container in the form
of a website providing services for the needs of the internet Fig. 6 shows how to work on the system. Initially, solar
of things (iot) that can store and receive data using the or photovoltaic panels will receive sunlight that is converted
HTTP protocol over the internet. Thingspeak was initially into electrical current directly by utilizing the properties of
launched in 2010 by ioBridge as a service to support the semiconductor materials. Through the photovoltaic effect,
application of IoT Thingspeak can be used free of charge photons coming from sunlight produce a jump in electron
with several limits the service provided is that it can only jumps in the semiconductor material, the semiconductor
receive data once every 20 seconds Thingspeak can be used material consisting of electrical characteristics in the form of
for several applications namely sensor logging, location currents, voltages, and obstacles that change when exposed
tracking, etc. In another sense, Thingspeak is an IoT to the sun. Electricity from the solar panel to the battery,
platform that is able to be used to collect, store, analyze, when the remaining battery charge 20% to 30%, then the
visualize n, and act on data from sensors or actuators, such Solar charge controller disconnects the load. The solar
as Arduino, Raspberry, and node MCU. The main elements charge controller can regulate excess battery charging and
in Thingspeak activities are channels that contain data fields keep the temperature of the battery regulator also equipped
and status fields. Fig. 5 shows the block diagram of with a protection diode to keep the DC current from the
thingspeak as a cloud server. battery from entering the solar panel again. Inverter to
change to convert direct current into (DC) into an
ICGTD - 13
alternating electric current (AC) Supply the load Electric send it to the multiplexer by selecting the signal selector to
relay functions as an automatic switching if the photovoltaic put the data to A0 as analog readings. The command will
based electricity generation does not supply the load, the repeat according to the specified counter with a delay of 15
PLN network will enter the load alternately. With the minutes after the data collected will be sent to thingspeak
implementation of the sensor, in several parameters, it will will repeat according to the commands in the program.
read the current and current in the system photovoltaic
based electricity generation and load, then united in the
multiplexer module by selecting the selector, the output
voltage and current sensors in the form of digital signals will
be read and processed by the multiplexer sent to the
microcontroller. Esp8266 Wifi will connect to the internet
network and will be displayed via the internet website of
things that is thingspeak with each time specified and can be
accessed via thingspeak.
Fig. 7. Block diagram of a microcontroller design system

Fig. 8. Program flowchart
In Fig. 7 shows the block diagram of the design of the
microcontroller, the sensor will read the current and current III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
in the photovoltaic based electricity generation and load The first step is to calibrate the voltage and current sensor
system and be integrated in the multiplexer module by by comparing the results obtained by the sensor with the data
selecting the selector, the output of the current sensor and obtained using a digital multimeter. Conducting testing by
current in the form of a digital signal will be read and taking data from the panel threshold, battery current, and
processed by the multiplexer sent to the NodeMcu Wifi load current.
Esp8266 will connect to the internet network.
This section discusses the design and implementation of a It was shown that the results of the calibration of each
miniature smart girds design system with photovoltaics using experiment with the value between the sensor with the multi-
the Halpeak application monitoring system, which includes a meter instrument carried out on the battery line, the battery
series of photovoltaic based electricity generation: systems current to the inverter, and the voltage of 220 V PLN. There
and a microcontroller system. The Arduino IDE software is is a DC voltage reading error value of 2.3%, a current of 6,
needed to run the NodeMCU V3 program and the thingspeak 93%, the AC rate is 2.34%. Reading errors occur because the
library to connect to the channels available on the thingspeak sensitivity of each sensor is different. This sensitivity occurs
webserver. Thingspeak is used to record some data coming because the smaller the reading time, the sensor sensitivity to
from each sensor. Data from each sensor will be displayed changes in reading values. Another factor is the irregularity
on the thingspeak website. This section will explain the of the individual components "on the sensor modules such as
program flowchart on the Arduino IDE software, create a R, L, and C as well as other components that are used so as
dashboard or channel on the thingspeak website. to cause inaccuracies in the results of sensor readings.
Fig. 8 shows the design of microcontroller software with The monitoring system obtained can be seen directly on
software using the Arduino IDE. Programs that are applied to the thingspeak website on the photovoltaic based electricity
NodeMCU V3 to use the Arduino IDE on the program must generation monitoring channel. Fig. 9 shows the monitoring
be installed ESP8266 and the addition of several NodeMCU results on the thingspeak website.
libraries and thingspeak to the Arduino IDE. Initiation library
to make it easy for the coding process to belong. The process
that the program requires is to fill in the SSID initialization,
Password with the modem device that is used by the id
channel, and Apikeys to determine the channel used on the
thingspeak website. Each "sensor voltage and current from
several parameters such as solar panels, batteries and loads
ICGTD - 14
Fig. 9. Monitoring results on the thingspeak website
IV. CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results of testing and data processing
carried out on solar power generation systems with a
monitoring system application thingspeak internet-based
network of things. The application of a monitoring system
using a solar power plant can be done on each photovoltaic
based electricity generation component with six channels,
(a) Identity display namely voltage and current on photovoltaic, battery, and load
by sending data around 15 minutes and can be monitored on
the thingspeak website. As for suggestions for development
so that research is not interrupted for solar power generation
systems with a monitoring system application thingspeak
internet-based network of things is as the adding light
intensity and temperature as parameters needed for solar
panel analysis. A stable internet is needed for more precise
data transmission. An adding internet website creation of
things so that there are no limitations of channels or data that
enter the internet of things system.
(b) Voltage & current charts of solar panel
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This research is supported partly by The Ministry of
Research, Technology and Higher Education, Contract No.
285/B.05/LPPM-Itenas/III/2019.
REFERENCES
[1] Hariyanto, N., Perancangan dan Aplikasi Pembangkit Listrik Hybrida
Energi Surya dan Energi Biogas di Kampung Haur Gembong
Kabupaten Sumedang, Institut Teknologi Nasional, Bandung, 2015.
[2] Handoko, Solar Power Monitoring System Based On ATMEGA16
Microcontroller And Teamviewer, J. Tek. dan Ilmu Komput., 06(21),
2016, 9-16.
[3] Clark W.G., The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand
Response, Fairmont Press, 2009.
(c) Voltage & current Voltage & current charts of battery [4] Suriandi., Syukri, Mahdi, Perencanaan Pembangkit Listrik Tenaga
Surya (PLTS) Terpadu Menggunakan Software PVSYST pada
Komplek Perumahan di Banda Aceh, Jurnal Rekayasa Elektrika, 9(2),
Universitas Syiah Kuala. 2010.
[5] Burange, A. W., Misalkar, H. D., Review of Internet of Things in
development of smart cities with data management & amp; privacy,"
in Computer Engineering and Applications (ICACEA), 2015
International Conference on Advances in, 2015, pp. 189-195.
(d) Voltage and current Voltage & current charts of load
ICGTD - 15
Performance Analysis of Comparison the
Conventional and Myring Blade for n = 1 on the
Savonius Current Turbine By Using CFD Approach
Priyo Agus Setiawan Nopem Ariwiyono Rini Indarti
Marine Engineering Marine Engineering Marine Electrical Engineering
Shipbuilding Institute of Polytechnic Shipbuilding Institute of Polytechnic Shipbuilding Institute of Polytechnic
Surabaya Surabaya Surabaya
Surabaya, Indonesia Surabaya, Indonesia Surabaya, Indonesia
priyo.as@ppns.ac.id nopem.ppns@gmail.com rahmaiful@gmail.com
Triyogi Yuwono Wawan Aries Widodo Mardi Santoso

Mechanical Engineering Mechanical Engineering Marine Engineering
Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember Shipbuilding Institute of Polytechnic
Surabaya, Indonesia Surabaya, Indonesia Surabaya
triyogi@me.its.ac.id triyogi@me.its.ac.id Surabaya, Indonesia
mardi.santoso@ppns.ac.id
Eko Julianto
Marine Engineering
Shipbuilding Institute of Polytechnic
Surabaya
Surabaya, Indonesia
Abstract—This work will investigate the turbine performed to know the performance of the turbine. The
performance numerically by comparing between te Myring equation has been conducted numerically to solve the
conventional blade and Myring equation with n=1. CFD method problem of wind turbine by varying n value from 0 to 3. The
approach is carried out helped Gambit software for geometry performance of myring for n=1 has increased performance
and ANSYS 17.0 software to solve the incompressible U-RANS. turbine 10.98% and the performance higher than other blade
The y+ parameter will be calculated based on the number of shape [2]. This work will be performed by using the myring
layer on blade surface by making y+ value between 30 and 100. equation n=1 to see the blade shape influence on phenomena
The simulation uses the Realizable k-epsilon (RKE) turbulence of the turbine performance. The type of turbulence model in
model for case of turbine. The torque and power coefficient will
this study is chosen Realizable k-epsilon (RKE) [3]. A circular
be got from post processing. The power coefficient is called the
performance coefficient. The validation will be done by
cylinder has been done by adding at returning and the
comparing between experimental. The simulation has indicated advancing [4,5,6,7]. A cylinder at the advancing has been
that the Myring formula n = 1 has the Cp higher than the done by varying ds/D from 0.1 to 0.9 and the best performance
conventional blade. The performance increase about 7.15% by at ds/D = 0.7 [4]. The phenomena show that the attached flow
using myring formula for n=1. have the great results to improve the performance. A cylinder
has been placed in front of advancing by varying the diameter
Keywords—performance, conventional, myring, CFD, and stagger angle that can be seen the best performance at the
ds/D of 0.5 [5]. A cylinder has been installed the side of
I. INTRODUCTION advancing having the best performance at x/D of 0.5 by
The Turbines are classified becomes vertical axis wind change of distance [6]. Various of stagger angle by placing a
turbines (VAWTs) and horizontal axis wind turbines cylinder the side of returning shows that the best performance
(HAWTs) and VAWTs usually are used to generating small is obtained at stagger angle 60 degree [7].
scale power, which the turbine performance is not depend on This work will be performed investigation by comparing
the direction of moving wind [1]. Energy Sources of the conventional and myring blade with n=1 by using
renewable is from river, sea current and waves and can be numerical study. The geometry of domain simulation will be
predicted compared to the wind energy or the other. used Gambit software and export to ANSYS 17.0. The aim of
The performance is influenced by the size of turbine, fluid, this work is to determine the performance of turbine by using
the blde formation. The shape of blade influence characteristic the conventional blade and myring blade for n=1. The results
of flow over Savonius blade. Savonius turbine has been of numerical are the torque and power coefficient, and
carried out research development quickly by using numerical improvement of performance.
and experimental study. Numerical simulation has been
ICGTD - 16
II. METHODOLOGY equation 9 for an inertial sub layer in the equilibrium boundary
layer. The constants C1ε , C2, σk and σε have been defined as
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
follows.
Realizable k- (RKE) C1ε=1.44, C2=1.9, σk =1.0, σε=1.2
The standard, RNG, and realizable models have similar B. Equation
form with transport equations for k and . The transport
This work will be done comparison the conventional and
equation as follow:
myring blade for n = 1. The layer on the surface has 20 layers
near wall. Figure 1 shows the conventional and the myring
   µ k
(k) + ku = µ+ blade for n = 1. The equation of myring blade is written as in
t x x  x equation 1.
+G + G −  − Y + S (7)
x
y = b[1 − ] (1)
   µ  a
() + u = µ+ + C S + . R
t x x  x TSR = (2)
  U
C + C  C  G + 𝑆 (8) 4T
k + √ 𝑘 Cm = (3)
ρU2 D2 H
Cp = TSR . Cm (4)
Where Gk is the generation of turbulent kinetic energy
occurs due to mean velocity gradients. Gb is generation of
Blade shape for bucket is shown as in Figure 1 for
turbulent kinetic energy occurs due to buoyancy. Ym is the
conventional blade n = 2 and myring blade n = 1 based on the
fluctuating dilation in compressible turbulence that contributes
equation (1) with the diameter of blade 400 mm. The TSR,
to the overall dissipation rate. Sε and Sk are source terms defined
torque coefficient (Ct), power coefficient (Cp) are obtained
by the user. αk and αε are the turbulent Prandtl numbers for the from the equation (2), (3) and (4), respectively.
turbulent kinetic energy and its dissipation.
Similar to the previous variations of the K-Epsilon models,
the turbulent viscosity is determined by the formula given
below; however it produces different results as Cµ is not
constant.
k
µ = Cµ (9)

Cµ can be computed in equation (10)
1
Cµ = (10)
kU ∗
A +A  Fig 1. Schematic of Savonius Rotation for Conventional and
where, Myring n = 1
U∗ = S S + 
And  =  −   − 2 
 is the mean rate of rotation tensor viewed in a rotating

reference frame with angular velocity k. The constants A0 and
AS are defined as;
A = 4.04 , As = √6 cos
Where
 = cos √6 , S= S S
1 u u
S = +
2 x x
It has been shown that Cµ is a function of the mean strain
and rotational rates, the angular velocity of the rotating system,
Fig 2. The first layer on the blade surface
and the turbulent kinetic energy and its dissipation rate. The
standard value of Cµ = 0.09 is found to be the solution of
ICGTD - 17
The angular velocity (rad/s) is calculated by the TSR Torque coefficient will decrease by the increase of TSR
formula and vary TSR of 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0 and 1.2. The value that can be seen in Figure 4. The power coefficient
angular velocity can be obtained from equation 2 and change graph shows that the myring blade for n = 1 have the
the unit from the angular velocity () to Revolution per improvement of power coefficient compared to this one. The
minute (RPM) as data input to fill moving mesh. Time step power coefficient (Cp) is called by the performance turbine.
size (TSS) and RPM can be displayed in Table. 1. The blade The conventional and myring is obtained at TSR=0.8 and 1.0,
rotation will be conducted every 1o to get the accurate results. respectively. The results show that the myring has the
The water is used for both the zone in this simulation. performance better than the conventional blade.
TABLE 1. The calculation of input data for RPM and TSS TABLE 2. Peak the coefficient of Power with respect to
TSR RPM TSS Stagger angle variations
0.4 4.200 0.03968254 Peak at Improvement (%) of
Variation
0.6 6.300 0.02645503 Cp TSR performance
0.8 8.400 0.01984127 Savonius
1.0 10.500 0.01587302 conventional 0.2715 0.8 0.0
1.2 12.600 0.01322751 Myring n = 1 0.2909 1.0 7.15
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The power coefficient is called as the performance
coefficient. The peak power coefficients varying the blade
shape are compared to the performance of conventional
3.1. Comparison performance of turbine
Savonius as shown in Table 2. The peak performance
Comparison torque coefficient and power coefficient as
coefficient is obtained in about 0.2909 for the change shape of
the function of TSR for conventional and myring blade can blade at the TSR of 1.0 increasing the performance in about
be seen in Figure 4a and 4b, respectively. 7.15% compared conventional.
IV. CONCLUSION
The discussion results above, the Myring equation with n = 1
has given effect to the Savonius performance. The Myring
performance increase in about 7.15 % at TSR = 1.0 compared
to the conventional turbine one.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
A great gratitude would be conveyed to minister of
research, technology and higher education Kemenristek-dikti)
that has given the grand of PEKERTI research.
REFERENCES
[1] B. Yang and C. Lawn, “Fluid dynamic performance of a vertical axis
turbine for tidal currents,” Renewable Energy, vol. 36, pp. 3355–3366,
2015.
[2] W. Tian, B. Song and Z. Mao, “Numerical investigation of a Savonius
wind turbine with elliptical blades”, Proceedings of the CSEE, 2014,
Fig 4. Torque coefficient as function of TSR vol. 34, pp.796–802.
[3] N. Ariwiyono, P. A. Setiawan, A. W. Husodo, A. Subekti, A. I. Juniani,
S. So’im, P. P. S. Lukitadi, R. Indarti and F. Hamzah, “A Numerical
Study Of The Turbulence Model Influence On A Savonius Wind
Turbine Performance By Means Of Moving Mesh”, Journal of
Mechanical Engineering Research and Developments (JMERD), 2019,
vol. 42(3), pp.91-93.
[4] P. A. Setiawan, T. Yuwono and W. A. Widodo, “Numerical simulation
on improvement of a Savonius vertical axis water turbine performance
to advancing blade side with a circular cylinder diameter variations”,
IOP Conf. Ser.: Earth Environ. Sci., 2018, vol. 200, 012029.
[5] P. A. Setiawan, T. Yuwono and W. A. Widodo, “Effect of a circular
cylinder in front of advancing blade on the Savonius water turbine by
using transient simulation”, International Journal of Mechanical and
Mechatronics, 2019, vol. 19(01), pp.151-159.
[6] P. A. Setiawan, T. Yuwono and W.A Widodo, E. Julianto and M.
Santoso, “Numerical study of a circular cylinder effect on the vertical
axis Savonius water turbine performance at the side of the advancing
blade with horizontal distance variations”, International Journal of
Renewable Energy Research, 2019, vol. 9(2), pp.978-985.
[7] P. A. Setiawan, T. Yuwono and W. A. Widodo, “Numerical Study of
the Stagger Angle Effect of a Circular Cylinder Installed in Front of
Returning Blade Toward the Vertical Axis Savonius Water Turbine
Fig 5. Power coefficient as function of TSR
ICGTD - 18
Performance”, IOP Conf. Series: Journal of Physics: Conf. Series,
2019, vol. 1179, 012107.
ICGTD - 19
Video Communication System Using LASER
1st Lita Lidyawati 2nd Lucia Jambola
Department of Electrical Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering 3rd Arsyad Ramadhan Darlis
Institut Teknologi Nasional Institut Teknologi Nasional Department of Electrical Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia Bandung, Indonesia Institut Teknologi Nasional
litalidyawati@itenas.ac.id shafihazidrahman@gmail.com Bandung, Indonesia
arsyaddarlis@gmail.com
4th Sandy Aditya
Department of Electrical Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia
Abstract—In this era of globalization, the need for In 2002, research conducted by Xiaoming and J.M Kahn
multimedia communication services such as video calls, explained that the existence of turbulence in the atmosphere
telephone calls and others is increased. Commonly, data for caused fluctuations in the intensity and phase of received
such services are transmitted through the optical fibre. In light signals so that the free space optical communication
addition to the fibre-optics communication, data transmission pathway became constrained. This research conducted
is transmitted optically through free space by using a light techniques to reduce the influence of turbulence, which one
source in the form of LED or Laser. Laser communication of them was maximum-likelihood sequence detection
systems are wireless connections through the atmosphere. They (MLSD) [4] .
work similarly to fiber optic links, except the beam is
transmitted through free space. While the transmitter and Furthermore, in 2005, the research conducted by Arun
receiver must require line-of-sight conditions, they have benefit Majumdar explained the limitations of lasers namely
of eliminating the need for broadcast rights and buried cables. turbulence in the atmosphere and scattering effects. This
This study aims to determine the effects of distance and light study presented an analysis of system performance such as
on the quality of video signals in a communication system. This link analysis, bit error rate (BER), signal to noise ratio and a
system consists of a transmitter and receiver parts. At the probability of fading. In this study, a simulation of
transmitter part, it consists of a power supply, a video turbulence and scattering effects was carried out in the
amplifier circuit and a red laser diode. A Laser beam was used
laboratory, which is useful in designing laser communication
as carrier, which was modulated by the signal to be
systems that are reliable in all weather conditions [5].
transmitted. At the receiver section, it consists of a power
supply, a photodiode (PD) and a voltage divider circuit. Here, In 2014, the design of a VLC (Visible Light
the desired signal was separated from the carrier. Data Communication) communication system using LED (Light
retrieval is performed at a distance interval between the Emitting Diode) applied a video signal as the input for the
transmitter and receiver every 10 cm and in light and dark system. In this study, a trial was conducted on each system,
conditions. The experimental result shows that in 110 cm the sending system and the receiving system [1].
distance, the receiver is able to obtain the signal with the
voltage of 0.36 Volt. Subsequent research conducted by Muhammad Arif
Yahdillah discussed the realization of underwater audio
Keywords—LED, optical fibre, transmitter, receiver, communication systems using free space optics. In this
photodiode study, the measurement of maximum distance received by
the receiver carried out. In addition, the measurement of light
I. INTRODUCTION intensity using lux meters was also undertaken, so that the
In this globalization era, the public's need for multimedia value of the voltage at maximum light intensity can be
communication services such as video calls and telephone known [2].
calls is increasing. Almost all countries use optical fiber as a
medium to transmit data. However, data transmission can In 2015, research conducted by Denny Darlis and Suci
also be done optically through free space or called the Free Aulia contained audio and video communication systems
Space Optic (FSO). FSO is a communication system that using LED light, with the distance of sender from the
uses a light source in the form of LED (Light Emitting receiver as far as 1 meter, and in this study, testing for each
Diode) or laser (light amplification by stimulated emission of block was performed at the transmitter and receiver blocks.
radiation) and passes it to the receiver using atmospheric In addition, testing was also done through changing the angle
propagation media. In free space optical communication, the between the LED and the photodiode [3].
transmitter and receiver must face each other (line of sight). Based on these past studies, it is known that laser
This research was conducted using a red laser diode. Data communications system can be easily deployed since they
retrieval is performed at intervals between the transmitter are inexpensive, small, low power, and do not require any
and receiver every 10 cm and in light and dark conditions. radio interference studies.
This study aims to determine the effect of distance and other
light effects on the quality of video signals.
ICGTD - 20
II. RESEARCH METHOD
A. System Design
At the transmitter the analog input is a video signal
generated from the DVD Player. The video signal will be
amplified by the LM7171 IC which functions as a video
amplifier. The video signal is then transmitted through light
from a red laser. The laser voltage value needed to transmit
the video signal is 9 volts. The transmitted light will be
received by the photodiode. Photodiodes are useful for
converting light energy into electrical energy. Here the video Fig. 3 Implementation of Receiver Circuit
signal is not amplified again. The video signal that has been
The first stage is the implementation of transmitter and
processed by the receiver circuit will be displayed on TV. In
general, this system is built from several devices as seen in receiver circuits, namely conducting literature studies to find
the system diagram block in Figure 1. theories about the research that will be conducted. Next,
start assembling tools or circuits that will be made for
research. After the circuit can work properly, start testing
between the transmitter and receiver circuits. Figure 3
shows the stages of system implementation.
Fig. 1 Block Diagram System
D. Laser
B. Video Transmitter Light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation,
The components needed in the transmitter circuit are or abbreviated as laser, is light that contains only one
DVD Player, IC LM7171, red laser, regulator and some coherent wavelength. The laser beam moves towards the
resistors. Input in the form of a video signal is generated target correctly. There are various types of lasers based on
from a DVD Player that is connected to a transmitter circuit the type of material used by their amplifiers, solid-state
via an RCA cable. The RCA cable used is only a yellow lasers that use solid materials such as ruby, gas lasers that
cable because the desired input is a video signal. This use common gas materials such as helium, excimer lasers
transmitter circuit will be active if given a voltage of 9 volts that use reactive gases such as chlorine and fluorine, dye
and -5 volts. The 9 volt voltage is generated from the power lasers that use organic dyes complexes such as Rhodamin
supply while the -5-volt voltage is generated from the and semiconductor lasers that use semiconductor materials
regulator which is useful for regulating the incoming voltage. such as diodes. The laser diode will be active at a voltage of
The incoming video signal will be amplified by IC LM7171. 3 to 12 V.
In this transmitter circuit a video signal changes to a signal in
the form of light. Light is transmitted to the receiver circuit
using a laser. The laser used in this study is a red laser.
Fig. 4 Laser diode
E. Composite Video Signal

Fig. 2 Implementation of Transmitter Circuit
CVBS stands for Composite Video Burst Signal. A
C. Video Transmitter composite video signal is a form of one cable video signal
The components needed in the receiver circuit are format, and the resulting signal quality is still below the
photodiodes and some resistors. Photodiode functions to quality of the Y / C video signal. The connector used for
receive light from a laser and convert light signals into combining these signals is a type of RCA (yellow).
electrical signals. The signal will be processed in the There are three types of color systems for CVBS video
receiver circuit, and output in the form of a video signal will signals, namely
be displayed to the TV by connecting the RCA cable from
the receiver circuit to the TV. The RCA cable connected to a.The NTSC System (National Television System
the TV is only a yellow cable because only the video signal Committee), developed by the United States around the
will be displayed. 1950s.
b.The PAL (Phase Alternating Line) system is an
improvement from the NTSC system developed by Germany
around the 1960s and followed by Western European
countries. This system is also used in Indonesia.
ICGTD - 21
c.The SECAM (Sequential couleur Avec Memoire) away.
system was developed by France around the 1960s and was
followed by ex-Soviet Union countries.
Fig. 5 Video Signal Frequency Spectrum in PAL System
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

After the design process, the next step is to measure. Fig. 8 Calculation Power in Light Condition
Measurements were made to obtain system performance
data, then compared to determine the performance of a From figure 9, the display of the black and white video
device that has been designed. The measurement results can signal appears. This occurs because the frequency of the
be used as a reference in the overall analysis. measured video signal is below the frequency range of the
color video signal in the PAL system.
A. Measurement with a 10 cm distance in Light Condition

This measurement is done by adjusting the distance
between the transmitter and receiver every 10 cm and in
bright conditions. The purpose of this measurement is to
determine the effect of distance and other light interference
on the quality of the video signal.
Fig. 9 Video Signal at the Receiver
B. Measurement with a 10 cm distance in Dark Condition

This measurement is done by adjusting the distance
Fig. 6 Measurement Process between the transmitter and receiver every 10 cm and in the
dark condition. The purpose of this measurement is to
In this measurement, we apply a DVD player as the
determine the effect of distance on the quality of the video
input of transmitter circuit. The oscilloscope is used to
signal and without other lights interference. The following is
measure the output voltage of receiver circuit. The results of
the display of the video signal before entering the transmitter
measurements can be seen from figure 7.
circuit.
Fig. 10 Video Signal Input
In figure 11 shows the results of measurements of the

transmitter input voltage and the output voltage of the
Fig. 7 Measurement Laser Communication in Light Condition receiver. The voltage obtained tends to be stable which is at
1 Volt. This happens because in this measurement there is no
From figure 8, the output power value decreases when
interference from other lights.
the distance is farther away. At a distance of 60 cm the rated
power is 770.1 mW, at a distance of 70 cm the value of the
power is measured at 645 mW and at a distance of 80 cm the
rated power is 330.3 mW. This results in the reception of
signals getting worse when the distance is getting farther
ICGTD - 22
higher than the output voltage value of the receiver circuit
when measurements are made in bright conditions.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This research was supported by Hibah Penelitian Terapan
Unggulan Perguruan Tinggi (PTUPT) 2019 funded by the
Kementerian Riset, Teknologi, dan Pendidikan Tinggi
Republik Indonesia.
REFERENCES
[1] A.R. Darlis, L. Lidyawati, N.W. Nastiti,”Implementasi Sistem
Komunikasi Video menggunakan Visible Light Communication”,
Jurnal Elkomika 1(1), 13-25, 2014
Fig. 11 Measurement Laser Communication System in Dark Condition [2] A. Yahdillah, “Sistem Komunikasi Audio Bawah Air menggunakan
Laser”, Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung, 2018.
IV. CONCLUSION [3] D. Darlis, S. Aulia, “Perancangan dan Implementasi Perangkay
Visible Light Communication sebagai Transceiver Video”,
In measuring the laser communication system in bright Universitas Telkom, 2015.
conditions, the transmitter input voltage and receiver output
[4] Z. Xiaoming, J.M. Khan. "Free-Space Optical Communication
voltage are not always 1 V. Some receiver output voltage through atmospheric turbulence channels, 2002
values are far enough from the voltage value of the video [5] Majumdar. Arun, "Free-space Laser Communication Performance in
signal sent. At a distance of 40 cm, the measured voltage the atmospheric Channel", 2005.
value is 0.045 V. At a distance of 50 cm, the measured [6] G. Hendrantoro, "Kinerja Sistem Komunikasi Free Space Optics
voltage value is 0.045 V. At a distance of 90 cm, the menggunakan Cell Site Diversity di Daerah Tropis", Institut teknologi
measured voltage value is 0.264 V. At a distance of 120 cm, Sepuluh September, 2012.
the measured voltage value is 0.232 V. [7] Cox, F. James, "Fundamentals of Linear Electronics : integrated and
discrete", Cengange Learning , pp.-91, ISBN 978-0-7668-3018-9,
In measuring laser communication systems with a 2001.
distance of 60 cm, 70 cm and 80 cm the receiver output [8] M. S. Rahman and K. Kim, “Indoor Positioning by LED Visible Ligh
power values which are calculated when the light is 770.1 ersea Visible Light Communication,” Wirel. Pers. Commun.,vol 99,
mW, 645 mW and 330 mW. While the value of receiver no. 2, pp 681- 694, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11277-017-5t
Communication and Image Sensors,” Int. J. Electr. Comput. Eng.,
output power at dark is 452.6 mW, 437.4 mW and 377.5 vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 161–170, 2011.
mW. Here, the receiver's output power value decreases when [9] A.R.Darlis, A. Widura, M.R.Andrian,"Bidirectional Underwater
the distance gets farther away. Visible Light Communication", International Journal of Electrical and
Computer Engineering (IJECE), vol.8, No.6,ISSN:2088-8708,
In measuring the laser communication system in the dark, Desember, 2018.
the measured value of the transmitter input voltage and [10] M. S. Rahman, M. M. Haque, and K. D. Kim, “Indoor Positioning by
receiver output voltage is almost at 1 V. Only at a distance of LED Visible Light Communication and Image Sensors,”
110 cm the transmitter output voltage is measured 0.36 V, International Journal of Electrical and Computer Engineering
the rest is at 1 V. (IJECE), vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 161–170, 2011.
[11] B. Miguel and C. Silva, “Underwater Optical Communication an
In measuring laser communication systems in light and Approach Based on LED,” pp. 4–5, 2015.
dark conditions, the output voltage value of the receiver
circuit when measurement is carried out in dark conditions is
.
ICGTD - 23
Lexicon-Based Sentiment Analysis For Analyzing
Situational Variables
Dewi Rosmala, S.Si., M.IT. Kevin Eza Rizky, S.Kom.
Departement of Informatics Departement of Informatics
Engineering Engineering
Institut Teknologi Nasional Institut Teknologi Nasional
Bandung, Indonesia Bandung, Indonesia
line 5: email address or ORCID kezar08@gmail.com
Abstract—Consumer behavior is one of scientific field that also propose a new way of detecting and categorizing
studies pattern of consumtion based on decision taken emotion, by using the lowest level possible for emotion
individually. In the decision making process, there are many namely its polarity[3]. Using polarity it became easier to
factors that can influence the decision, these factors are categorize each of the sentiments, and also the parameter is
dynamic and unique to each individual which is often called a easily defined.
situational variables. Situational variables that are unique to
each individual cause the large number and relationship
Lexicon-based sentiment analysis is a method to
between these variables, so it takes a lot of opinion data for seperate senteces down to its building blocks, words.
each individual to find out which variable has the most Analyzing the emotion polarity from each of the words is
influence. Nowadays, opinion data of each individual can be done by using a dictionary called lexicon dictionary that
obtained easily in social media. Lexicon-based sentiment contains negative and positive words with its emotional
analysis will be used to determine the opinion sentiment, using intensity[12]. The lexicon dictionary in this reseach is based
a dictionary that has been given a value and polarity. This on previous research[5], the collection of Tweets or this
research proven that there’s a huge bias on postive emotion research test data is also came from previos research[10].
sentiment and neutral polarity where 19,7% positive emotion The situational variable analysis, is done by extracting
are biased, for negative sentiment the bias is much more lower
at 2,2%. Situational variable could be extracted from Tweet
the situational variable data from each of the tweet. In this
which the location and time information could be extracted. research only two situational variable extracted they were
Time has a more significant role on influencing costumer location and time. Only those two variables is avaliable
emotion and behavior. inside the Tweet. Analyzing the situational variable is done
by counting the mean location and time for each emotion
Keywords—costumer behavior, situational variable, polarities. This method shown that whether those situational
lexicon-based sentiment analysis variable has a significant effect on one’s emotions or not.
This research hope that the result could be used as a
references for companies to efficiently promote their
I. INTRODUCTION products on social media platform based on human emotion.
There’s a certain limitation that one’s can explain For example we can predict smartphone sales[13] and target
consumer’s behavior and every unique variation of it, this certain time of the day to boost that sale base on the user’s
lead to a different approach on examining consumer’s emotion. Also combined with state of the art machine
behavior, the one that focus on the situational influences on learning based consumer buyer pattern[11] we can further
behavior[2]. Although the difficulty of obtaining and improve the accuracy by integrating human emotion.
processing those information is such a monumental task,
II. RELATED WORKS
which in turn affect the accuracy and confident level of the
result. The main cause of this problem is that there isn’t any This research was based on previous works on lexicon
information gathering strandard that allow us to observer based sentiment analysis[12] who has succeeded in
and documented every consumer’s opinion on certain issues, discovering emotion sentiments based on text using a
not to mention to also record the place and the time when lexicon-based sentiment analysis. That research was futher
the consumer gave their opinion and it became imposible to improved[1] that managed to detect sentiment with data
do if we wanted to monitored the consumers in large from social source especially Tweets even though the
numbers. This research propose a new way of observing, accuracy of the emotion detection is still low. Both studies
gathering and processing consumer behavior and the only tried to detect emotions that was generally experienced
situation that they currently in using social media post, by humans such as fear, pleasure, sadness, etc. without
especially Twitter’s Tweets by using Lexicon-based considering the dimensions of these emotions themself.
sentiment analysis for word detection and hourglass of Both of these studies contributed as the basis and used as the
emotion for emotion detection. references for this research, i.e. positive and negative
We also understand that emotions is a broad, complex polarity. There was three studies taken in the form of survey
and multi-dimentional terms [3][6]. That’s why this research which served as a reference for this research which conclude
ICGTD - 24
that the lexicon-based sentiment analysis field is still in its that’s already has emotion labels on it (i.e. sadness, happy,
infancy and still need further research[4][9][15]. Those anger, etc.) We can already see that those label is given by
research also state that even lexicon-based sentiment human, which could has a different takes on those emotion.
analysis is still on its infancy, but computational and time That whole frameworks is prone to have emotional bias
wise its still the best method with okay accuracy. Another from the researcher. Another weakness of the existing
research that was also the base of this research states that framework is that they see emotions as a simple straight
though emotion is a very complex things, it belongs to one forward things, but based on other research [6] we know
of three polarity which are POSITIVE, NEGATIVE and that emotion is very complex. As we can see from figure 1
NEUTRAL[3]. If we made a model from those polarity, we this frameworks also wasn’t considering the situational
get a model that resembles an Hourglass, that’s why it’s effect on those emotions.
called the ‘Hourglass of Emotions’. The Hourglass of
emotion is futher studied and they discovered that human IV. PROPOSED FRAMEWORK
emotion is indeed very complex and consist of a lot of START 1
dimension[6] (i.e. Human could experience shock either by
something terrific or terrifying). Text Negative
3 Words[n] Lexicon-
This research was also aims to futher enrich the data Dictionary
Get Location &
gathered from those Tweets by identifying the situational Time
variables that affects the subjects emotions. Research has

Concastinate
shown that if the same person face the exact same decision N
Exist?
but with different situation the outcome of those decision Array of

may vary[8]. Those variation is not only limited to one’s Words[]
Y
decision, but also emotion[7]. Those different decision Positive Negative Polarity
2 Words[n] Lexicon-
based on situation isn’t a new knowledge, but it’s actually Dictionary
Increased
dating as far as 1975, where a published papper claim that

situation may affect consumer’s decision[2]. Therefore it
3 Any words left?
was called a ‘Situational Consumer’s Behavior’ and those N
Exist? Y
varying situation is called ‘Situational Variables’. There’s a

N+1
lot of situational variables that affected one’s decision and Y N
Final Polarity =
it’s unique from indivudual to the other so it couldn’t be Positive Polarity
Increased Positive - Negative
2
generalized[14], but back then because the inadequate
Negative
computing power the research were done in controlled and Words[n] Lexicon-
Final
Polarity
limited environtment. Dictionary
This research proposed a novel idea to combined the 1

Location and
three method (lexicon-based sentiment analysis, hourglass Time
of emotion and situational variables) to identifies the

polarity of human emotion and the effect of situational END
variable on those emotion based on text especially Tweets.

Fig. 2. Proposed frameworks.
III. EXISTING FRAMEWORK This research proposed a novel frameworks that

combined lexicon-based sentiment analysis, emotion
START 1
polarity, and situational variables. As we can see from
figure 2 this research still had the same input and the same
Text Emotion[x] preprocessing method as the existing frameworks. The
Probability
Increased
differences started to shown at the lexicon dictionary, where
Concastinate in this research we used two dictionary, one for positive
words and one for negative words. The array of words is
Array of
Words[]
Y first compared to the positive lexicon dictionary, if the
Any words left?
words exist in positive dictionary, then the positive polarity
Words[n]
Lexicon N+1 is increased based on the emotional intensity.
Dictionary N
The next step is also different from the old frameworks,
Emotion
N+1
with the
2 while the old frameworks limits one emotion for one words.
highest
probability
In this frameworks we considered that there are more than
Exist? 2
N one emotion polarity for each of the words as mention on
END the previous research [6] (i.e. the word ‘hebat’ in Indonesia
Y
could have two meaning which are great [positive] and
1
terrible [negative], even though it lean more to the positive
side, thus the positive has higher emotional intensity).
Fig. 1. Existing frameworks. The final step is to calculate the final polarity by
substracting the positive polarity by the negative polarity.
The existing framework on lexicon-based sentiment The final polarity then will be shown alongside the location
analysis is done by comparing the test words with words and time from where and when that Tweet was created.
ICGTD - 25
V. EXPERIMENT AND RESULT words, this lexicon dictionary accounted for 2% of all
existing words in Bahasa Indonesia.
A. Dataset
1) Lexicon Dictionary 2) Test Data
The Lexicon dictionary used in this reseach utilizes the
results of previous studies[5], where the lexicon dictionary
is already in Bahasa Indonesia. This dictionary is obtained
by using the graph propagnation method based on
knowledge graph in from English words, in other words
the Indonesia dictionary is the result of matching the
meaning of the words in Indonesia with English words
that has the same or closest meaning to.
The lexicon dictionary is divided into two polarities with
their respective values, namely a positive value and a
negative value. In the negative lexicon dictionary there are Fig. 5. Example of a the test data.
1575 words with their respective polarity values on a scale
of 1-3. The assignment of these values is based on the The test data used in this research is based on
emotional intensity of the words compared to similar previous research that has been done before[10]. Where
words in English. Figure 3 shows an example of the the test data consists of 4,043 Tweets in Indonesian.
negative lexicon dictionary Each Tweet has been given one of six labels (sadness,
love, anger, joy, fear, happy) where the label is used as a
hidden label in this research and used as a comparison
model. Also the Tweet has been given a location and
time information of where and when the Tweet was
written. Example of the test data can be seen in figure 5.
B. Lexicon Polarity
Lexicon polarity experiment is done by comparing the
polarity obtained by the proposed framework with labels
that have been given in previous research[10]. Tweet that
have been given labels are futher classified, based on
hourglass of emotions[3], the five labels of sadness, love,
anger, fear, and happy can be categorized into two basic
emotions polarities, which are positive for anger, love, and
happy and negative for sadness and fear. Table 1 show how
Fig. 3. Example of a negative lexicon dictionaries. much tweet belong to one of the five labels.
TABLE 1. HIDDEN LABELS

The positive polarity has the same scale value with the
negative polarity ranging from 1-3 depending on the No Labels Tweets
emotional intensity. There are 1,050 words in the positive 1 Sadness 997
training data. Figure 4 shows an example of the positive 2 Love 637
lexicon dictionary 3 Anger 1.101
4 Fear 649
5 Happy 1.017
6 Unlabelled 2
Total 4.403
According to table 1, there were 997 tweets labeled

sadness, 637 tweets labeled love, 1.101 tweets labeled
anger, 649 tweets labeled fear, 1.017 tweets labeled happy,
and there are two unlabeled tweets. The total number of
tweets on the test data was 4,403. The five labels are
categorized into three basic emotions namely positive,
negative and neutral which is sown in table [3]
TABLE 2. HIDDEN LABES CATEGORIZED

Fig. 4. Example of a positive lexicon dictionaries. No Polarity Tweet
1 Positive 2.755
In total there were 2,562 words, which compared to the 2 Negative 1.646
total number of words in the Kamus Besar Bahasa 3 Neutral 2
Indonesia (KBBI) of 127,000 words including derivatives Total 4.403
ICGTD - 26
we calcuate the mean number of tweet originated from
Based on table 2, there are 2,755 tweets with positive each city with it’s correspodence emotion polarity. The
polarity where positive polarity consists of three emotions, city with the highest mean thus be shown.
namely love, anger, and happy. Also there are 1,646
negative tweets consisting of two emotions, sadness and
fear. For neutral words are tweets that cannot be labeled TABLE 4. PROPOSED FRAMEWORK LOCATION RESULT
(unlabelled). No Polarity Highest Mean Mean
1 Positive Bandung 35,03%
TABLE 3. PROPOSED FRAMEWORK RESULT
2 Negative Bandung 34,19%
No Polarity Tweets 3 Neutral Jakarta 33,91%
1 Positive 1.787
2 Negative 1.743 From table 4 it can be seen that, most of the positive
3 Neutral 873 polarity is written in Bandung with the mean of 35.03%,
Total 4.403 most negative polarity is written also in Bandung with
the mean of 34.19%, and most of the neutral polarity is
Based on table 3, it can be seen that the results of the written in Jakarta with the mean of 33 , 91%. Based on
proposed framework have have successfully labeled 1,787 this distribution it can be concluded that situational
tweets with positive polarity, 1,743 tweets with negative variables in the form of location do not have a
polarity and 873 tweets with neutral polarity. The significant impact on one's emotional sentiments,
comparison between the hidden label polarity and the because Tweets with negative and positive sentiments
polarity of the system results can be seen in the figure 6. that are opposing in nature are both found in the
Bandung.
2) Time
The time situational variable extraction is done by
extracting date and time data from each Tweet. The
extraction results is futher divided into seperates
magnitudes, namely day, month, year, hour, minute, and
second. To ensure uniform data from each date and time
is obtained this research only used hour time data from
each Tweet. Then we calcuate the mean time of each
emotion polarity.
TABLE 5. PROPOSED FRAMEWORK TIME RESULT
No Polaritas Mean Waktu

Fig. 6. Comparison of Proposed Framework and Hidden Labels. 1 Positif 11:00
2 Negatif 12:00
Based on figure 6 it can be seen that the results of the 3 Netral 11:00
proposed framework produce more tweets with neutral
polarity compared to the hidden labels, with a difference of
From table 5 it can be seen that, for positive polarity
871 tweets or 19.7%. This proves that not all positive the average time the tweets were written at 11:00 AM,
emotional sentiments such as love and happy have positive for negatif polarity the average time the tweets were
polarity as well. The result implies that without
written at 12:00 and for neutral polarity the average time
understanding the basic of emotion namely polarity,
the tweets were written at 11:00. Based on this average
lexicon-based sentiment analysis can cause a lot of bias. time it can be concluded that the time situational
The negative polarity from the proposed framework and variable has a significant impact on one's emotional
the hidden label didn’t have any noticable differences, only sentiments, where from the resuly we can see that the
97 tweets or 2.2% of the total tweet is labeled with the average positive and neutral Tweets are written was at
wrong emotion polarity. This shows that negative emotions 11:00 AM with the span from 07:00 AM to 11:00 AM,
do not have as much bias as positive emotions. and for the negative Tweet, there is a change in the
C. Situational Variable average writing time, which is at 12:00 PM, with the
1) Location span from 12:00 PM to 15:00 PM.
The location situational variable extraction is done VI. CONCLUSION
by extracting location data from each Tweet. The
extraction results is futher divided into seperates Based on the experiment results on the lexicon-based
magnitudes, namely place, city, province, and nation. To sentiment analysis, hourglass of emotions and situational
ensure uniform data from each location is obtained this variables we can conclude that :
research only used city data from each Tweet, because 1. Indentifying emotion polarity through lexicon-based
city is not as many as specific places and not as few as sentiment analysis for word detection and hourglass of
province, therefore it’s can be easily categorized. Then emotions for detecting emotions polarity for each word
has been done successfully. The results of the
ICGTD - 27
identification process using the provided dataset and [2] B. Russel, “Situational Variables and Consumer Behavior”, in Journal
of Consumer Research : Volume 2, 1975, pp. 157 – 164.
test data with hidden labels has shown that if the
[3] C. Erick, et al, “The Hourglass of Emotion”, in Cognitive Behavioural
sentiment analysis process wasn’t done at the lowest System 2011, 2012, pp. 144-157.
level, namely emotional polarity (positive, negative, [4] C. Lea, and M. Particio, “Emotion Detection from Text : A Survey”,
and neutral) it can cause a lot of bias, especially on University of Alicante : Spain, 2014.
positive emotions. The bias of positive emotions are at [5] C. Yanqing, and S. Steven, “Building Sentiment Lexicons for All
19.7% which means that a lot of supossed positive Major Languages”, in ACL : Volume 2, 2014, pp. 383-389.
emotion is actually a neutral emotion. This happens [6] F. Johny R.J, et al, “The World of Emotions is not Two
because the previous research assumes that all Dimensional”, in Psychological Science 2007 : Volume 18, 2007, pp.
1050-1057.
sentences that have positive emotions must also have
[7] F. Gordon R, and Y. Marie, “Situational Influences on Consumers
positive polarity. Based on the research conducted it Attitudes and Behavior”, in Journal of Management : Volume 20,
can be concluded that this is not always true. Number 10, 2013, pp. 1 - 31.
2. Negative emotion detection based on the proposed [8] G. Jenifer P, et al, “Personality Consistency and Situational
framework and the result of the previous studies is Influences on Behaviour”, in Journal of Business Research : Volume
58, 2018, pp. 518 - 525.
surprisingly very similar, with only 2.2% or 97 Tweets
[9] S. Kashifa, et al, “Emotion Detection from Text and Speech : A
differences. This show that negative sentiments has
Survey”, in Social Network Analysis and Mining, 2018.
lesser bias than positive sentiments.
[10] S. Mei, M. Rahmad, and A. Mirna, “Emotion Classification on
3. This research shows that the process of extracting a Indonesian Twitter Dataset”, in Proceeding of International
situation variable such as location and time can be Conference on Asian Language Processing 2018.
done using social media post especially Tweet. If the [11] S. Saavi, and A. Ognjen, “Machine learning based prediction of
data is provided by the post. consumer purchasing decisions: the evidence and its significance”, in
Proceedings AI and Marketing Science workshop AAAI-2018
4. Based on the result of this research location situational
[12] T. Maite, et al, “Lexicon-Based Methods for Sentiment Analysis”, in
variable analysis, it can be concluded that location Computational Linguistic : Volume 34, Number 2, 2011.
didn’t have a significant effect on one’s emotions [13] T. Suppawong, amd T. Conrad, “Fad or Here to Stay: Predicting
sentimets, where most of the positive and negative Product Market Adoption and Longevity Using Large Scale”, in
emotions sentiments came from Bandung. Social Media Data, Proceedings of ASME International Design
5. Based on the result of this research time situational Engineering Technical Conferences & Computers and Information in
Engineering Conference 2013.
variable analysis, it can be concluded that time has a
[14] W. Scott, et al, “The Influence of Situational Varaiables on Brand
significat effect on one’s emotions sentiment, where Personality Choice”, in International Journal of Marketing Studies :
there were certain times that affect the user's emotions Volume 4, Number 5, 2012, pp. 103 – 115.
for positive and neutral sentimets tweets most of it [15] Y. Ali, et al, “Current State of Text Sentiment Analysis from Opinion
written around 11:00 AM and and for negative to Emotion Mining”, in ACM Computing Surveys : Volume 50, No.
2, Article 25, 2017.
sentiments the tweet were were written around 12:00
PM. .
REFERENCES
[1] A. Reda, et al, “Emotion and Sentiment Analysis from Twitter Text”,
in Computational Science, 2019.
ICGTD - 28
Implementation of Template Matching Correlation
Method in the Conversion System of Ancient Greek
Letter Image into Modern Latin Letters
1st Jasman Pardede 2nd Irma Amelia 3rd Rifqi Finaldy
Department of Infomatics Engineering Department of Infomatics Engineering Department of Informatics Engineering
Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung
Bandung, Indonesia Bandung, Indonesia Bandung, Indonesia
jasman@itenas.ac.id irma_amelia@itenas.ac.id rifqivercetti@gmail.com
Abstract— Greek cultural heritage became one of the Optical Character Recognition by using Template
important objects in the development of technology, culture, Matching is a system prototype that useful to recognize the
government systems and state administration. Unfortunately character or alphabet by comparing two images of the
these relics were written using ancient Greek characters which alphabet [2]. It is expected that with the system being built it
are not well understood by the general public. The letter pattern can introduce Greek characters to the general public.
recognition system using the template matching correlation
algorithm is one way to overcome this problem. The first stage of B. Problem Statement
the system is the process of taking digital images into the system The research problem proposed is :
by the user, followed by the preprocessing stage which includes
several sub-processes, i.e : grayscaling, low pass filter, and otsu
 How to design a system that can separate each pattern
thresholding. The system then performs the stages of letter of ancient Greek letters contained in the image?
segmentation and normalization. The normalized image is then  How can the template matching correlation method be
classified according to the label which has the largest correlation implemented on the system?
value using the template matching correlation method. The test  How to design a system that can convert ancient Greek
results in the case study of test images with a distance between characters into Latin letters?
letters greater than 2 pixels obtained an accuracy value of
91.67%, in the case study of test images with a distance between C. Objective
letters 1-5 pixels obtained an accuracy value of 83.75%, This study aims to implement the Template Matching
in the case study of test images with sentences of more than 2 Correlation method and measure the percentage of the
lines obtaining an accuracy value of 85.48%, and in the case
study of test images by taking 20% of the training data obtained
system accuracy, precission, recall and F-Measure in
an accuracy value of 73.20%. Based on the four case studies recognizing ancient Greek characters contained in the
obtained an average accuracy value of 83.525%. These results image.
indicate that the template matching correlation is sufficient to
D. Scope
build an ancient Greek alphabet recognition system.
 The system used is desktop based aplication
Keywords— Image Processing, Letter Pattern Recognition,  The system can only convert images containing ancient
Greek Alphabet. Greek characters which only contain text in the form of
ancient Greek writing.
I. INTRODUCTION
 The converted text is capital Latin letters without the
A. Background pronunciation of the letters
Ancient writings such as script are a form of cultural
heritage that can still be felt until now (Winoto, Sukaesih,
Rusmana, & Kurnaesih, 2016). One of the manuscripts/
writings that can still be felt is ancient Greek writing. In this
modern era the use of ancient Greek characters in the writing
system is lessen. This is due to the Romans who adopted
ancient Greek characters and develop new writing patterns,
namely Latin letters. Modern latin has a characteristic quite
and effectively which is a representation of the need for
identity as part of the era of modernity [1]. Modern Latin
letters have become the dominant letters used throughout the
world. The dominance of Latin letters in various countries
has led to a decline in people who recognize letters that have
been left by their ancestors. One of them is the use of Greek
characters.
ICGTD - 29
II. LITERATURE STUDY contained in the image at the time of thresholding is not
detected as an object. Low Pass Filter works by convoluting
A. Ancient Greek alphabet
pixel values in the image using the kernel below :
3) Otsu Thresholding
Thresholding process aims to change the grayscale
image which has a range of pixel values from 0 to 255 to a
threshold image that has only 2 pixel values, namely 0 and
255 (Black & White) by determining a threshold
(Threshold). One well-known and widely used method in
determining threshold is to use the Otsu method [7].
Threshold value of this method is obtained using equation
(2):
Fig 1. Greek Alphabet
It is estimated that the Greek alphabet has been in use  

since the eighth century BC and although there were debates 
regarding the establishment of either ‘Demotic’ (closer to the
everyday language used by most of the population) or After getting the Threshold value, then the image can be
‘Katharevousa’ (closer to ancient Greek), the Greek writing grouped into two classes, namely: black and white (0 &
system had not undergone significant changes since ancient 255) using equation (3):
times [14]. In both ancient and modern forms, the Greek
alphabet has 24 letters from alpha to omega in which there
are vowels. Alphabet letters from Greece are also still used in (3)
several countries, one of which is the Greek state itself.
Figure 1 represents a table of Greek characters that is still
used today. 4) Mathematical Morphology Segmentation
The stages of segmentation are needed to separate each
B. Image acquisition character in the image. Segmentation with mathematical
Image acquisition is the initial stage to obtain digital morphology utilizes dilation operations to find the location
images [3] At this stage digital images are entered into a of lines and the location of characters from the text. The
system to obtain the value of information contained in the two main processes utilize vertical and horizontal strel
image. matrices [8]. The following is a further explanation of the
two matrices:
C. Preprocessing
a) Horizontal strel matrix
Image preprocessing aims to improve the quality of
image [4]. At this stage the image quality is improved such Horizontal adjustment matrix thicken the object with
as eliminating noise or separating objects and backgrounds. respect to the x-axis. The result is that each object which is
Some sub-processes that can be performed at the aligned and separated by a pixel value of 0 (black) will be
preprocessing stage are : grayscaling, low pass filter, and seen as one part after it has been dilated using a horizontal
otsu thresholding. an explanation of the sub-process will be matrix as shown in Figure 2.
explained in the next section.
1) Grayscaling
Fig 2. Horizontal strel matrix
Grayscaling process reduces dimensions owned by the
image, by mapping the image of three color channels to only
b) Vertical strel matrix
one color channel, namely gray color [5]. So that the 3
components in an RGB image (Red, Green, Blue) after The vertical stratified matrix thicken the object with
being converted to a grayscale image only have 1 color respect to the y axis. The result is the same as horizontal
component, namely gray. The process of converting an RGB matrix except that this matrix is needed to combine each
image into grayscale requires a calculation process. There object vertically. Figure 3 is a representation of the vertical
are various ways to do the grayscaling process, including strel matrix.
using the formula shown in Equation (1):
 Grayscale = 0.21*R + 0.72*G + 0.07*B
2) Low Pass Filter

Low Pass Filter is a filter used to select pixels from an
image. This filter has the property of passing the low
frequency and eliminating the high frequency [6]. Low pass
filter produces smoother images so that the small noise Fig 3. Vertical Structure Matrix
ICGTD - 30
After dilation using the two matrices, segmentation is III. SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
carried out by tracking the vertical and horizontal In this study the design of a system is needed to build
boundaries of the binary image [8]. So that the pixels can and implement the template matching correlation method on
be grouped into regions that represent an object. the ancient Greek alphabet recognition system into Latin
5) Normalization letters for later implementation.
Normalization aims to adjust the input image data with
image data in the database [9]. This process is done by A. System Flow Design
resizing the image size and adjusting the thickness of the The workings of the system as a whole are represented in
letters using the Thinning process. So the final result of the Figure 4. Some of the overall stages are :
normalization process is a normal image that has the same
1. Image Acquisition: at this stage the user enters an
size as the image in the training and has a thickness of 1-2 image into the system for later processing by the
pixels. system at a later stage. A more detailed description
a) Thinning of image acquisition will be discussed in the next
Thinning is a process for making lines in an image into section.
simpler shapes [10]. The purpose of this process is to reduce 2. Digital Image Preprocessing: this stage aims to
redundant pixels so as to produce the information needed by reduce the noise that exists in the image so as to
the system. One thinning algorithm is to use the Hilditch's increase the success of the system at the next stage,
Algorithm method. The algorithm works by using the 3x3 namely segmentation. Each stage contained in
window as in Table 1. preprocessing digital images will be discussed in the
TABLE 1. 3x3 window representation next section.
P9 P2 P3
3. Image segmentation is done on this system with the
P8 P1 P4
aim of separating each line and letter in the image.
P7 P6 P5 The success of the system in segmenting depends
Hilditch's algorithm will convert p1 if it meets the very much on the previous process, which is the
following four conditions [11] : preprocessing stage. This stage is done by
• 2 < = B(p1) < = 6 determining the coordinates of the object with a
• A(p1)=1 white value (255) and then cut it into an image. If in
• p2.p4.p8=0 or A(p2) ≠ 1 the image there are several objects, the image will
• p2.p4.p6=0 or A(p4) ≠ 1 separate into several parts of the image.
Where : 4. Image normalization aims to adjust the training
• B (p1) is the number of neighbors with a pixel value of 1 image with the test image. So that it can increase
from p1. success in the next process which is the classification
• A (p1) is the number of transition pixels from 0 to 1 in the process using the Template Matching Correlation
order p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, p9, p2. method.
D. Template Matching Correlation 5. The fifth stage in the test data flow diagram is the
Template matching Correlation is a statistical technique classification stage using the Template Matching
used to look for two or more quantitative variables / Correlation while the training data is the image
matrices [12]. For recognition to occur, the input characters storage stage that has been carried out the previous
stages in a file directory.
are compared with each template to find the right match, or
the template with the closest representation of the input
character [2]. The level of match is represented as a
correlation value which is the output of the Template
Matching Correlation method. Correlation values are
obtained using equation (4):
(4)
Where :
 r: is the correlation value between two matrices (range
of values -1 and +1)
 : is the pixel value to k in the matrix i
 : is the pixel value to k in the matrix j
 : is the average value of the matrix pixel i
 : is the average value of the matrix pixel j
 n : is the number of pixels in a matrix
ICGTD - 31
Fig 5. Image Acquisition Flowchart
2) Image Preprocessing & Image Segmentation

Image preprocessing is done by input in the form of an
acquisition image that has been recognized by the pixel
Fig 4. Global system Flowchart matrix value in the previous stage. Figure 6 explains how
the flow in the Preprocessing stage works. The stages of
image preprocessing are divided into 3 sub-processes,
1) Image Acquisition Process namely:
The image acquisition process is carried out by the user
 Grayscaling: This stage is the initial process in the
as represented in Figure 5. these stages are divided into 3
process of image preprocessing. At this stage the
stages, namely :
input image is converted to a grayscale image so
 The stage the user enters a file in the form of a digital that the image has an intensity of gray pixel values
image into the system. Image files that can be entered (0 -255)
by the user can be in the form of image files such as
 Low Pass Filtering: At this stage the grayscaling
.png, .jpg, .jpeg.
image is convoluted using the Low Pass Filter
 Next the system will take a digital image information kernel to produce smoother images.
in the form of a matrix of pixel values in the image.
 Otsu Thresholding: At this stage the image of the
existing matrix in the image.
Low Pass Filtering results is divided into two
 The final result of the image acquisition stage is an classes namely black & white (0 & 255). This stage
image that has recognized the pixel matrix value so is needed to separate the part that is the object
that it can proceed to the next process which will be (Greek letters) and background. Threshold value
explained in the next section. (T) used at this stage is obtained by calculating the
intensity value in the histogram in equation (2).
The results of preprocessing then become input images
for the next process, namely segmentation. Segmentation is
done to separate each sentence / word and each letter in the
image.
ICGTD - 32
value is the largest correlation value which is the closest to
1. After the best correlation value is obtained, the system
will convert the image into the label owned by the training
data. The process will continue to be repeated by the system
until it matches the number of letters / objects that have
been segmented by the system.
Fig 6. Image preprocessing flowchart

Fig 7. Image normalization flowchart
3) Normalization
The flow of the normalization process is shown in
Figure 7. The normalization phase consists of 2 sub-
processes, namely:
 Resizing: This stage is done by changing the size
of the test image in accordance with that of the
training data that is 15x15 pixels.
 Thinning: this process aims to reduce the thickness
of the pixels in the letters so as to produce only the
information needed by the system. The thinning
process works by changing the middle pixels of the
image in the 3x3 window using the Hilditch's
algorithm, until the entire pixel is in the image
matrix so that it produces a letter thickness <= 2
pixels.
4) Template Matching Correlation

The next stage is the classification stage using the
Template Matching Correlation method. Figure 8 explains
how the flow of the Template Matching Correlation stage. at
this stage the first normal image (K) up to the number of Fig 8. Template Matching Correlation flowchart
segmented and normalized images (N) is calculated to be
correlated with each training image contained in the
directory file by using equation (4). The best correlation
ICGTD - 33
IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION the image is divided into several sections according to
This section explains how the results of the objects recognized by the system.
implementation that have been carried out along with the
results obtained so that it can be used as a parameter for
further development. Fig 14. Character Segmentation Images
A. Design Implementation 4) Normalization

Following is the implementation of the design of the stages After each letter in the image is successfully segmented, the
in the previous section. normalization process is carried out by resizing and
1) Implementation of Test Image Acquisition thinning. The results of the normalized image can be seen in
At this stage the user input the test image in jpg, jpeg or Figure 15.
png format. The system then displays the image that has
been entered by the user represented in Figure 9. Fig 15. Normalization Images
As shown in Figure 15 the normalized image has a

thinner letter thickness and has a smaller size of 15x15
pixels. The size of 15x pixels is determined according to the
Fig 9. Test Image Acquisition size of the image contained in the template.
2) Implementation of Preprocessing 5) Implementation of Template Matching Correlation

As explained earlier, the preprocessing stage consists of
several methods used to reduce image noise. This stage is the final stage of the system where every
The first process is the grayscaling process in which the character that has been normalized will be calculated the
RGB image is converted to a gray image (Grayscale) as correlation value with the entire training data / template in
shown in Figure 10. the file directory. The final result of this stage is the text of
the largest correlation value of each test data compared to
the training data in the directory file. The final results of this
stage can be seen in Figure 16.
Fig 10. Grayscale Image
The second process is the low pass filtering process that Fig 16. Result Converted Images
aims to eliminate small noise in grayscale images so that
images appear smoother as shown in Figure 11. B. System Test
Based on [13], system testing is done by calculating the
accuracy, precision, recall and F Measure of the system in
recognizing letters using the following equation :
Fig 11. Low Pass Filter Image (6)
The final process of the preprocessing stage is the (7)

Thresholding process with the aim of making the object
have white pixels and the background has black pixel values
as in Figure 12. (8)
(9)
Fig 12. Threshold Image Where :

TP (True Positive) = Correct Result
3) Segmentation FP (False Positive) = Unexpected Result
Stages of segmentation are done 2 times, namely the FN (False Negative) = Missing Result
stages of line segmentation and letter segmentation.Stages TN (True Negative) = Correct Absence of result.
of line segmentation are done using the horizontal stration
dilation method so as to produce an image as shown in The test was carried out on a system with four different
Figure 13. case studies, namely :
1) Case Study (I) Letter Spacing> 2 Pixels.

Fig 13. Line Segmentation Image Case studies using ancient Greek alphabet test images
After the next line segmentation is carried out the with a distance between letters> 2 pixels are represented in
process of segmenting each letter using vertical strel so that Figure 17
ICGTD - 34
This experiment was carried out 10 times as shown in
Table 3.
Fig 17. Image of ancient Greek characters with a spacing
Letter Spacing> 2 Pixels. TABLE 3. System test on case study II
Tes Expect System Acc Prec Rec FM
This experiment was carried out 10 times as shown in t ed Output urac ision all
Table 2. No. Output y
B1 AKhIL AKhHR 75 85,7 85,7 85,71
TABLE 2. System test on case study I LES LES % 1% 1% %
Test Expect Syste Accu Prec Rec FM B2 KhLEO KhLEO 100 100 100 100%
No. ed m racy ision all PATR PATRA % % %
Output Outpu A
t B3 LEONI LEONT 87,5 87,5 100 93,33
A1 APhR APhR 100 100 100 100 DAS DAS % % % %
ODIT ODIT % % % % B4 MARS MARS 100 100 100 100%
H H % % %
A2 APOL APOL 100 100 100 100 B5 ODISS ODISSE 100 100 100 100%
LWN LWN % % % % EUS US % % %
A3 ARTE TART 87,5 85.7 100 100 B6 PARIS PARTS 80 80% 100 88,89
MIS EMTS % 1% % % % % %
A4 AThH AThH 100 100 100 100 B7 PhILO PhROS 71 85,7 85,7 85,71
NA NA % % % % SOPH OPh % 1% 1% %
A5 HPhAI HPhL 75% 75% 100 85,7 B8 PsiKhE TKhEA 83,3 83,3 100 90,91
STOS TSTO % 1% ANG NG 3% 3% % %
S B9 SPART SPAHA 66 80% 80% 80%
A6 KRON KRO 100 100 100 100 A %
OS NOS % % % % B1 ZEPPE ZEPPE 75 85,7 85,7 85,71
A7 POSEI POSE 87,5 87,5 100 93,3 0 LIN LM % 1% 1% %
DWN TDW % % % 3% Average 84% 88,8 93,7 91,03
N % 1% %
A8 REA RRA 66,7 66,6 100 79,5
% 7% % 3% 3) Case Study (III) Number of rows> 1
A9 ZEUS ZEUS 100 100 100 100
% % % % Case Study using the image of the ancient Greek
A10 ERMH ERM 100 100 100 100 alphabet test with the same letter spacing as Case Study (II)
S HS % % % % but having more than one line is represented in Figure 19.
Average = 91,67 91,4 100 95,0
% 9% % 9%
To explain the system performance results of each

experiment, below is one example of calculations taken
from the experiments in Table 2 of test number A7.
Fig 19. Image of ancient Greek characters with rows > 1
This experiment was carried out 10 times as shown in

Table 4.
TABLE 4. System test on case study III

Test Expecte System Acc Prec Rec FM
No. d Output urac ision all
Output y
C1 AKhRO AKhRO 85,7 85,7 100 92,31
POLIS POATS 1% 1% % %
ARGOS ARGOS
2) Case Study (II) Spacing Between Letters 1-5 Pixels C2 ALEAI AAEAR 69 81,8 81,8 81,82
Case studies using ancient Greek alphabet test images with a AKhTA KhTAE % 2% 2% %
distance between letters 1-5 pixels are represented in Figure EST ST
18. C3 ANKHI ANKHE 91,6 100 91,6 95,62
ENTGR NTGRE % % % %
EEK EK
C4 DEIMO DETM 91,6 91,6 100 95,64
SKRAT OSKRA % % % %
Fig 18. Image of ancient Greek characters with spacing of 1- OS TOS
5 pixels
ICGTD - 35
C5 HIKhR HTKhR 83,3 83,3 100 90,89 Table 6. System test on case study IV
HODUS HODUS % % % % Test Label
HIKhS HTKhS No Kh L M N O P Ph Ps
ALTUS AATUS 1 Z √ H √ √ N √ M
C6 KhOLO KhOAO 90,9 90,9 100 95,23 2 √ D √ √ √ √ √
SUSRH SUSRH % % % % 3 √ √ √ H √ √ √
OS OS 4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
C7 MAGN MAGN 81,8 90% 90% 90% 5 √ √ N Th √ √ √
AKhHA AKhHA 1% 6 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
RTA AA 7 √ √ W √ √ √ √
C8 MAGN MAGN 100 100 100 100% 8 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
UMOP UMOP % % %
9 √ A √ √ √ √ √
US US
10 √ √ √ √ √ G √
C9 OLIMP OLTMP 90,9 90,9 100 95,23
11 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
USORO USORO % % % %
12 √ √ √ √ √ T I
KH KH
13 √ √ N √ √ √ √
C10 PRIMO PRMOR 70 87,5 77,7 98,44
RDIAL DRL % % 8% % 14 √ √ √ √ √ T I
Average 85,4 90,1 77,7 98,44 15 L √ N √ S T √
8% 7% 8% % 16 L A √ W √ T √
17 G √ √ W √ T √
18 √ √ H √ T √
4) Case Study (IV) Separating Training Data
19 G A √ U T √
The next case study is to separate 20% of the training 20 √ √ √ √ √
data to serve as test data with the purpose of knowing the 21 √ D √
possible letters that can be exchanged with each other. This Accur 76,1 76,1 71, 75 94 52,6 90 0
test is done by comparing a character with 80% of the acy 9 9 42 ,1 3
characters in the training data on each label. This (%) 1
experiment was carried out 456 times, and obtained 24 Precis 76,1 76,1 71, 75 94 52,6 90 0
values of accuracy, precision, recall and F Measure on each ion 9 9 42 ,1 3
label as shown in Table 5, Table 6 and Table 7. (%) 1
Recall 100 100 10 100 10 100 100 100
TABLE 5. System test on case study IV (%) 0 0
FM 86,4 86,4 83, 85,7 96 68,9 94,7 0
Test No. Label
(%) 9 9 33 1 ,9 6 3
A B D E G H I K
7
1 √ √ E √ √ √ √ √
2 √ Th √ √ √ √ √ E
3 √ Th √ √ √ A T √ TABLE 7. System test on case study IV
4 √ √ O √ √ L √ √ No Label
5 √ √ √ √ √ √ Kh √ Uji R S T Th U W X Z
6 Th √ √ S √ √ √ √ 1 √ √ √ √ Kh √ √ √
7 G E √ √ √ K √ √ 2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
8 W √ √ √ √ √ T G 3 √ √ √ √ N √ √ √
9 S √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
10 √ √ √ √ √ R √ √ 5 I √ √ √ I √ √ √
11 √ √ E √ √ M √ √ 6 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
12 √ √ √ R √ √ √ √ 7 √ √ √ √ √ √ E √
13 √ R √ U M √ √ 8 √ √ √ √ O √ B √
14 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 9 I √ √ √ O √ B √
15 √ E √ U M √ √ 10 √ Z √ √ √ √ E S
16 √ G √ B √ √ M 11 √ Z √ √ √ √ √ √
17 √ √ √ √ √ √ A 12 √ √ √ √ √ √ S √
18 √ √ √ √ T √ √ 13 Th √ √ √ √ √ B
19 W √ A √ G √ √ 14 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
20 √ √ S √ √ T √ 15 √ Z √ √ O N √
21 √ R √ R 16 T Z √ X O √ √
Accurac 76,1 66,6 75 80,9 85 55 80 76,1 17 √ Z √ √ O √ √
y 9 7 5 9 18 B √ √ √ L √ √
(%) 19 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Precisio 76,1 66,6 75 80,9 85 55 80 76,1 20 E √ √ √ I √ √
n (%) 9% 7 5 9 21 √ N √ N √ M
Recall 100 100 100 100 10 100 100 100 22 √ √
(%) 0 Akuras 72, 71,4 10 95 47,6 95,2 53,8 90,4
FM (%) 86,1 80,0 85,7 89,4 91 70,9 88,8 86,4 i (%) 72 2 0 1 3 4 7
4 02 1 7 ,9 7 9 9 Presisi 72, 71,4 10 95 47,6 95,2 53,8 90,4
(%) 72 2 0 1 3 4 7
Recall 100 100 10 10 100 100 100 100
ICGTD - 36
(%) 0 0 Based on the four case studies the system produces an
FM 83, 83,3 10 97 64,5 97,5 69,9 94,9 average accuracy value of 83.59%, the success rate is quite
(%) 63 3 0 ,4 1 6 9 9 good because the type and size of the letters used as input
3 are different from the template.
Tables 9, Table 10, and Table 11 represent how the V. CONCLUSION

system can convert each letter by separating 20% of the The conclusions that can be drawn in making this final
training data into test data, so that from 456 experiments 24 project are :
different accuracy values are generated according to the  Based on testing on four case studies that have been
letter label. From this case study obtained an average value done, the Template Matching Correlation algorithm is
of accuracy and precision of 73.20%, an average value of able to classify ancient Greek characters with an
recall of 100% and an F Measure value of 81.94%. average total value of accuracy percentage of
Further explanation from Tables 9, Table 10, and Table 83.525%, precision of 85.89%, recall of 92.85%, and
11 are represented by using one of the test examples on the F Measure of 91.625%.
label with the letter "D" in Table 9. Label "D" on test
 Based on testing in case studies ii & iii (Table 3 &
numbers 1, 4 and 11 there is an error in the system during
Table 4) in ancient Greek characters tend to have the
the classification process so that the image recognizable by characteristics where the letters / characters in each
the letter "E", while the test number 2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10 and 12 word and sentence have a narrower distance from the
systems can convert images in accordance with the expected Latin letters so that Greek characters that have a
label. distance <= 2 pixels segmented into one object this
C. Average System Performance from the Four Case thing affect the success of the classification process.
Studies REFENRENCES
Based on the test data in Tables 2 to 7, a table of the [1] Alfian, E. (2014). Penggunaan Unsur Aksara Nusantara
average percentage of the introduction results shown in Pada Huruf Modern. Jurnal Seni Rupa & Desain.
Table 8. [2] Muda, N., Nik Ismail, N., Abu Bakar, S., & Zain, J. M.
TABLE 8. Average System Performance (2018). Optical Character Recognition By Using
Case Study Accuracy Precissio Recall FM Template Matching. Journal of Computer Science.K.
n Elissa, “Title of paper if known,” unpublished.
I 91,67 % 91,49 % 100 % 95,09 % [3] Hasugian, A. H., & Zufria, I. (2019). Perancangan
II 84 % 88,8 % 93,71 91,03 % Sistem Restorasi Citra Dengan Metode Image
% Inpainting. Jurnal Ilmu Komputer dan Informatika .
III 85,48 % 90,1 % 77,68 98,44 [4] Hendrawan, Gaol, J. L., & Susilo, S. B. (2018). Studi
IV 73,20 % 73,20% 100 % 81,94 % Kerapatan dan Perubahan Tutupan Mangrove
Average in 83,59 % 85,89 92,85 91,625 Menggunakan Citra Satelit di Pulau Sebatik Kalimantan
Total Utara. Jurnal Ilmu dan Teknologi Kelautan Tropis.
[5] Lanaro, G., Nguyen, Q., & Kasampalis, S. (2019).
Learning Path Advanced Python Programming.
D. Analysis of Results Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
In the case study of ancient Greek characters with a [6] Prakoso, G. A. (2017). Penerapan Metode Low Pass
Filter (LPF) untuk Mengurangi Derau pada Citra
spacing of > 2 pixels, the system can recognize letters with Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI). Surakarta:
an average accuracy value of 10 experiments of 91.67%. Universitas Muhammadiyah Surakarta.
Some letters cannot be converted according to labels due to [7] Vijay, P. P., & Patil, N. C. (2016). Gray Scale Image
the non-maximum normalization process and the presence Segmentation using Otsu Thresholding Optimal
Approach. Journal for Research Vol2, 20-24
of noise that is detected as an object during the classification
[8] Trisnadik, N., Hidayatno, A., & Isnanto, R. R. (2013).
process. Pendeteksian Posisi Plat Nomor Kendaraan
Furthermore, in a case study of ancient Greek characters Menggunakan Metode Morfologi Matematika.
with letters spacing between 1-5 pixels, the average TRANSIENT vol. 2, 56-62.
accuracy of 10 experiments was 84%. In this case study [9] Hartanto, S., Sugiharto, A., & Endar, S. N. (2015).
several letters are segmented into one object and classified Optical Character Recognition Menggunakan Algoritma
Template Matching Correlation. Jurnal Masyarakat
into a label that has the closest correlation value of the Informatika.
object. [10] Desi Herawati, Aqwam Rosadi Kardian. (2018).
In a case study of ancient Greek characters that have a Analisis Deteksi Tepi Pada Citra Digital Berbasis JPG.
sentence pattern of more than one line, the average accuracy Jurnal Ilmiah KOMPUTASI.
of 10 experiments was 85.48%. In this case study the system [11] Cheriet, M., Kharma, N., Liu, C.-L., & Suen, C. Y.
(2007). Character Recognition Systems A Guide for
succeeded in segmenting each line in sequence but as in Students and Practioners. New Jersey: John Wiley &
case study (ii) some characters are still segmented into one Sons, inc.
object. [12] Angraheni, N. R., Efendi, R., & Purwandari, E. P.
The next case study is to separate 20% of the training (2017). Pengenalan Tulisan Tangan Huruf Hijaiyah
image to be used as a test image that produces an average Sambung Menggunakan Algoritma Template Matching
Correlation. Jurnal Rekursif, Vol. 5 No. 1 Maret 2017.
accuracy value of 24 letter labels of 73.20%. From this case
[13] J. Pardede and M.G. Husada, “Comparison of VSM,
study 20% of the fonts on each training image label were GVSM, and LSI in Information Retrieval for
lost so that during the testing process the system converted Indonesian Text”, Journal Teknologi, vol.78 (5-6), pp.
the images into labels with the closest correlation value. 51-56, 2016
ICGTD - 37
[14] Laghos, A., Masoura, S., & Skordi, A. (2013).
Greeklish/Greenglish: The Advent and Popularization
of an e-Language through Social. International Journal
of Humanities and Social Science.
ICGTD - 38
Production of Nano Asphalt Emulsion from Asbuton
with Microemulsion Method
Dr. Riny Yolandha Parapat Dr. Imam Aschuri Prof. Dr. Reinhard Schomäcker2
Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas- Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas- Technische Universität Berlin (TU-
Bandung), PHH. Mustopha 23, 40124 Bandung), PHH. Mustopha 23, 40124 Berlin), Straße des 17 Juni 124, 10623
Bandung-Indonesia Bandung-Indonesia Berlin-Germany
Technische Universität Berlin (TU-
Berlin), Straße des 17 Juni 124, 10623
Berlin-Germany
Abstract—Research on nano asphalt offers a promising Although the natural resource is large, Indonesia still cannot
prospect because it can significantly enhance the performance of afford domestic asphalt needs. Some researchers have
asphalts at both low and high temperature. Nanoparticles are the attempted to extract the asphalt from Asbuton, but the
key materials that can improve mechanical and physical process is still expensive and involves dangerous solvents.
properties also durability in road pavement. It has been reported
that adding of nanomaterials such as nanosilica, nano calcium Pavements consist of a combination of layers of
carbonate, nanotubes, and nanoclay in asphalts mixture will engineered materials that generally provide all-weather
increase the viscosity of asphalt binders and improves the rutting access to vehicles to travel in a safe en economical way. The
and fatigue resistance of asphalt mixtures. Several attempts have layers of materials used are selected and engineered to
been conducted to make nano asphalt i.e. by mixing mineral provide a structure which can withstand the applied vehicular
nanoparticles or oxides into the asphalt. However, this method loads under a range of environmental conditions for a
has some disadvantages such as the tendency of the defined minimum life. Natural soils and gravels can also be
nanoparticles to agglomerate and the difficulty to distribute them termed unbound materials, and they consist of soil material
evenly in the asphalt mixture because of the high viscosity of selected for its specific properties. Typically, water is added
asphalt. Also, the price of those nanoparticles is still expensive. to these materials to ensure optimal moisture contents, and
In this work, we are using a facile and economical method to then the material is compacted and forms the subgrade,
produce nano asphalt. The nanoparticles are produced directly
subbase or (in selected cases) base layer of the pavement
during the process from the natural asphalt in the Asbuton rocks
structure. The behavior of these materials is typically
which are found in Buton Island (Indonesia). The nanoparticles
are produced and mixed evenly in the system by combining the affected by changes in moisture content.
microemulsion method and ultrasonication. Therefore, it is not The main objectives of pavements are to provide a safe
necessary to purchase the expensive nanoparticles for making and strong surface for vehicles to travel, while protecting the
nano asphalt. The influence parameters such as the underlying layers of material under any kind of
concentration and kind of solvent, concentration and kind of environmental conditions. Although good pavements can be
surfactant, and mixing temperature were studied. The little constructed using existing materials and techniques, there are
amount of both solvent and surfactant that are used in this
a number of areas where the thoughtful application of
method (less than 5%) with the high yield of each variation
(around 99%), make this process worth to be developed and
nanotechnology techniques should be able to improve the
applied in the road pavement. longevity and performance of the service provided by the
pavement facility. These include improved and smart
Keywords—Nano Asphalt, Microemulsion, Asbuton, materials and characterization of materials. In this chapter
Nanoparticles the specific current needs that are addressed through these
applications are discussed.
Nanotechnology has been increasingly intruded into the
I. INTRODUCTION field of asphalt modification. In fact, bitumen is actually
classified as a nano-material. The morphology as well as the
Asphalt is a binding material in a road construction interfaces between organic and inorganic materials are
although the proportion is only 4-10% of the total weight of intriguing and may be of importance for bitumen and
the mixture. Asphalt is obtained from petroleum cannot meet aggregate composition. Kotlyar et al [1998] has shown that
the increasing demand for bitumen globally. One way to the solids associated with bitumen in crude oil can be
overcome this is the use of natural asphalt such as asphalt described as mainly ultrafine (nano-sized) aluminosilicate
from rocks found on the Buton island, or known as Asbuton. clays coated with a strongly bound toluene insoluble organic
Asphalt deposits on Buton Island are very large, reaching material having asphaltene characteristics. Investigation of
700 million tons which is the largest natural asphalt in the the colloidal structure of bitumen indicates that bitumen can
world. Not only that, the asphalt content in Asbuton, which also be described as a complex mixture of mostly
ranges from 10 - 40%, is a bitumen level that is quite large hydrocarbons whose structure is well described by a
compared to the natural asphalt levels of other countries. colloidal model with solid particles (asphaltenes) with a
radius of a few nano-meters dispersed in an oily liquid
ICGTD - 39
matrix (maltenes). The critical shear rate of bitumen is an Nanoclays have very large aspect ratio (Carl et al, 2011)
intrinsic property of a given bitumen, directly related to its with non-uniform size and shape. Adding 6% of nanoclays
nanostructure [Lesueur 2009]. improves the permanent deformation or rutting behavior and
enhance the resistance to aging of asphalt. Using nano
Nanomaterial exhibits specific features novel properties
calcium carbonate in asphalt mixtures can reduce the
compared to the bulk material due to its large surface area. permanent deformation on asphalt pavement (Elochukwu et
Outstanding effects of nanomaterials are being brought to
al, 2014). The optimum performance is reached by adding
improve the performance of asphalt. Several nanomaterials 5% of these nanomaterials to the asphalt mixture. In Asbuton
used in asphalt modification have been studied by some
rock, there are naturally occurring minerals and subjected to
researchers. Adding nanomaterials such as nanoclay, natural variation in their formation. Various physical
nanosilica, and nanotubes in asphalts will increase the
properties (such as stiffness and tensile strength, tensile
viscosity of asphalt binders and improves the rutting and
modulus, flexural strength and modulus thermal stability) of
fatigue resistance of asphalt mixtures. Partl et al [2003] the bitumen can be enhanced when it is modified with small
anticipates nanotechnology to provide great potential in
amounts of nano-clay, on condition that the clay is dispersed
advancing asphalt pavement technology in the fields of at nano-scopic level. Generally, the elasticity of the nanoclay
materials design, manufacturing, properties, testing,
modified bitumen is much higher and the dissipation of
monitoring and modeling. Specifically, focus areas in asphalt mechanical energy much lower than in the case of
pavement analysis should include the bonds between
unmodified bitumen (Mansoori et al, 2010).
aggregate, bonds between layers, properties of the mastic,
self-repair and rejuvenation of binder, ageing (oxidation) In the nanoemulsion mixture, the asphalt is fully
effects and improvements in surface to tire properties. dispersed into the water phase. In order to disperse non-polar
Nanoparticles for pavement materials is required to be non- asphalt into the polar water phase, emulsifiers are needed
hazardous low-cost products, due to them being spread over whose molecules have polar and non-polar parts (Center for
large volumes of material and being in almost direct contact Research and Development of roads, 1996). The function of
with human activities. The reduction of energy requirements this emulsifier is to change the composition of the asphalt
during construction of asphalt pavements through particles in the emulsion asphalt to separate it from the water
development of improved emulsions and reduction in binder and attach to the aggregate surface. In case of the emulsion
viscosity at ambient temperatures through the introduction of asphalt in Indonesia, the largest source of the aggregate is
micro-bubbles will not only lead to a potential energy cost SiO2 (silica). This shows that the aggregate needed is
saving, but also assist in the lowering of emissions during negatively charged materials. For the type of road pavement
construction. The typical bitumen binder thickness coating construction with asphalt binding material, the emulsion will
around aggregate is in the order of a few microns. However, be better if it is used positively charged emulsion asphalt,
most studies on binder properties do not focus on this small namely asphalt cationic.
dimension.
TABEL 1. Mineral composition of rock containing
As generally known, there are some common problems bitumen (~30%) located in different places in Buton Island
caused by the complexity of asphalt materials and their
behavior, such as aging and moisture damage. This work Composition (%)
Mineral
focuses on introducing the nanomaterials to produce nano Kabungka Lawele
asphalts. The nanoparticles that are used were not purchased CaCO3 86.66 72.90
at high prices, instead nanoparticles are produced directly (in MgCO3 1.43 1.28
situ) from the mineral of asbuton and mixed directly in the CaSO4 1.11 1.94
system. Asphalt found on the island of Buton has different CaS 0.36 0.52
mineral composition depending on the area where Asbuton H2O 0.99 2.94
was obtained. The difference is due to the formation process SiO2 5.64 17.06
in nature which is heterogeneous and typical for each region. Al2O3 + Fe2O3 1.52 2.31
However, Asbuton minerals generally consist of limestone
Residu 0.96 1.05
which is derived from marine animal deposits, is very porous
and relatively light (Table 1).
Properties of nanomaterials can be changed through II. RESEARCH METODOLOGY
controlling the size, regulating chemical composition,
surface modification and controlling interactions between In this research, nanoemulsion was used as a method to
particles. Related to the fact that bitumen materials such as produce a modified nano asphalt emulsion. Nanoemulsions
those used on a large scale, nano asphalt research has are stable of isotropic dispersions which have a droplet size
considerable prospects for reinforcement applications that of 100 – 1000 nm, obtained from the spontaneous formation
improve the physical and nanoscale physical properties and of surfactants from the hydrophilic parts of their lipophiles.
durability of groups of construction materials. Nanocarbons The fromation of nanoemulsions follows the principle of
(CNT), Silica, Alumina, Magnesium, Calcium, and Titanium microemulsions system. According to the structure,
Dioxide (TiO2) nanoparticles can also have a significant microemulsions are divided into oil in water (o/w), water in
effect on the performance of asphalt. In general, oil (w/o), and bicontinuous microemulsions. The type of
nanotechnology will give some benefits such as making microemulsion can be determined based on the values of α
existing products and processes more cost effective, durable (oil concentration) and γ (surfactant concentration). The
and efficient. value of α and γ can be determined by the following
equation.
ICGTD - 40
that the beaker does not break because of the very high
frequency waves of the sonifier. Sonication generally
produces ultrasonic waves with a frequency of 20 kHz
(20000 cycles of waves per second) or higher
The chemical glass containing the mixture to be
sonicated is placed in a container filled with water so that
when the sonication process is carried out, the nano-asphalt
emulsion mixture is not too hot because the water can absorb
heat from the mixture. After the sonication process is
The principle of this process is to dissolve asphalt as an
complete, the beaker containing the mixture is then placed in
oil phase contained in the pores of Asbuton nanoparticles
a waterbath to be heated and kept at a constant temperature
using solvents to form dispersions of oil in water. The aim of
of 70 oC for 30 minutes to form 2 stable layers. The top layer
using surfactants in this experiment is to improve the
is nanoaspal emulsion which is composed of extracted
performance of solvents so that nanoemulsions can be
asphalt, mineral nanoparticles, solvents, and surfactants. The
formed as shown in Figure 1.
top layer is then separated while the bottom layer is a fine
grain residue with the remaining asphalt still attached to the
surface. Separation is done by pouring the top layer into a
sample container and keeping it so that the remaining
Nanoparticle
residual solids are not taken.
Surfactant
Nanoasphalt
Mineral
Residue
The most influential factors in producing nano asphalt
can be analyzed by using the Factorial Design technique. The
factors that are varied in the experiment are shown in Table
2.
Fig 1. Phase diagram of microemulsions (left) showing TABLE 2. Design factors of the experiments either using
the one phase, two phases, and three phases microemulsions. turpentine or citrus oil
Nanoasphalt is produced by following the two phases HLB
Temperature Particle
microemulsion which has the excess oil (right). Level α 
(oC) Surfactant size (µm)
Because water is not involved in this nanoemulsion Low (-) 0.42 0.025 60 1.3 400
system, therefore the nanoparticles which are the very fine
minerals are bound by surfactants and dispersed in
continuous phase which is the mixture of asphalt and solvent. High (+) 0.5 0.05 120 4.7 <1
This upper layer is called nanoaspal. Diesel oil and
turpentine were used as the solvent whereas lecithin and
SPAN 85 were used as the surfactant. The result of analysis of Variance (ANOVA) in the
The method of making nanoaspal includes 4 stages, experiments using turpentine and citrus oil is shown in Table
namely the reduction of the size of Asbuton rocks, nanoaspal 3.
formation, separation and washing. At the stage of reduction Table 3. Yield of nano asphalt according to the design
in size, asbuton rocks are ground and mashed by using factors in Table 2 when using turpentine (left) and citrus oil
mortars to an average size of 200 micrometers. The scoured (right)
particles are then filtered with a 70 mesh filter so that the
coarse particles can be collected and returned to the mortar to
be refined. Asbuton fine grains measuring <200 micrometers
are collected in a container until the amount of weight as
needed. For each experiment, 100 g of fine Asbuton granules
were taken and put in a 200 ml beaker. Then into another
200 ml beaker, SPAN 60 (as surfactant) is 6.32 g and
turpentine (as a solvent) is 20 g. Turpentine was chosen as
the solvent used because turpentine has 2 dominant aromatic
components, namely α and β pinene with compositions
reaching 80%.
Fine asbuton (<200 micrometers) 100 g is slowly inserted
into a beaker containing a mixture of surfactant and solvent
while stirring with spatuta slowly until it appears that the
whole mixture of dough has blended well. The mixture is
then closed and will be processed later by sonication. The
sonifier homogenizer is then prepared with the probe
sonotrodes. The sonotrode probe made of titanium metal
alloy is mounted on the sonifier. A mixture of fine Asbuton,
solvents and surfactants in the beaker is placed under the
probe, but the probe must not touch the base of the beaker so
ICGTD - 41
TABLE 4. Result of Anova in the nano asphalt As we can see from Table 3, the result of analysis of
production using turpentine variance in the experiments of producing nano asphalt using
Factor Contrast Effect SS DOF MS F0 F95
turpentine as the solvent shows that the most influential
A 1312.58 0.42 1.41 1 1.411 0,02 3.05 factors are the kind of surfactant (D) and size of particles (E),
B 106.55 -2.16 37.32 1 37.325 0,62 3.05 indicated by the bigger value of F0 than the F95 (F at 95% of
C 257360.40 1.26 12.70 1 12.701 0,21 3.05
D 8545.99 -7.76 481.59 1 481.586 7,94 3.05
confidence). This situation also found when using citrus oil
E 538151.24 -10.60 899.30 1 899.304 14,83 3.05 as the solvent. The interaction between factors D and E is
A*B 49.04 2.41 46.46 1 46.465 0,77 3.05 also found in both cases.
A*C 118302.70 -5.59 249.76 1 249.761 4,12 3.05
A*D 3932.38 0.51 2.05 1 2.05 0,03 3.05 99
A*E 247718.38 0.90 6.48 1 6.48 0,11 3.05
B*C 9613.34 0.20 0.32 1 0.32 0,01 3.05
B*D 318.92 -0.97 7.47 1 7.469 0,12 3.05 95
B*E 20007.27 -2.18 37.85 1 37.845 0,62 3.05 90

C*D 770643.72 -0.57 2.57 1 2.565 0,04 3.05
80
C*E 48482096.40 -0.76 4.62 1 4.621 0,08 3.05
D*E 1568248.96 -10.53 886.42 1 886.416 14,61 3.05 70
Percent
60
Error 32
50
40
A = solvent concentration, 30
20 D
B = surfactant concentration, DE
10
C = Temperature 5 E
D = HLB of surfactant, E = size of partikel

1
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
The empirical equation which correlates the yield of nano
Standardized Effect
asphalt to all factors that are involved in the variations of
Table 4 is presented as follow:
A = solvent concentration, B = surfactant concentration, C = Temperature
Yield = 38,3 + 98 A - 1037 B + 1,118 C + 0,6 D D = HLB of surfactant, E = size of partikel
+ 0,0339 E + 2410 A*B - 2,33 A*C + 5,1 A*D + 0,056 A*E
+ 0,27 B*C - 30,9 B*D - 0,436 B*E - 0,0075 C*D -
0,000063 C*E - 0,02111 D*E
TABLE 5. Result of Anova in the nano asphalt production

using citrus oil
Factor Contrast Effect SS DOF MS F0 F95
A 1306.29 6.541 342.30 1 342.304 24.47 3.05
B 106.34 0.940 7.07 1 7.069 0.51 3.05
C 254392.20 -0.765 4.68 1 4.682 0.33 3.05
D 8540.64 -4.644 172.52 1 172.515 12.33 3.05
E 503184.64 -9.130 666.86 1 666.855 47.67 3.05
A*B 49.08 0.440 1.55 1 1.549 0.11 3.05
A*C 117405.68 0.442 1.57 1 1.566 0.11 3.05
A*D 3942.12 0.819 5.36 1 5.363 0.38 3.05
A*E 231722.57 6.477 335.66 1 335.664 23.99 3.05
B*C 9563.60 1.161 10.79 1 10.788 0.77 3.05
B*D 321.31 1.857 27.60 1 27.602 1.97 3.05
B*E 18364.88 -2.556 52.28 1 52.275 3.74 3.05
C*D 766473.96 -1.773 25.13 1 25.134 1.80 3.05
C*E 43937710.20 -2.284 41.72 1 41.724 2.98 3.05
Fig 2. Normal plots of standardized effects with
D*E 1442122.10 -7.505 450.60 1 450.600 31.83 3.05 confidence level of 95% when using turpentine as the solvent
Error 32 (left) and citrus oil as the solvent (right).The red rectangular
shows the significant effect and the blue circle shows the not
A = solvent concentration, significant effect.
B = surfactant concentration,
C = Temperature
Figure 3 shows the plots of interactions between the
D = HLB of surfactant, E = size of partikel factors involved in the system using turpentine as the
solvent. The intersecting lines in the A:C interaction plot
indicate that the effect of metal amount solvent concentration
In the case of using citrus oil, the correlation of yield to (A) on the Yield depends on the level of the temperature (C)
all factors that are involved in the variations of Table 5 is and vice versa. However, this effect can only be observed
shown in the following equation: when both factors A and C are varied at the same time. The
same indication is also shown by the intersecting lines for the
Yield = 114,0 - 57,7 A - 383 B - 0,045 C - 2,71 D -
D:E interaction.
0,1273 E + 440 A*B + 0,184 A*C + 8,2 A*D + 0,4059 A*E
+ 1,55 B*C + 59,4 B*D - 0,513 B*E - 0,0236 C*D -
0,000191 C*E - 0,01505 D*E
ICGTD - 42
A = α (solvent concentration)
B = β (surfactant
concentration)
C = Temperature
D = HLB of surfactant
E = size of partikel
Fig 3. The profile of interactions between the factors A,

B, C, D, and E when using turpentine as the solvent
Fig 5. Yield of nano asphalt obtained in various types of
solvents (upper left), types of surfactans (upper right),
concentrations of solvents (bottom left), size of particles of
Asbuton rock (bottom right)
Fig 4. The profile of interactions between the factors A,

B, C, D, and E when using citrus oil as the solvent
Fig 6. Yield of nano asphalt obtained in different
In the case of using citrus oil as the solvent, the temperatures of separation (left) and different concentrations
intersecting lines in the B:C interaction plot indicate that the of surfactans (right).
effect of metal amount surfactant concentration (B) on the
Yield depends on the level of the temperature (C) and vice
versa. As mentioned before, this effect can only be observed Figure 7 shows the SEM images of the nanoparticles of
when both factors B and C are varied at the same time. The minerals that are dispersed in the nano asphalt emulsions
same indication is shown by the intersecting lines for the D:E with different magnifications (upper B and C). It can be seen
interaction as well. that the size of nanoparticles is about 50 nm. The SEM
From Figure 5 (upper left) we can see that there is no images in the bottom of Figure 7 show that the particles size
significant difference in Yield of nano asphalt (only 1-2%) in the residue are bigger than those in the nano asphalt. We
either when using turpentine or citrus oil as the solvents. The can also see the structure of the Asbuton rock is porous
insignificant effect also can be seen in the variation of which indicates that the asphalt are mostly trapped in the
solvent concentrations (α) as shown in the bottom left of pores. The compositions of these nanoparticles are shown in
Figure 5. This was because turpentine and citrus oil had the Figure 8.
same properties and contents, namely α and β pinene to
dissolve the resin and asphaltene on rocks. However, the
significant effects in the Yield are found when varying the
type of surfactants and particle size of Asbuton rocks as
shown in Figure 5 right hand side. The insignificant effect on
Yield also found when varying the temperatures of
separation and surfactant concentrations () as can be seen in
Figure 6.
Fig 7. Nano asphalt in the upper layer (left) and the SEM
images of nanoparticles in the nano asphalt (B and C upper)
and the residue of Asbuton rock (B and C bottom) in
different magnifications
ICGTD - 43
[10] Wingard David. Performance of asphalt binder blended with non-
modified and polymer-modified nanoclay, Construction and Building
Materials, 35, 159-170 (2012)
[11] Halimi, M., Mochtar, I. B. & Altway, A. Ekstraksi Asbuton
Menggunakan Pelarut Kerosin Dengan Peralatan Tangki
Berpengaduk. Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember. (2014).
[12] Departemen Pekerjaan Umum Direktoran Jenderal Bina Marga.
Pedoman Konstruksi dan Bangunan: Pemanfaatan Asbuton Buku 1
UMUM. (2006).
Fig 8. EDX analysis of the upper layer in Figure 6 which

is nano asphalt (upper) and the residue (bottom).
IV. CONCLUSION
Based on the results of this work, it can be concluded that

nano asphalt emulsion can be formed from Asbuton rock via
microemulsion method. The factors that influence the Yield
of nano asphalt when using turpentine as the solvent are
HLB surfactant and particle size whereas for citrus oil as the
solvent, the influencing factors are HLB surfactant, particle
size, and amount of solvent. The temperature does not give
significant effect to the Yield nano asphalt because the
particle size of Asbuton is relatively small, thus making the
asphalt easily diffuse from the pores of Asbuton to the
solvent.
REFERENCES
[1] Kotlyar, L.S., Sparks, B.D., Woods, J.R., Raymond, S., Le Page, Y.,
Shelfantook, W.: Distribution and types of solids associated with
bitumen. In: Petroleum Science and Technology, vol. 16(1-2), pp. 1–
19. Taylor & Francis, Colchester (1998)
[2] Lesueur, D.: The colloidal structure of bitumen: Consequences on the
rheology and on the mechanisms of bitumen modification. Advances
in Colloid and Interface Science 145, 42–82 (2009)
[3] Partl, M.N., Gubler, R., Hugener, M.: Nano-science and –technology
for asphalt pavements. In: Proc. 1st Int. Symp. on Nanotechnology in
Construction, Paisley, Scotland, pp. 343–355 (2003)
[4] Carl, A. & von Klitzing, R. Smart Foams: New Perspectives Towards
Responsive Composite Materials. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 50, 11290–
11292 (2011).
[5] Elochukwu, O. H., Saaid, I. M. & Pilus, R. M. Organic Deposit
Remediation Using Environmentally Benign Solvents: A Review.
Department of Petroleum Engineering, Universiti Teknologi
PETRONAS, Malaysia. (2014).
[6] Mansoori, G. A. Remediation of Asphaltene and Other Heavy
Organic Deposits in Oil Wells and in Pipelines. University of Illinois.
(2010).
[7] Nguyen, T. T. & Sabatini, D. A. Characterization and Emulsification
Properties of Rhamnolipid and Sophorolipid Biosurfactants and Their
Applications. Int. J. Mol. Sci. 12, 1232–1244 (2011).
[8] Wiyono, B., Tachibana, S. & Tinambunan, D. Chemical Composition
of Indonesian Pinus merkusii Turpentine Oils, Gum Oleoresins and
Rosins from Sumatra and Java. Pak. J. Biol. Sci. 9, 7–14 (2006).
[9] Chen. S, X. Zhang. Mechanics and Pavement Properties Research of
Nanomaterial Modified Asphalt Advanced Engineering Forum, 5, pp.
259-264 (2012)
ICGTD - 44
Prioritization of Road Accident Factors in Indonesia
Using Combination of Delphi Method And
Analytical Hierarchy Process
Dwi Prasetyanto Andrean Maulana
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Insitut Teknologi Nasional Insitut Teknologi Nasional
dwiprasetyanto1604@gmail.com andrean.m92@gmail.com
Abstract—Traffic accidents are a significant cause of deaths mechanical failure and driver distraction or slippery wet
and injuries in Indonesia happened from many factors, such as conditions of the road.
human or driver factor, vehicle, road design, and environment.
Information is obtained from the questionnaire through
discussion with expert respondents through Delphi method. In driver terms, humans make an erroneous while they
The Delphi method is based on structural surveys and makes are driving (Horrey, Lesch et al. 2015). It happened because
use of the available intuitive information of the expert of gaps between perception and reality about driver decision-
participants to selected the criteria. Criteria and sub-criteria making and behaviour performance and safety. In Indonesia
adapted from literature and accident data based. These shown that human error was contributing to 87 % of the
primary factors are human behaviour, vehicle, road and total. In contrast, only 4.2% were due solely to a mechanical
environment will become the primary criterion in priority fault, and 6.8% were caused only by road environmental
setting using Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP) method. factors. (Djaja, Widyastuti et al. 2016).
From AHP Analysis, the most priority road safety factor is that
human behaviour takes 66% to total, with most priority sub-
criteria is criteria with the percentage of 43%.
Keywords—human behaviour, vehicle, road, environment.
I. INTRODUCTION
It was well known that traffic accidents are of high
importance to the public health in the world. Moreover, in
developing countries such as Indonesia, the fatalities rates
from road traffic accidents are rather high compared to other
countries in this region. Statistic reports reveal that
Indonesia's road accidents are very high, compared to other
developing countries. For example in Bandung, one of the
biggest city in Indonesia, the number of traffic accident
decreases but the number of people dying increases gradually
as the population and the number of vehicles registered an
increase. This increase has led to an increase in fatality rates
Fig 1. Road safety factors and interactions.
per 100,000 population from 3.4 in 2016 to 6.3 in 2017 and
from 0.5 per 10,000 vehicles registered to 0.9 in 2017
(Government 2018).
Road safety factors described such as driver behaviour,
The accidents can be the result of the interaction of four construction and condition of the vehicle and condition of
elements, as shown in Fig. 1(Tighe, Falls et al. 2001). The infrastructure (Komackoca and Poliak 2016). Another road
diagram shows the relationship between four road safety safety analytical instrument is described to facilitate the
factors. Also, there is interaction related to these four factors identification of human factors, vehicle and equipment
as shown by the overlap areas between the factors. Figure 1, factors and environmental factors, related to road accidents,
shows the four elements that affect traffic safety namely; by phases in time of the event (Goniewicz, Goniewicz et al.
driver behaviour, vehicle condition, road condition and 2016). It will use to improving road traffic safety and reduce
environment as well as the interaction between the factors the number and severity of injuries. Other tools can provide
represented by the overlap areas. Overlap area for example tools to assess driving behaviour indicator that represented
by speeds and accelerations (Eboli, Mazzulla et al. 2018).
shown single vehicle accidents can occur as a result of
Especially in Indonesia, only limited research that discussed
ICGTD - 45
road safety in Indonesia in this ten years. There is a strong In this research, experts coming from the government
relationship between road-based transport user's preferences side, highway association and academician. The Initial
such as negative experience, service importance and contributions from the experts were collected in the form of
dissatisfaction and improvement policies along with fare answers to their questionnaires and comments on this
adjustment (Joewono, Tarigan et al. 2016). answer through the Focus Group Discussion (FGD).
Highway patrol to speeding is a top priority of speed Facilitators who will facilitate expert responses coordinate
management (Roibafi, Sulistio et al. 2018). This research FGD's. In the first phase of the discussion through FGD that
will enrich the discussion about road safety, specifically discusses what factors are influential in traffic accidents.
about road accident factor in Bandung City, Indonesia. This main factors that are the driver, vehicle, road,
environment, traffic and land use will become the primary
criterion in priority setting using the AHP method. As the
II. RESEARCH METHOD beginning of the discussion, the initial questionnaire is
In this study, Delphi method and Analytic Hierarchy formed from the secondary data, so that the discussion can
Process (AHP) are used by experts to prioritise the be more focused and can give more optimal results.
importance of accident factors, which can prevent and The facilitator will provide a questionnaire to the experts
reduce accident rates. AHP analysis for accident influence and asked to fill out and present it. Responses are collected
factors are in the following order: drive factor, road and and analysed, conflicting points of view are identified. If
environmental factors (Xi, Zhao et al. 2016). consensus is not reached, the process continues through
theses and antithesis, to gradually work toward synthesis,
The Delphi method is used (Mbakwe, Saka et al. 2016) and build consensus.
that relies on the knowledge of experts in the fields of Using the Cut-Off method of FGD I, then the
transportation and highway traffic safety. An agreement questionnaire was designed for sub-criteria on every
made in Delphi method is an expert survey in two or more criterion. In the same way, several FGDs are conducted to
'rounds' in which in the second and later rounds of the agree on the criteria and sub-criteria of traffic accident
survey the results of the previous round are given as factors. If the criteria and sub-criteria have been agreed
feedback. Therefore, the experts answer from the second upon, then the design of the pairwise comparison
round on under the influence of their colleagues' opinions. questionnaire between criteria and sub-criteria to be filled
Theoretically, the Delphi process can be continuously by experts, that shown in Table 2 - 6. AHP method supports
iterated until a consensus is determined to have been multi-criteria decision making, by deriving ratio scales from
achieved (Hsu and Sandford 2007). paired comparisons of criteria. As a result of Delphi
Methods, the main traffic accident factors are human,
vehicle, road and environment.
AHP method develops priority for criteria, in terms of
achievement objective that derives the priority on each TABLE 2. Pairwise Comparison on Criteria Factor
criterion, based on pair-wise assessments using judgments,
Criteria Scale Scale Criteria
or ratios of measurements from a scale (Kanuganti, No.
A 9 7 5 3 1 3 5 7 9 B
Agarwala et al. 2017). Table 1 presents Saaty's scale of 1. Human Vehicle
preferences in the pair-wise comparison process. 2. Human Road
3. Human Environment
TABLE 1. AHP scale of preferences in the pair-wise Road
4. Vehicle
comparison process 5. Vehicle Environment
Numerical preferences between 6. Road Environment
Ratings alternatives i and j
I i is equally preferred to j TABLE 3. Pairwise Comparison on Sub Criteria Human
3 i is slightly more preferred than j Factor
5 i is strongly more preferred than j
7 i is very strongly more preferred than j Criteria Scale Scale Criteria
No.
9 i is extremely more preferred than j A 9 7 5 3 1 3 5 7 9 B
1. Undisciplined Unskilled
2,4,6,8 Intermediate value
2. Undisciplined Tired
3. Undisciplined Careless
4. Undisciplined Speeding
5. Undisciplined Sleepy
6. Unskilled Tired
7. Unskilled Careless
8. Unskilled Speeding
9. Unskilled Sleepy
10. Tired Careless
11. Tired Speeding
12. Tired Sleepy
13. Careless Speeding
14. Careless Sleepy
15. Speeding Sleepy
ICGTD - 46
TABLE 4. Pairwise Comparison on Sub Criteria Vehicle Alignment
Factor 7. Slippery Corrugation
8. Horizontal Vertical
Criteria Scale Scale Alignment Alignment
No. Criteria B 9. Horizontal Corrugation
A 9 7 5 3 1 3 5 7 9
1. Brake Tire Failure Alignment
Defect 10. Vertical Corrugation
2. Brake Improper Alignment
Defect Wheel
Alignment
3. Brake Overloading TABLE 6. Pairwise Comparison on Sub Criteria
Defect Environment Factor
4. Tire Failure Improper
Wheel Criteria Scale Scale
No. Criteria B
Alignment A 9 7 5 3 1 3 5 7 9
5. Tire Failure Overloading 1. Dark Rain
6. Improper Overloading 2. Dark Fog/Smoke
Wheel 3. Dark Glare
Alignment 4 Rain Fog/Smoke
5. Rain Glare
6. Fog/Smoke Glare
TABLE 5. Pairwise Comparison of Sub Criteria Road
Factor III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Criteria Scale Scale Having the study goal on prioritised accident factor, with
No. Criteria B
A 9 7 5 3 1 3 5 7 9 multi-criteria and multi-sub-criteria, AHP help to derive
1. Pothole Slippery
Pothole Horizontal
priorities, as shown in Fig. 2. From the analysis of
2.
Alignment questionnaire survey using AHP and result of an expert
3. Pothole Vertical discussion, it is found that in overall human factor gets the
Alignment critical factor in the expert's viewpoint, while the least
4. Pothole Corrugation
important factor affecting road accidents is the environment.
5. Slippery Horizontal
Alignment Table 7 shows the prioritise criterion, with the percentage of
6. Slippery Vertical each factor.
Fig 2. AHP-based Prioritization on road accidents factors with criteria and sub-criteria.
The results showed that human behaviour factor was the

TABLE 7. Prioritize Criterion and Percentage of Each
most significant cause of traffic accident (66%), followed by
Factor
road factor (15.6%), vehicle factor (13.2%), and
Human Vehicle Road Environment environmental factor (5.2%). This human behaviour factor
Percentage (%) 66 13 16 5 is a significant factor, and it is possible that the cause of
Priority 1 3 2 4 traffic accidents is a combination of these factors can be
seen in Table 8.
The final step to determine the rank of each factor is to TABLE 8. Prioritise Sub-Criterion of Human and
get the value of Consistency Index (CI) which is result as: Percentage of Each Factor
λmax = 4.171, CI = 0.057, RI = 0.9, and Consistency Ratio Undisciplined Unskilled Tired Careless Speeding Sleepy
(CR) value 0.063 < 0,10. After calculation CR is less than Percentage 26 7 11 43 8 5
0.1 so the calculation and ranking are consistent, this value Priority 2 5 3 1 4 6
shows that the expert's answer is consistent, so the

calculation can proceed to determine the priority of the Based on Table 8 obtained the maximum eigenvalues
traffic accident causing criterion. (λmax) 6,411, and Consistency Index (CI) 0.01. We are using
ICGTD - 47
Ratio Index (RI) 1.24 obtained value of Consistency Ratio accidents cited by 45% of the experts, rain 22%, glare 17%,
(CR) equal to 0,009. CR value less than 0.1 indicates that the and dark 17%.
assessment of some of the expert respondents is consistent.
Expert opinion and results in the field show that traffic IV. CONCLUSION
accident is more caused by human error factor (Human
error). The sequence of human error factors are based on It was found that drivers accounted for the majority of
prioritising is the factor of careless (43.4%), undisciplined traffic accidents and careless was accidents the most
(26.3%), tired (10.6%), speeding (7.9%), unskilled (7.1% ), significant factor, in the following percentage of total are
and drowsiness when driving (4.9%) can be seen in Table 9. 66% and 43%.
All factors related to the road and vehicle are in the
middle of the rank, therefore, analysed that have moderate
TABLE 9. Prioritise Sub-Criterion of Vehicle and prioritise, respectively 16% and 13%. It is worth noticing
Percentage of Each Factor that all factors related to the environment, are considered as
significant to other factors, only 5% to the total.
Brake Tire Overloading Improper
Defect Failure wheel
alignment ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Percentage 20 21 27 32
Authors would like to thank all experts that participated
Priority 4 3 2 1
in discussion group and Ministry of Research, Technology
& Higher Education for financial support in this research.
The maximum eigenvalue (λmax) for the sub-criteria of
the vehicle is 4.335, and the Consistency Index (CI) obtained
is 0.089. Using Ratio Index (RI) 0.90 obtained value of REFERENCES
Consistency Ratio (CR) 0,099. CR values smaller than 0.1
suggest that the assessment of some of the expert [1] Djaja, S., et al. (2016). "Situasi Kecelakaan Lalu Lintas Di Indonesia,
respondents was consistent. Table 9 shown that improper Tahun 2010-2014." Indonesian Journal of Health Ecology 15(1): 30-
wheel alignment 32% was a priority then followed by 42.
overloading 27%, tire failure 21% and brake defect 20% can [2] Eboli, L., et al. (2018). "Analysing car users' driving behaviour: safety
be seen in Table 10. domains for different types of roads." Advances in transportation
TABLE 10. Prioritise Sub-Criterion of Road and studies 46.
Percentage of Each Factor [3] Goniewicz, K., et al. (2016). "Road accident rates: strategies and
Horizontal Vertical Pothole Slippery Corrugation programmes for improving road traffic safety." European journal of
alignment alignment trauma and emergency surgery 42(4): 433-438.
Percentage 31 40 5 15 9
[4] Government, B. C. (2018). Bandung Road Safety Annual Report 2017.
Priority 2 1 5 3 4
[5] Horrey, W. J., et al. (2015). "Calibration of skill and judgment in
driving: Development of a conceptual framework and the implications
λmax= 5,634, CI = 0,106, RI = 1,12. CI = 0,094 < 0,10. CR for road safety." Accident Analysis & Prevention 76: 25-33.
values smaller than 0.1 suggest that the assessment of some [6] Hsu, C.-C. and B. A. Sandford (2007). "The Delphi technique: making
of the expert respondents was consistent. sense of consensus." Practical assessment, research & evaluation
The findings of the vertical alignment factor were the
12(10): 1-8.
major causes of traffic accidents (40.3%), followed by
horizontal alignment factor (31.5%), slippery surface factor [7] Joewono, T. B., et al. (2016). "Road-based public transportation in
(14.5%), corrugation road factor (9.1 %), and potholes urban areas of Indonesia: What policies do users expect to improve the
(4.6%). Similar to accident-causing criteria, the traffic service quality?" Transport policy 49: 114-124.
accident factor is a significant factor, and it is possible that [8] Kanuganti, S., et al. (2017). "Road safety analysis using multi criteria
the cause of traffic accidents is a combination of these approach: A case study in India." Transportation research procedia 25:
factors can be seen in Table 11. 4649-4661.
[9] Komackoca, L. and M. Poliak (2016). "Factors affecting the road
TABLE 11. Prioritise Sub-Criterion of Environment safety." Journal of Communication and Computer 13: 146-152.
and Percentage of Each Factor [10] Mbakwe, A. C., et al. (2016). "Alternative method of highway traffic
safety analysis for developing countries using delphi technique and
Glare Fog or Smoke Rain Dark
Bayesian network." Accident Analysis & Prevention 93: 135-146.
Percentage 17 45 22 17
Priority 3 1 2 4 [11] Roibafi, H. A., et al. (2018). "Priority of Speed Management Program
for Urban Road." Research Journal of Advanced Engineering and
Science 3(4): 177-184.
λmax = 4,537,CI = 0,0789, RI = 0,90. CR = 0,087 <
0,10, this shows that the expert's answer is consistent, so the
calculation can proceed to determine the priority of the road
criteria sub-criteria as the cause of the traffic accident. Fog
or smoke was associated with the occurrence of the
ICGTD - 48
[12] Tighe, S., et al. (2001). Integrating safety with asset management
systems. 5th International Conference on Managing Pavements, Seattle
Washington.
[13] Xi, J., et al. (2016). "A traffic accident causation analysis method
based on AHP-apriori." Procedia engineering 137: 680-687.
ICGTD - 49
Rural Vehicle for Agricultural Community Function
in Information Society Era
Fred Soritua Rudiyanto Manurung
Faculty of Visual Art and Design Agus Sachari Setiawan Sabana
Bandung Insitute of Techology Facultuy of Art and Design Faculty of Art and Design
Bandung, Indonesia Bandung Institute of Technology Bandung Institute of Technology
fred@itenas.ac.id Bandung, Indonesia Bandung, Indonesia
asachari@yahoo.com setiawansabana@yahoo.com
Abstract— Indonesian has been started to develop the rural

vehicle. The Indonesian government presumably serious to
develop the rural vehicle which often called Mobil Desa or
Multipurpose Vehicle for Countryside. From the names, it is The development of technology is constantly evolving,
very clear that the vehicle developed to assist the movements of especially in the areas of information and electronic
countryside community to bring their commodity or goods in technology which occurs today, is the speed against
rural areas. The vehicle design developed in the information
information access through electronic equipment such as
society era as a function for industrial society related to the
agriculture activity. The competition and competitiveness as a
mobile phones, computers or other devices. The information
result of transformation technology become a reality for the flow becomes faster, making it easier for work or making
rural vehicle design, and should be envisaging the insight of decisions against everyday activities. The speed of
rural community, that have been transformed and coupled also technological development resulted in cultural change [1]
grip to the information technology, and it caused the world (Mc Luhan, 2003). The development of internet technology
society also connect to access the countryside in Indonesia creates, distributes, uses and utilizes information for interests
along with the commodity that could be used for the world in economics, politics and cultural activities [2] (Imran,
society. Now, comparing the Indonesian rural vehicle design 2012).
with the rural vehicle from another country has not become
hard things for countryside community or moreover to import Technology such as radio, television, film and computers
the vehicle. The competition will be started soon, so Indonesian are parts of information technology that have a large role in
designer or car maker should be able to use the advantage of life activities. Indonesia as an island nation and spread from
knowledge about local wisdom or local genuine corresponding east to west certainly has its own problems regarding
to the activity appropriateness and local needs, as a information and technology access. Information technology,
distinguishing factor for success of the local design and brand. always starts from the center or Java Island and spreads to
various islands in accordance with infrastructure
Keywords— comparing, countryside community, information developments.
society, local needs, rural vehicle, technology
At first information technology relied heavily on
I. INFORMATION SOCIETY computers through internet stalls. The development of
capable mobile phone technology is equivalent to a valuably
The development of human civilization felt so fast, cheap and affordable computer causing the object to be
to gain its purpose or need, primitive societies had to meet
personally owned. From Symbian technology towards
and exchange goods. Later as an agrarian society, the wide Android technology, it causes mobile phones to have varying
variety of necessary needs were planted and bred until they
application discretion. The use of Androids eventually spread
could be harvested, part of those needs were kept or worn
to various corners of the archipelago supported by
alone and partly sold. information service network providers such as Telkomsel,
As a production or industrial society, the work Indosat, XL, Smartfren or others. It's not a strange thing,
of the farmers is no longer dependent on seasons, the when we find Android users in various corners of Indonesia,
farmer always works in time to maintain his or her life even though the coverage area has not been thoroughly at
and work regularly. In industrial societies, technology various corner points.
was created to reduce job dependence on nature, Based on the data from Asosiasi Penyelenggara Jasa
watering systems were developed with the construction Internet Indonesia (APJII) in 2017, penetration of Internet
of water storage sites called reservoirs to be able to users based on cities/counties is concentrated in urban areas
generate electrical energy and irrigate watering lands in with a percentage of 72.41%, rural urban of 49.49% and rural
the dry season, artificial rain technology was developed of 48.25%, this is due to the availability of fiber optic
to decrease rain and wet crops beyond planting time and networks and other infrastructures supporting that activities.
rainy season, fertilization technology was done to add Internet users in Indonesia grew about a hamper of 8% to
harvest frequency and harvest quality. 143.26 million inhabitants or 54.68 out of the total
population of 262 million Indonesians. Rural-urban societies
ICGTD - 50
or rural communities in Indonesia are already touched by II. COMMUNITY INFORMATION AND RURAL CARS
information networks in the form of internet connections.
The advantage of internet use or excess is that the
information authority acquired or sought to be on its personal
self, in contrast to television or radio, that the information the
audience or listener gets set up by a TV or radio station, as
part of its broadcast program. The power over this
information choice causes the choices that determined to be
very varied and has no dependence on one party, such as a
TV station or radio station, the ultimate dependence being on
the content available on its preferred alternatives.
With information technology evolving today, the Fig 1. Broadband Internet Access Installation
alternatives to content search also relies on people uploading Source: Cikadu Village
and sharing content, it is much easier to do today compared The above image is the installation activity of a satellite
to the times before Internet and android technology exist. antenna in parabola shape and for broadband internet access,
Rural-urban societies or rural communities or which are in Cikadu area, South Cianjur, West Java. The village will
often defined as rural societies must eventually be ready to be empowered into a “great force” that will contribute to the
adapt to internet technology and information. This is due to sovereign, prosperous and dignified Indonesian mission [5]
the incursion of technological products that flooded all over (Hariyanti, 2017). The integrated broadband village (IBV)
Indonesia and the world. The option only to have technology development program is a government-provoked program in
devices that can only be used for telephones is already the framework of developing village potential through the
getting more eroded today, the need for communication over utilization of information and communication technology,
mobile phones already fused with application technology in implemented by the Ministry of Information.
the form of androids, consisting of a wide variety of features, The program is reserved for fishing villages, agricultural
brands and prices. For example, the simple thing a farmer villages, and inland villages to support and assist the
might do in a rural setting is to make a video call with his activities of everyday local people. The program was also a
son who is in a city area, or with a collector. government-flared internet penetration acceleration
These applications and features can only increase trust program, after Indonesia co-signed its declaration of “World
between farmers and collectors when performing buying and Summit on Information Society” (WSIS) in 2003. The
selling agricultural produce, by being able to see physical declaration stated that 50% of the world's population should
appearance, face, sound in the form of video images and have access to information (internet access).
being able to check the location and position of existence;
compare to the previous period, when the display present is
only in the form of written text or sound. Technology
eventually provides added value to “certainty”. Castells in
Rahma [3] (Castells, 2014), says social change and various
life joints of the community in the information field are the
emergence of informational acquaintance that is deduced as a
source of productivity and competitiveness rely on the
support of science, information and processing technology
that has, including within it management technology and
technology management.
Seeing the birth of agricultural processing vehicles and
commodities mobility and people produced by Land Rover
in 1948 or 71 years ago that used the war-remaining
materials[4] (Edwards, 2009). The vehicle was exhibited at
the Amsterdam Show, with a backdrop of the Jeep Willy’s FIg 2. A young man in Cikadu Village and his notebook
design, with a steering position in the center and a tub in the Source : Facebook
rear that could transport people or goods, coupled with
mechanical power output through axes connected with The above photo is the search result through the social
vehicle engines, so as to rotate the engine to plow and grind media of a Facebook user based on a location search in
the ground for planting and farming activities. It is highly Cikadu. The picture states that the village society that is
likely that designs such as the early stage Land Rover are already Internet-connected and understands computer
what the current government wants to make a rural car. technology is beginning to exchange and utilize information.
The interaction resulted in an acceleration to know the
circumstances and existence and activities carried out by the
Cikadu village community.
Internet connections cause information regarding Cikadu
to be accessible and known, for example, from frequent
landslide disasters, minimal road infrastructure, coffee-
producing areas and well-quality palm sugar. One thing that
is very possible, at one time the area will be visited by coffee
ICGTD - 51
seekers from various parts of the region to get the highest will be certainly far ahead, but the understanding of local
quality coffee. culture in performing agricultural activities and rural
activities may not be fully understood by those who should
Through the internet, a wide variety of parties can access have designed rural vehicles and agricultural vehicles in
regions in Indonesia that produce quality products, simply by
Indonesia.
inserting keywords on Google search engine. Information
flows regarding regions that produce good quality coffee can Activities due to demographic differences, local
be utilized by the capitalism states of world-class coffee shop intelligence and different ways of dealing with nature led to
rulers such as Starbuck and others. different cultures that were certainly a factor of profit for
local companies that develop and design agricultural vehicle
The concept of cultural imperialism in the style of or rural vehicle products. In recent years, the condition of
Schiller [6] (Birkinbine, 2018), leading the Cikadu people
rural society was at the point of confusion between leaning
into the modern world system, could occur in the Cikadu,
on traditional or ancestral knowledge or on the society in its
Cianjur and South Garut regions that produce coffee and neighborhood [7] (Rangaswamy, 2006) or leaning on
brown sugar will someday be overrun by business capitalists
knowledge and information obtained from the media, either
moving in the world's large coffee franchises, so local people television, radio, literature, or from internet technology.
are forced to meet the world market consumption of the big
brands of the coffee franchise. A good design for Indonesian rural should explore or
intersect the themes of traditional knowledge relating to their
Departing from Schiller's thought, developing countries
practices, innovations and experiences based on teaching and
such as Indonesia would become a major supplier part and stories from generation to generation so that they become a
become a market controlled by one large country, such as
way of life and a spirit of survival [8] (Rahayu, 2016). Based
America with its multinational corporations. Global on traditional knowledge is the use of biological or natural
information rulers will take local production, dominate it,
materials for medical and agricultural medicine, the
without the need to produce on their own land, then rewrap processes of production, design, literature, music, traditional
and sell it at a multiplied price, so as to produce a value that
ceremonies, arts and techniques, including in them intangible
is more than the price offered in the producing country. cultural values. A simple example is when President
People in the area will earn much of the income consumed in
Soeharto gave the name “Gatot Kaca” to the N-250 IPTN
the form of vehicles, education and health. Such assumptions
(now PT. DI) craft.
and predictions were at least taken into consideration when
Indonesia began designing rural vehicles. Conflicts regarding the development of rural vehicles by
utilizing traditional knowledge always arise and will always
In contrast to the ones that Land Rover did in 71 years be dealing with modern knowledge and the latest technical
ago, Indonesian rural vehicle development was at a seamless
technology. The conflict arose due to different starting points
state of global information society, and easy and fast access of understanding between the engineers’ team and the
to information was obtained. Development of a rural vehicle
technicians’ team, the financiers, the founders and the
or farm vehicle 71 years ago, certainly does not require originators of the idea of rural vehicles, the authorities and
thinking as it is today, technicians were thinking of
the design team along with the social research team.
producing a vehicle product based on the functions needed
and the material available from the war. Products were well Unlike the John Deere company that gave birth to rural
sold because there were no choices, or very limited choices; vehicles and agricultural mechanical tools in 1837, as a
different from the current conditions that are full of various blacksmith who worked on moving clean water to land and
brand choices, functions, and even variants of shapes and farmland in the Midwest. John Deere's experience formed
colors. through solutions to nature to perform agricultural activities
over a hundred years; while rural vehicles developers in
The rural vehicle products to be designed by Indonesia
Indonesia have not necessarily experienced living together
would directly deal with multinational companies that had with rural communities and farmers as in the time John
first manufactured rural vehicles or similar agricultural
Deere lived and developed agricultural tools. The knowledge
vehicles, such as the John Deere brand that produced petrol- of rural vehicle developers in Indonesia is gained through the
fueled tractors in 1892 and was the first to produce plows
academic system and then applied to agriculture areas and
with horsepower in 1858. The design will compete in terms rural areas without going through a process of experience.
of design, function, spare part availability, price and
production quantity, financial capability and corporate Indonesian ancestral knowledge of farming also depends
development, even up to after-sale services, easy installment on growing seasons based on rainfall or season conditions.
of product ownership even product rentals. All of these With the help of engineering and technology, the planting
things can be done with media information from the site season can be done not only based on the rainy season, rice
owned by John Deere and accessible from the inlands of planting can be done more than twice in a year and can
Indonesia with the help of internet connectivity. Even to utilize not-so-extensive land. The ancestral understanding in
build its representative office, multinational company like farming is also minded to give the time off to the soil after
John Deere takes only a few days to be able to present in planting, the soil is considered to have equality with the
Indonesia. human body that also requires rest, and hopes to return to the
initial conditions that are fresh and ready to be planted or
Competing with companies that have stood for more than ready to work. The understanding will certainly clash with
one hundred years, have complete variants and worldwide
methods that utilize technology with continuous planting
sales services, certainly requires the proper strategies and systems without the time off.
planning. Distinguished factors and novelties must be
affirmable. Speaking of technicality and experience in The meeting point of this conflict is mutual learning and
agricultural vehicle production, the long-standing company openness of ancestral thought and technological
ICGTD - 52
development, so that the same understanding is obtained that history. In 1967, a pack of soldiers were trapped behind
good crop yield and soil conditioning would not damage the enemy lines, all their Jeep vehicles were destroyed, and their
farmland. The position of a rural vehicle or agricultural commander was able to repair two vehicles that were already
vehicle is certainly at the meeting point between the two destroyed and they could complete their tasks. 20 years later
points of understanding. It could have been the dimension of the soldiers founded Tomcar company [12] (UTVbuddy,
agricultural rural vehicles present in Indonesia not as large 2016).
and massive as in America, due to the different
understanding of agricultural industrialization. The dominance of rural vehicles by America is currently
supported by information technologies created by America,
with the goal of being able to dominate the rural vehicle
market or UTV from its competitors, beating Japanese,
III. CULTURAL IDENTITY OF NATIONAL RURAL CAR Korean, and Chinese products. This dominance can also
VERSUS INTERNATIONAL IMPERRALISM undermine a wide variety of rules limiting the sale of
One's identity is determined by its membership within a American production rural vehicles. When the luxury goods
person's various social unity is that it comes from a Bugis tax or large vehicle duty tax in some countries, the
tribe with its Bugis culture, so it can be said he has a Bugis Americans get around that their UTVs do not require legality
identity, and so on towards the Dani, Amukme, Tugutil, as highway vehicles and vehicle work areas they are in the
Java, Bali, Manggarai and others [9] (Brata, 2016). internal environment of agriculture and plantations, but with
the completeness and features of highway legal vehicles.
The identity of Indonesian Rural Car vehicles is a vehicle
from Indonesia among the various rural vehicles that exist in When the issue of expensive shipping cost arose for the
the world, it can be referred to as Indonesian rural vehicle Asian region, America through information technology
because it is native to Indonesia. Herbert Schiller in [10] produced UTV in countries such as China, Taiwan, Korea
(Diansasi, 2016) says the phenomenon of ‘cultural and India. America worked with India, to address the rural
imperialism’ as a Western dominance in a Western transport problem in the area, issued a license for an Indian
domination in terms of political economy interpreted in an company called Polaris Eicher. This method actually
informational framework. America’s ability to dominate the eliminated India in designing its rural vehicle, the cultural
release of this information cannot forget the superiority of identity of Indian rural vehicles that should have been
American technological development itself which can be prefixed to its own needs to be half-extinguished, as it had to
enjoyed by all people of the world today [11] (Schiller, follow and adjust to the format of American-made vehicles.
1979). The cultural identity of national rural vehicles can be
Rural vehicles or in America are referred to as Utility developed based on Castell’s thought, that is, identity can be
Task Vehicle (UTV) or side by side, some vehicles known defined as “a source of meaning and experience for people or
from America among others: Artic Cat founded by Edgar the search for the meaning of individuals in conjunction with
Hetteen in 1960; Polaris founded by Edgar Hetteen, Allen itself and society” [13] Castells M., 1997). This meaning can
Hetteen and David Johnson in 1954; Can Am which began be obtained from the views of Indonesian people’s life. The
the production of UTV in 1972 in Canada; and was views of life of Indonesian society can be seen from the
originally a divisional part of Bombardier Recreational proverbs owned by Indonesian people spread across various
Products (BRP). John Deere, originally known as the tractor- tribes or islands.
making company, that stood in 1837 at Grand Detour. As the proverb words in Sundanese language “Jauh-jauh
Bobcat was an agricultural and construction equipment dijugjug, anggang-anggang diteang“ which means: far away
company, standing in 1947 and was part of the Doosan still being addressed, far away also being picked up,
Group. Bobcat was a manufacturer of UTVs producing for deliberately come to meet even though the distance is far.
cargo needs with engines that are economical and reliable. The meaning of this proverb related to the design of rural
Massimo Motor produced in 2009 in Texas, America and vehicles in West Java is that long distance is not an issue,
produced the cheapest UTV among American existing although sometimes to pick up a fortune we must travel far
brands. away but we must still do it. In relation to the meaning of the
Bennche is a UTV manufacturer that produces and family, vehicles are also used to meet relatives far away. The
undertakes development in America and is known as a UTV reality of this proverb can be seen from the activities of
provider for the Texas Ranger and is widely worn by farmers people in West Java traveling a long distance; they go out of
in Texas. Intimidator is an American UTV company known the village to meet relatives in other villages although they
for its Off-road capabilities. Tomberlin is a manufacturer must travel up and down hills and deal with various obstacles
who leads the electric UTV market and is known for its from natural conditions. The concept of Sundanese people’s
futuristic design, paying attention to environmental issues as life is cohesiveness; sadness will be shared equally, as well
well as its user safety. Other brands are Bush Hog, Carter as they always get along and together in living their life [14]
Brothers Mfg. known as the American manufacturer of go- (Siska Pertiwi, 2013).
kart Case IH known through its agricultural vehicles and Indonesian and American vehicle differences are
produced in 1984 with help from Fiat Industrial. individual territory and collectivity. American-designed rural
Club Car which began production in 1958, is the largest vehicles are made on a personal and individualistic basis that
employer related to electrical and gas-powered engines of works on extensive agriculture completed with technology
small dimensions. Cub-Cadet, Eminent Motorsport that only requires a small number of people to process it,
International, EPIC EV, Texton specialized Vehicles, which is very different from the collective conditions of
Heathen, Husqvarna, Land Pride, New Holland (great rival agriculture in Indonesia. Rural vehicles or agricultural
John Deere), Pitster Pro, Pug, Tomcar which has a unique vehicles are not just to perform activities on farmland, but to
ICGTD - 53
be a shared means in other daily activities, thus eliciting the assembling without being able to build its own brand of
term multifunction, which can be used to attend invitations vehicles, or even being able to compete.
together with family, buy fertilizer collectively, and prepare
and buy food ingredients when there is a party event. After Korea, China is a country capable of building its
national vehicles and began entering the international
The use of local meanings and values is a response to the market. The time span difference between China and
concern of western cultural imperialism that can lead to the Indonesia is not very far away, but what China does is much
decline of local values and loss of local lifestyle. The design more impactful and halting compared to Indonesia. It could
of a rural vehicle based on local meanings and values mean be true according to the proverb “Seek knowledge even as
learning local habits and activities that can be made as far as China”.
“advantage values” of a real vehicle. Indonesian people
never feel ashamed to come together to attend a party event REFERENCES
even though using a pickup vehicle, which is not the case in [1] M. Mc Luhan, Technology determinism, in a first look
America. Americans will find it inappropriate to come and at communication theory, New York: McGraw Hill,
enter the city using a pickup truck. Sometimes there is a 2003, p. 23.
saying uttered by American urban communities, "Look, there [2] H. A. Imran, "Masyarakat pedesaan dan masyarakat
are villagers who come to the city using pickups or trucks," informasi," academia, p. 21, 2012.
so they feel the need to prepare several types of vehicles for [3] M. Castells, "Informasionalisme, network society dan
their various activities. perkembangan kapitalisme perspektif Manuel Castells,"
in Perkembangan masyarakat informasi dan teori sosial
IV. CONCLUSION
kontemporer, Jakarta, Kencana, 2014, pp. 64-66.
[4] G. A. Edwards, "Land-Rover and its Agriculutural
The development of rural vehicles in Indonesia is Application Led to the Agrover and The Tractor," in
actually in a situation of “Challenge in the Age of ARAI-SIAT Conference, London, 2009.
Complexity”. The design of a rural vehicle is to overcome [5] P. Hariyanti, "Peran relawan tik dalam program desa
the problems of industrial societies relating to agriculture and broadband terpadu cikadu, cianjur, jawa barat," Jurnal
rural area that was in times of “information society”, such as Komunikasi, pp. 19-34, 2017.
ants in elephant environments or David versus Goliath. [6] R. G. G. d. B. Birkinbine, "Cultural imperialism
theories," Researchgate, p. 4, 2018.
At birth, they have to deal with the giants of agricultural [7] N. Rangaswamy, "Social entrepreneurship as critical
vehicles and rural vehicles that have been able to survive, agency: a study of rural Iinternet kiosks," in
thrive and are one hundred years old with tested experience. International conference on information and
The decision made by the Indonesian Government on rural commnication technologies and developtment,
Berkeley, 2006.
vehicles, within five minutes had reached the ears of the
directors of multinational companies of agricultural vehicle [8] K. Rahayu, "Arti penting folkore dan traditional
knowledge bagi Indonesia sebagai "the country of
and rural vehicle manufacturers in America. With alacrity origin"," Research Gate, Jakarta, 2016.
they will soon give birth to strategic programs to be able to [9] I. B. Brata, "Kearifan budaya lokal perekat identitas
market their products in Indonesia through a wide variety of bangsa," Vol 05 No.01, pp. 9-15, 1 Maret 2016.
technology and information systems possessed. To avoid [10] P. Diansasi, "Konsekuensi revolusi informasi :
that, of course the government must have a counter strategy perubahan fitur masyarkat informasi dan difusi
so as to carry out the ideal of building rural vehicles and kultural," Globalisasi dan Masyarakat Informasi, pp. 1-
local agriculture. 14, 2016.
[11] H. I. Schiller, "Communication and cultural
Building a solid team and able to work laterally as well domination," Vol 5, No.4, pp. 1-127, Winter 1975/1976
as involving a variety of expert and competent parties is 1979.
inevitable. Vehicles development does not only involve the [12] UTVbuddy, Complete list of utv manufactures and
technical side of engineering. The government should be models, Texas: UTVbuddy, 2016.
able to see the village community as a market. [13] M. Castells, The power of identity : the information
Understanding by living together with village communities, age:economy, society, culture, Oxford: Blackwell,
avoiding monumental programs without seeing sustainability 1997.
and opening cooperation with various vehicle manufacturer [14] Y. S. O. S. Siska Pertiwi, "Aspek psingolinguistik
sosial dalam peribahasa sunda," Vol. 4, No.2, pp. 162-
countries with the purpose of independence as well as full 170, 1 Oktober 2013.
development carried out in Indonesia, cleverly conducting [15] Lawson J., Silver H, A social History of education in
licenses and avoiding the monopoly of certain countries of England, London: Methuen & Co.Ltd, 1973, p. 25.
one vehicle manufacturer country in Indonesia.
At this time Japan's dominance of transportation and
mobility needs in Indonesia was enormous, leaving no
division of technology transfers to Indonesia to be able to
build local vehicles. Control of all vehicle development in .
full is still determined by the Japanese principal party and
only makes Indonesia a manufacturing country capable of
ICGTD - 54
Analysis Of Stress Against Airflow
On Electric Car Bodies
Tarsisius Kristiyadi Alfian Eric Oktavianto Fery Hidayat
Mechanical Engineering, Institut Mechanical Engineering, Institut Mechanical Engineering, Institut

Teknologi Nasional Bandung Teknologi Nasional Bandung Teknologi Nasional Bandung
Abstract—A concept vehicle body design four wheels with

advanced aesthetic aesthetic, futuristic and aerodynamic is
Start a
quite good. Evhero one of the crossover type of electric vehicles
that successfully designed and realized by the National
Institute of Technology Bandung. To know the behavior of Preparation of The Simulation
• Measurement body
Generations
Meshing (Auto)
Evhero electric car body plate as a whole which includes stress, • Material body
deflection, and safety factor with the vehicle speed range 30,
60, and 100 km / h then in this research conducted stress Create Geometry (CAD)
Mesh
analysis using SOLIDWORKS software. At a speed of 30 km / Good
h vehicle, the shear stress is 0.04 Pa, deflection (-y) 0.1218 mm Simulation boundary conditions
& (-z) 0,002469 mm, and safety factor 22,81. At 60 km / h • Air fluid
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
• Velocity of vehicle 30, 60, 100
speed, shear stress was 0.17 Pa, deflection (-y) 0,1219 mm & (- 𝑗𝑗𝑗𝑗𝑗𝑗 Result
• The inner space is neglected
z) 0,009806 mm, and safety factor 13,67. And at the speed of • Standard conditions
• Dynamic pressure
• Drag force
the vehicle 100 km / hour, obtained shear stress of 0.44 Pa, • Gravity • Shear stress
• Coefficent drag
deflection 0.1298 mm & (-z) 0.02714 mm, and safety factor of c
6.817. Flow Simulation
b
Keywords— body, stress, deflection, safety factor a
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1) b c
In tune with the development of the times and the

increasing need for high mobility, people are the right Simulation boundary conditions
• Type static
reasons to develop inventions in the field of transportation • Material carbon fiber
• Fixtures advisor in mounting body
that is more reliable, both in terms of security, efficiency, • Loads form drag force (effect
and ease without overestimating the comfort in use. Vehicles airflow)

• Gravity
as the most effective means of transportation today are

required to have the characteristics of selling nilal a reliable, Stress simulation
strong tough, and included in the design in order to attract

consumers. Generation
meshing (Auto)
Evhero is a crossover type electric car that successfully

designed and realized by the National Institute of Mesh
Technology Bandung. An electric car is a car that uses the Good?
driving force in the form of electric motors where electrical

energy can be stored in batteries. To find out the strength of Result
evhero electric car body then in this research conducted • Deflection
• Safety factor
stress analysis on the electric car body to the airflow.
Anlysis
Conclusion & Suggestions

II. RESEARCH METHOD
Selesa
Step simulation of evhero electric car body voltage

through several stages. The simulation method can be seen in Fig 1. Flow Chart Simulation Analysis Electrical Car
the picture flow diagram 1. Body
ICGTD - 55
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION Also visible on the front of the car there is a blue color
After running on the geometry of electric car body plate means that the section has a low pressure. That is because
evhero to the airflow the following results are obtained there is a deflector on the front, which serves to channel the
air that hit the front of the vehicle first and make the air flow
a. Speed 30 Km/Hour is directed out, resulting in air split and formed a zone of low
flow.
In the analysis of electric car body plate capacity evhero
with a speed of 30 km / h due to airflow get the following At the beginning of the air hit the flow deflector behind
results: him also obstructed, that's why the rising pressure is marked
with orange color. Indeed initially the pressure rises, but after
some distance down the pressure seen from the degradation
of orange-yellow-green-brightgreen-turquoise to blue.
Similarly, on the air that hit the windshield.
On the side of the car there is also a little blue color toska
and green which means there is pressure caused by the air
that hit the surface of the contour of the car. Because
basically when the vehicle drove the air that hit will form a
layer beside
The shear stress is formed on the moving fluid due to the
fluid viscosity. The maximum shear stress in the evhero
electric car body is 0.04 Pa with an average number
indicating the magnitude of the fluid resistance of 0.575. The
resulting shear stress is small because we know that the usual
fluids such as air and water have very small viscosities and
are therefore reasonable if the resulting shear stress is small.
b. Speed 60 Km/Hour
Fig 2. Velocity Air Flow View Speed 30 Km/Hour
In the analysis of electric car body plate capacity evhero
Figure 2 shows the speed distribution. Speed is indicated with a speed of 60 km / h due to airflow get the following
by the color scale, where the red color indicates a high air results:
velocity of 44 km / h, while the blue color indicates a low air
velocity of 0 km / h. From this speed distribution can be seen
to accelerate the air gradually until it reaches the maximum
above the car. This shows that the shape of the front car is
quite aerodynamic.
Fig 3. Surface Pressure of The Car Body at a Speed of 30

km / hour
Dynamic pressure : 39,11 Pa
Drag force : 38,30267 N Fig 4. Velocity Air Flow View Speed 60 Km/Hour
Shear stress : 0,04 Pa Figure 4 shows the speed distribution for speeds of 60 km
Coefficient drag : 0,574 / h. As well as at a speed of 30 km / h, there is acceleration
from the air gradually on the top side of the car. Speed is
At a speed of 30 Km / hour obtained degradation of color indicated by the color scale, where the red color indicates a
pressure on the surface of the electric car evhero produced in high airspeed of 85 km / h, while the blue color indicates a
Figure 3. Clear visible color degradation caused by exposure low air velocity of 0 km / h.
to air body surface electric car evhero. Especially on the
front looks a striking color that is red. This means that the
section has a great pressure. This is because the front of the
car first hit and split the air when the car drove.
ICGTD - 56
Fig 5. Surface Pressure of The Car Body at a Speed of 60
km / hour
Dynamic pressure : 156,52 Pa
Drag force : 152,95094 N
Shear stress : 0,17 Pa
Coefficient drag : 0,5733367
Fig 6. Velocity Air Flow View Speed 100 Km/Hour
At a speed of 60 Km / hour obtained degradation of color
pressure on the surface of the electric car evhero produced in Figure 6 shows the speed distribution for speeds of 100
Figure 5. Clear visible color degradation caused by exposure km / h. Compared to previous speeds the acceleration of air
to air body surface electric car evhero. Especially on the that occurs in the front of the car faster and also the
front looks a striking color that is red. This means that the maximum speed reaches 143 km / h, higher than previous
section has a great pressure. This is because the front of the speeds.
car first hit and split the air when the car drove.
Also visible on the front of the car there is a blue color
means that the section has a low pressure. That is because
there is a deflector on the front, which serves to channel the
air that hit the front of the vehicle first and make the air flow
is directed out, resulting in air split and formed a zone of low
flow.
At the beginning of the air hit the flow deflector behind
him also obstructed, that's why the rising pressure is marked
with orange color. Indeed initially the pressure rises, but after
some distance down the pressure seen from the degradation
of orange-yellow-green-brightgreen-turquoise to blue.
Similarly, on the air that hit the windshield. Fig 7. Surface Pressure of The Car Body at a Speed of
On the side of the car there is also a little blue color toska 100 km / hour
and green which means there is pressure caused by the air Dynamic pressure : 434,69 Pa
that hit the surface of the contour of the car. Because
basically when the vehicle drove the air that hit will form a Drag force : 424,34944 N
layer beside Shear stress : 0,45 Pa
The shear stress is formed on the moving fluid due to the Coefficient drag : 0,5727801
fluid viscosity. The maximum shear stress in the evhero
electric car body is 0.17 Pa with an average number At a speed of 100 Km / hour obtained degradation of
indicating the magnitude of the fluid resistance of color pressure on the surface of the electric car evhero
0,5733367. The resulting shear stress is small because we produced in Figure 7. Clear visible color degradation caused
know that the usual fluids such as air and water have very by exposure to air body surface electric car evhero.
small viscosities and are therefore reasonable if the resulting Especially on the front looks a striking color that is red. This
shear stress is small. means that the section has a great pressure. This is because
the front of the car first hit and split the air when the car
drove.
c. Speed 100 Km/Jam Also visible on the front of the car there is a blue color
In the analysis of electric car body plate capacity evhero means that the section has a low pressure. That is because
with a speed of 100 km / h due to airflow get the following there is a deflector on the front, which serves to channel the
results: air that hit the front of the vehicle first and make the air flow
is directed out, resulting in air split and formed a zone of low
flow.
ICGTD - 57
At the beginning of the air hit the flow deflector behind and front of the car. Can be seen clearly in Figure 8 on a 1: 1
him also obstructed, that's why the rising pressure is marked scale where there is color degradation. The shape change on
with orange color. Indeed initially the pressure rises, but after the styled car body plate in this case is curved. The curved
some distance down the pressure seen from the degradation portion of the car body plate is the red colored area of 0.1218
of orange-yellow-green-brightgreen-turquoise to blue. mm in the direction of growth -y, this is because there is a
Similarly, on the air that hit the windshield. force of gravity and 0.002469 mm toward the -z axis caused
by exposure to air.
On the side of the car there is also a little blue color toska
and green which means there is pressure caused by the air The minimum safety factor value generated is 22.81 as
that hit the surface of the contour of the car. Because shown in figure 8. The car body security factor is still
basically when the vehicle drove the air that hit will form a categorized as safe. The value of the resulting safatey factor
layer beside is large enough, because the body structure is designed not
only for wind blowing, but also to protect the driver when a
The shear stress is formed on the moving fluid due to the collision occurred. So in this case the burden caused by wind
fluid viscosity. The maximum shear stress in the evhero blowing would result safety factor it will be safe, because the
electric car body is 0.45 Pa with an average number body will not be damaged by the wind.
indicating the magnitude of the fluid resistance of
0,5727801. The resulting shear stress is small because we • Front
know that the usual fluids such as air and water have very
small viscosities and are therefore reasonable if the resulting
shear stress is small.
After done running on geometry plate electric car body

evhero to static load got result as follows:
Speed 30 Km/Hour
In the analysis of deflection and safety factor of electric
car body plate evhero with speed 30 km / h due to static load
get result as follows:
Fig 9. Front Deflection Speed 30 Km/Hour

Figure 9 shows the deflection in the hood of the car
caused by gravity of 0.02689 mm in the direction of the axis
-y. On the side participate is deflected due to the deflection
that occurs on the hood of the car, so that on the side
involved drawn toward the -x axis of 0.001118 mm.
• Right Side
Fig 10. Right Side Deflection Speed 30 Km/Hour

On the right side of the rearview mirror is de-flexed
towards the -z axis of 0.004057 mm caused by exposure to
air.
• Left Side
Fig 8. Deflection (1:1) and Safety Factor Speed 30
Km/Hour
Deflection : (-y) 0,1218 mm & (-z) 0,002469 mm

Safety Factor : 22,81
Due to the drag on the body of the car when the speed of
30 km / h against the exposure to air flow and gravity forces Fig 11. Left Side Deflection Speed 30 Km/Hour
cause the car body to change shape, especially on the roof
ICGTD - 58
Similarly, the right side, on the left side of the rearview
mirror is de-flexed toward the -z axis of 0.004057 mm.
• Top
Fig 12. Top Deflection Speed 30 Km/Hour

At the top of the side side shown by the arrows are
participated due to deflection occurring in the center of the
roof of the car caused by the force of gravity. So on the side
of the side come interested in the axis -x of 0.02290 mm.
And on the front is oddly deflected by 0.03212 mm toward
the -z axis
• Rear

Km/Hour
Deflection : (-y) 0,1219 mm dan (-z) 0,009806 mm

As a result of the drag on the surface of the car body
against exposure to airflow and gravity forces cause the car
Fig 13. Rear Deflection Speed 30 Km/Hour body to change shape, especially on the roof and front of the
car. Can be seen clearly in Figure 14 with a 1: 1 scale of
The same is seen in the top view. At the top, the side side comparison where there is color degradation. The shape
indicated by the arrows is participated due to the deflection change on the styled car body plate in this case is curved.
occurring on the roof of the car caused by 0.02290 mm The curved portion of the car body plate is the red colored
toward the x axis area of 0.1219 mm in the direction of growth -y, this is due
d. Speed 60 Km/Hour to the presence of gravity and 0.009806 mm in the direction
of the -z axis caused by exposure to air.
car body plate evhero with speed 60 km / h due to static load The value of the minimum security factor generated is
get result as follows: 13.67 as shown in figure 14. The car body security factor is
still categorized as safe to use. The value of the resulting
safatey factor is quite large, because the body structure is
designed not only for wind exposure, but also serves to
protect the driver during a collision. So in this case the
burden caused by wind blow must be the result of his safety
factor will be great, because the body will not be damaged by
the wind.
ICGTD - 59
• Front • Top
•
Fig 18. Top Deflection 60 Km/Hour

At the top of the side side shown by the arrows are
participated due to deflection occurring in the center of the
Fig 15. Front Deflection Speed 60 Km/Jam And on the front is oddly deflected by 0.03721 mm toward
Figure 15 shows the deflection in the hood of the car the -z axis.
that occurs on the hood of the car, so that on the side • Rear
• Right Side
Fig 16. Right Side Deflection Speed 60 Km/Hour

On the right side of the rearview mirror is de-flexed
towards the -z axis of 0.004838 mm caused by exposure to
air.
• Left Side Fig 19. Rear Deflection Speed 60 Km/Jam
The same is seen in the top view. At the top, the side side
indicated by the arrows is participated due to the deflection
occurring on the roof of the car caused by 0.02689 mm
toward the x axis.
e. Speed 100 Km/Hour
car body plate evhero with speed 100 km / h due to static
load get result as follows:
Fig 17. Right Side Speed Deflection 60 Km/Hour

ICGTD - 60
• Front
Fig 21. Front Deflection Speed 100 Km/Hour

Figure 21 shows the deflection in the hood of the car
that occurs on the hood of the car, so that on the side
• Right Side

Km/Hour
Deflection : (-y) 0,1298 mm dan (-z) 0,02714 mm
As a result of the drag on the surface of the car body

against exposure to airflow and gravity forces cause the car
body to change shape, especially on the roof and front of the
car. Can be seen in figure 20 with a 1: 1 comparison scale Fig 22. Right Side Deflection Speed 100 Km/Hour
where there is color degradation. The shape change on the
styled car body plate in this case is curved. The curved On the right side of the rearview mirror is de-flexed
portion of the car body plate is the red colored area of 0.1298 towards the -z axis of 0.01479 mm caused by exposure to air.
mm in the direction of growth -y, this is due to the force of
gravity and 0.02714 mm toward the -z axis caused by the
exposure to air. • Left Side
With the shear stress that occurs in the body of electric
cars evhero car body safety factor is still categorized as safe
to use. The value of the minimum safety factor generated
amounted to 6.817 as shown in Figure 20. The value of the
resulting safety factor is large enough, because the body
structure is designed not only for wind exposure, but also
serves to protect the driver in the event of a collision. So in
this case the burden caused by wind blow must be the result
of his safety factor will be great, because the body will not be
damaged by the wind.
Fig 23. Left Side Deflection Speed 100 Km/Hour

ICGTD - 61
• Top
Fig 24. Top Deflection Speed 100 Km/Jam Fig 26. Speed of Vehicle Vs Shear Stress
At the top of the side side shown by the arrows are Based on the resulting graphs found that the faster the
participated due to deflection occurring in the center of the vehicle the shear stress generated by the higher air exposure.
And on the front is oddly deflected by 0.03213 mm toward
the -z axis.
• Rear
Fig 27. Speed of Vehicle Vs Pressure
Based on the graph generated it is found that the faster

the vehicle the pressure generated by the higher air exposure.
Figure 25. Rear Deflection Speed 100 Km/Jam
The same is seen in the top view. At the top, the side side
indicated by the arrows is participated due to the deflection
occurring on the roof of the car caused by 0.03213 mm
toward the x axis.
f. Overall Results
Fig 28. Speed of Vehicle Vs Coefficient Drag
Based on simulation results conducted at several speeds
that are 30, 60, and 100 km/h can be reported as follows: Based on the resulting graph, it is found that the faster the
vehicle the drag coefficient generated by the higher air
TABLE 1. Results of Evhero Electric Car Evolution Car exposure.
Plate Recap
Shear
Pressure Coefficient Deeflection Safety
Stress
(Pa) Drag (mm) Factor
(Pa)
30
0,04 39,05 0,575 (-y) 0,1218 22,81
Km/Hour
60
0,17 156,28 0, 5733367 (-y) 0,1219 13,67
Km/Hour
100
0,44 434,02 0,5727801 (-y) 0,1298 6,817
Km/Hour
ICGTD - 62
Fig 29. Speed of Vehicle Vs Deflection Direction -Z REFERENCES
Based on the resulting graphs it is found that the faster

the vehicle then the deflection of the -z direction generated [1] Arsada, Robbi. 2012. Solidworks Professional. Bandung: Informatika
Bandung
due to the air exposure force is increasing.
[2] Burhani, K. 2014. Aerodinamika pada Bodi Mobil. http://proyek-
lebah.blogspot.co.id/2014/10/aerodinamika-pada-bodi-mobil.html
dilihat 15 November 2017
[3] Fauzi, Helmi. 2013. Analisis Tegangan Pada Frame Mobil Listrik
Sinisu Menggunakan Metode
[4] Elemen. Jember: Univ Jember
[5] Gunadi. 2008. Teknik Bodi Otomotif. Jakarta: Direktorat Pembinaan
SMK
[6] J. Ed Akin. 2009. Finite Element Analysis Concepts via SolidWorks.
Rice University, Houston,
[7] Texas
[8] J. Ed Akin. 2013. Solidwork Flow Simulation 2012 Tutorial. Rice
Fig 31. Speed of Vehicle Vs Deflection Direction -Y University, Houston, Texas
[9] Munson, B. R., Young, D. F., Okiishi, T. H., Mekanika Fluida, terj.
Dr. Ir. Harinaldi, Ir.
Based on the resulting graphs it is found that the faster [10] Budiarso, M.Eng. (Jakarta: Erlangga, 2003)
the vehicle the deflection direction -y generated due to the [11] Rahmat. 2011. Perancangan Dan Perhitungan Desain Rangka Dan
force of air exposure is increasing. Bodi. Kudus:Muria
[12] Rinarta, Ananta. 2012. Evaluasi Dan Perancangan Badan Kendaraan
Baru Untuk Kompetisi
[13] Shell Eco-Marathon. Bandung: ITB
[14] Popov, E.P. 1981. SI Version Mechanics Of Materials 2nd Edition.
Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall International, Inc.
[15] Setyanto, Djoko. 2009. Kaji Teoritik Dan Eksperimental Perlakuan
Dinamik Bodi Mobil
[16] Daihatsu Zebra. Bandung: ITB
[17] Victor L. Streeter, E. Benjamin Wylie. Mekanika Fluida. terj. Arko
Prijono.
[18] (Jakarta: Erlangga, 1988)
[19] Vidosic, Joseph. 1957. Machine Design Projects. Michigan: Ronald
Press Co
[20] Yamin, Muhammad. 2001. Analisis Aerodinamika Deflektor Pada
Fig 32. Speed of Vehicle Vs Safety Factor Truk Menggunakan
[21] Software Berbasis Computional Flluid Dynamic (CFD). Jakarta:
Gunadarma
Based on the resulting graphs found that the faster the
vehicle then the safety factor generated due to the voltage
that occurs decreases.
IV. CONCLUSION
At a speed of 30 km / h vehicle obtained maximum shear
stress that occurs in evhero electric car body of 0.04 Pa and a
maximum deflection of 0.1218 mm direction -y and also get
a minimum security factor greater than one that is equal to
22.81 . So it can be said at a speed of 30 km / h evhero
electric car body is safe. At a speed of 60 km / h vehicle
obtained maximum shear stress that occurs in evhero electric
car body of 0.17 Pa and deformation of 0.1219 mm -y
direction and also get a minimum security factor greater than
one that is equal to 13.67. So it can be said at a speed of 60
km / h evhero electric car body is safe. At a speed of 100 km
/ h vehicle obtained maximum shear stress that occurs on the
body of evhero electric car of 0.44 Pa and deformation of
0.1298 mm. and also get less than one security factor that is
equal to 6,817. So it can be said at a speed of 100 km / h
evhero electric car body is safe.
For the front and rear, the most attention is the front.
Because the front is part of the car that first split the wind
when the car drove in high speed. So to create a balance on
the front should be most noticed on the bumper.
ICGTD - 63
Health Examinaton Facility Design Mobile
For Elderly
Hendro Prassetiyo Arditya Ash Shidiq
Industrial Engineering Departement Industrial Engineering Departement
Bandung Bandung
prasshendro@gmail.com ardityaas@gmail.com
Arie Desrianty Lauditta Irianti

Industrial Engineering Departement Industrial Engineering Departement
Bandung Bandung
adesrianty@gmail.com lauditta.irianti@gmail.com
Abstract— The high life expectancy is one indicator of the can always be controlled so that it can be treated early by the
success of development in the health sector. The high life doctor when he has a symptom of a health disorder. There
expectancy causes the higher the number of elderly population, are six vital signs as initial parameters in the examination of
which if not handled properly will become a new problem. The the patient's health conditions in medicine such as checking
elderly population is an age group that is prone to degenerative blood pressure, body temperature, heart rate, oxygen
diseases so physical condition measurements need to be done saturation, weight, and height. Routine measurements are
routinely to be able to monitor health conditions. This is so that needed as an initial diagnosis to determine the health
the condition of the body can always be controlled so that it
condition of the body so that it can be treated early by the
can be treated early by the doctor when he has a symptom of a
doctor when he has a symptom or health disorder [1].
health disorder. The cost of a doctor's visit is expensive and the
distance to a health care center that is far away is a big At present, medical equipment and attention to improving
obstacle. The mobile health screening facility is one solution health available today for the elderly with lower middle
that can be used to monitor several elderly health parameters. economic level apparently still not getting optimal attention.
The availability of independent and mobile checking facilities Checking the health condition on a regular basis can be done
that are effective, comfortable, safe, healthy and efficient by conducting a health check directly to the doctor or doing
(ENASE) is very much needed to facilitate the elderly in the examination yourself. The cost of a doctor's visit is
conducting health checks. Therefore in this research a mobile
expensive and the distance to a health care center that is far
health facility will be designed that takes into account all the
away is a big obstacle. Examination by visiting a doctor
needs of the elderly.
requires more time and greater effort, especially for some
Keywords—Mobile Facility, Health Examination, Elderly, people who have limitations such as elderly people. Besides
Ergonomic, House of Ergonomic visiting doctors regularly, health control can also be done
independently. [2] has developed a medical device to
I. INTRODUCTION monitor patients with sound output. Medical devices that
have been developed to measure patient health parameters
The high life expectancy shows the better quality of such as height, weight, body temperature, oxygen saturation,
public health and is one indicator of the success of heart rate and blood pressure. The system developed by [2] is
development in the health sector. In line with that, the high a medical record and patient monitoring system that can be
life expectancy also causes a higher number of elderly accessed at any time by medical personnel (doctors) for the
population, which on the other hand becomes a development purpose of diagnosis and or therapy as well as knowing the
challenge, which if not handled properly will become a new patient's medical history.
problem. BPS predicts that the percentage of Indonesia's
elderly population will reach 28.8 million (11.34%). The size [3] developed a health corner design for the elderly to
of the elderly population certainly has an impact on various routinely check vital signs using medical devices that have
aspects of life, both social, economic and especially health, been designed by [2]. Health screening facilities are designed
because with increasing age, the function of the body's to bridge the elderly with medical devices so as to increase
organs will decrease both due to natural factors and due to the ease and understanding of using existing medical devices.
disease. Measurement of the physical condition of the elderly Facilities made in the form of a health corner that cannot be
on a regular basis needs to be done to be able to monitor moved so it is not flexible enough to carry out checks in
health conditions. This is so that the condition of the body several places. By looking at this condition, the development
ICGTD - 64
of mobile health screening facilities is an alternative to c. Determination of product technical specifications..
solving health services for the elderly. This paper will d. Determination of the relationship matrix
discuss the design of mobile health facilities for the elderly e. Determination of technical response.
by utilizing medical equipment that has been developed by f. Determination of technical correlation.
[2] and [3]. g. Determination of technical matrix.
h. Design and development of product concepts using
II. METHODOLOGY
morphology charts
Quality Function Deployment (QFD) is a structured i.
planning and development method that allows the
development team to clearly define customer needs and III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
expectations, and evaluate the ability of products or services There are 18 product attributes that will be questions in
systematically to meet those needs and expectations. QFD is the questionnaire. The respondents are elderly, both male
used to improve understanding of customers and to develop and female, in Panti Werda Karitas. The product attributes
products, services and processes in a more customer- can be seen in Table I
oriented way [4].
TABLE I. Product Attributes
Ergonomic Function Deployment is the development of
Quality Function Deployment (QFD) by adding new
Atr.Num. Atributes / Customer Needs
relationships between costumer needs and ergonomic
aspects of the product. This relationship will complete the
house of quality matrix form which also translates into 1. There are instruction for every facilities
ergonomic aspects [5]. Product design consists of 4 stages :
1. House of Quality 2. There are instructions for using medical devices
2. Part Deployment. There are sensors that indicate the facilities is

3.
ready or has been used
3. Process Deployment
4. Manufacturing/Production Planning 4.
There are a warning sound if the user make a
mistake when using the devices
Overall, the product design process using the EFD
method is not much different from QFD. There are 5. Free movement inside facility
differences in the first stage (House of Quality). At this
stage, the ergonomic aspect will be involved at process of 6. There are chair for user
identifying costumer needs. The ergonomics aspects
discussed include Efficient, Comfortable, Safe, Healthy and 7. The cabin interior has a warm colour
Effective [6]. Effective is the achievement of targets or 8. The floor material are strong, flat and not slippery
targets that have been determined. Comfortable is a
condition where a person is in a condition without anxiety, 9. The cabin has a good lighting
to provide a stable level of performance and free from risk. There are facilities for access into and out of the
Safe is a condition free from disaster, threats, and dangers. 10.
facility with handrail
Health is eliminating things that can cause health problems There are supporting car body to keep the vehicle
or illness and Efficient is a goal that can be achieved with a 11.
stable from any shake
low effort, cost, sacrifice.
12. Has good air circulation
This research focused on first stage (House of Quality).
The stages of this research are : 13. The facility is always cleans.
1. Determine respondent characteristic
2. Design and Preliminary Questionnaires Distribution 14. There are hand sanitizer for user
3. Questionnaires Testing, consist of validity and reliability
testing 15. Every facility are easy to understand and use
4. Design and Research Questionnaires Distribution
Every medical devices and other facility are
5. Determine House of Quality, consist of : 16.
reachable
a. Determination of product attributes using ergonomic Every instruction are readable and easy to
concepts. Product attributes are translations of customer 17.
understand
needs to facilitate the design team to determine the
characteristics of technical aspects. Users don’t need to change position much when
18.
using medical devices
b. Planning matrix. This process is the stage of
market research and strategic planning which
consists of Importance to Customer (IC), Current
Satisfaction Performance (CSP), Goal,
All questions are valid and reliable. The next step is to
Improvement Ratio (IR), Sales Point (SP), Raw
calculate the planning matrix for all the attributes that can be
Weight (RW) and Normalized Raw Weight
seen in Table II. Based on normalized raw weight, there are
(NRW).
6 attributes with the highest priority, attributes number
ICGTD - 65
1,5,8,15,16 and 17, while the attribute with the lowest TABLE III. Product Technical Spesification
priority is attribute 6. Product Technical Spesification
TABLE II. Planning Matrix Num. Metric
Metric
Atr.Num ITC CSP Goal IR SP RW NRW Rank Value
1 3 1.000 4 4.000 1.5 18.000 0.086 1 1 Type of air circulation list
2 Back chair dimensions cm
2 3 3.233 4 1.237 1.5 5.567 0.026 14
3 Base chair dimensions cm
3 3 1.000 3 3.000 1.5 13.500 0.064 7
.. ..
4 3 1.000 3 3.000 1.5 13.500 0.064 7
.. ..
5 4 1.000 3 3.000 1.5 18.000 0.086 1 .. ..
6 3 3.367 4 1.188 1.2 4.277 0.020 15 Audio volume that indicates the
90 list
examination is ready to begin
7 3 1.000 3 3.000 1.2 10.800 0.051 11
The background colour in the
8 3 1.000 4 4.000 1.5 18.000 0.086 1 91 list
medical devices instructions
9 3 3.500 4 1.143 1.2 4.114 0.020 16 The text colour in the medical
92 list
devices instructions
10 3 1.000 3 3.000 1.5 13.500 0.064 7
11 3 1.000 3 3.000 1.5 13.500 0.064 7 The design can be seen in Figure 1 and Figure 2. The
12 2 3.267 4 1.224 1.2 2.939 0.014 18 results of this research are this health facility design mobile
have applied ergonomic aspects. The effective aspect of this
13 2 3.167 4 1.263 1.2 3.032 0.014 17 design is that users are able to doing health examination
14 3 1.000 3 3.000 1.2 10.800 0.051 11
independently without the help of others. The comfortable
aspect of this design is that it does not cause anxiety to the
15 3 1.000 4 4.000 1.5 18.000 0.086 1 user so the design has a wide space and the availability of
seats and the interior has a warm colour. The safe aspect of
16 3 1.000 4 4.000 1.5 18.000 0.086 1
this design is to minimize the risk of accidents to users by
17 3 1.000 4 4.000 1.5 18.000 0.086 1 using non-slippery floor material and there is hand rail for
users. Healthy aspects of the this design are to minimize
18 4 3.533 4 1.132 1.5 6.792 0.032 13
health problem by designing good air circulation and
ensuring cleanliness in facility. The efficient aspect of this
design is easiness of using facility which shows by the
The next step is to determine the technical
availability of instruction and the placement of medical
specifications of the product for each product attribute. The
devices so the user don’t need change position much
specifications consist of a matrix and a value matrix (a unit
of technical characteristics). There are 92 technical
specifications that can be seen in Table III IV. CONCLUSIONS
After determine technical specifications, the next step is The design of health examination facility mobile for
to determine the relationship matrix, technical response and elderly have been designed to accommodate the
technical matrix which will be summarized in the House of characteristics and limitations elderly by considering aspects
Ergonomic in Table IV. The results of the HoE show that of ergonomic. Further research can be done making
based on normalized contribution, the technical prototypes to test the design result
specification with the highest priority is the placement of
use medical devices instructions. There are three technical
specifications with the lowest priority : the availability of ACKNOWLEDGMENT
hand sanitizer, dimensions of hand sanitizer and the amount
of hand sanitizer Thank you for all respondents from Panti Wreda Karitas
who have been cooperate in this research
ICGTD - 66
TABLE IV. House of Ergonomic
Availability
Customer Placement of Health
instruction of
use medical examination
Numb. Needs\Techincal sequences of ……….
device
……….
facility
NRW
Spesification use medical
instructions dimensions
devices
There are instruction 2.817 ………. 2.817 ……….

1 0.000
for every facilities 9 ………. 9 ……….
There are instruction ………. ……….
2 for order of use 0.000
………. ……….
medical device
……… ……… ……… ………. ……… ………. ……… ………
Every instruction are ………. 0.929 ……….

17 readable and easy to 0.000
………. 9 ……….
understand
Users don’t need to ………. ………. 0.909
change position much
18 0.000
when using medical ………. ………. 9
devices
Contribution 3.746 ………. 5.603 ………. 0.909 45.809
Normalized Contribution 0.0818 ………. 0.1223 ………. 0.0198 1
Prioritas 4 ………. 1 ………. 19
Fig 1. Outside View
ICGTD - 67
Fig 2. Inside View
REFERENCES
[1] Potter, P.A., and Perry, A.G., “Buku ajar fundamental keperawatan :
konsep, proses dan praktik”, Buku Kedokteran, 4th ed., Vol. 1,
Jakarta, 2005.
[2] Rachmat, H.H and Ughi, Fuad, “Perancangan dan realisasi sistem
tele-monitoring dan rekam medis kesehatan pasien penyandang tuna
netra dan usia lanjut”, Institut Teknologi Nasional, Bandung, 2016
[3] Alwania, L.K., Mutia, R., Irianti, L., Desrianty, A., and Hendro, P.,
Perancangan Pojok Kesehatan Bagi Lansia dengan Menggunakan
Metoda Ergonomic Function Deployment (EFD), Procceding Seminar
Nasional VII Manajemen dan Rekayasa Kualitas Institut Teknologi
Nasional, Bandung, 2018.
[4] Cohen , L., “Quality function deployment: how to make qfd work for
you, Addison Wesley, 1995.
[5] Damayanti, K.A., Ergonomic function deployment sebuah
pengembangan dari quality function deployment, Universitas Kristen
Pera, Surabaya., 2000.
[6] Sastrowinoto, S., “Meningkatkan produktivitas dengan ergonomi”,
Pustaka Binaman Presindo, Jakarta, 1985.
ICGTD - 68
Numerical Model on 3D Finite Element Method on
Slope Stability with Tyre Wall System
in Road Slopes Reinforcement, West Papua
1st Indra Noer Hamdhan 2nd Desti Santi Pratiwi 3rd Acep Reno Juniandri
Civil Engineering Civil Engineering Civil Engineering
Institut Teknologi Nasional Institut Teknologi Nasional Institut Teknologi Nasiona
indranh@itenas.ac.id destisantipratiwi@itenas.ac.id acepreno996@gmail.com
Abstract— Landslide on slopes is one of the many is central to applying slope stability principles properly.
geotechnical problems found. Landslide can be caused by Analysis must be based upon a model that accurantely
several things, such as loss of shear strength on the ground or represent site subsurface conditions, ground behavior, and
shear stress that occurs very large. There have been several applied loads. Judgements regarding acceptable risk or safety
attempts to handle landslide on slopes, such as by changing the factors must be made to assess the results of analyses
geometry and reinforcement of the slope. In this research (Abramson et al, 2002).
activity, a study will be conducted on the behavior and
performance of used tires as a retaining wall. Used tires are In general, slopes can be formed naturally and can also
one of the many wastes found in Indonesia, so that the use of be made by humans (SNI 8460: 2017):
used tires can have a positive impact on the environment and
construction sector. Analysis was carried out on one of the  Natural slopes, namely slopes formed due to natural
slopes on the road in West Papua with numerical analysis processes (erosion, tectonic movements) and there
using PLAXIS 3D. The result of analysis shows that there is an is a tendency to slip due to own weight and external
optimum height in the installation of used tires, so as to forces held by the shear strength of the soil.
increase the safety factor value up to 100%.
 Excavated slopes, ie slopes made by cutting native
Keywords—landslide, reinforcement, used tires, numeric soil, for example for making roads or waterways for
irrigation purposes.
I. INTRODUCTION
 Embankment slopes, i.e. slopes made from
Research on the application of used tires for construction compacted soil, as embankments for roads or dams.
has begun in the last few years in countries such as America,
Australia and Europe (Long, 1996). According to Dickson B. Landslide
(2001), there are more than 500 million tires (5.5 million When a slope fails, it is often called a landslide or a slope
tons) produced in the United States and 270 million (3 failure. Several classification methods and system have been
million tons) more are produced each year. About 30% of the proposed for landslides. Landslides occur in fill slopes as
tires produced will be dumped in landfills and thousands of well as in natural cut slopes. The degree of compaction of fill
the remaining tires will be dumped in an empty land and slopes may have considerable influence on the speed of
even dumped illegally. Therefore, it is necessary to use used movement. Some basic and multiple types of mass
tires so that they can be used and converted to other uses. movement on clay slopes are shown in Figure 1 (Abramsom
The use of used tires can be used in construction such as et al, 2002).
dykes, retaining walls and erosion control (RMA, 2007).
Slope failures are often by processes that increase shear
Utilization of used tires as reinforcement of the slope will stresses or decrease shear strengths of the soil mass. The
be very useful in areas that generally often occur landslides factors that cause increases of shear stress in slopes Highway
on the slope. Tire wall is an alternative to handling Research Board (1978) are (Abramsom et al, 2002):
landslides, which is using used tires as additional retaining 1) Removal of support
force on the slope. a) Erosion
In this research activity, a study will be conducted on the  By streams and rivers
behavior and performance of used tires as a retaining wall.  By glaciers
Evaluation of slope stability with used tire reinforcement is  By action of waves or marine currents
done using finite element-based software, namely PLAXIS  By successive wetting and drying (e.g., winds,
3D. freesing)
II. STUDY OF LITERATURE b) Natural slope movements (e.g., falls, slides,
settlements)
A. Slope c) Human activity
First, confirm that you have the correct template for your  Cuts and excavations
An understanding of geology, hydrology, and soil properties
 Removal of retaining walls or sheetpiles
ICGTD - 69
 Drawdown of bodies of water (e.g., lakes, Processes that most commonly cause a decrease in the
lagoons) shear strength of slope materials by Highway Research
2) Overloading Board (1978) are (Abramsom et al, 2002):
a) By natural causes 1) Factors inherent in the nature of the materials
 Weight of precipitation (e.g., rains, snow) a) Composition
 Accumulation of materials because of past b) Structure
landslides c) Secondary or inherited structures
b) By human activity d) Stratification
 Construction of fill 2) Changes caused by weathering and physiochemical
 Buildings and other overloads at the crest activity
 Water leakage in culverts, water pipes, and a) Wetting and drying processes
sewers
b) Hydration
3) Transitory effects (e.g., earthquakes)
4) Removal of underlying materials that provided c) Removal of cementing agents
support 3) Effect of pore pressures
a) By rivers or seas 4) Changes in structure
b) By weathering a) Stress release
c) By underground erosion due to seepage (piping), b) Structural degradation
solvent agents, ets. C. Slope Stability using Tyre Wall
d) By human activity (excavation or mining) A tire is composed of rubber or polymer material
e) By loss of strength of the underlying material strongly reinforced with synthetic fibres and high-strength
5) Increase in lateral pressure steel which produces a material having unique properties
such as very high tensile strength, flexibility, resiliency, and
a) By water in cracks and fissures
high frictional resistance. Its mechanical properties remain
b) By freesing of the water in the cracks available even after its ordinary life as a car wheel element
c) By expansion of clays has expired. These unique material properties can be
exploited to construct reinforced retaining walls and
earthfills. If layers of tires, side by side, are tied together to
make a mat, filler with soil, and then placed in successive
layers, the resulting structure can be used as a retaining wall
or reinforced slope and can provide a practical alternative for
the use of this waste (Garga and O’Shaughnessy, 2000).
Tires are fabricated with vulcanized rubber that contains
reinforcing textile cords, high-strenth steel or fabric belts,
and a high-strength steel wire reinforcing bead. The different
components of a radial tire are presented in Figure 2 (Garga
and O’Shaughnessy, 2000). Tires are composed of polymeric
materials, mainly vulcanized rubber, and therefore are
usually not susceptible to corrosion. However, initial
mechanical properties of the tire material may be altered due
to physical-chemical aging, UV radiation, creep, and damage
occurring during construction (Garga and O’Shaughnessy,
2000).
Fig. 2. The different components of a radial tire (Garga and

O’Shaughnessy, 2000)
The use of tire as earthfill reinforcement is not new.

Fig. 1. Types of movement in clay slopes (Skempton and Hutchinson, Many tire structures have been constructed in other
1969) countries, e.g., US, Brazil, Switzerland, France, and
ICGTD - 70
Germany (Garga and O’Shaughnessy, 2000). Tire-soil- Fig. 4. Structure of a typical radial car tyre (Cooper Tire and Rubber
reinforced structures have numerous civil engineering Company, 2019)
applications, including retaining walls, reinforced slopes,
light weight fill, energy dissipators, sound barriers, slope or E. Mohr-Coulomb Model
river protection, and many other potential applications The Mohr-Coulomb yield condition is an extension of
(Garga and O’Shaughnessy, 2000). Coulomb’s friction law to general states of stress. In fact, this
condition ensures that Coulomb’s friction law is obeyed in
any plane wuthun a material element. The two plastic model
parameters appearing in the yield functions are the well-
known friction angle φ and the cohesion c. The plastic
potential functions contain a third plasticity parameter, the
dilatancy angle ψ (Brinkgreve et al, 2017).
The linear elastic perfectly-plastic Mohr Coulomb model
requires a total of five parameters, which are generally
familiar to most geotechnical engineers and which can be
obtained from basic tests on soil sample. These parameters
with their standard units are E (Young’s modulus), υ
Fig. 3. General structure of tyre wall system for slope stability (poisson’s ratio), c (cohesion), φ (friction angle), and ψ
(Belabdelouhab and Kebaili, 2015).
(dilatancy angle). A more general representation of the yield
criterion is shown in Figure 5 (Brinkgreve et al, 2017).
D. Tyre Properties
Tyre are thought by many to be mostly made of rubber.
They are in fact a complex combination of metals, minerals
and hydrocarbons. Of the many constituent materials that go
into making a tyre, the principle ingredient is indeed rubber
(HR Wallingford, 2005). Rubber constitutes approximately
30 percent of a tyre by weight with the remainder made up
from other constituents including steel, nylon, polyester,
rayon, carbon black, fiberglass, aramid and brass (Sonti et al,
2000).
Tyres are designed for specific uses and therefore can be
found in a wide range of different size shapes and forms.
However there are four main components common to most
designs (HR Wallingford, 2005). These are (Ilustrated in
Figure 4):
 The tyre ‘Tread’, the area of the tyre in contact with
the ground providing traction Fig. 5. Failure surface in principal stress space for cohesionless soil
(Brinkgreve et al, 2017)
 The ‘Sidewall’, which provides the shock
absorsing/ cushioning capabilities of the tyre and III. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
transfers the loads associated with steering,
acceleration and braking A. Data Collection
The research and analysis of slope stability with tyre wall
 The ‘Bead’, made of high tensile steel fibre reinforcement, the existing condition have a critical safety
wrapped in woven rubberized textile which factor value, with soil parameters presented in Table 1. The
reinforces the interface between the wheel rim and parameters of tyre, tensile strength testing is done with the
the tyre tested material totaling 4 sample as shown in Table 1.
 ‘Reinforcing cords’, twisted fibres or filaments of
TABLE I. SOIL PARAMETERS
nylon, rayon, polyester or steel that provide strength
and stability. Material
ϒ sat ϒ unsat C ϕ E
ѵ
(N/m3) (kN/m3) (kN/m3) (°) (kN/m2)
Layer 1 16 17 6 12 7500 0,3
Layer 2 16 17 11 27 15000 0,3
Layer 3 17 18 20 5 7000 0,3
Layer 4 17 18 25 10 25000 0,3
Layer 5 17 18,5 5 30 15000 0,3
Layer 6 17 18,5 5 30 15000 0,3
Layer 7 18 19 35 5 50000 0,3
Backfill 17 16 10 30 15000 0,3
ICGTD - 71
TABLE II. RESULT OF TENSILE STRENGTH TESTING IV. RESULT OF ANALYSIS
Width Thick Rm Elongasition (ɛ) The slope stability analysis was carried out using the
Sample
(mm) (mm) (N/mm2) (%)
PLAXIS 3D program on the slopes in Ayawasi-Ayamwaru
1 30 12 10,7 12,50
road section of Maybat Regency, West Papua with a slope of
2 40 12 9,8 11,36
the tyre wall is 1V: 1H. The results obtained in the form is
3 45 12 9,3 9,09 the safety factor value and the landslide area, in conditions
4 30 12 13,8 11,90 without tyre wall as shown in Figure 8.
Average 30 15000
From the results of the analysis show an increase of the
B. Model Analysis safety factor value on the slopes with tyre wall
reinforcement, but not entirely the case at any number of
Slope analysis using tire wall reinforcement was carried stacks of tires (Table III). The most optimum increase in the
out using the PLAXIS 2D 2017 Program with the location of value of the safety factor occurs in the number of stack is 5th
case study is Ayawasi-Ayamwaru road section of Maybat
tire as shown in Figure 9(a), while Figure 9(b) shows the
Regency, West Papua. The results of the analysis is a value of the safety factor after the tire wall has been
percentage increase of the safety factor value and presented
completely installed.
in the form of tables and curves as well as the landslide area
that occurs on the slope.
Slope stability analysis using tire reinforcement or tire
walls is carried out on the slope of 1V: 1H with 3 different
tire placement configurations as shown in Fig.7. The
configuration of used tire placement in this case study is
done by treating used tire placement like geogrids, and the
slope of the tire wall is 1V: 1H
Fig. 6. Slope geometry in PLAXIS 3D Program SF = 1.225
Fig. 8. Existing slope geometry and safety factor value
Configuration 1 SF = 2.45
Layer 5
Tyre wall 1V : 1H
(a)
Configuration 1
SF = 2,12
Layer 7
Tyre wall 1V : 1H
(b)
Fig. 9. Tyre palcement configuration 1
Configuration 1
Fig. 7. Tyre palcement configuration
ICGTD - 72
Safety Factor
Stage Configuration
1 2 3
Δ 2(%) 29.402 38.632 38.291
SF = 2.42
Layer 5 Δ 3(%) 46.667 44.872 43.419
Tyre wall 1V : 1H Δ 4(%) 74.701 86.154 81.453
Δ 5(%) 109.658 107.009 107.094

(a)
Δ 6(%) 103.846 103.761 103.333
Δ 7(%) 81.197 75.726 69.402
SF = 2,06
Layer 7
Tyre wall 1V : 1H
(b)
Fig. 10. Tyre palcement configuration 2
Fig. 12. Percentage increase in SF value
V. CONCLUSION
Based on the results of the analysis for slope stability
SF = 2.42 with tyre wall reinforcement using the PLAXIS 3D 2017
Layer 5 program can be concluded as follows:
Tyre wall 1V : 1H
(a)  The use of tires with fill soil material as
reinforcement on slopes can increase stability.
 In the case study analysis the most optimum
increase occurred in the 5th layer for configuration
1 is 109.658%, configuration 2 is 107% and for the
configuration 3 is 107.094%.
SF = 1.81  The increase of the safety factor value that occurs is
Layer 7
Tyre wall 1V : 1H
influenced by the configuration of tire placement,
the quantity of tires and the slope of the tire wall.
(b)
 Slope reinforcement using tires wall must be
Fig. 11. Tyre palcement configuration 3 avoided from water in the embankment area to
prevent the saturation process of the embankment
TABLE III. RESULT OF TENSILE STRENGTH TESTING material.
Safety Factor  Slope reinforcement using tires is more appropriate
Stage Configuration to be applied on slopes with shallow landslide
1 2 3 potential, because reinforcement using tires does
not cut the slip area that occurs.
Initial (Existing) 1.225 1.225 1.225
 The use of tires in the country for reinforcement
1 Layer ban 1.363 1.414 1.408
slopes can help reduce the waste disposal of tires, as
2 Layer ban 1.514 1.622 1.618 well as being one of the efforts to utilize waste
materials for construction purposes.
3 Layer ban 1.716 1.695 1.678
4 Layer ban 2.044 2.178 2.123 REFERENCES

5 Layer ban 2.453 2.422 2.423
[1] Abramsom, L. W., Lee, T. S., Sharma, S., & Boyce, G. M. (2002).
6 Layer ban 2.385 2.384 2.379 Slope Stability and Stabilization Methods. New York: John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.
7 Layer ban 2.12 2.056 1.982 [2] Badan Standarisasi Nasional (BSN). (). Persyaratan Perancangan
Δ 1(%) 16.496 20.855 20.342 Geoteknik. Jakarta, Indonesia: SNI 8460:2017.
ICGTD - 73
[3] Belabdclouhab, F. N. K. (2015). Large Scale Experiment Slope [8] Highway Research Board. (1978). Landslides and Engineering
Stability of Soil Tyre In Mostaganem. International Conference on Practice. Washington DC: E.B.Eckel, Ed.
Technologies and Material For Renewable Energy, Environtment and [9] HR. Wallingford. (2005). Sustainable Re-use of Tyre in Port, Coastal
Suistainable. Algeria: TMREES15. and River Engineering.
[4] Bringkgreve RBJ. et al, R. ( 2017). Material Model. Netherland: [10] Long, NT 1993. Le pneusol: recherche–réalisations–perspectives.
PLAXIS. Thèse de Doctorat, Institut National des Science Appliquées de Lyon.
[5] Cooper Tire and Rubber Company 2004, Construction of a Tire . France: Lyon
http://www.coopertires.com/us/en/information/info-construction.asp. [11] RMA. (2007). The Use of Scrap Tires in Civil Engineering
Accessed 28/06/2019 Application. Rubber Manufacturers Association, Washington D.C.
[6] Dickson, TH 2001, Prototype Tire Shred Embankment Construction [12] Skempton, A., & J.N, J. H. (1969). Stability of Natural Slopes and
Transportation Research Record 1775, TRB . National Research Embankment Foundations. 7th Internastional Conference in Soil
Council, 160-167 Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. Mexico City, 291-340.
[7] Garga, VK, & O'Shaughnessy, V 2000, Tire-reinforced earthfill. Part
1: Construction of a Test Fil, Perfomance, and Retaining Wall
Design. Canadian Geotechnical Journal, 37, 75-96
ICGTD - 74
Regional simulation of surface ozone over
Southeast Asia
Nguyen Thi Kim Oanh Didin Agustian Permadi
Environmental Engineering and Environmental Engineering
Management Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung
Asian Institute of Technology (AIT) (ITENAS)
Khlong Luang, Thailand Bandung, Indonesia
kimoanh@ait.ac.th didin@itenas.ac.id
Abstract— Surface ozone pollution in Southeast Asian available for regional ozone simulation but mainly used the
(SEA) big cities is in an increasing trend which is due to local global emission inventory data with the coarse resolution. In
ozone precursor emission build-up and favorable addition, the maritime region of Indonesia was not included
meteorological conditions. Regional simulation of ozone in SEA in the study domain. In this study, new emission inventory
was done using weather research forecast (WRF) model (EI) for three countries in SEA namely Thailand, Indonesia
coupled with CHIMERE chemistry transport model to and Cambodia was developed [5]. Regional simulation of
understand the effect of the local emission as well as long-range surface ozone was conducted for 1 year (2007) for SEA
transport of precursor emissions. In this study, emission
domain utilizing the newly developed EI. In this paper,
inventory of ozone precursors was done in 3 (three) SEA
modelling result evaluation was done using the monitoring
countries (i.e. Thailand, Indonesia, and Cambodia) while
emissions for other countries in the domain were taken from
data available for two Global Atmospheric Watch (GAW)
the available on-line source. Simulation was done for the whole stations to represent the background condition.
year of 2007 and the results were evaluated using the
II. METHODOLOGY
observation data taken from 2 (two) global atmospheric watch
(GAW) remote stations of Bukit Kototabang and Danum
Valley. Evaluation results showed that model seemed to be able
to capture day to day and seasonal variations shown in the SEA EI was developed based on the previous work covering
observation data from both stations. However, emission of biomass open burning and fossil fuel
underestimation result was clearly seen in Danum Valley combustion [5]. Sources of EI compilation used in this study
station which was due to the ozone chemistry and inaccurate is detailed in Table 1.
estimation of the biogenic emission. Both areas are well known
to be prone to the biomass open burning effects particularly An important step is to conduct VOC speciation since some
forest fire and seasonal variation of ozone during the haze Chemical Transport Model (CTM) requires specific
period was successfully predicted by the model. Further, ozone speciation correlated to the available chemistry mechanisms
simulation results should be evaluated at the urban areas using
provided for each model. For the EI dataset produced for
the available automatic monitoring stations managed by the
Thailand, Indonesia and Cambodia, the following VOC
governments. source profiles data sources are presented. [6] reported VOC
source profiles for gasoline and solvent vapor, foodstalls
Keywords—ozone, simulation, WRF-CHIMERE, GAW,
evaluation cooking, landfill evaporation, exhausts from gasoline and
diesel vehicle, boilers and biomass open burning in
I. INTRODUCTION Thailand. However, there were high portion of unknown
Ground-level ozone pollution has been recognized as a NHMCs reported in the studies [7].For biomass open
global threat for human health and ecosystem [1]. burning (crop residue OB and forest fire), VOC speciation
Tropospheric ozone burden increased by 40% from 1850 to values reported in [8] were used, while more complete on-
the present day due to anthropogenic activities. More road transport emission profiles were taken from Hong
recently, global tropospheric ozone monitored by satellite Kong study [9]. For solvent use, the data were taken from
shows an increasing trend during last decade [2]. In Asia, the [10], while for other sectors, speciation profiles were taken
most dynamic economical region in the world, the from [11] and SPECIATE database. The “raw” VOCs were
development leads to the increase of ground-level ozone then converted first to SAPRC the Statewide Air Pollution
concentration caused by the increase of the precursor Research Center (SAPRC) species using the molar ratio
emissions especially in China and India [3]. Therefore, (aggregation factor) [12].
urgent action is required to combat this ozone pollution.
However, it is greatly a challenge to mitigate surface ozone
due to non-linier relationship and complex photochemistry
for the formation of ozone [4]. One important tool to help in
formulating the mitigation strategy is photochemical smog
model. For Southeast Asia (SEA), limited studies are
ICGTD - 75
TABLE 1. Emission Data Sources for the rest of Countries
in the Domain for Base Year of 2007 (except Indonesia,
Thailand, and Cambodia)
Sources Species includeda Jan-Apr
SO2 NOx CO VOC PM10 PM2.5 BC OC CO2 CH4 N2 O
Power
generation
Industry
Residential
CGRER (2006)b EDGAR
Transportation
(2005)c
Biomass open Forest fire emission data were taken from Song et al. (2009) dataset
burningd while crop residue OB data were taken from GFED3 for 2007
Biogenic Calculated by MEGAN model in CHIMERE for 2007
emissione
a For Indonesia, Thailand and Cambodia emission data were taken

from the EI conducted in this study for base year of 2007
b
For Myanmar, Lao PDR, Phillipines,Vietnam, Malaysia and
Southern part of China with VOC speciation following SAPRC
(base year of 2006 with resolution of 0.5° x 0.5°)
c For Myanmar, Lao PDR, Phillipines, Vietnam, Malaysia and
Southern part of China with resolution of 0.5° x 0.5° for base year
of 2007 May-Aug
d
For Myanmar, Lao PDR, Phillipines, Vietnam, Malaysia and
Southern part of China with resolution of 500m (Song et al., 2009)
and 0.5° x 0.5° (GFED3) for base year of 2007
e Calculated for all countries included in the domain for the base
year of 2007.
From SAPRC species the emissions were then converted

to MELCHIOR (CHIMERE) species which consists of
around 33 species using aggregation factors from Middleton
(1990). CHIMERE and weather research forecast (WRF)
meteorological model detail set-up as well as the domain is
presented in [5]. Simulation was done for 1 (one) year
starting from 1st January – 31st December 2007.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
Figure 1 presents the spatial distribution of 4 months
(Jan-Apr, May-Aug, and Sept-Dec) average of ozone over
the modelling domain for the base year of 2007. Typical Sept - Oct
pattern of spatial distribution was observed for O3
concentrations. Higher concentrations over the higher
altitude were observed during the period of J-A and S-D
while lower concentrations were observed during the period
of M-A. Note, that in the area close and near to the equator
line, high ozone concentrations were high throughout the
year. This particularly implied that the photochemical
production was very high in the particular areas with
relatively high temperature and solar radiation throughout the
year. Urban plumes from the SEA big cities were also well
captured.
Ozone concentrations at background sites of the GAW
station at two stations (Bukit Kotatabang, Indonesia and
Danum Valley, Malaysia) were included in the comparison.
The time series of hourly simulated ozone concentrations as
compared to the measurements at Bukit Kotatabang and
Fig 1. Spatial distribution of ozone for the period of January
Danum Valley GAW sites are presented in Figure 2. Model
results seemed to have acceptable magnitude as compared to – April (Jan-Apr), May – August (May-Aug) and September
– December (Sept-Dec) 2007
the measurement at the Bukit Kotatabang site while in
another site the model results were well above the Monthly average modelled ozone was compared with the
observation. These discrepancies may come from inaccurate observation in Figure 3. It is obvious that the model was able
EI which seemed to have too much NOx emission than it to capture the monthly variations of ozone as measured.
should be thus the simulation results elevated above the However, the magnitude was well above the monthly
observation. average observation at the two sites. The finding was
consistent with the previous comparison of the hourly ozone.
ICGTD - 76
Statistical evaluation should be further conducted to quantify IV. CONCLUSION
the Mean Bias (MB), Root Mean Square Error (RMSE) and
Mean Normalized Bias Error (MNBE). Further, the
A CHIMERE/WRF model was used to simulate ground-
comparison should be also done with the observation at the
level ozone over the SEA domain. Simulation results showed
available urban sites in the domain.
that higher concentrations over the higher altitude were
observed during the period of Jan-Apr and Sept-Dec while
lower concentrations were observed during the period of
May-Aug. In the areas that are close to the equator line, high
ozone concentrations were high throughout the year.
Comparison with the observation data measured at two
GAW stations showed an overestimation while the seasonal
variations were well captured by the model. Urban plumes
from SEA and southern China big cities were seen in the
modelling results. The results suggested more detail
statistical analysis to be done in the near future. Modelling
results should be also compared with the urban site
monitoring to see the effect of NOx titration in the areas.
Comparison with the total ozone column observation may be
useful to evaluate the spatial distribution of ozone over the
domain.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Ministry of Foreign Affairs of France is highly

Fig 2. Time series of modelled vs observed ozone at two acknowledged for funding support through the SDCC-
GAW stations AIT/France partnerships. PEER USAID is also thanked for
the partial funding during for the successful accomplishment
of the project.
REFERENCES
[1] Young PJ, Archibald AT, Bowman KW, Lamarque JF, et al 2013
Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics 13 203-260.
[2] Cooper O, and Ziemke, J 2015 Bull. Amer. Meteor. Soc., in-preparation
[3] Granier C, Bessagnet B, Bond T, et al 2011 Climatic Change 109 163-
190.
[4] Kim Oanh NT, and Permadi DA 2009 ILM Publications, a trading
division of ILM Holdings, Ltd.
[5] Permadi DA, Kim Oanh NT, Vautard R 2018 Atmospheric Chemistry
and Physics. 18 2725-2747.
[6] Suwattiga P, and Limpaseni W, 2005 Science Asia 31, 395–401.
[7] Zhang B, 2002 Doctoral Dissertation, Asian Institute of Technology
(AIT), Thailand.
[8] Andreae MO and Merlet P, 2001 Global Biogeochem. Cycles 15 955–
966.
[9] Ho SSH, Ho KF, Lee SC, et al. 2012 Journal of the Air & Waste
Management Association 62, 221-234.
[10] Yuan B, Shao Min, Lu S, and Wang B, 2010 Atmospheric
Environment 44 1919-1926.
Fig 3. Comparison between monthly average modelled [11] Battye W, and Harris J, 2005 Technical report: Improving Modeling
Inventory Data: Speciation Profiles, EC/R Incorporated, Chapel-Hill.
ozone and observed ozone at two stations [12] Carter WPL, 2008 2nd International Conference on Atmospheric
Chemical Mechanisms, Davis, CA, December 9-12, 2008. .
ICGTD - 77
Cymbalum Musical Instrument Design By Using
Wasted Cans As Main Material
Agung Pramudya Wijaya
Product Design Department
National Institute of Technology
Bandung, Indonesia
agung@itenas.ac.id
Abstract— Human activities in their daily lives have work of art, including works of alternative musical
produced a lot of waste. One type of waste that is instruments.
widely produced and easily found around our living
environment is metal cans from food and beverage The author is interested in treating waste to make it
packaging. Wasted cans that used only in the form of more useful and has more value. During this time the
trash that is considered worthless, through a sense of author has been active and focused on processing waste
taste and creativity turn into an extraordinary work into works of art and design, which during the process
of art, including works of alternative musical can not be separated from experiments and creative
instruments; they become a musical instrument processes. The author has made many home decor
called Cymbalum. This activity is an effort to recycle products from waste glass bottles in the form of lamps,
cans, especially used cans, to be used as an alternative flower vases, flower pots, stationery, aroma therapy
musical instrument. The original Cymbalum musical stoves, ashtrays, and containers. The author has also
instrument is a typical musical instrument from done his research and designed several musical
Hungary which is played by being hit. There are a instruments made from glass bottle waste and has held
number of artists from various countries who make musical performances using musical instruments made
use of used these tin cans made into Cymbalum from the wasted glasss bottles.
musical instruments with different sound
characteristics from the original Cymbalum. This The original Cymbalum instrument is a typical
research was carried out by means of musical instrument from Hungary. Cymbalum musical
experimentation using the theory of creativity with instruments are played by hitting strings which are
the method of direct experimentation, namely the stretched with different thicknesses and lengths of
manufacture of Cymbalum musical instruments strings, as well as with different strings resulting in
made from wasted cans as had been made by other varying pitch sounds. This Cymbalum musical
artists. After the testing process, the advantages and instrument has a very distinctive and very beautiful
disadvantages will be analyzed and studied, and the sound.
author will apply the idea by adding a
resonator/resonance chamber that aim to produce Through various media, the author has obtained
Cymbalum musical instruments made from wasted information about several artists in foreign countries who
cans with a relatively better sound quality than have made Cymbalum musical instruments using wasted
before. cans. From some video shows on the internet, it was
shown that the Cymbalum musical instrument playing
Keywords: creativity, recycling, waste, wasted cans, from wasted cans can not use a resonator/resonance
musical instruments, cymbalum chamber as a sound reservoir. Resonator/resonance
chamber is an air chamber that captures sound vibrations
and makes the sound longer and louder without an
I. INTRODUCTION electric amplifier. Example of resonators / resonance
The condition of our natural environment which is chambers that are most easily encountered is the acoustic
increasingly polluted by waste generated by human guitar. The acoustic guitar has a resonant chamber in the
everyday became the inspiration to conduct this research. form of a hollow body that has air space, through a
One type of waste that is widely produced and easily vibration hole the guitar strings are captured and entered
found around our lives is used tin can waste, which the the resonance chamber so that it can produce relatively
author chose as material for the design of this Cymbalum loud sound. The author has a new idea to be applied in
musical instrument. Wasted cans that used only in the this research, which is to make the body of this musical
form of trash that is considered worthless, through a instrument as a resonator/acoustic resonance chamber to
sense of taste and creativity turn into an extraordinary produce a relatively better sound quality, which is to
ICGTD - 78
produce sound with longer, flatter and more balanced 4. Design Validation
waves. At this stage, the design will be consulted with those who are
considered to have expertise in the related field.
5. Product Testing (Initial Prototype)

The initial prototype that has been made before will be tested
by operationalized/played to find out the shortcomings to be
fixed later
6. Product Usage Trial (Prototype continued)

After the shortcomings of the previous stage are corrected,
this stage is testing on an advanced prototype by playing and
analyzing the results. If in Step 6 the product being tested
already does not need to be repaired, then the final prototype
will be made.
Fig 1. Example of Cymbalum musical instrument made from wasted
cans without a resonator that was made by other artists
7. Making the Final Prototype
At this stage the authors make the final process by making
the final prototype of an acoustic Cymbalum musical
II. METHODOLOGY instrument made from wasted cans. The prototype was made
The author will examine the problem using the in the acoustic guitar industry with a home industry scale
Research and Development method which is a research
method to produce a product and test the effectiveness of the III. RESULT
product (Sugiyono, 2008: 297). The method used by
Sugiyono will go through ten stages which are longitudinal Referring to the stage of research implementation, after
research. Considering that the research that will be carried out completing the stage of formulation of potential and problems
takes a maximum of seven months, the author will adjust the as well as data collection and analysis, the author will carry
time to make it into the seven stages of this design process, out a product design process based on the exploration of
with the following details: wasted cans materials. In this study the author will develop
things that already exist in Cymbalum made from wasted
1. Potential and Problems cans that have been made, then in this process the initial stage
A research can depart from the existence of potential, in this is to mimic the existing Cymbalum cans, henceforth will be
case the potential of waste raw materials that have the carried out a process of testing and analyzing the aspects that
opportunity to be made into an alternative musical instrument are made can be further developed. In this case the author will
through a research process. The problem is a contradiction conduct a trial and analyze the sound system that has been
between what is expected and what is happening. The produced by the Cymbalum that has already existed; which
problem in this research is that there is still a lot of does not use the acoustic resonance space, as will be
wasted/used goods that have not been used optimally as raw developed by the author. After completing the trial and
materials in making an art work, even though wasted/used analysis, several parameters that can be used as a foundation
goods have a great potential to become extraordinary works in the design process will be obtained, where the final result
of art. of this research is the prototype of an acoustic Cymbalum
musical instrument that uses wasted cans materials.
2. Data Collection
At this stage the author will carry out the process of collecting
data related to Cymbalum musical instruments made from
wasted cans that have been made by other artists who do not
use resonators/resonance chambers, with observation
techniques and interview those who are experts in making
acoustic musical instruments. These observations and
interviews will produce data which will then be analyzed to
be used as a gauge in the design of Cymbalum musical
instrument designs made from wasted cans with a new design
idea that will use a resonator/resonance chamber.
3. Product Design Based on Used Goods Exploration

After obtaining the results of the second stage, then will head
with the process of designing Cymbalum musical instrument
products made from wasted cans that will utilize the
resonance chamber to produce a relatively better sound
quality. Fig 2, Acoustic Cymbalum musical instrument made from wasted cans by
using a resonator/resonance chamber, as the results of this research
ICGTD - 79
ACKNOWLEDGMENT [3] Poerwadarminta, W. J. S, Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia. Jakarta:
Balai Pustaka, 1976
[4] Hutari, Rossana, “Kreativitas anak”, dari artikel:
The author would like to thank Mr. Yosefat Wenardi as http://rossanahutari.blogspot.co.id/2011/10/krativitas-anak-html, 2011
the owner of the Secco acoustic guitar industry who has [5] Koentjaraningrat, “Pengantar antropologi I”, Jakarta: Penerbit Rineka
been a consultant during this research. Cipta, 2005
[6] Parker, Dewitt, “The principles of eesthethics”, Project Gutenberg,
(EBook #6366), 1920
REFERENCES [7] Rachmawati, Yeni dan Euis Kurniati, “Strategi pengembangan
kreativitas pada anak”, Jakarta: Penerbit Kencana, 2010
[8] Triyono, Bambang, “Musik dari onggokan sampah”, hal. 94, dari
[1] Anggana, Rizka Dwipa, “Sampah B3 (Bahan Berbahaya dan Beracun) artikel Majalah Warisan Indonesia Vol. 1 No.4, 2011
rumah tangga”. dari artikel:
http://banksampahmelatibersih.blogspot.co.id/2013/sampah-b3-
bahan-berbahaya-dan-beracun.html?m=1, 2013.
[2] Duckworth, William, “Talking music”, New York: Schirmer Books,
1995
ICGTD - 80
Mapping the Potential of Green Economic
Development Jakarta City
Based On Green GRDP
Edi Wahyu Wibowo Minggu
Politeknik LP3I Jakarta Politeknik LP3I Jakarta
Abstract—Environmental problems in the city of

Jakarta such as loss of agricultural land, environmental One alternative to solving urban problems developing in
pollution, increased air temperature, low air quality, Indonesia is to apply the concept of Green City as part of the
impacts on water quality and quantity, impacts on process of urban development and rejuvenation. According
public and social health need to be anticipated by to Ernawi (2012) the concept of a green city has a strategic
applying Green GRDP as a basis for measuring the meaning because it is motivated by several factors,
economy. In 2016 the value of Green GRDP was 99.69% including the rapid growth of the city and its implications
or 0.31% smaller than conventional / brown GRDP, for the emergence of various urban problems such as
while in 2017 the value of Green GRDP was 99.70% or congestion, flooding, slums, social inequality, and reduced
0.30% smaller than conventional / brown GRDP. The area of green open space (Ratnasari , 2015).
results of the potential mapping in the Province of DKI
Jakarta obtained the transportation sector, Many problems in the city of Jakarta still need to be solved,
accommodation providers, communication information, especially the problem of environmental pollution. If
financial services & insurance, company services, other environmental problems are resolved then sustainable
services have fast growth in the economy of the Province economic development is created. Green GDP / GRDP is a
of DKI Jakarta and have better competitiveness continuation of GDP / GRDP calculation by entering the
compared to other regions in Indonesia. Whereas the value of changes in reserves of natural resources and the
manufacturing, electricity & gas, real estate and quality of the environment. Green GDP / GRDP itself must
wholesale & retail trade sectors are sectors that can only be used by the central and regional governments to:
be enhanced in the scope of DKI Jakarta Province. 1. Provide a direction for development planning and
While the Agriculture, Mining, Water Supply, Waste & more sustainable economic growth.
Waste Management, Government Administration and 2. Provide a more precise picture of the results of
Education Services sectors have no role in advancing the development
economy of the Province of DKI Jakarta and in 3. Measure development performance based on
Indonesia. Finally, the Construction and Health & Social environmental considerations.
Services sector is a sector that has fast growth in the 4. Decision making on the use and conservation of
economy of the Province of DKI Jakarta, but has less natural resources and the environment.
competitiveness compared to other regions in Indonesia.
1. Green City
Keywords— Green City, Green Economy, Green GDP The concept of a green city in Indonesia was formulated in
the Green Cities Development Program (P2KH). According
to the Ministry of Public Works (2011) the Green City
I. INTRODUCTION Development Program (P2KH) is one of the steps of the
City development is an unavoidable thing and one of the Central Government together with the provincial and city /
crucial things that affects it is accessibility (Putri and Zain, district governments in fulfilling the provisions of the
2010) in (Ratnasari, 2015). Open accessibility to and from Spatial Planning Law, especially related to the fulfillment of
the city encourages people to migrate in search of a more urban Green Open Space. Based on Inmendagri No. 14 of
decent life. The more densely populated the city the lower 1988, the understanding of urban Green Open Space is open
the quality of the environment (Todaro and Smith, 2006) in space within a city or a wider area, both in the form of
(Ratnasari, 2015), or when the population growth in the city regional areas and in the form of elongated areas or
population has exceeded the carrying capacity of the pathways where their use is more open, basically without
environment. Development of urban infrastructure to buildings (Ratnasari, 2015 ). (Riogilang, 2015) examines the
facilitate the needs of its citizens often takes green space so green city in the city of Manado with the application of the
that the amount of green open space in urban areas is concept of green concepts can answer various problems that
reduced. The landowners easily sell their land because it is arise along with the rapid development of the city of
considered more economical than just being used as Manado. The concept of green in its ideas and applications
agricultural land. is expected to bring the city of Manado to a big city that is
ICGTD - 81
orderly, orderly, comfortable, sustainable and sustainable. alternative cost of capital invested to exploit natural
(Widagdo, 2011) assessing the green city of Surabaya, the resources in the area concerned. Here's how to calculate unit
results are expected. Planning of urban facilities such as rent.
green space, pedestrian or sidewalks should consider the
climate of the city like Surabaya, which is humid tropical, (2) Calculation of Green GRDP.
where everyone craves a micro climate which is more shade, According to Suparmoko (2006) in (Mulya, 2016), Green
fresh and comfortable from the sun. GRDP is PDRB which includes elements of deplition and
degradation of natural resources and the environment.
2. Green Economy (Green Economy) Mathematically, can be expressed as follows:
(Sayaka, 2015) Green economy is currently a growing
market that optimizes three value groups, namely social, Green GRDP = conventional GRDP - Depletion of natural
environmental and financial values. Green economics (green resources - cost of reducing pollution
economics) is defined as an economic method that supports
the harmonious interaction between nature and humans so Inclusion of depletion and environmental degradation
that each can meet the needs simultaneously. elements in the GRDP calculation as a step taken to correct
the shortcomings of Conventional GRDP. According to
3. GRDP and Green GRDP Suparmoko (2012) in (Mulya, 2016) it is mentioned that the
The concept of Green GDP in China (Zheng and Chen, economy in addition to producing goods and services also
2006), Green GDP is defined as an aggregate accounting produces pollution and damage. The results of extracting
index that measures real domestic welfare, which is natural resources for business activities only show a positive
conventional GDP minus natural resource losses. In value in the national production balance, but do not show
practice, Green GDP measurement methods typically cover the depreciation of natural resource reserves and
the five costs of consuming natural resources, namely environmental damage.
agricultural land, mineral resources, forests, water and fish
resources, and two costs of environmental depletion namely (3) Mapping Analysis of Green Building Potential with LQ
environmental pollution and ecological degradation (SEPA & Shiftshare
news release, 2006 in Zheng and Chen, 2006) in (Mulya, LQ Analysis This technique compares the size of the role of
2016) a sector in a region to the size of the role of that sector at the
national level. This technique is used to identify the internal
II. METHOD potential of the area, which is the base sector and which is
a. Data Collection Method the base sector (non-base). LQ calculation uses the
The data obtained by the literature study method is a following formula (Warpani, 1984) in Almulaibari (2011)
document study that includes an inventory of all documents
and economic data of the city of Jakarta, and writings, Si
journals, theories, to various types of relevant laws and LQ = S
regulations. Then also accompanied by a field survey Ni
method carried out in order to obtain information about the N
volume of natural resources used in business activities of the
business sectors that are the economic base of Jakarta City. Where :
The use of both methods is intended to match the actual LQ: Location Quotient Value
conditions in the field. Si: Sector I GRDP in Jakarta City
S: Total GRDP in Jakarta City
b. Data Analysis Method Ni: Sector I GDP in Indonesia
(1) Calculation of Semi-Green GRDP N: Total GDP in Indonesia
Semi Green GRDP is obtained by subtracting the depletion
value of natural resources from the value of Conventional While the Shift Share Analysis is an analysis that basically
GRDP (or Brown GRDP). Depletion value is obtained by discusses the relationship between regional growth and the
multiplying the volume of extraction of each type of natural economic structure of the region. With this analysis
resource by unit rent or unit price. approach, it can be determined the performance or
productivity of economic work and to identify regional
D=QxU superior sectors by comparing them with larger regions
(Regional or National), according to Prasetyo Soepono
Where: (1993) this analysis can also be used to show the sector that
D = depletion value develops in a region when compared with the national
Q = volume of natural resources taken economy, besides this tool is also used to see the GRDP
U = unit rent growth of the sector owned by both internal influences
(locational factors) and external influences (industrial
How to calculate unit rent is by subtracting the cost of structure) and this analysis tool is also used to complement
taking per unit from the price of natural resources including the LQ analysis that has been done.
the value of profit per unit (remuneration for investment
expenses) that is acceptable to investors. The proper profit
value is the same as the interest rate on loans in banks as an
ICGTD - 82
III. RESULT & DISCUSSION the value of Unit Rent for 2016 of Rp.5,452 while in 2017 it
A. Semi Green GRDP Calculation is Rp. 5,458. Results of Analysis of Calculation of GRDP
From the explanation above, the instrument for the Semi Green for 2016 amounting to Rp. 1,538,078,848,
calculation of Depletion and Degradation to revise obtained from the Conventional / Chocolate GRDP value of
conventional / brown GRDP to Green GRDP. To get a Rp. 1,540,078,198, - less the depletion value of Rp.
Semi-Green GRDP, it must know the Depletion Value 1,838,033, -, while for 2017 Rp. 1,633,493,341, obtained
obtained from the multiplication of the Rent Unit Value from the Conventional / Chocolate GRDP value of Rp.
with the Amount of Clean Water Volume used. 1,635,855,750 - less the depletion value of Rp. 1,873,240.
TABLE 1. Calculation of Jakarta Clean Water Rent Units B. Green GRDP Calculation
2016-2017 The next step is to calculate the value of the Green GRDP
Describe 2016 2017 obtained from the Semi Green GRDP minus the
Revenue per m3 7.450 7.450 Degradation value. While the value of Degradation obtained
Production Expense 635 628 from the Degradation Value of Air Quality consists of
Raw Material 254 260 Degradation of People with Acute Respiratory Infection and
Electric Expense 279 280 Greening Costs added Degradation Value of Land Use
Chemical Expense 102 88 Conversion from the decline in rice production in 2016-
Gross Profit 6.815 6.822 2017.
Profit Margin 20% 1.363 1.364
Unit Rent 5.452 5.458 TABLE 3. Results of Analysis of Degradation Value of
(Source: PT AETRA Report) 2016-2017 DKI Jakarta ARI Patients
No Describe 2016 2017
From Table 1 it can be explained the calculation of the value 1 ARI sufferers 1,801,968 1,846,180
2 per capita health costs Rp 1,597,106 1,666,770
of unit rent in 2016 of Rp. 5,452 was obtained from
Total (Rp. 000.000) 2,877,934 3,077,157
operating revenues per M3 of Rp. 7,450 minus production
costs of Rp. 635, a gross profit of Rp. 6,815, - deducted by (Source: Ministry of Health Report 2018)
20% worth profit of Rp. 1,363, - while in 2017 Rp. 5,438
obtained from operating revenues per M3 of Rp. 7,450 From Table 3 it can be explained the number of ARI
minus production costs of Rp. 628, gross profit of Rp. sufferers in 2016 as many as 1,801,968 people with per
6,822, - deducted by 20% worth profit of Rp. 1,364. capita health costs of Rp. 1,597,106 so that the total cost of
treating ARI sufferers is Rp. 2,877,934 (million). While the
number of ARI sufferers in 2017 was 1,846,180 people with
TABLE 2. Clean Water Volume according to Jakarta per capita health costs of Rp. 1,666,770 so that the total cost
customers 2016-2017 of treatment for ARI sufferers is Rp. 3,077,157 (million).
Customet Category 2016 2017
House of Residence 189 189
Hotel 32 33 TABLE 4. Results of Analysis of Degradation Value of DKI
Hospital 10 10 Jakarta Greening Costs 2016-2017
No Name of Tree Greening price per Greening
Worship Place 4 4 2016-2017 tree Cost
1 Trembesi 4,224 750,000 3,168
Public Faslities 2 1
2 Matoa 300 125,000 38
Inustrial Company 69 72 3 Mangrove 620,968 8,000 4,968
Government 21 23 Total (Rp.000.000) 8,173
Others 10 11 (Source: BPS DKI Jakarta)

Total 337 343
(Source: DKI Jakarta BPS) From Table 4, it can be explained that the 2016-2017
Reforestation Cost is Rp.8,173 (million), obtained from
From Table 2 it can be explained the volume of clean water planting 4,244 tamarind trees with a cost per tree of Rp.
usage for DKI Jakarta Province. For 2016 amounting to 337 750,000, 300 matoa trees with a price of Rp. 125,000, and
M3, obtained from the use of clean water for Residential Mangroves 620,968 with prices per tree of Rp. 8000.
Houses for 189 M3, Hotels / Attractions for 32 M3,
Hospitals / Social Agencies for 10 M3, Places of Worship TABLE 5. Results of Analysis of Degradation Value of DKI
for 4 M3, Public Facilities for 2 M3, Companies Store / Jakarta's Rice Production in 2016-2017
No Describe 2016 2017
Industry for 69 M3, Government agencies for 21 M3, others 1 Decreased rice production 1,019,000 366,000
for 10 M3, while for 2017 Rp. 343 M3 is obtained from the 2 Price per kg 12,432 12,312
use of clean water for Residential Houses for 189 M3, Total (Rp. 000.000) 12,668 4,506
Hotels / Attractions for 33 M3, Hospitals / Social Agencies (Source: BPS DKI Jakarta)
for 10 M3, Places of Worship for 4 M3, Public Facilities for
1 M3, Companies for Stores / Industry for 72 M3, From Table 5 it can be explained that the decline in rice
Government agencies amounted to 23 M3, others amounted production in 2016 was 1,019,000 kg at a price per kg of
to 11 M3. Rp. 12,432 so that the total decline in rice production to Rp.
Furthermore, to get the Depletion value, the volume of clean 12,668 (million). While the decline in rice production in
water usage based on customer categories is multiplied by
ICGTD - 83
2017 was 366,000 kg at a price per kg of Rp. 12,312 so that TABLE 8. Results of Location Quotient (LQ) Analysis for
the total decline in rice production to Rp. 4,506, - (Million). 2016-2017
LQ
Business Field
TABLE 6. Results of Analysis of Degradation Value of DKI 2016 2017
Jakarta 2016-2017 Agriculture, Forestry, fisheries 0.01 0.01
DEGRADASI 2016 2017 Mining excavation 0.02 0.02
1 Air quality degradation Processing industry 0.59 0.60
a. ARI sufferers 2,877,934 3,077,157 Electricity and Gas Procurement 0.24 0.26
b. Greening Cost 8,173 8,173 Water supply, waste management,
waste and recycling 0.53 0.52
2 Land Degradation Transfer Costruction 1.32 1.28
Agriculture 12,668 4,506 Wholesale and retail trade; Car and
TOTAL DEGRADASI 2,898,775 3,089,837 motorcycle repair 1.20 1.20
(Data Processed) Transportation and Warehousing 0.84 0.84
Provision of accommodation and food
From Table 6, it can be explained that the 2016 Degradation and drink 1.67 1.66
Information & Communication 2.09 2.08
Value of Rp. 2,898,775, - (million) obtained from ARI
Financial Services and Insurance 2.73 2.72
treatment costs of Rp. 2,877,934 (million) Afforestation
Real Estate 2.24 2.23
Costs Rp. 8,173 (million) and decreased rice production by Company Services 4.47 4.50
Rp. 12,668 (million). While the 2017 Degradation Value of Government administration, defense
Rp. 3,089,837 (million) was obtained from ARI treatment and mandatory social security 1.23 1.14
costs of Rp. 3,077,157, - (million) Afforestation Costs Rp. Educational Services 1.56 1.51
8,173 (million) and decreased rice production by Rp. 4,506, Health services and social activities 1.51 1.49
- (million) Others Service 2.20 2.18
While the Shift Share analysis is used to show the

TABLE 7. Results of DKI Jakarta Green PDRB Analysis developing sector in a region when compared to the national
2016-2017 economy and this analysis tool is also used to complement
NO Describe 2016 C % 2016 2017 C % 2017
1 CONVENTIONAL /BROWN GRDP 1,540,078,198 100 1,635,855,750 100 the LQ analysis that has been done.
2 DEPLETION 1,838,033 0.12 1,873,240 0.11
3 SEMI GREEN GRDP 1,538,240,165 99.88 1,633,982,509 99.89
4 DEGRADATION 2,898,775 0.19 3,089,837 0.19
5 GREEN GRDP 1,535,341,390 99.69 1,630,892,673 99.70
Differential Shift
(Data Processed) Mixed Winner Winner
* Trasportation
So that the results obtained Green GRDP, Table 8 can be * Processing Industry * Provison of Accomodation
* Electricity and Gas Procurement * Information & Communication
explained Green GRDP Value in 2016 of Rp. 1,535,341,390
* Real Estate * Financial Service & Insurance
(million) obtained from the conventional Brown / GRDP * Whosale and Retail Trade * Service Company
value of Rp. 1,540,078,198 (million) less depletion value of * Others Service
Rp. 1,838,033 (million), obtained Semi-Green GRDP of Rp.
Proposional Shift
1,538,240,165 (million) minus the degradation value of Rp.
2,898,775 (million). While the value of Green GRDP in
2017 is Rp. 1,630,892,673 (million) obtained from the *Agriculture * Contruction
* Mining * Health Service&Soacial Activities
Chocolate / conventional GRDP value of Rp. 1,635,855,750 *Water Supply, Waste Mgt
(million) less depletion value of Rp. 1,873,240 (million), * Government Adm
obtained Semi-Green GRDP of Rp. 1,633,982,509 (million)
less the value of degradation of Rp.3,089,837 (million). * Education Service
C. Mapping the Potential of Green Development in Jakarta Losser Mixed Losser

City Based on Green GRDP Fig 1. Graph of Shift Share Mapping in 2016-2017
(1) Identification of the potential of the Jakarta City area
based on a green perspective Based on Figure 1 results of the analysis of a combination of
A. Analysis of Calculation of Location Quotient (LQ) and proportional share and differential shift, the mapping of
Shift Share potential economic sectors in DKI Jakarta Province is as
LQ Analysis This technique compares the size of the role of follows:
a sector in a region to the size of the role of that sector at the • Winner Quadrant: transportation sector,
national level. Below is explained in Table 9 the results of accommodation providers, communication
the 2016-2017 LQ Analysis of DKI Jakarta Province information, financial & insurance services,
company services, other services have fast growth
in the economy of DKI Jakarta Province and have
better competitiveness compared to other regions in
Indonesia.
• Mixed Winner Quadrant: manufacturing, electricity
& gas, real estate and wholesale & retail trade
ICGTD - 84
sectors are sectors that can only be increased in the Green PDRB calculation instruments in Depletion and
scope of DKI Jakarta Province. Degradation must still be developed by adding other
• Quadrant Losers: Agriculture, Mining, Water instruments such as calculation of air pollution, water
Supply, Waste & Waste Management, Government pollution, and reclamation in detail for further investigation
Administration and Education Services have no later.
role in advancing the economy of the Province of
DKI Jakarta and Indonesia.
• Quadrant Mixed Losers: Construction and Health REFERENCES
& Social Services sector is a sector that has fast [1] Bestari, Laura R et all.2014.Estimasi nilai pajak kendaraan solar
terkait kerugian pencemaran udara.Jurnal Agriculture, resource,
growth in the economy of DKI Jakarta Province, environmental economic
but has less competitiveness compared to other [2] Mulya, Yuhdia et all.2016.Valuasi ekonomi lingkungan perkotaan
regions in Indonesia indonesia dalam pengukuran PDRB Hijau studi kasus pada kota
Bogor. Universitas Pakuan.
[3] Riogilang, Hendra.2015.Tantangan Manado menuju kota hijau.Jurnal
LPPM Bidang Sains dan Teknologi.
IV. CONCLUSIONS
[4] Ratnasari, Amalia et All.2015.Perencanaan kota hijau Yogyakarta
Measurement of Green GRDP for urban areas (DKI Jakarta berdasarkan penggunaan lahan dan kecukupan RTH.
Province) is taken from the calculation of Conventional / Jurnal Tata Loka.UNDIP
Brown GRDP minus Depletion Value so as to obtain Semi [5] Sayaka, Bambang.2015.Ekonomi hijau untuk pemulihan sumber daya
Green GRDP. Well Next Semi-Green GRDP reduced alam dan lingkungan.Pusat analis sosial ekonomi IPB
Degradation Value obtained Green GRDP Value. To get the [6] Susmarkanto.2002.Pencemaran lingkungan perairan sungai salah satu
faktor penyeban banjir di Jakarta.Jurnal Teknologi Lingkungan
Depletion value, the volume of clean water usage based on
[7] Widagdo, Wanda.2011.Surabaya sebagai kota taman
the 2016 customer category is 337 M3, while in 2017 it is “greencity”.Universitas Petra Surabaya.
Rp. 343 M3 multiplied by the value of Unit Rent for 2016 in [8] Hasibuan, A., & Sulaiman, O. K. (2019). SMART CITY, KONSEP
the amount of Rp.5,452 while in 2017 it is in the amount of KOTA CERDAS SEBAGAI ALTERNATIF PENYELESAIAN
Rp. 5,458. While the 2016 Degradation Value is Rp. MASALAH PERKOTAAN KABUPATEN/KOTA, DI KOTA-
2,898,775, - (million) obtained from ARI treatment costs of KOTA BESAR PROVINSI SUMATERA UTARA. Buletin Utama
Teknik, 14(2), 127-135.
Rp. 2,877,934 (million) Afforestation Costs Rp. 8,173
[9] Almulaibari, H., & WOYANTI, N. (2011). Analisis potensi
(million) and decreased rice production by Rp. 12,668 pertumbuhan ekonomi kota Tegal tahun 2004-2008 (Doctoral
(million). While the 2017 Degradation Value of Rp. dissertation, Universitas Diponegoro).
3,089,837 (million) was obtained from ARI treatment costs
of Rp. 3,077,157, - (million) Afforestation Costs Rp. 8,173
(million) and decreased rice production by Rp. 4,506, -
(million). So that the results obtained Green GRDP, in 2016
of Rp. 1,535,341,390 (million) obtained from the
conventional Brown / GRDP value of Rp. 1,540,078,198
(million) less depletion value of Rp. 1,838,033 (million),
obtained Semi-Green GRDP of Rp. 1,538,240,165 (million)
minus the degradation value of Rp. 2,898,775 (million).
While the value of Green GRDP in 2017 is Rp.
1,630,892,673 (million) obtained from the Chocolate /
conventional GRDP value of Rp. 1,635,855,750 (million)
less depletion value of Rp. 1,873,240 (million), obtained
Semi-Green GRDP of Rp. 1,633,982,509 (million) less the
value of degradation of Rp.3,089,837 (million). The results
of the potential mapping in the Province of DKI Jakarta
obtained the transportation sector, accommodation
providers, communication information, financial services &
insurance, company services, other services have fast
growth in the economy of the Province of DKI Jakarta and
have better competitiveness compared to the regions others
in Indonesia. Whereas the manufacturing, electricity & gas,
real estate and wholesale & retail trade sectors are sectors
that can only be enhanced in the scope of DKI Jakarta
Province. Meanwhile the Agriculture, Mining, Water
Supply, Waste & Waste Management, Government
Administration and Education Services sectors have no role
in advancing the economy of the Province of DKI Jakarta
and Indonesia. Finally, the Construction and Health &
Social Services sector is a sector that has fast growth in the
economy of the Province of DKI Jakarta, but has less
competitiveness compared to other regions in Indonesia.
ICGTD - 85
The Symbolic Meaning of Mosque Architecture and
Interior as Adaptation to the Residential
Environment, in the Social, Economic and Cultural
Contexts in Lombok
Taufan Hidjaz Nurtati Soewarno Detty Fitriany
Interior Design Department, Institut Architecture Department, Institut Interior Design Department, Institut
Teknologi Nasional, Bandung, Teknologi Nasional, Bandung, Teknologi Nasional, Bandung,
Indonesia Indonesia Indonesia
htaufanhidjaz@yahoo.co.id nurtati@itenas.ac.id detty_ft@itenas.ac.id
Abstract—The inhabitants of the island of Lombok in Central the historical integration in its socio-economic potential that
Indonesia are indigenous ethnic Sasaks who are entirely Muslim, can connect rural areas in the spatial network of thematic
but before 1400 they were still animistic. Previously, the housing tourism in Lombok with the cultural background of
environment was oriented towards natural objects as the mother residential clusters.
of all places or in Sasak language ineun tetaok. Then it was
adapted as Ineun Paer or mother of Paer space with a symbol of Villages in Lombok from the cluster residence of bale
mosque architecture. Lombok is called the Island of Thousand langgak are typically centered on the orientation of the
Mosques because many mosques reflect the social, cultural and mosque, which is inhabited by Sasak people from one
economic aspects of the community and show that Islam is extended family or ‘sorohan’. Then it develops into the
dominant in the lives of its people. Its architecture in the early environment of the village community, and forms a cultural
days was a tile jurai like a house, then it was changed into a value system that binds its members in the social system of
dome to show the identity of Islamic architecture. Intersubjective kinship. Hamlet and village environments make the mosque
dome is accepted because it matches the shape of the food hood as the center or core, in the spatial structure that represents
in the Sasak culture. Many mosques adapt to high domes and Sasak culture. The cultural space in Lombok is the natural
towers, especially in simple residential environments. This space where the Sasak culture takes place, forming a
research is to understand the transformation that made the structure of patterned relationships between community
mosque very large in Lombok. Using descriptive-analytical-
activities and the mosque. The formation of the structure of
qualitative methods based on environmental culture analyzes the
spatial relations when making various adaptations to changes
symbolic meaning of mosque architecture and interior in Sasak
Culture in Lombok that reach the guidelines for life in behavior. This adaptation
places the mosque in the most important position as the
Keywords—Mosque, Transformation, Cultural Adaptation, center of housing in the perspective of the village community
Sasak. in Lombok. The mosque is indeed one of the most important
types of buildings for any community, where Muslims gather
for their prayers and social activities [3]. But the mosque in
I. INTRODUCTION the Sasak residential environment not only reflects as an
artifact of the functional building of a place of worship, but
the whole perspective and values that are dominant bind to
The architectural character reflects the identity of the the community. Therefore, in addition to the physical nature,
community, and these character features result from the the mosque for the Sasak cluster of spiritual values has a
cultural patterns, symbols, and social events of the spiritual value which is a concrete illustration of Sasak
community, in addition to economic, political, ideological, culture. Therefore the number of mosques is proportional to
historical, tradition, customary and community values [1]. the number of hamlets in Lombok so that it is called the
Research on mosque architecture as part of the Thousand Islands Mosque.
environmental culture in Lombok, is in line with the interest
in developing rural communities, and what the city might Lombok hamlets form cluster occupancy patterns not
learn from Sasak cultural wisdom in the villages. The vast linearly on the side of the highway with mosque architecture
majority of the population of Lombok is in the villages, as it as a landmark, depicting the culture of the community which
is pointed out that almost half of the people are rural, the has a unique value system regarding space. Urban spatial
majority live in villages, somewhere in ninety-seven percent structure is also affected by the same pattern, which is
of the world's land mass defined as non-urban. [2]. It is not centered on the mosque, so that since Lombok since 1970 it
only the ability of self-sufficiency in villages to be seen but has been dubbed ‘the island with thousands of mosques’,
ICGTD - 86
although the number now reaches 9,000 mosques. The become an orientation since the beginning of the residential
residential space in the villages of Lombok is not attached to environment. Therefore the pattern formed later in the
the main road transportation lane, because it is more residential environment is a cluster model that surrounds the
concerned with the position near the mosque than economic mosque's position.
activity. The question of this research is how the
transformation process of Sasak residential space in Lombok
which was previously object-oriented in landscapes such as
mountains, springs, large trees and then became mosque
artifacts oriented.
Then what is the symbolic meaning of the mosque's
architecture and interior with a central and monumental
position in the relatively simple residential neighborhoods of
hamlets in Lombok. The specific purpose of this research is
to understand the meaning of mosque architecture as the
center of the residential space environment of the cluster of
traditional family houses of the Sasak people called: bale
langgak, so that its presence is dominant in a simple hamlet Fig 1. scheme of the relationship pattern of the cluster
environment. This study analyzes the process of housing of Lantan hamlet in Batukliang village with the
transformation and adaptation of symbolic forms in the Nurul Yakin mosque.
social, cultural and economic contexts of the Sasak people,
as well as their possibilities to support Muslim Friendly
Lombok tourism.
II. METHODOLOGY
This research uses descriptive-analytical-qualitative

method based on environmental culture approach by
considering cultural phenomena in the field of observation as
the focus of research. Mosques that are considered to
represent research problems are documented as objects of
analysis, to illustrate the symbolic meaning in the process of
cultural transformation of its originators. The study of the Fig 2. Schematic pattern of Subahnala hamlet housing
meaning of mosque artifacts has a lot of relationships with Batukliang village cluster with At Taqwa mosque.
other cultural elements, hence it begins by questioning how
the existence of several thousand mosques in housing
clusters on the island of Lombok, how their orientation
community space, how cosmology and values form
residential patterns. Observations were made by identifying a
number of mosques in the Sasak traditional residential space
environment, looking at the structure of spatial relationships
that were formed and binding each other between community
activities and the housing environment. Then analyze the
factors that influence the architecture of the mosque and its
central position in the housing cluster. This research really
needs to understand the relationship between the concept of
Fig 3. scheme of the relationship pattern of the cluster
cultural space from Sasak language expressions and related
housing of Pancordao hamlet in Batukliang village with the
terms whose implementation is manifested in cultural
Nurul Jihad mosque.
artifacts and housing patterns.
III. DISCUSSION
The mosque is a multidimensional Islamic architecture

embodying the message of Islam. Both facilitate the
realization of Muslims about the purpose of Islam and its
divine principles on earth and promote the lifestyle produced
by these philosophies and principles. The point in Islamic
architecture lies its function with all its dimensions:
corporeal, cerebral and spiritual. The shape also plays an
important role, but to complement and enhance functions [4].
Once the importance of the mosque for the people of
Lombok is described as a determination that the first Fig 4. Schematic pattern of permanent relations between
procedure for building a residential environment is to build Balelanggak Cluster in each Lombok hamlet and the
the mosque first. So it can be said that the mosque is the mosque. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. and so on is a bale langgak or
mother (ineun) of all residential spaces, because it has
ICGTD - 87
cluster housing for large families of hamlet residents who are
also tied to the mosque.
A number of locality characteristics in the mosque mark
the mosque's architectural style and are always present
binding it with dominant elements which then become a
symbolic unity in appearance [5]. The dominant elements
include: dome, tower, mihrab in a position towards Mecca,
and pulpit. These elements are referred to as symbols that
mark the existence of the mosque building. But the hallmarks
of the mosque are not just showing monumental art done in
the most sacramental manner, but also a symbol of religious
zeal and the total sacred obligation of Muslims [6].
The sustainability of hamlets and villages in Lombok is
closely related to the existence of the mosque. Each hamlet
has its own mosque for daily prayer by residents of the
hamlet, so that the adjacent hamlet has a mosque also next to
each other so that on Friday prayers that require many
worshipers, the Friday prayer schedule will alternate. The
development of the mosque in Lombok is not only a place of Fig 4 (leftmost) :The position of the mosque in the
prayer, but its form displays the symbolic meaning of the village of Rumbuk, Sakra sub-district, East Lombok
social, cultural and worldview of Sasak people. Because it is Regency, two mosques in a hamlet which are adjacent,
a product of local conditions related to the intellectual downloaded from Google maps on 21 June 2019 and
foundation of the Islamic faith. Islamic beliefs are the main processed. Fig 5 (middle left) : The position of the mosque
aspects directing the mosque's architectural design, reflected in Montong Village, Central Lombok Regency is in the
in their outward form as a clear ideological reflection of the position as the core of a relatively large cluster of hamlet
cultural, economic and social aspects of society [7]. environments, downloaded from Google maps on 21 June
The Symbolic Meaning of the Mosque as Orientation of Paer 2019 and processed. Fig 6 (middle right) : The Position of
Space in Lombok Jantuk hamlet mosque in Terara village, East Lombok
district, downloaded from Google Maps on 21 June 2019 and
The mosque became part of the worldview processed. Fig 7 (rightmost). The position of the mosque of
transformation of the old Sasak people or Sasak Lebung who Durian Village, Janapria sub-district, central Lombok
were still animistic, then all of them turned into Islam. The District, downloaded from Google maps on 21 June 2019
orientation of the residential space of the Old Sasak and processed.
community uses markers of natural objects that are important
such as springs, mountains or large trees in each village as The four types of mosque positions in the village and
mother of place. The comprehensive transformation of the hamlet residential areas represent thousands of Lombok
Sasak people changed their intersubjective awareness and mosques as orientation of Paer space and the center of
influenced the concept of their residential space from tetaok residential space. There is no residential space without a
or place to Paer or space to wait before death. In the Kawi- mosque, because the people need orientation and a place to
Javanese dictionary CF Winter Sr & R. Ngabehi do joint prayers which must be done every day. The mosque
Ranggawarsita, Paer comes from 'pahera pangentosan' which is also an adaptation in the transformation of the worldview
means to wait and 'pahyaran pangenan' means place to stay. of the old Sasak community into a new Sasak community
Paer is the place to stay before waiting for eternal life. that is Islamic. This adaptation is a path of transformation
Adaptation of the concept of space after Islam is done by that makes mosque artifacts very important for each
changing the understanding of tetaok or place to be Paer as residential space in Lombok. This adaptation through
space to wait in the world of existence. The Islamic concept intellectual and conceptual discourse formed an ideological
of space in this world as a temporary waiting place before vision that is characterized by belief in one God [8]. At the
heading for eternal life after death. Therefore, mosque beginning of its history the old Sasak community called
artifacts have symbolic meaning as orientation of the Paer Sasak Lebung held to a mythic-animism cultural pattern that
space. was very dependent on the surrounding environment. They
in the formation of cosmology in the natural environment
create a hierarchy for spatial orientation at the village level,
hamlet, cluster ‘bale langgak’, on natural objects. The
cosmology of Sasak Lebung has a spatial value and
orientation aimed at mount Rinjani.
ICGTD - 88
leader in Islam become role models because they are
individuals who spread awareness of religiosity from the
main source for life in the period of waiting before heading
for the aftermath.
The mosque is very important for the Sasak community
space, as a marker to be recognized or identified so that in
every village there will be a magnificent mosque that
exceeds the surrounding residential buildings. Even in
several locations, one village has two or three large mosques.
Possibly because the activity accommodated included a large
number of participants and was accompanied by the ability
to raise funds for sufficient development, so the mosque was
very easily seen from the edges of the village due to the high
dimension of the dome roof and its tower.
The mosque is a place of worship, orientation, and
Fig 8. Sasak residential space pattern before Islam refers symbols for all rural residential spaces, so that it is the most
to the center of natural resources namely Mount Rinjani. important building for all communities in the hamlet and
Ineun Tetaok or the mother of place and Kemali or Water villages. The largest and grandest building mosque in every
Spring are the closest to Mount Rinjani. If the occupancy village, so that the tower and dome of the mosque become a
space is to the south of Rinjani, then the position of’’the landmark for space and a village marker. Magnificent
mother of place’ or ineun tetaok is in the north of the mosques that were built at a cost that was certainly not the
residential space, if there is to the west, then the position of least symbolized the success of villagers managing their
ineun tetaok is to the east of the occupancy space, and vice fields and gardens. All villagers feel they have an obligation
versa.Figure 9. Residential pattern after Islam refers to the to contribute to the needs of the mosque construction.
position of the mosque replacing the "the Mother of Place" Therefore, every village in Lombok built a magnificent
position as the orientation of activities and the "the Mother of mosque as a space orientation and value for the spiritual life
Waiting Space" symbol. The position of the mosque to the of their community, as well as symbolically grateful for their
west of the dwelling, but when the village environment success in managing the rice fields in the village. the number
develops, the dwelling surrounds the position of the mosque. of villages in the whole island of Lombok is 518 with a total
of 3,575 large mosques and 4,918 small mosques, then in
The placement of residential space refers to the center of Mataram city there are 192 large mosques and 266 small
natural resources, namely Mount Rinjani. ‘the mother of mosques [9].
place’ or ineun tetaok and water spring called kemali are the
closest to mount Rinjani. If the residential space is to the TABEL 1. The number of mosques on the island of Lombok.
south of Rinjani, the position of the mother of place is to the The
north of the residential space, if there is to the west, the Regen sub- villa Small
Great
position is to the east of the residential environment, and vice cy / City district ge Mosque
Mosque
versa.
Matara
The influence of Islam entered Lombok through the 6 192 266
m City
arrival of its carriers from Java, and also from interactions
with Islamic carriers from Sulawesi. The influence of Islam West
was very revolutionary towards the awareness of the Sasak Lombok 119 695 701
people who had been animist. Residential spaces that were Regency
previously oriented to 'the Mother of Place' or Ineun Tetaok North
then transformed into a concept of space in the world of Lombok 33 291 224
waiting called Paer which is oriented towards Islamic Regency
ideological insight based on the concept of life that is
temporary before death. The cultural pattern of the Sasak Centra
community was previously mythic-animism which was l Lombok 127 1.244 1.951
confined by nature, then transformed into a religious-based Regency
mythic-religious Islam. Namely rely entirely on the power of
East
God who rules over nature.
Lombok 239 1.345 2.042
Islam is the basis of worldview for Sasak people so that Regency
the impact of all dwellings in Lombok is mosque-oriented as
Total 518 3.767 5.184
ineun paer. The concept of natural place and space as a
temporary waiting facility and oriented to eternal life after (Data from the Village Empowerment, Population and
death, the mosque is used as a marker and 'the mother of Civil Registry Office of NTB 2017)
waiting space' or Ineun Paer as a substitute for 'the mother of
place' or ineun tetaok which is derived from the concept In 518 villages across Lombok, there are nearly 9,000
animism. The implementation of this transformation resulted mosques, most of which have a domed model and a tower to
in a hierarchy of space in its broadness, starting from the express their identity as 'the mother of waiting space' and
village, hamlet, and bale langgak clusters, all of which were residential orientation. Mosques that do not use the form of a
oriented towards the mosque's position. Ulama or religious domed model of the dome roof are only a small part of the
ICGTD - 89
old mosque in northern Lombok. The shape of the dome roof work that has been completed and is still in process. Figure
adjusts to something close to the elements of the original 11. Tebolak that has been completed and the new Tebolak
Sasak culture so that it can be accepted quickly and is that was formed before being given ornamentation.
considered suitable. The dome roof of the mosque which is
adjusted as a form of tebolak or traditional food covering
means symbolic as a protector of sustenance and all
prosperity that the community strives for is due to God's
love. Grateful for that it was stated by the people of Lombok
by coming to the domed-roofed mosque of the domed model
to worship God while living in this waiting space or paer.
The azan tower that rises to the top and is easily visible from
a distance means symbolic that the mosque is sturdy as the
center of spatial orientation and continues to call the call to
prayer. Fig 12. Traditional Sasak female craftsman in Sasak in
the village of Pujut, Central Lombok, showing the process of
Old mosques that were built before the 1970s still use the sewing the rainbow threads at the peak circle in Tebolak
form of roofs made of tile material are still widely available
in northern Lombok, but mosques built after the 1970s
became prevalent using the shape of dome roofs and tall
towers which number one or more even there were mosques
five-legged. The first mosque in Lombok that was built using
the dome roof is the At-Taqwa mosque in Mataram, which
has a dome-shaped ball. But the dome model such as the At-
Taqwa Grand Mosque did not continue to be followed by the
others because the people of Lombok had not yet found their
assimilation with local cultural elements to be accepted by
intersubjectivity. Then the technological development of
.Fig 13. Tebolak which has been finished with the top
large-spaced dome structures was able to form assimilation
ornamentation and color finishing in several ornamental
with cultural artifact models from "tebolak" or traditional
creations that have been developed in the villages of Kopang
food hoods, so that the Sasak people found their references to
and Selong.
adapt the mosque's architectural form. The structural ideas,
the use of materials, and the functional and aesthetic aspects
play a role in determining what is expressed by mosque
architecture. Development of an understanding of the use of Adaptation of Mosque Architecture to Sasak Cultural
materials and techniques in a functional and aesthetic manner Artifacts
that is effective depends on the technology being assimilated According to NTB Population and Civil Registry Office
[10]. data, an estimated 7,000 mosques out of 9,000 mosques
Then many large mosques with the shape of the dome across Lombok now use the model of the roof of the dome-
and tower tower that turned towering became a symbol of the shaped dome. Why did the Sasak people adapt the form of
success of the village community, a symbol of joint results of the domed dome to leave the roofed mosque architecture?
economic activities carried out by the community. By having Possibly because the shape of the roof is similar to a
the same reference from tebolak cultural artifacts that are residential house and is a relic of Sasak Lebung which is
familiar with their daily lives, the Sasak people feel animistic like an ancient mosque in the village of Bayan. By
comfortable accepting it as a model of the roof of the mosque using the dome, the mosque is strived to be different from
that is closer to Islamic architecture. other buildings and contains familiar cultural elements such
as tebolak. Islamic architecture has no rules and standardized
forms, there are no restrictions on the pattern of its
application in countries that embrace Islam. However,
Islamic content is very easily recognized and recognized
because it is made for building characters with different
identities [11].
Tebolak or food coverings are cultural artifacts that are
traditionally used in many villages in Lombok at a joint
dinner or begibung every Eid day. The village community
separately women and men after Eid prayer from their
respective houses brought food offerings, on a 6o cm
diameter round tray with a covering of woven leaf pandanus.
These food trays are brought to a field to be first
symbolically handed over to the village head and village
elders then to be served at random exchanges. Tebolak
becomes an important part of the tradition of serving food
from the cluster of family dwellings or bale langgak to be
exchanged by fellow villagers and guests outside the village
Fig 10. Traditional Sasak craftsman in the village of when celebrating Eid.
Lenek in East Lombok district showing the results of his
ICGTD - 90
Tebolak is also used when the villagers in Lombok containers closed by Tebolak to an exchange arena for fellow
commemorate the Prophet's Birthday, and a meal program citizens, coordinated by the village head and traditional
after the Ramadhan tarawih prayer alternately submits to the elders. The size of the tray and its thickness are usually 60
mosque under tebolak as the closing ceremony. It can even cm in diameter so that the amount of food in it is almost the
be ascertained that every house in rural Lombok must save a same but the type is a varied composition.
lot of rice to cover a house dish, because it is familiar with
Fig 15 (right). A convoy of men from the village of
the cultural activities of the Sasak people.
Rumbuk, East Lombok brought a tray of food plates in
Tebolak then became a form of mosque architecture containers that were closed by Tebolak to the front yard of
adaptation since the 1970s. The possibility of a community's the village office as an arena of exchange for fellow
phenomenological-collective corresponds to the residents, coordinated by the village head and traditional
intersubjective will of the cultural artifacts that is the cause. elders.
The people of Lombok see the suitability of the shape of the
dome roof produced by new materials and technology with
the form of cultural artifacts tebolak from the Sasak tradition.
The dome roof model in the mosque did come from outside
cultures and when this dome technology entered Lombok,
there was intersubjectivity conformity to the symbolic form.
Namely between the roof of the dome of the house of God
with cultural artifacts tebolak as a protector of the blessing of
the sustenance of the Sasak people from Allah in Lombok.
The position of the form of tebolak on the mosque building
symbolically states that the intersubjectivity of gratitude is
most appropriate to be realized together in the mosque Fig 16 (left). Rows of women from Janapria village in the
through worship activities in the mosque. This conformity is Idul Fitri holiday tradition, carrying trays filled with food
what makes the dome architecture model quickly accepted dishes and dessert cover to the field will be an arena of
and adapted in almost all Sasak community mosques, exchange of offers to fellow residents and guests in
because it is intersubjectively compatible so that it does not coordination with village heads and traditional elders.
become controversial in the community. Fig 17 (right). A group of women carrying trays filled with
The perspective of understanding the intersubjectivity food dishes with a lid on it going to the field in front of the
around the object makes the success of the Sasak people Pancor village office which will be an arena of exchange
accept the dome model replacing the old model in the with fellow residents and guests in coordination with the
mosque, built through information of religious leader or village head and traditional elders.
ulama so that this understanding encourages the will to
achieve the same collective goal. The Lombok community
has the same information about tebolak because it is familiar The mosque tower is just a building that is used to air a
as its cultural artifacts and obtains the same information azan or call to prayer, but in the Hubbul Wathon mosque the
about mosques from ulama, this is a strong capital to form Islamic Center complex of Mataram tower is 5, one of which
the same intersubjectivity in the dome of the mosque when it is an elevator to take visitors to a height of 99 meters to see
will adapt so that it does not become controversial. the view of the city of Mataram. In most of the Lombok
mosques the tower is integrated with the main building of the
The intersubjectivity incompatibility in the object in the mosque, but many mosque towers are located separately
first step becomes unsuccessful in the aspect of function, from the main building. The minarets did not exist during the
although in the aspect of novelty and the sensation of time of the Prophet and the Khulafaurrasyidin between 632-
different forms from other mosques can be considered 661 [12], the Quba mosque that was first built by the Prophet
successful. Subjectivity becomes the beginning of the Muhammad in Medina did not have a tower, only after 41
process of conformity in the next step which is identifying years the Prophet's death tower first stood beside the mosque
the environmental problems of the object of the mosque and building [13].
its future goals. Only then will the subjective interpretations
of the parties concerning the object of the same mosque be The Lombok mosques which are roofed in dome models
interpreted in the same manner by those who plan their all use a tower, and the end of the tower is fitted with the
realization. The next step is to look at the problems faced by same dome model with a small circle diameter so that the
the previous mosque, which are irrelevant must be re- end of the tower is always a repetition of the dome shape.
interpreted in order to achieve new and different things but in The minaret is a high linear building architecture so the
the context of the same intersubjectivity. shape is straight to adjust the gravitational direction of the
earth which is structurally the strongest and safest. The
height of the tower shows the straightness of the linear
structure of far vision, in addition to the ability of the height
of the tower to spread the sound of the azan or call to prayer.
Straight is an ideological meaning from the name of the
Sasak community where the island of Lombok lives, which
in Sasak is originally called lomboq meaning straight. More
and more tower buildings whose form is straight and legible
Fig 14 (left). A procession of men from the village of dominates the environment, symbolically there is a meaning
that is easily accepted by the intersubjectivity of the Sasak
Pujut, Central Lombok carrying trays of food plates in
people in Lombok, in accordance with the name Lomboq is
ICGTD - 91
straightness. provide compatibility when integrated with the
form of tebolak on the dome on the roof of the mosque. The
presence of the azan tower which is straight according to the
meaning of the name of the island of Lombok. Lomboq in
Sasak is straight, and forms such as the swaying of food
protectors on the dome of the mosque building makes it a
building full of symbolic meaning. Therefore the mosque
building as a ‘House of God’ with its dome and linear tower
becomes more solid the ‘mother of waiting space’ or ineun
paer in each residential area of the Sasak community. So
many symbolic meanings are inherent in the architecture of
the mosque, so its presence in each residential area of the Figure 20. Administrative areas of West Lombok.
Sasak community is needed in almost 9000 hamlets in
Lombok.
The appearance of the mosque qualitatively has a
symbolic meaning for the success of each community's
residential environment to organize togetherness in religious
intersubjectivity. Although the actual quality of the
appearance of the mosque is largely determined by the ability
of the quantity of financing. This is correlated with the
success of the community in managing agricultural
businesses that are a source of income in each hamlet
environment, or from other non-agricultural activities. Some
villages show this, such as Sukarbela, the village that Figure 21. Administrative areas of North Lombok.
manages pearl crafts, in the village of Banyumulek managing
traditional pottery handicrafts, Sukarare village manages
woven fabric crafts. The successes of the village like this will
be symbolized by the quality of the architecture of the
mosque in terms of the grandeur of the use of building
materials and the presence of the dome and the minaret of the
mosque. The mosque provides a spatial solution as
concluded to Muslim immigrant residents in Berlin and
London who join and become the subject of ongoing
discourse on national ownership [14]. In such cases, mosque
spaces are used to support specific visions of collective
identity and ownership.
Division of Lombok Island Administration Area : Fig 22. Administrative areas of Mataram City.
Fig 18. Administrative areas of East Lombok.

Fig 23. Division of "Paer" Regions: Paer Bat (west Paer),
Paer Daye (North Paer), Paer Tengak (Central Paer),Paer
Lauq (South Paer), Paer Timuk (East Paer) and Big Paer
(Paer Beleq).
This research stage analyzes the mosques from 22

different locations in the region that represent the problem
and illustrates the symbolic meaning in the cultural, social
and economic context of the Sasak community on the island
Fig 19. Administrative areas of Central Lombok. of Lombok
ICGTD - 92
Fig 24. Ancient Mosque in the village of Bayan, North Fig 28. Qoidul Iman Mosque, Sembalun Lawang with a
Lombok Regency. three-tiered roof model
Fig 25. Ancient Mosque interior in the village of Bayan,

North Lombok Regency. . Fig 29. Nurul Iman Mosque, Obel-Obel village kec.
Sambelia, tile roofs stacked in two.
Fig 26. Al Mujahidin Mosque, Simbar sub-village, Bayan

village, with a model of stacking roof 3 of tile. Fig 30. Islahul Ummah Mosque, Sembaro sub-village,
Bayan sub-district
Fig 27. Nurul Hidayah Mosque Belanting village Bayan

sub-district, also with a three-tiered roof model. .Fig 31. Nurul Ikhlas Mosque, Bayan village.
These four mosques are in the North Lombok area which
was built around 1960 with tile roofs, without towers and up
The Bayan Ancient Mosque was the first to be built in
to now in 2019 some of the mosques that have not been
Lombok in the 1300s at the beginning of the entry of Islam
adapted have become domed roofs, because the Bayan
into Lombok. Located on the hill and in the yard lies the
people are known to still hold their traditions and customs
tomb of some people who used to maybe who built this
for generations. The location of the 4 mosques is adjacent to
mosque. The roof is made of bamboo which is cut in half and
the Ancient Bayan mosque which was first built in Lombok
the walls are also woven bamboo being a model for the
and the roof is a model for the surrounding mosque in North
shape of the surrounding mosque in North Lombok. This
Lombok.
ancient mosque because of its small size and still with old
building material which is preserved for its authenticity is not
used anymore except on certain days by some elders of the
indigenous people Bayan.
ICGTD - 93
Fig 32. The “tebolak” dome in At Taqwa Great Mosque Fig 37. The Interior Darul Hidayah Mosque in Cermen
in Praya, Central Lombok. hamlet, sub-dictrict Cakranegara.
Fig 33. The interior of the At Taqwa mosque in Praya, Fig 38. The Great Mosque Al Akbar Kumbung village
Central Lombok. sub-district Masbagik, East Lombok Regency
Fig 34. Darul Istiqomah Mosque, Tanak Song hamlet, .Fig 39. The interior with the foreground of the mihrab of
Batukliang village. the Great Mosque of Al Akbar Kumbung village sub-district
Masbagik, East Lombok Regency.
Fig 35. Interior of the Darul Istiqomah Mosque, Tanak

Song sub-village, Batukliang village The shape of the mihrab
Fig 40. Side view of Darussalam Mosque, Kopang
is curved like a dome roof.
Village.
Fig 36. The tebolak dome in Darul Hidayah Mosque in

Cermen hamlet, sub-district Cakranegara.
Fig 41. Interior of the Darussalam Mosque in Kopang
Village shows a mihrab with two arches.
ICGTD - 94
Fig 42. Front view of Al Mujahidin Mosque Selong, East Fig 46. Darussalam Mosque, Lendang Nangka Village,
Lombok Regency Masbagik District, East Lombok.
. Fig 43. Interior of Al Mujahidin Mosque, Selong, East

Lombok Regency.Arched walls and mihrab of Al Mujahidin Fig 47. Mihrab of Darussalam Mosque, Lendang Nangka
Mosque in Selong are redundancy of the curved outline of Village, Masbagik District, East Lombok.
the dome model on the roof.
Fig 48. Nurul Jihad Mosque in Aik Darek hamlet in the

village of Pancordao, Batukliang sub district, Central
Fig 44. The exterior of the Kerangkeng hamlet mosque in Lombok Regency.
Banyumulek village, twin towers with a height of 65 m and a
dome-shaped “tebolak”
Fig 49. Interior of Nurul Jihad Mosque in Aik Darek

hamlet in the village of Pancordao, Batukliang sub district,
Central Lombok Regency.
.Fig 45. The mihrab of the Kerangkeng hamlet mosque in
Banyumulek village.
ICGTD - 95
Fig 53. Syamsul Huda Mosque, Lingsar village, West
Lombok Regency.
Fig 49. Al Hidayah Mosque Penjangke village, Central

Lombok and Mihrab Al Hidayah Mosque Penjangke village,
Fig 54. Interior of Syamsul Huda Mosque, Lingsar
Central Lombok.
village, West Lombok Regency.
Fig 50. Interior of Al Hidayah Mosque in Penjangke Fig 55. Exterior of the Al Ijtihad mosque in the village of
village, Central Lombok. The shape of the mihrab is curved Montong Gamang, Central Lombok Regency.
like a dome roof.
Fig 56. Interior of the Al Ijtihad mosque in the village of

Montong Gamang, Central Lombok Regency.
Fig 51. Nurul Jihad mosque in Narmada village, West
Lombok Regency.
Fig 57. Exterior of the Islahul Muslimin mosque in Sikur

village, East Lombok Regency.
Fig 52. Interior of Nurul Jihad mosque in Narmada
village, West Lombok Regency.
Fig 58. Mihrab of the Islahul Muslimin mosque in Sikur

village, East Lombok Regency.
ICGTD - 96
Fig 63. Side view of the Hubbul Wathon Islamic Center
Mataram mosque. It has 5 towers with one dome-shaped
dome.
Fig 59. Raudatul Aitam mosque in the village of

Bilasundung, Masbagik sub-district, East Lombok
Fig 64. Ornaments under the dome roof with a motif

common to "tebolak" or traditional Sasak food hoods.
. Fig 60. Interior of Raudatul Aitam mosque in the village

of Bilasundung, Masbagik sub-district, East Lombok.
Fig 65. Nurul Bilad Mosque at Mandalika Special

Economic Zone.
\
Fig 61. Exterior of the Nurul Hidayah mosque in
Batutulis village Jonggat sub-district, central Lombok
district.
Fig 66. Nurul Bilad Mosque as the center of orientation

of the Mandalika region, with the shape of the limasan roof
as if to repeat the form of many rock hills around the
Mandalika beach.
The Hubbul Wathon Islamic Center Mataram mosque
was built on 6.7 hectares of land with 4 towers as high as
66m 1 tower as high as 99m representing the numbers of the
names of Allah / Asmaul Husna, and the dome-shaped
Fig 62. Mihrab of the Nurul Hidayah mosque in Batutulis "tebolak" roof dome or a giant size dining hood with the top
village Jonggat sub-district, central Lombok district. The of the dome shaped hilal or crescent moon. The highest
shape of the mihrab is curved like a dome roof. tower contains an elevator to take visitors up to see the view
towards the city of Mataram. Nurul Bilad Mosque which
means "Light for the Nation", is expected to be a torch to
illuminate all aspects of life in the Mandalika Special
Economic area. Built on an area of 8 hectares, only 500
meters from the beach of Mandalika Kuta Lombok, before
building other functions for tourism. Because it will be
surrounded by 5-star hotel buildings, the "Nurul Bilad"
mosque was built as an artifact of a large and modern
mosque to suit the hotel and residential buildings. Both of
these large mosques are ineun paer or mothers of waiting
space in two different regions, the Hubbul Wathon mosque
in the city of Mataram as the capital of West Nusa Tenggara
ICGTD - 97
Province, and the Nurul Bilad mosque in the tourist area of village that is seen by the behavior of receiving and
Kuta Mandalika. The architecture of the two mosques has a entertaining guests. The arrival of guests from outside the
different design approach. village in one household or cluster bale langgak will also be
accepted by other bale langgak spontaneously sending dishes
Symbolic Adaptation of Mosques in Cultural, Social and
that are available at home that day. Even guests for one
Economic Contexts family can be accepted and entertained in another family's
The change of belief and worldview from the Sasak home, solely for consideration of comfort that can be given
Lebung or old Sasak which is mythic-dynamism to the to these guests. Every guest who is received a visit to a
mythic-religious Sasak goes to adapt the culture and patterns family at the cluster bale langgak means also accepted and
of interaction in the local social space, so that even though it may be entertained by another cluster bale langgak.
undergoes a transformation of meaning and orientation, in
Seeing Sasak people whose dwelling is oriented towards
some cases such as artifacts and artistry it does not
mosque activities, then building Sasak communities in
experience changes, only adjustments so as not to conflict villages must be mosque-based. The mosque is also a place
with Islamic teachings. While the values in social life that are
to build social and economic life because it is in line with its
in accordance with what is taught by Islam then experience a function as an activity center orientation. The mosque-based
strengthening of meaning. Like the values of togetherness in
development, of course, is unique to the Islamic worldview
the Sasak tradition are strengthened by displaying the as the glue of the Sasak traditional community. The
congregation patterns in worship and practices in other social
paradigm is the process of development is actually a process
lives. Then the value of kinship and togetherness is that makes humans as the beginning and end of its activities,
strengthened by the implementation of the concept of social
and what is built is not only the physical settlement of
space that puts togetherness before personal ownership [15]. villages and villages, but the people who live there.
The concept of mother of place before Islam that leads to
The Sasak people who spend more time in daily activities
natural objects such as large trees then underneath formed at the mosque place great importance on religiosity in their
social transaction activities in the form of ‘temporary
home environment. The cluster pattern in the residential
market’ or tenten market at a certain time, then became space of hamlets and villages in Lombok which is
"mother of waiting space" on natural objects springs large or
concentrated around the mosque and not on the edge of the
aik kembulan formed a 'sedahan aik' social system that
highway can indicate that the community is not too interested
regulates the use of water fairly and equitably. After Islam in using the road as a path for economic activity, more
became the dominant religion and belief in life, the concept
concerned with the presence around the mosque for ease of
of mother of waiting space or Ineun Paer experienced worship. This pattern is their choice even though they also
adaptation with her object shifting to the building of the
understand that managed agricultural products must be sold
mosque and the social system of life underwent an through the road distribution channel. If traditions that
orientation at the mosque.
adhere to the Islamic concept become identical as a way of
The concept of mother of waiting space or Ineun Paer life in the Sasak community in Lombok, the meaning of
then encourages kinship life and a strong social system development does not have to be interpreted as the progress
among fellow villagers oriented to the village mosque or change of a physical condition of the residential
mosque artifacts, also at the village level too. The kinship environment which is the goal, but the physical improvement
social system in the hamlet regards all hamlet residents as a of humans / physically and consciousness / inner, where in
large family so that the territorial inter-dwelling houses in the the improvement the teachings are oriented to the mosque
hamlet are not limited by yard fences. The daily life of the and the values of revelation must be used as a reference and
Sasak traditional community takes place in groups based on guide the Sasak community development concept.
the family bond of ‘sorohan’ in the lowest level of paer
The nature of man for Islam and its position in the world
called ‘paer bale langgak ‘, both as single families and of existence does not depend on the physical and genetic
multiple families. Various cultural events related to the life
elements but on the spiritual and behavioral elements that are
cycle and various traditional events carried out by Sasak guided by religiosity, namely ahlaq, while the body or
people will always be related to the use of paer bale langgak
physical element is only a vehicle for the spirit when living
space. The arrangement of the Sasak community's residential life. In terms of physical and genetic differences between
space after becoming Islamic appears to be influenced by the
humans from one another is very small but the spiritual
determination of the direction of the roof of the building differences as controlling behavior between them make
which is oriented to the mosque, because the face of the
humans in Islamic concepts can be different like the earth
building will always face the village road that is daily passed and sky, namely between believers or mukmin and infidels
by the inhabitants of the cluster bale langgak to go to the
or kafir (= do not accept the teachings of God).
mosque so that buildings for a highlight are made in a line
and lead go directly to the mosque, or lead to the nearest road The transformation of the mosque as the center of village
to the mosque. In the implementation of various rituals spatial orientation is not enough to just carry out the function
related to life cycle, marriage and religion shows a sequential of worship. But it must also be the center of the
use of space that starts from the cluster bale langgak leading transformation of the social and economic life of the
to the mosque so that there is a hierarchy of space based on community, perhaps through the development of
the position of the cluster bale langgak and mosque. cooperatives as part of the mosque unit activities.
Cooperatives whose management is based on agricultural
The strong kinship at the level of extended family called processes and products managed by village communities
sorohan and between villagers is not only shown by the
through their mosques will be the drivers of change. The life
physical connectedness of each bale langgak building and of the Sasak community in the village must be encouraged to
yard, also shown when dealing with people from outside the
continuously become better and prosperous, so that they can
ICGTD - 98
improve the quality of worship that is not only individual but the process of living in the community concerned feels more
also social worship. For the approach to success, it can be just, more humane, and more acceptable to its citizens.
used the real insight of Islam which also attaches greater Promoting community movements in development in terms
importance to the value of worship together and activities to of social and cultural space has the opportunity to revive the
promote social life when compared to individual worship. spirit and practice of togetherness among Lombok villagers
who in fact they had known in the effort to live together
The cooperative business centered on the mosque will
together, including paddy water management systems such
provide encouragement to improve the socio-economic life as Sedahan Aik.
together without involving external parties in the village,
while maintaining the structure of indigenous peoples and It is fitting that the development of the tourist area
orientation spaces that strengthen the village cluster pattern. planned by the local government is treated as a local
In other areas where the village space is oriented towards community movement, involving residents who will be
economic life on the highway as a distribution crossing, it is affected by the construction of tourism infrastructure,
always marked by the presence of shop houses that line up respected humanitarian people's dignity. Development in
along the road. Shop houses that are almost uniform and terms of social and cultural space will require the
dominated by certain retail Mart industry brands make the participation of villagers in decision making, especially those
boundaries between villages in several villages become that personally bear the impact of decisions. So, there is a
connected because their presence will always be followed by kind of interaction between local citizen participation and
other shop businesses. strategies aimed at meeting the basic needs of citizens in
general. In so doing building a villager is "humanizing a
Almost all villages in other regions when viewed from
villager".
satellite photos depict linear and elongated patterns
according to the road lane, indicating community life Development in terms of social space is also a staging of
oriented towards economic activity. The village-dea social relations and is engineered by the population in
orientation pattern in Lombok has a peculiarity that is not various degrees of intervention / change, such as the example
found in other regions, because of the daily activities of the of the development of the Gili Trawangan tourist area which
people farming and in the mosque. Mosques in Lombok becomes a participatory development along with
villages are the center of life, so the cluster of houses participatory democracy. Meaning, in the midst of the
surrounding the mosque becomes the spatial pattern of all practice of indirect democracy there is still a chance of life
villages in Lombok. Madrasa or Islamic-based education and for the practice of continuous democracy among the people.
education adjacent to the location of the mosque in the The people are asked to vote, every time they make decisions
villages, held by the village community only to teach about development projects in their residential area. Thus, it
memorization of the Qur'an. The cluster pattern of village will even arise and develop simultaneously and complement
space surrounded by rice fields and centered on the mosque each other between political democracy, economic
indicates the kinship of the village. The pattern of social life democracy and social democracy.
will also be dominated by the kinship, so it is unfortunate if
If applied consistently, the construction of such a model
the pattern of kinship and life orientation in the activities in
this mosque is damaged by the expansion of the retail will spontaneously develop various related cultures:
industry which makes the outlet at the mouth of the road and communication culture, economic culture, legal culture,
then followed by other shop houses that close the village artistic culture, even scientific culture. Over time social
verges. If the presence of retail stores is not regulated and space can become a learning community, which is the ideal
restricted it will damage the Sasak village spatial basis for the formation of civil society. The concept of
arrangement which is more centered on the mosque as development in the village needs to also understand the
exemplified by the life of the Prophet Muhammad's era. The typical problems faced by residents in the coastal area of
Paer space culture in the life of the Sasak Lombok Lombok that have quite a large population. ‘Waiting space’
community should be maintained and strengthened by the on the beach called paer pesisi almost along the coast of
support of the local government not to allow the retail Lombok is disrupted because in addition to the area being a
industry to influence the villages. location of hospitality and tourism activities, the Paer space
The social space of the Sasak community is not an will also become an area that is no longer known to
traditional communities, so the concept of Paer tradition
abstract substance but is a concrete living space of the human
environment called adat village, created in the context of a regarding space in coastal areas are no longer relevant to
them. Almost all of the "paer pesisi" space on the coast of
traditional Sasak community [16]. This social space is a
product of the transformation of nature through a process of Lombok because of its beauty have the potential to undergo a
transformation of function into a tourist area. Thirty small
thought and work which includes boundaries in the form of
islands (gili) around the coast of Lombok which are all
villages, hamlets, rivers, lakes, mountains, beaches, forests
and others. The Sasak community's social space is also a beautiful are now 13 gili already filled with tourist structures.
Then like the history of Bali tourism where the mountain
staging of social relations and is engineered by the
population in various degrees of intervention / change [17]. cliffs in Ubud turned into a hotel area, then the slopes of
Mount Rinjani like in the village of Sembalun will
Starting from the smallest modification of the cluster bale
langgak, madrasas, mosques, which have little impact on the experience the same thing.
environment; to the modification of medium-sized banjars, The right solution to the typical problems of coastal
hamlets, villages and areas whose engineering will inevitably villages and their residents in Lombok is how they need to be
change the environmental layout. involved in managing beach tourism, so that they are
Philosophically, development in terms of social space is compensated in the economic aspects of their loss of
'changing' space Almost all coastal areas in Lombok have
formulated as an endless "community movement", as long as
ICGTD - 99
distinctive beauty and have the potential to become a tourist other regions is considered economically high. The position
destination if managed properly. In Gili Terawangan it is of the mosque becomes a behavior setting for the whole
interesting to note, namely how ineun paer in the gili is in the community and makes the dwelling room space and typical
form of a mosque, its management institution or the Mosque Lombok village clustered patterns. With its unique
Welfare Board then earns a steady income for the
environment, some villages in Lombok have been able to
development of the mosque from renting diving equipment,
diving, snorkeling, and tourist boats in the gili area so that it attract attention for tourists, as an alternative to enjoying the
can build a mosque in another location that is bigger than the beauty of the beach or mountain. The uniqueness of this
old mosque. Gili Terawangan has two mosques that are quite village is that due to its traditional customs which are still
large and are used for the entire Gili community including preserved such as in Sade village, Ende village, Bayan
tourists who are Muslim. All the community members of the village, Rembitan village, Segenter village. Some are due to
two mosques work as tourism operators of the Gili tourism being a special craft center such as pearl jewelry in
area are Cidomo drivers, boat drivers, food vendors, hotel Sekarbela village, pottery crafts in Banyumulek village,
employees, and security. Before the development of the Gili traditional weaving crafts in Sukarara village, ketak woven
Terawangan tourism, the mosque congregants were crafts in Rembiga village, cuklik furniture craft in Masbagik
fishermen who then transformed into tourism industry village. There are also those who have old preserved water
players because their land and house turned into expensive
parks that are still maintained in Narmada, Lingsar,
hotels.
Suranadi and Mayura. Then there is a village with a very
Mosque Architecture in the Concept of Paer Space Sasak typical pesantren life that attracts foreign tourists.
Culture. All the villages still have in common, namely having a
mosque as the center of orientation and cluster housing
centers. However, the cluster pattern of this dwelling if not
maintained properly will soon be undermined by the
presence of many retail shops of the modern economic
system which are built in a row on the side of the road, thus
covering and damaging the cluster system around the village
mosque. Stores from each retail network will compete with
each other with a bright display and choose a location
alongside the road into the village, then it will be connected
and continued by other shop houses so that the location of
several adjacent village clusters will be connected, then the
longer it will close from the front of the residential cluster
pattern and mosque in the village. If it is left unattended,
retail stores and other shophouses will grow and damage the
order of the cluster pattern which is very typical for Lombok
villages.
REFERENCES
Fig 67. Matrix of Symbolic meaning of the mosque and
the concept of Paer space : 1. Paer Space in Bale Langgak [1] Ehab Nasr Elden Ahmed Mohamed, 2014, “Islamic Architectural
Cluster, 2. Paer Space in Hamlet area, 3. Paer Space in Character Between egitimacy and Disparity”, Journal of Islamic
Village area, 4. Paer Space in Sub-district area, 5. Paer Space Architecture Volume 3 Issue 1 June 2014. P-ISSN: 2086-2636 E-
ISSN: 2356-4644. Journal Home Page: http://ejournal.uin-
in district area, A. The meaning Symbolic of orientation, B. malang.ac.id/index.php/JIA
The meaning Symbolic Religion, C. The meaning Symbolik [2] Ben Stringer, 2017, “Architecture and Culture: A Villages and
social Interaction, D. The meaning Symbolic of Sasak Globalization Issue” Taylor and Francis Journal Architecture and
Culture, E. The meaning Symbolic of Community Identity Culture,.
[3] Omar S. Asfour, 2016, “Bridging the Gap Between the Past and the
Present: a Reconsideration of Mosque Architectural Elements”,
Journal of Islamic Architecture, DOI 10.18860/jia.v4i2.3559.
IV. CONCLUSION
[1] Spahic Omer, 2012, “The Concepts of God, Man, and the
The mosque architecture in Lombok succeeded in Environment in Islam: Implications for Islamic Architecture
declaring itself to be an identical Islamic Architecture and at “Journal of Islamic Architecture, DOI 10.18860/jia.v2i1.1778
the same time giving the characteristics of local cultural [2] R. Hillenbrand, 1994, “Islamic Architecture: Form, Function
elements on the dome roof of the tebolak model. Can and Meaning”, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
respond to the issue that in recent years the problem of
cultural identity in contemporary architecture has become [3] Sumaiya Ahmed, 2016 "Mosque Architecture or Architecture
of Mosque: a New Notions of Bengal During the Muslim
important for creating uniqueness and local identity in a Rule” Journal of Islamic Architecture, DOI:
competitive environment at the global level [18]. 10.18860/jia.v4i1.3167.
The mosque is the center of orientation of the space that
binds the occupancy so that the value of the closeness to the [4] Ehab Nasr Elden Ahmed Mohamed, 2014, “Islamic
Architectural Character Between Legitimacy and Disparity”,
mosque exceeds the value of access to the highway which in
ICGTD - 100
Journal of Islamic Architecture Volume 3 Issue 1 June 2014. [11] Becker, Elisabeth, 2019 “Reconstructing the Muslim Self in
P-ISSN: 2086-2636 E-ISSN: 2356-4644 Journal Home Page: Diaspora: Socio-Spatial Practices in Urban European
http://ejournal.uin-malang.ac.id/index.php/JIA Mosques”International Journal of Islamic Architecture,
Volume 8, Number 2, 1 July 2019, pp. 389-414 (26)
[5] Sumaiya Ahmed, 2016 "Mosque Architecture or Architecture Publisher: Intellect DOI:
of Mosque: a New Notions of Bengal During the Muslim https://doi.org/10.1386/ijia.8.2.389_1
Rule” Journal of Islamic Architecture, DOI:
10.18860/jia.v4i1.3167 [12] Syahdan, 2000, “Code-Switching in the Speech of Elite
Sasaks”, in Peter K Austin (ed), Sasak: Working Papers in
[6] The Village Empowerment, Population and Civil Registry Sasak, vol. 2, Department of Linguistics and Applied
Office of Nusa Tenggara Barat Province, 2017, “Daftar Linguistics, The University of Melbourne.
Mesjid Jamiq dan Mesjid Biasa di Propinsi NTB”.
[13] Putra, Nengah et al, 1986,"Cultural Awareness About Spaces
[7] Sumaiya Ahmed, 2016 "Mosque Architecture or Architecture in Society, in the NTB Region (A Study of the Adaptation
of Mosque: a New Notions of Bengal During the Muslim Process)", Regional Cultural Inventory and Documentation
Rule” Journal of Islamic Architecture, DOI: Project, Prop NTB, Mataram, Ministry of Education and
10.18860/jia.v4i1.3167 Culture.
[8] Ayat Ali Yassin, Nangkula Utaberta, 2012, “Architecture in [14] Lalu Lukman, 2006, "Sasak Customary Cultural
the Islamic Civilization: Muslim Building or Islamic Arrangements in Lombok", NTB Mataram State Museum.
Architecture”, Journal of Islamic Architecture, Volume 3,
Number 2, 1 July 2012, DOI: [15] Yasser Mahgoub, “Architecture and the expression of
https://doi.org/10.1386/ijia.7.2.229_2 cultural identity in Kuwait” International Journal of
Architecture and Culture, Pages 165-182 | Published online:
[9] Jonathan M Bloom, Sheila Blair, 2009, “The Grove 16 May 2007 https://doi.org/10.1080/13602360701363486.
Encyclopedia of Islamic Art and Architecture Volume 2”.
[10] Keppel Archibald Cameron Creswell, 2005, "Thematic

Encyclopedia of the Islamic World 4: Thought and
Civilization".
ICGTD - 101
Implementation of YOLO Algorithm for Detecting
Traffic Lights
1st Yudi Widiawan 2nd Jasman Pardede 3rd Yusup Miftahuddin
Infomatics Engineering Infomatics Engineering Informatics Engineering
National Institute of Technology National Institute of Technology National Institute of Technology
Bandung Bandung Bandung
yudiwidiawan@gmail.com jasmanpardede78@gmail.com ymiftahuddin@gmail.com
Abstract— Existing vehicles still require control from try to precisely determine the concept and location of the
humans, which can sometimes cause accidents due to human objects contained in each image. This work is called object
error. Sometimes the driver's awareness of traffic lights is one detection, which usually consists of several sub jobs such as
of the causes of accidents. Object Detection can be used to face detection, pedestrian detection, and frame detection.
detect traffic lights. Detection of objects required must have a Object detection aims to find the location and classify objects
high level of accuracy and detection speed so that a running in the image, and provide labels with bounding boxes to
automatic vehicles can receive information about traffic lights. display the confidence value of the object[8].
With You Look Only Once (YOLO), a traffic light image
dataset can be created by extracting traffic lights ground-truth The algorithm used to detect objects in an image has
and then trained with pre-trained weights so that it becomes a many variations and is divided into two groups, namely an
new model that can detect red, yellow and green traffic lights. algorithm based on a region proposal, and one based on
YOLO detects an object with one time image scan so that the regression or classification. The use of object detection for
detection process takes place quickly. The results of the automatic vehicles requires a faster algorithm. Algorithms
detection carried out by YOLO can then be received by the based on region proposals such as the Region-Convolutional
system and further processed so that the system can provide Neural Network (R-CNN) have slower execution times
action against traffic light conditions to minimize accidents. In because they require thousands of neural networks for an
this study, a YOLO model was obtained with an accuracy rate
image rather than regression-based object detection
for detection of red lights by 95%, yellow lights by 84%, and
algorithms, such as the You Look Only Once (YOLO)
green lights by 91% with an average detection speed achieved
within 0.028 seconds.
algorithm ). [5].
Based on several problems encountered in real-time
Keywords—object detection, convolutional neural network, object detection using the region-based proposal detection
computer vision, darknet, automatic vehicle, weights training algorithm, the real-time traffic detection object detection
I. INTRODUCTION research was conducted by utilizing one of the regression-
based object detection algorithms namely You Only Look
Object detection has become one of the sciences Once (YOLO ). The study was conducted by training a
technolgy that is being developed in this era. The researchers dataset of traffic light signs collected from the results of
developed an object detection technique that allows taking pictures and then testing the model of training results
computers to recognize objects through an electronic device using the Darknet framework and using the Darknet53 and
such as camera. The images or videos that obtained through Darknet19 backbone.
the computers vision are being processed and getting the
detection results for further actions such as automation on
machines, and many things, ia popular example is object
II. RELATED WORK
detection for vehicles.
In the developments of technology such as automatic A. You Only Look Once (YOLO)
vehicles, precision and accuracy are a leading factor. The YOLO (You Only Look Once) algorithm was created by
ability of the object detection technique to detect objects in Redmon, Joseph., Et al, can detect objects in one scan.
real-time is important in order to accommodate automatic Managed to be one of the fastest algorithms besides R-CNN,
vehicles. [3]. Fast R-CNN, and SSD. Several object detection algorithms
usually use regions to find the location of objects in the
Urban areas provide a series of new challenges that image or called region based detection, so that the neural
require more sophisticated algorithms in a variety of areas network does not see the complete image. Which can lead to
ranging from perceptions of behavioral planning to accident the problem such as parts of the image that have a high
avoidance systems. One very important part of perception is probability of containing objects are not detected.
the detection and classification of traffic signs and traffic
light signs. [4]. YOLO or You Only Look Once is an object detection
algorithm that is different from the region-based proposal
To achieve a full understanding of images, not only algorithm mentioned earlier. On the YOLO architecture, a
concentrate on the classification of different images, but also
ICGTD - 102
convolutional network predicts bounding boxes and class The loss function is used to correct the midpoint and
probabilities for these boxes. bounding box for each prediction. Each image is divided into
SxS grids, with A as the bounding box for each grid. The
The detection network used by YOLOv1 has 24 variables b_x and b_ refer to the midpoint of each prediction,
convolution layers, followed by 2 fully connected layers. In
while b_w and b_ are the dimensions of the bounding box.
the YOLOv3 Journal, the authors introduce a new feature The λ_coord and λ_noobj variables are used to increase
detection architecture called Darknet-53, which has 53
emphasis on bounding boxes with objects, and decrease
convolution layers, each layer followed by a normalization emphasis on bounding boxes without objects. C refers to
layer, and the activation of Leaky ReLu.[9]
confidence and p (c) refers to classification predictions.
The YOLO architecture proposed by Redmon, Joseph., Section 1_ij ^ object is valued at 1 if the jth bounding box on
Et al in his research is as follows: the i-th grid is responsible for predicting objects and is 0 if
not. 1_jj ^ obj will be worth 1 if there are objects in the
bounding box and 0 if there are no objects in the bounding
box. Loss values indicate performance on the model, with a
low Loss value means the model has good performance,
influencing the prediction speed. [1].
The accuracy of the predictions made by the model is
calculated through the following equation:
Fig. 1. You Only Look Once (YOLO) Architechture[3]. P (k) refers to precision in the k threshold, while ∆r (k)
refers to changes in recall.
YOLO running the detection by taking an image and
dividing it into an SxS grid, in each of these grids a B For each bounding box, the network issues a class
bounding box with confidence values is defined. A probability and compensates for the value for the bounding
confidence value is the probability of an object in each box. A bounding box that has a class probability above a
bounding box and is defined as: threshold value is selected and used to find objects in the
image.
III. TRAIN A MODEL
Where IOU, Intersection over Union, represents a
fraction between 0 and 1. Intersection is the overlapping area In this study, the system will detect traffic light signs by
between bounding boxes that have been detected with passing through two main stages, namely the training and
ground-truth, and union is the combined area between testing stages as shown in the block diagram in Figure 3.
predicted bounding boxes and ground-truth. [3]. A. Dataset Preparation
The training stage is carried out by collecting a lot of
images of traffic signs. A traffic light sign is a class that will
be an object type to be detected by the system, after that the
collection of images will be labeled by marking the
coordinates of the location on the image using a bounding
box and the type of object in the image becomes an
annotation file.
The process of labeling is done by human because the
needs of reciting the objects through human eye and
perception about classes of the object. Annotation files will
Fig. 2. Intersection and Union[3]. be generated from the labeling process containing object
types and location coordinates in the image will act as
When the bounding box is made continuously, each grid ground-truths, having the format (index_type_ image, x, y,
also predicts the probability of the C class in the image of the width, height).
grid. B. Model Training
The training process is carried out by the stages of
Then YOLO uses the following equation to calculate loss preparing a dataset and file annotations, managing the
and optimize confidence: YOLO network configuration, determining the backbone
network pre-trained weights, then running the training
process. An important configuration that needs to be set is
the YOLO network in the yolov3.cfg file. The following
configuration can affect the speed of the results of training
that has been done.
In the configuration file, a batch is the number of images
loaded in a loop. Subdivisions value is the value that divides
the batch into minibatches, in this configuration example
ICGTD - 103
every 64/64 = 1 image per minibatch will be sent to the CPU A. Model Testing Results
/ GPU for processing. The filter value in the configuration The model testing in this study is to test the model of
file is generated by calculating the number of classes using training results to detect the image of traffic lights that are
the filter filter formula = (C + 5) × 5, because the number of
inputted either by image or in real-time. Testing are done by
types of traffic lights is 3 (red, yellow, and green). Thus, the
getting the input image into darknet framework by using the
number of filters is 40. The number of different convolution
layers in the YOLO model varies, for YOLOv3 the number YOLOv3, YOLOv3-Tiny, and YOLOv2-Tiny models and
of convolution layers used is 53 convolution layers. several configuration files. From each new model that has
been trained with 251 images of the traffic lights, the mAP
The trained YOLO models are YOLOv3, YOLOv3-tiny, calculation and test results are as follows:
and YOLOv2-tiny. In the YOLOv3 and YOLOv3-tiny model
training process is done using the Darknet framework, and 1) YOLOv3 Model
using the Darknet53 backbone network (darknet53.conv.74)
while to train YOLOv2-tiny, the Darknet19 backbone a) YOLOv3 Model mAP Calculation
network (darknet19_448.conv.23). The training process is Calculated Values
Class ID Name
carried out until the expected ideal loss reaches 0.06xxx or TP FP AP
the number of epochs to 9000 and the learning rate must 0 Red 108 6 95.90%
reach 0.1000. The result of the training is a YOLO model
with the file weights extension (* .weights). 1 Yellow 51 7 84.00%
2 Green 53 3 91.97%
C. Model Testing
Then in the testing stage, all of the data needed for testing Fig. 3. AP of each YOLOv3 class
such as configuration file, directory list, class list, and the
final trained weights will be needed to do the test. b) YOLOv3 Model IoU at 0.25 Threshold
Precision 0.93
For the very first step, the image for detection will be
resized to 416x416, according to the configuration of YOLO. Recall 0.87
The image will be divided into grids of SxS, according to the F1-Score 0.90
number set in the configuration. Then the image will be
classified, if the lattice has the same value as the ground- TP 209
truth of the object, then the lattice is responsible for FP 16
predicting the object, predicting the bounding box, and
FN 32
displaying the bounding box and the confidence value of the
object from the classification results. Average IoU 71.81%
IV. RESULTS
At the traning stage, the dataset that has been created is Fig. 4. IoU at YOLOv3 at 2.5 Threshold
trained on a device with specifications: IoU threshold = 50 %, mean average precision (mAP@0.50) = 0.906231,
or 90.62 %
Google Colab Notebook
Based on training results using 251 images, the Darknet
GPU: 1xTesla K80 ,having 2496 CUDA cores, framework produces a YOLOv3 model with a mean average
compute 3.7, 12GB(11.439GB Usable) GDDR5 precision (mAP) of 90.62% at an IoU threshold of 0.50 or
VRAM 50%.
CPU: 1xsingle core hyper threaded i.e(1 co
re, 2 threads) Xeon Processors @2.3Ghz (No c) Detection Result of YOLOv3 on Images
Turbo Boost) , 45MB Cache
RAM: ~12.6 GB Available
The detection done by15 images with a ratio of red
Disk: ~320 GB Available light: yellow light: green light as much as 5: 5: 5.
No Image Source Accuracy (%) Detection time

The hardware is used through the Google Colab Research (ms)
service. The image dataset is taken through the image search R Y G R Y G
feature in Google Image Search and the results of the by-
1 1 1 1 100 100 99 28,4
hand image selection to eliminate images that are deemed
incompatible with traffic light signs so as to produce 251 2 1 - - 99 - 45 28,4
images. 3 1 - - 99 - - 27,9
The object detection system is implemented using the 4 1 - - 99 - - 28,6
python programming language, and java at the testing stage,
two types are carried out namely testing by loading the test 5 1 - - 82 - - 28,5
image and running the model on a real-time camera and an 6 - 2 - - 88 - 28,3
Android device that has a GPU specification that is low
enough to detect traffic lights. 7 - 1 - 95 99 - 28,5
8 - 4 - - 95 - 28,4
9 - 2 - - 92 - 28,8
ICGTD - 104
10 - 6 - - 96 - 28,4 1 1 1 1 63 49 - 3,2
11 - - 1 - - 99 26,3 2 1 - - 96 - - 3,2
12 - - 1 - - 99 26,5 3 1 - - 91 - - 6,26
13 - - 1 - - 100 26,6 4 1 - - 68 - - 3,3
14 - - 1 - - 100 28,6 5 1 - - - - - 3,3
15 - - 1 - - 100 28,7 6 - 1 - - - - 3,2
7 - 1 - - 29 - 3,2
Fig. 5. Result of YOLOv3 Detection on 15 images. 8 - 4 - - 100 - 3,1
9 - 2 - - - - 3,2
The custom YOLOv3 model can detect each class with
quite high accuracy, which is at 88% to 100%. The average 10 - 6 - - - - 3,2
time achieved to detect is 28.06 milliseconds or 0.028 11 - - 1 - - - 3,3
seconds.
12 - - 1 - - - 3,4
There are a number of error detection in testing number 13 - - 1 - - - 3,4
2 where the system detects green light with an accuracy of
14 - - 1 - - - 3,4
45% while in the test image and ground-truth there is no
green light then in testing at number 7 where the test image 15 - - 1 - - 79 3,2
and ground-truth have no red light, the system detecting red
lights with a fairly high accuracy rate of 95%.
Fig. 8. Result of YOLOv3-Tiny Detection on 15 images.
2) YOLOv3-Tiny Model
YOLOv3-Tiny custom models can detect each class with
a) YOLOv3-Tiny Model mAP Calculation
accuracy for successful detection of 29% to 100%. The
Calculated Values average detection accuracy for red lights is 63.6%, while for
Class ID Name
TP FP AP the detection of yellow and green light images is fairly low
0 Red 48 1 54.27% which is in the numbers 25.8% and 15%. The average time
1 Yellow 15 0 41.49% achieved by the model for the entire class type is 3.45
milliseconds or 0.00345 seconds.
2 Green 8 0 37.89%
There are a lot of error detection in testing number 7
Fig. 6. AP of each YOLOv3-Tiny class where the YOLOv3-Tiny model does not detect green light,
and yellow light on the image that has the colored light
b) YOLOv3-Tiny Model IoU at 0.25 Threshold object.
Precision 0.99
3) YOLOv2-Tiny Model
Recall 0.29
a) YOLOv2-Tiny Model mAP Calculation
F1-Score 0.45
Calculated Values
Class ID Name
TP 71 TP FP AP
FP 1 0 Red 117 10 93.64%
FN 170 1 Yellow 51 12 78.35%
Average IoU 71.04% 2 Green 47 15 74.69%
Fig. 9. AP of each YOLOv3-Tiny class

Fig. 7. IoU at YOLOv3-Tiny at 2.5 Threshold
b) YOLOv2-Tiny Model IoU at 0.25 Threshold
IoU threshold = 50 %, mean average precision (mAP@0.50) = 0.445484, Precision 0.85
or 44.55 %
Recall 0.89
Based on training results using 251 images, the Darknet F1-Score 0.87
framework produces a YOLOv3-Tiny model with a mean
TP 215
average precision (mAP) of 44.55% at an IoU threshold of
0.50 or 50%. FP 37
FN 26
c) Detection Result of YOLOv3-Tiny on Images
Average IoU 69.56%
light: yellow light: green light as much as 5: 5: 5.
Fig. 10. IoU at YOLOv2-Tiny at 2.5 Threshold
(ms) IoU threshold = 50 %, mean average precision (mAP@0.50) = 0.822270,
R Y G R Y G
or 82.23 %
ICGTD - 105
Based on training results using 251 images, the Darknet
framework produces a YOLOv2-Tiny model with a mean
average precision (mAP) of 82.23% at an IoU threshold of
0.50 or 50%.
c) Detection Result of YOLOv2-Tiny on Images

light: yellow light: green light as much as 5: 5: 5.

(ms)
R Y G R Y G
1 1 1 1 100 100 100 3,0
2 1 - - 100 - - 2,1
3 1 - - 100 - - 3,2
4 1 - - 100 - - 3,2
5 1 - - 100 - - 3,1 Fig. 12. Result of Detection on Images.
6 - 2 - - 100 - 3,1
7 - 1 - - 100 - 3,2
B. Model Testing on Real-Time Results
8 - 4 - - 100 - 3,2 The next YOLO custom model traffic light object
9 - 2 - - 100 - 3,0 detection testing will then be performed on a device that has
quite low GPU and CPU specifications. The device is an
10 - 6 - - 100 - 3,0 android phone with the following specifications:
11 - - 1 - - 100 3,3
CPU Octa-core (4x2.2 GHz Kryo 260 Gold & 4x1.8 GHz
12 - - 1 - - 100 3,2 Kryo 260 Silver)
13 - - 1 - - 100 3,2 RAM 3 GB
14 - - 1 - - 100 3,1 GPU Qualcomm Adreno 512
15 - - 1 - - 100 3,2 Camera 48 MP, f/1.8, (wide), 1/2", 0.8µm, PDAF
5 MP, f/2.2, depth sensor
Fig. 11. Result of YOLOv2-Tiny Detection on 15 images.
YOLOv2-Tiny custom models can detect each The implementation of the YOLO model for mobile
class with an accuracy of 100%. The average detection devices is done by making the model converted into a
accuracy for red lights, yellow lights, and green lights is protobuff file (* .pb). The YOLO model used was YOLOv2-
100%. The average time achieved by the model for all class Tiny which was trained with the Darknet19 backbone
types is 3.07 milliseconds or 0.00307 seconds. (darknet19_448.conv.23) using the same dataset, 251
images.
In testing the input image using the YOLOv2-Tiny After the model is converted to a protobuff file, the
model, using 15 images from each class of traffic lights, no model will be loaded in the tensorflow samples project. The
loss accuracy was found in the predicted percentage. With results of real-time detection using an Android mobile device
high speed and accuracy, YOLOv2 will be a model to be are as follows:
tested in real-time detection of traffic light signs.
(ms)
The following are some of the object detection output R Y G R Y G
images using the YOLOv3 model that has been trained with
1 1 1 1 100 100 100 3,0
a traffic light dataset dataset.
2 1 - - 100 - - 2,1
3 1 - - 100 - - 3,2
4 1 - - 100 - - 3,2
5 1 - - 100 - - 3,1
6 - 2 - - 100 - 3,1
7 - 1 - - 100 - 3,2
8 - 4 - - 100 - 3,2
9 - 2 - - 100 - 3,0
ICGTD - 106
10 - 6 - - 100 - 3,0 [2] Redmon, J., Divvala, S., Girshick, R., & Farhadi, A. (2016). You
Only Look Once: Unified, Real-Time Object Detection. 1-10.
11 - - 1 - - 100 3,3 [3] Huang, R., Pedoeem, J., & Chen, C. (2018). YOLO-LITE: A Real-
12 - - 1 - - 100 3,2 Time Object Detection Algorithm Optimized for Non-GPU
Computers. arXiv:1811.05588v1 , 1-2
13 - - 1 - - 100 3,2 [4] Behrendt, K., Novak, L., & Botros, R. (2017). A Deep Learning
Approach to Traffic Lights: Detection, Tracking, and Classification.
14 - - 1 - - 100 3,1
IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation (ICRA),
15 - - 1 - - 100 3,2 1-8.
[5] Jupiyandi, S., Saniputra, F. R., Pratama, Y., Dharmawan, M. R., &
Fig. 13. Result of YOLOv2-Tiny Detection on 15 traffic lights captured by Cholissodin, I. (2019). CAR IMAGE DETECTION
phone camera. DEVELOPMENT TO KNOW THE AMOUNT. Jurnal Teknologi
Informasi dan Ilmu Komputer (JTIIK), 1-10.
Detection was carried out on 15 traffc lights. Realtime [6] Liu, C., Guo, Y., Li, S., & Chang, F. (2019). ACF Based Region
Proposal Extraction for YOLOv3. MDPI, 9.
detection distance is done at 1 meter of camera visibility with
traffic lights. [7] R. Nicole, “Title of paper with only first word capitalized,” J. Name
Stand. Abbrev., in press.
The results of testing the YOLO-v2 Tiny model on [8] Member, I., Zhong-Qiu, Z., Peng, Z., Shou-tao, X., Xindong, W., &
Android devices in real-time have a fairly high degree of Fellow, I. (2019). Object Detection with Deep Learning: A Review.
accuracy, with the time required to detect around 470 IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON NEURAL NETWORKS AND
LEARNING SYSTEMS FOR PUBLICATION, 1-8.
milliseconds or 0.47 seconds / almost half a second
[9] Balsys, R. (2019, 7 17). Learn Python programming. Retrieved from
compared to non-realtime detection. Frame per Second (FPS) YOLO v3 theory explained: https://pylessons.com/YOLOv3-
when the test runs normally at 60 FPS. introduction/. Last accessed : 8-11-2019
REFERENCES
[1] Redmon, J., & Farhadi, A. (2016). YOLO9000: Better, Faster,
Stronger. 1-9.
ICGTD - 107
A Study of Using Membranes Carbon Nanotubes
Integrating with Ozone for Reducing Natural
Organic Matter (NOM) Jatiluhur Dam
Jono Suhartono Arnia Shintha Imat Nur Alim
Chemical Engineering Department, Chemical Engineering Department, Chemical Engineering Department,
Faculty of Industrial Technology Faculty of Industrial Technology Faculty of Industrial Technology
National Insitute of Technology National Insitute of Technology National Insitute of Technology
jono_suhartono@itenas.ac.id shintyaarnias@gmail.com imatnuralim97@gmail.com Shintya
Jihan Rizky Agnia

Chemical Engineering Department,
Faculty of Industrial Technology
National Insitute of Technology
Bandung, Indonesia
jihanrizkyagnia@gmail.com
Abstract— this paper investigates the implementation of Natural Organic Matter is a part of organic pollutant in
carbon nanotubes membrane integrating with ozone water and its existence must be removed especially for the
technology in reducing Natural Organic Matter (NOM) where needs of water consumption. After living and growing
in this case used approach humic acid as representative of matter throughout the ecosystem, such as humans, animals,
NOM. NOM is the one indication of impurities in water thus it
needs to be remove the NOM contained in water especially for
plants, and microorganisms contain organic components are
consumption demand. In this study, water sample was taken dying, the organic matter decomposes into NOM, and also
Jatiluhur dam. Membrane is capable to filter some of molecule the excretions of living matter are broken down through a
which cannot be pass through the flow because of it have reactive process into NOM[2]. NOM also indirectly
selective semipermeable properties. On the other hands Ozone influences which can cause problems, such as the formation
is one of the strongest oxidizer that may well reduce impurities of disinfection by products (DBPs), for example tri-
in water. This study was conducted by integrating Ozone and halomethanes (THMs) due to chlorination. A study of
membrane process expected to improve membrane drinking water quality in Rotterdam by J. Rook around 1972
performance because of this oxidizer may also reduce fouling stated that THMs were formed due to the reaction between
in membrane surface. There are three types of membranes
being used that is pure PVDF, CNTs-P/PVDF, and CNTs-
chlorine and natural compounds such as "humic substance"
O/PVDF. The experiment was also conducted in different in raw water [4]. In 1976, the National Cancer Institute
range of pH where the NOM content in permeate resulting stated that with a fairly high dose of chloroform compound
from the process is analyzed. which is the most common THMs compound, it can cause
cancer in mice[5].
Keywords— Carbon Nanotubes, Membrane, NOM, Ozone,
Water When the source water contains high NOM
concentrations, this should be removed to a high extent
I. INTRODUCTION
during drinking water treatment[1]. Therefore, it needs a
Jatiluhur dam is one of the water sources in Indonesia specific method to remove NOM content in water efficient
which has many functions. Its main functions are to meet and economically. There are several ways to remove NOM,
the irrigation needs of paddy fields around 242,000 ha, the one of them is with coagulation-flocculation process. This
supply of raw water for DKI Jakarta and surrounding areas, process is done by adding coagulant to water, this coagulant
power plants with an installed capacity of 187.5 MW, flood can be aluminum sulfate. But this process has a weakness in
control in Karawang regency, Bekasi and Jakarta, water the clarification process because the separation process
supply for industry and for fishery cultivation an area of based on gravity takes a long time until the flocculants and
20,000 ha, for tourism and water sports[3]. Due to a lot of clean water are separated[6].
activities are conducted by residents in the river region flow
can affect the quality of water and could be soiling the A study by Fitria and Handayani 2010[7] given result
water. Polluter in water can be microorganism, organic, and removal with two staged coagulation process have higher
inorganic compounds. This pollutants can cause change efficiency at between 70 – 99%. Two stage coagulation
properties of water such as discoloration, odor, and taste[1]. works by double coagulation process with addition of alum
twice in rapid stirring it was followed by flocculation. This
ICGTD - 108
is happen because addition of alum doses conducted in involved: nanomaterial dispersion, homogenization of
twice will improve the efficiency for organic content matrix membrane and fabrication of membrane by the
removal with alum hydroxide. At neutral pH (6,5-7,5) immersion precipitation method. Ozone generator
Al2(SO4)3 will be hydrolyzed become Al(OH)3, but amount equipment used has the ability to produce ozone with a
of organic substance which is hydrophobic tend to react and concentration of 3 mg / hour. According to Mulder, 1996
adsorbed quickly with the newly formed hydroxide alum [12] there are two main parameters that determine
(precipitation), so that if the addition of coagulant twice then membrane performance that is flux and selectivity. The
the removal not only happened to hydrophobic organic membrane performances were evaluated by calculating
substance but also happened to hydrophilic organic membrane flux using the following equations:
substance because of organic content that have hydrophilic 𝐽= (1)
.
properties can be adsorb to the alum precipitant newly
Where J is the water flux of membrane (L/m2.h). V is
formed in the second addition of alum. The process carried
volume of permeate (L) A is membrane area (m2) and t is
out in this study is batches and sample of raw water were
the operating time (h). While selectivity is expressed by a
given alum as a coagulant. In its practice, the addition of
parameter, namely the coefficient of rejection were
alum is done twice with a variation that performed on the
calculated using:
addition of alum as much as 1 / 3: 2 / 3, 1 / 2: 1 / 2, 2 / 3: 1 /
3 doses of the total of alum. As a result, in the given of alum 𝑅 =1− (2)
dose at 1/3:2/3 ratio give the highest efficiency which is
98,98% on the sample of artificial water, while on the Where R is rejection factor, Cp is the concentration of solute
sample of raw water the highest removal efficiency given by in feed (mg/L) and Cf is the concentration of solute in
alum dose at the ratio 2/3:1/3 which is 97,34%. permeate (mg/L).
Another method for NOM removal is with Ozonation. B. Procedure Preparation of Humic Acid Mother Liquor
Because of it is a strong oxidizer and acts as disinfection in To make a Humic Acid mother solution first, prepared
water treatment against bacteria and viruses. In addition, NaOH solution at pH ≥ 9 by dissolving 0.1 gram of NaOH
oxidizing properties can also reduce the concentration of into 200 mL demineralized water then poured the NaOH
iron, manganese, sulfur and reduce or eliminate taste and solution into a 500 mL volumetric flask. After that, prepare
odor[1]. 0.025 g of humic acid and put in a 500 mL volumetric flask
containing NaOH solution. Then add the demineralized
Furthermore, NOM removal can also use membrane water to the measuring flask limit line. Stir the humic acid
filtration. Membrane separation is commonly used and has solution that has been added to NaOH for 3 hours until it is
become a modern separation technology. There are various homogeneous and filtered the solution using 0.45μm
type of membrane materials one of them are polymers. Buchner filter.
Membranes work by dividing the flow, one of flow can pass
through the membrane layer and the other cannot. During C. Preparing NOM Standard Solution
the membrane filtration process, fouling will be possible
occur due to a buildup of molecules that cannot pass through In making standard Natural Organic Matter (NOM)
the membrane. Therefore, by combining the polymer solutions with a concentration of 5 mg/L, 10 mg/L, 15
material on the membrane with nanomaterial can increase mg/L, 20 mg/L and 25 mg/L. Take 50 mL of the mother
the permeability of the membrane itself[9]. liquor then dilute to 100 mL in a 100 mL volumetric flask to
In this study, PVDF polymers is the material used on obtain a HA concentration of 25 mg / L. Then, do the same
membranes. This membrane has been given the addition of procedure to make another standard solution with a
nanomaterial in the form of Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs), the concentration of 5 mg/L, 10 mg/L, 15 mg/L, and 20 mg/L
addition of CNTs to the PVDF membrane as a form of way through dilution from the mother liquor
to improve permeability of the membrane. An ozonation
process is also carried out in this study which the PVDF D. Integration of Ozone and Membrane in Jatiluhur Dam
polymer has a high compatibility with ozone[13]. So that the In is about to prepare 500 mL of demineralized water in
integration of these two processes is expected to be able to a beaker. Turn on the button of compressor in ozone
improve the performance of membrane in NOM removal. generator while opening the valve so that air can flow.
Contact the demineralized water with ozone for 5 minutes.
II. METHOD Prepare sample water then as much as 500 mL while
A. Materials arranged the pH set. Water samples that have been ready
will be put into the tank Prepare membrane which will be
For sampling water on this study was carried out in the used on membrane filtration device. Contact ozone with the
rainy season on the surface of Jatiluhur dam. Sodium prepared sample for 1 hour while pumping the resulting
hydroxide was bought in PT. Seger Chemical whilst Nitric ozonation solution to the flat membrane by adjusting the
acid, potassium iodide, and demineralized water were operating pressure at 4 bars and set the flow rate.
purchased from PT. Brataco Chemika, Indonesia. Humic Accommodate permeate output and take samples every 1, 2,
acid to represent natural organic matter (NOM) for 5, 10, 15, 30, and 60 minutes. Do the same procedures for
standardization were purchased from Sigma Aldrich. other variations of pH.
Membrane fabrication was described on previous studies
from Aztari & Fauzia, 2017[6]. Briefly, the method
ICGTD - 109
E. Analysis of UV-Vis Spectrofotometers 2.5
This analysis aimed to observe the components that exist
before and after the NOM removal process. Observations 2.0
pH 5
were made to ensure reduced levels of NOM after the 1.5
C (mg/L)
removal process. Observations were made by making a pH 6
calibration curve at the maximum wavelength, after which 1.0
pH 7
checking the NOM concentration were measured by a UV- 0.5
Vis spectrophotometer (Model Genesys 10 UV, Thermo pH 8
Electron Corporation, USA) using a pre-determined 0.0
pH 9
calibration curve at a wavelength of 254 nm. 0 20 40 60 80
t (min)
(b)
A. Process NOM Removal with Integration of Ozone and
Membrane Technology Fig. 2. NOM Profile Concentration to Time (a) CNTs-
In this study, sample water which has been contacted P/PVDF Membrane and (b) CNTs-O/PVDF Membrane
with ozone would be forwarded to flat membrane filtration.
This process conducted for 60 minutes. From the test results As NOM removal results are shown in Figure 2,
concentration of the sample was obtained at 2.3 mg/L which integration of the two processes can be used as a NOM
would be filtered by pure PVDF membrane, CNTs-P/PVDF removal process as evidenced by a decrease in permeate
membrane, and CNTs-O/PVDF membrane under conditions concentration when compared with the concentration of
of pH 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. The use of ozone in water treatment feed. This process can occur because ozone can react
systems is as disinfection. Ozone is a strong oxidizer (E = quickly by breaking off unsaturated bonds and the aromatic
2.07 V) which is able to reduce NOM levels from water ring that the NOM has so that the molecular weight
samples to a certain extent[11]. The ozone contact in this decreases. Decreasing the molecular weight of NOM will
study aims to reduce the content of NOM in the sample used produce more carbonyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, and
by oxidizing the NOM in the sample so that the aromatic amino groups which have more hydrophilic properties
structure of the NOM will change to a simpler structure, compared to their parent molecules[11].
resulting in decreased NOM levels from sample water.
Ozone is able to make aromatic ring division and On the other hand, the process in this study used
depolymerization, the decomposition of organic compounds membrane technology which is a selective semipermeable
into two or more molecules will cause a decrease in resistance that can prevent the movement of certain
molecular weight [10]. molecules in a specific way. Poly(vinylidene) fluoride
(PVDF) was chosen as a membrane material used because
When viewed from the sieving mechanism, membranes of its high compatibility with ozone[13]. The membrane has
have small pores that can only be passed by molecules that a smaller pore than the molecular size of the NOM so that
are smaller than the membrane pores. In this case, humic many NOMs are retained on the surface of the membrane.
acid will be stuck on the surface of the membrane because it This is proven by two types of membrane giving result
has a molecular size that exceeds the size of the membrane concentration of NOM has decreased every time. From the
pores, while water that has a smaller molecular size can pass Figure 2, it can also be seen start from 30th minute that the
through the membrane as a permeate. decreasing of NOM concentration is not that significant and
2.5 relatively small this is due to the occurrence of fouling on
the surface of membrane so that water cannot enter through
2.0 the pores of membrane. Fouling occurs due to blockage of
pH 5 the membrane pores due to being covered by retained
1.5
C (mg/L)
pH 6 particles or called foulant, if the process continues to do

1.0 then the foulant will accumulate and cause the membrane
pH 7 flux to decrease so that the concentration of permeate
0.5
pH 8 obtained reduced but not that significant. NOM molecules
0.0 that restrained in the membrane pore due to this fouling
pH 9
0 20 40 60 80 process cause an increase in resistance, this resistance can
help the membrane in the elimination process so that the
t (min)
concentration of permeate becomes smaller. As a result
integrating process, it is proven that this can remove NOM
(a) content in Jatiluhur dam water due to a decrease in
concentration of NOM on feed solution.
B. Effect of Flux on Time at Various pH in the NOM

Removal
Sampling in this study was carried out during the rainy
season. Based on the characterization of Jatiluhur dam water
ICGTD - 110
that has been carried out by [14] stated that NOM in C. Membrane Rejection Performance as Function of Time
Jatiluhur dam water tends to be more dominant hydrophobic at Various pH in the NOM Removal Process
both in the rainy and dry season. There are three types of
membranes with nanomaterial are used in this study and one 100
pure membrane polymer as a comparison there is pure 80
Rejection (%)
PVDF membrane, CNTs-P/PVDF membrane, and CNTs- pH 5
O/PVDF membrane. 60
pH 6
40
pH 7
0.025 20
pH 8
0.020 0
pH 9
pH 5 0 20 40 60 80
Fluks (L/m2s)
0.015
pH 6 t (min)
0.010
pH 7
(a)
0.005
pH 8 100
0.000
pH 9 pH 5
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 80
pH 6
t (s)
Rejection (%)
60 pH 7
pH 8
(a) 40 pH 9
0.030 20
0.025
0
Fluks (L/m2s)
0.020 pH 5
0 20 40 60 80
0.015 pH 6 t (min)
0.010 pH 7
0.005 (b)
pH 8
Fig. 4. Membrane Solute Rejection Performance (a) CNTs-
0.000
pH 9 P/PVDF Membrane and (b) CNTs-O/PVDF Membrane
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
t (s) The value of pH affects membrane rejection
performance as it shown in Figure 4. The higher value of pH
(b) will deprotonate and increase the amount of negative
Fig. 3. Membrane Flux Trends of NOM Feed Solutions charge. It would be electrostatic resistance between the
Filtered (a) CNTs-P/PVDF Membrane and (b) CNTs- membrane charge and the NOM charge so that the chance of
O/PVDF Membrane NOM molecules which can pass through membrane layer
would be decrease. At the lower pH NOM molecules would
Figure 3 has shown effect of difference pH on be restrained on to the membrane itself due to the attraction
membrane flux. The permeate flux obtained decreased in each charge and the shape of the NOM molecules which
time as a result of fouling occur during process. Fouling tend to form more agglomerates. However, at low pH
would be blockage in pores of membrane and resulted conditions NOM molecules might be staying at the
amount of permeate become less. The best flux is obtained membrane surface, but Figure 4 shows at pH 5 given the
at pH 9 this occurs because at high pH NOM deprotonation lowest result of membrane rejection. This happened because
will be happened so that resulting in an increase in the the ability of ozone in oxidation can cause the changing size
amount of negative charge. This could be increase the of NOMs in so that the particles that are held up in the
electrostatic repulsion between the charge on the membrane membrane might pass through the permeate flow.
and the NOM molecule. Whereas in pH 5 conditions For CNTs-P/PVDF membrane, at pH 9 membranes
produce the lowest flux because of protonation will be having a rejection that is lower than pH 8. This happened
happen in NOM substance and tend to aggregate to form a because at the conditions of pH 9 would cause more
solid macromolecule through hydrogen bonds. At pH 5 the elements of hydroxide ions in water. The hydroxide ion in
electronegativity is low so that more NOM molecules are ozone decomposition, acts as an initiator that can accelerate
held in the membrane because there is a pulling process the formation of non-selective radical OH which will help in
between the molecule of NOM and membrane and decreases the oxidation process. Hydroxyl radicals are also strong
the value of flux obtained because fouling occurs faster. oxidation because they have a high value of standard
potential (E = 2.8 V) [8] so that besides oxidized by ozone,
NOM is also oxidized by the hydroxyl radicals formed. This
causes more NOM to be formed which is smaller than the
membrane pore so that it can pass through out to the
permeate flow.
ICGTD - 111
Whereas for CNTs-O/PVDF membrane given results at 100
pH 8 and 9 have a rejection value lower than pH 7, this 90
happened because, at higher pH conditions would cause 80
more content of hydroxide ions in water. This hydroxide ion 70
CNTs-P/PVDF
Rejeksi (%)
in ozone decomposition acts as an initiator that can 60
membranes
50
accelerate the formation of non-selective radical OH which 40 CNTs-O/PVDF
will help in the oxidation process. As a result, besides 30 membranes
oxidized by ozone, NOM is also oxidized by hydroxyl 20 Pure PVDF
radicals. It causes more NOM formed to become smaller 10
than membrane pore so that NOM could go out to the 0
0 20 40 60 80
permeate flow. On the other hand, highest rejection value
was obtained at pH 7 due to the presence of an oxide group t (min)
in the CNTs-O/PVDF membrane as a result of addition
carbon nanotube on the polymer which had been Fig. 6. The Time-Rejection Profile of Various Types of
functionalized with other elements (in this case oxygen). Membranes
This causes the formation of radical OH much faster than From Figure 6 it can be seen that the highest membrane
which not functionalized with oxygen. Therefore at pH 8 rejection is obtained in the CNTs-O/PVDF membrane
and 9 for CNTs-O/PVDF membrane more NOM molecules compared to the CNTs-P/PVDF membrane. This happened
are oxidized to a smaller size than the membrane pore and because functional group in CNTs-O/PVDF membrane
pass to the permeate flow. decreased contact angel value and increase electronegativity
on potential zeta. Potential zeta (also known as electro
D. Determination of Optimal Membranes in the NOM kinetics potential) is formed on the surface of any material
Removal Process when coming into contact with liquid media. With the lower
the potential zeta value, would be more electronegative. A
0.026 more electronegative membrane will increase the
0.024 electrostatic repulsion between the charge on the membrane
Permeate Fluks (L/m2s)
0.022 and the NOM molecule thereby reducing fouling and

0.02 CNTs-P/PVDF increasing rejection.
membranes
0.018 For pure PVDF membrane gave result the lowest membrane
0.016 CNTs-O/PVDF rejection because it has hydrophobic nature compared than
membranes
0.014 other membranes. Could also be shown from the contact
0.012
Pure PVDF angle value that is 84o for pure PVDF. Besides that, pure
0.01 PVDF membrane has lower electronegativity value than
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 others so that would make more fouling happen. This is
t (s) caused by of NOM and pure PVDF membrane both have
hydrophobic nature thus pure PVDF membrane tend to be
Fig. 5. Comparison of Time-Flux Curve of Various Types of fouled more than other membranes. However foulants on
Membranes the membrane surface will be in contact with ozone so that
Figure 5 shown that CNTs-O/PVDF flux is higher than the surface of the PVDF membrane oxidizes and helps clear
CNTs-P/PVDF this can be due to nature on CNTs-O/PVDF the fouling where this is in accordance to research studied
membrane is more hydrophilic so it would be easier for by Suhartono and Tizaoui, 2018 [13]. So that NOM that was
water to pass. This nature proven by value of contact angle initially held on membrane surface would be released and
for CNTs-O/PVDF membrane is 54o while CNTs-P/PVDF escape into permeate flow. Thus gave membrane rejection
membrane is 65o[9]. The smaller the value of contact angle, value of pure PVDF membranes became the lowest.
membrane more become hydrophilic. As the result shown
pure PVDF gave the lowest flux membrane. This might be
IV. CONCLUSION
happen because PVDF membranes without the addition of
nanomaterials have more hydrophobic nature than This paper shows a result of integrating ozonization and
membranes with addition of nanomaterials. This membranes (bare PVDF, CNTs-P/PVDF and CNTs-
hydrophobic nature also increases the interaction between O/PVDF membranes) which process were given various of
the surface of the membrane with NOM which have same pH. NOM removal process by using this method were able
hydrophobic nature thereby a lot of NOM will hold in the to eliminate the NOM content and gave membrane
membrane pore and fouling would become faster. rejections up to 96 %. On the other hand, the best pH
conditions was obtained at pH 8 by giving membrane
rejection value 96.29% and flux of 0.0187 L / m2 s. Among
the three membranes used, Functionalized membrane types
have a highest flux that is 0,0137 L / m2 s, 0,0153 L / m2 s,
and 0,0162 L / m2 s also membrane rejection that is 79,59
%, 83.33%, and 87.75% for pure PVDF, CNTs-P/PVDF and
CNTs-O/PVDF membranes, respectively. Among the three
membrane used, flux obtained by CNTs-O/PVDF
membranes was the highest, while the lowest flux was
ICGTD - 112
obtained for the pure PVDF. This was due to addition of and Welfare, Bethesda, 1976.
carbon nanotubes into membrane polymer which [6] N. N. Aztari and M. O. Fauzia, "Pembuatan dan
functionalized with oxygen would boost membrane Karakterisasi Membran Poly(vinylidene)
performance, thus make CNTs-O/PVDF membranes more Flouride/Carbon Nanotubes (PVDF/CNT)," Chemical
hydrophilic. The same thing with membrane rejection giving Engineering, National Institute of Technology,
result that CNTs-O/PVDF membranes was the highest while Bandung, 2017.
the lowest flux was obtained for the pure PVDF. The same
thing with membrane rejection giving result that CNTs- [7] D. Fitria and L. Handayani, "Studi Two Staged
O/PVDF membranes was the highest while the lowest flux Coagulation untuk Menurunkan Kandungan Organik
was obtained for the pure PVDF. This might be caused by pada Air Baku Air Minum Kota Padang,"
CNTs-O/PVDF membrane decreased contact angel value Environmental Engineering, Andalas University,
and increase electronegativity on potential zeta. So it makes Padang, 2010.
increase the electrostatic repulsion between the charge on [8] E. K. Nyer and D. Vance, Hydrogen peroxide
the membrane and the NOM molecule thereby reducing treatment: the good, the bad, the ugly. Ground Water
fouling and increasing rejection. Pure PVDF membrane Monitoring and Remediation, 19(3): p. 54-57, 1999.
given result the lowest flux and membrane rejection. [9] J. Suhartono and C. Tizaoui, "Polyvinylidene Flouride
Because of stronger hydrophobic attraction between NOM Membrane Impregnated at Optimised Content of
and Pure PVDF membrane and influence of ozone injection Pristine and Functionalised Multi-Walled Carbon
is believed to be the main cause. For the high fouling in this Nanotubes for Improved Water Permeation, Solute
type of membrane cause when given ozone injection, at first Rejection adn Mechanical Properties," Separation and
NOM attached in the surface of the membrane would be Purification Technology, pp. 290-300, 2015.
released and escape into permeate flow.
[10] A. Kerc, M. Bekbolet and A. M. Saatci, "Effect of
Partial Oxidation by Ozonation on the Photocatalytic
ACKNOWLEGMENT
Degradation of Humic Acid," International Journal of
Photoenergy, p. Vol 05, 2003.
The authors would like to acknowledge Directorate
General of Student Learning, Ministry of Research, [11] S. V. Geluwe, C. Vinckier, L. Braeken and B. V. d.
Technology and Higher Education for the financial support Bruggen, "Ozone Oxidation of Nanofiltration
through grant number B/81/B.B3/KM.02.01/2019. Concentrates Alleviates Membrane Fouling in Drinking
Water Industry," Journal of Membrane Science, pp.
REFERENCES 128-137, 2011.
[12] M. Mulder, Basic Principles of Membrane Technology,
[1] H. Ødegaard, S. Østerhus, E. Melin and B. Eikebrokk, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1997.
"NOM Removal Technologies - Norwegian [13] J. Suhartono and C. Tizaoui, "Ozone Cleaning of
Experiences," Drink Water Eng., pp. 1-9, 2010. Fouled Poly(Vinylidene) Flouride/Carbon Nanotube
[2] A. Grefte, M. Dignum, E. R. Cornelissen and L. C. Membranes," Ozone: Science and Engineering, pp. 1-
Rietveld, "Natural Organic Matter Removal by Ion 13, 2017.
Exchange at Different Positions in the Drinking Water [14] J. Suhartono, C. Noersalim, S.D. Raraningdita, Y.Y.
Treatment Lane," Drink Water Eng., pp. 1-10, 2013. Putri, "Penyisihan Kandungan Natural Organik Matter
[3] H. M. S. Maarif and E. Riani, "Status Mutu Air Waduk Bendungan Jatiluhur Menggunakan Membrane
Jatiluhur dan Ancaman Terhadap Proses Bisnis Vital," Ultrafiltrasi," Seminar Nasional Rekayasa dan Desain
Jurnal Sumber Daya Air, pp. 47-60, 2016. Itenas, Bandung, pp 12 - 16, 2017
[4] N. I. Said and A. Herlambang, "Improvement of Raw
Water Quality by Submerged Biofiltration Process
Using Honeycomb Tube Struture Media," JAI, p. Vol
7, 2014.
[5] NCI, "Report on The Carcinogenesis Bioassay of
Chloroform," U.S. Departement of Health, Education,
ICGTD - 113
Study of Several Natural Adsorbents Performance in
Ethanol Purification through Distillation Process -
Continuous Dehydration
Ronny Kurniawan
Department of Chemical Engineering Yulianty Pratama F.N. Hidayah
Institut Teknologi Nasional Department of Enviromental Engineering Department of Chemical Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia Institut Teknologi Nasional Institut Teknologi Nasional
ronny_k@itenas.ac.id Bandung, Indonesia li Bandung, Indonesia li
yulianti@itenas.ac.id hidayah@itenas.ac.id
D. Asriyanti
Department of Chemical Engineering Salafudin
Institut Teknologi Nasional Department of Chemical Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia Institut Teknologi Nasional
asriyanti@itenas.ac.id Bandung, Indonesia li
salafudin@itenas.ac.id
Abstract— Petroleum as one of the fossil-based energy is one of I. INTRODUCTION

the non-renewable energy sources, therefore it needs energy
that can substitute fossil-based energy. Ethanol can be used as Fuel grade bioethanol is one of the widely used
a gasoline fuel substitute, however ethanol used must have a alternative for fossil fuels or gasoline additive [1,2]. In
purity of ≥ 99.5% or is said to be Fuel Grade Ethanol (FGE). bioethanol–gasoline mixture, the presence of even a very
One method for obtaining ethanol with a purity of 99.5% small amount of water in bioethanol is unfavorable and leads
(FGE) is by the method of distillation - dehydration. The to a two phase mixture [3–5]. The bioethanol dehydration is
general objective of this research is to increase the purity of a process to eliminate water from bioethanol–water mixture
ethanol (70%) into fuel grade ethanol by using the distillation up to 99.5% (V/V). There are several methods including
method of dehydration of ethanol-water vapor mixture using azeotropic distillation [6–8], extractive distillation [9,10],
continuous organic and inorganic adsorbents. Specific pervaporation with membranes [11–13] and adsorption using
objectives include determining the best conditions based on the adsorbents [3,5,14–18], that are being used for water
type of adsorbent and the mass of each type of adsorbent in elimination to overcome the ethanol–gasoline mixing
terms of the resulting ethanol concentration, determining the problem. The azeotropic distillation and extractive
maximum adsorption capacity of each adsorbent type and the distillation are too expensive process [9,19].
regenerated adsorbent, and comparing the ethanol
concentrations generated based on regenerated adsorbents and Literatures show that extractive distillation is more
fresh adsorbents . The variable used in this research is the type complex due to the design and process application and
of adsorbent in the form of activated carbon, zeolite, pumice, articles on energy consumption and cost, during recent years
carrageenan, corncob, and rice straw and the amount of confirm that this method has high performance but needs
adsorbent used is 50 g, 100 g, and 150 g while the parameter is further studies on energy consumption [20]. Conventional
mesh size adsorbent 4/8 and 1 cm for rice straw, distillation extractive distillation is energy consumption process because
temperature of 78℃ and ethanol feed concentration of 70%. of using reboilers and condensors. Different refine processes
Based on the result of the research, the best ethanol were used to improve conventional extractive distillation
concentration for each adsorbent was obtained at the
such as heat-pumpassisted extractive distillation for
adsorbent mass of 150 g ie 99.8% for ZAM 3A, 99.8% for
bioethanol purification [21], Ethanol dehydration via
pumice, 99.8% for activated carbon, 99.1% for carrageenan,
99 , 8% for corncobs, and 99.1% for rice straw, with an azeotropic distillation with gasoline fraction mixtures as
adsorbent adsorption capacity ranging from (0.2177 - 0.2257) entrainers [20] and Control comparison of conventional and
g/g. Fuel Grade Ethanol is obtained by ZAM 3A, pumice, thermally coupled ternary extractive distillation processes
activated carbon, and corn cobs. [22].
In addition, although the pervaporation is a new
generation in separation technology, it has industrial
Keywords— Fuel grade ethanol, Distillation- installation limitations. The adsorption by selective porous
Dehydration, Adsorbent adsorbents is a common high performance method in
bioethanol dehydration. Many studies have focused on
different types of water adsorbents including biobased
adsorbents namely natural corncobs, natural and activated
ICGTD - 114
palm stoned oak [3,23,24], Calcium Carbide [25], calcium
chloride and lime [26], silica gel [27], cellulose and
lignocellulose based (bleached wood pulp, oak sawdust and
kenaf core) [14,28], Aluminas and c-alumina [29], Starch-
Based Adsorbents [5,24,30] and different types of molecular
sieves especially the zeolites [16,31–34]. Finding
appropriate, effective and cheap adsorbent material is a way
to reduce the final bioethanol production costs. The zeolites
with porous structures and selectivity properties can let water
molecules to penetrate inside pore volumes of hydrophilic
adsorbents and separate ethanol–water mixture. The natural
zeolites and clays such as clinoptilolite [17,35–37], chabazite
and phillipsite [38] are plentiful material in nature with
hydrophilic properties suitable for ethanol–water separation.
For instance, it has been shown that the clinoptilolite water
adsorption capacity is more than 50% of water adsorption
capacity of 3A zeolite [39]. In various previous studies, the
parameters influencing ethanol–water separation such as
temperature [39], system pressure [40], adsorption heat [41]
and particle size [39] have been investigated. As a lot of
industrial separation processes based on adsorption
mechanism are carried out in liquid phase [42], using
mesoporous adsorbents such as clinoptilolite is highly
recommended to adsorb the big molecules in liquid phase
[43]. Although there are some studies on using clinoptilolite
as a adsorbent for purification of ethanol in liquid phase
[35,37], the effect of operational conditions has not well
understood. So, we aim to use of Iranian clinoptilolite in both
batch and continuous.
C. Dhydration Process
Ethanol 70% were pumped from recervoir and preheated
before it entered in to distillation Colum. The ethanol Vapour
II. USE MATERIAL AND METHODS were passes through the absorber to absorb the water before
A. Material finally being condensed into a product fuel grade ethanol.
All of the materials were used : ethanol 70%, activated The arragement process equipment is present in Fig1.
carbon, zeolite, pumice, carrageenan, corncob, and rice straw
and the amount of adsorbent used is 50 g, 100 g, and 150 g 7 Legend:
1. Raw Material
while the parameter is mesh size adsorbent 4/8 and 1 cm for 2. Pump
3. Preheater
rice straw 4. Distillation Colum
5. Reboiler
6 6. Adsorber
8
7. Condenser
8. Product Fuel Grade Ethanol
B. Adsorbents Activation
4
All the adsorbent were activated before they were used.
The Result of Activation is presented in Table 1.
2
TABLE I. COMPARISON PROPERTY OF ADSORBENTS

5
3
2 1
Fig. 1. The arragement process Equipment for dehydration process
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Dispersion of nanoparticles in a base fluid not only
contributes to enhancement of thermal conductivity, but also
because of greater heat transfer area, superior convective
heat transfer coefficient can be achieved, which will also
lead to enhancement of heat transfer. The structure of
polymer emulsion microgels system containing a certain
amount of water during film-forming process was revealed
by SEM in Figure 1.
ICGTD - 115
A. Effect of Dehydration Distillation Process Time on
Ethanol Concentration Produced from Various Mass of
Modified Natural Zeolite
Fig. 5. Product FGE Concentration from Dehidration Distilation with 150

g Activited Pumice Adsorbent
Fig. 2. Product FGE Concentration from Dehidration Distilation with 50 g
and 100 g Modified Natural Zeolite Adsorbent
the best result using activited pumice is ethanol 99.8% (v
/ v). this indicates that ethanol products can be used as fuel
because they have a purity of more than 99.5%.
C. Effect of Dehydration Distillation Process Time on

Ethanol Concentration Produced from Various Mass of
activated Corncob

g Modified Natural Zeolite Adsorbent
The graph shows that at the beginning of the process the

FGE product has a high concentration. But over time the
ability of Adsorber to absorb water decreases so that the
quality of the FGE product decreases. The difference in the Fig. 6. Product FGE Concentration from Dehidration Distilation with 50
amount of Adsorbent affects performance, especially at the and 100 g Activited Corncob
beginning of the process so that the process using 150 grams
of adsorbent produces FGE with the highest concentration.
This happens because, at the beginning of the zeolite process
used is still in a pretty good condition because zeolite has
just been modified so that absorption occurs optimally. In
addition, this can be caused by the longer time the metals
contained in the zeolite pores which cause pore closure will
dissolve so that the pores will open and the surface area will
become larger [38].
By using this modified natural zeolite adsorbent, it was
hoped that Fuel grade ethanol was shown in Figure 2 and and 100 g Activited Corncob
Figure 3, with successive mass of ZAM which were 50 g,
100 g and 150 grams with an initial feed concentration of In the graph the effect of processing time on the
70% (v / v ) ethanol concentration reached 99.8% (v / v) so concentration produced by the profile of the graph at the
that in this condition ethanol can be used as fuel because it beginning of the time will result in high concentration. But
has a purity of more than 99.5% over time the graph will decrease because over time the
adosrben that is used will experience saturation. In
dehydration distillation experiments using corn cobs, the
B. Effect of Dehydration Distillation Process Time on activation results are shown in Figure 6 Figure 17 with a
Ethanol Concentration Produced from Various Mass of mass of corn cobs, respectively as much as 50 g, 100 g, and
Activited Pumice 150 grams where the ethanol content has a tendency to
increase from each mass variation. However, an increase in
ethanol concentration occurs as the process progresses and
the concentration of the dehydration distillation process then
fluctuates later. This happens because, at the beginning of the
corn cobs process used is still in a pretty good condition
because the cobs have just been activated so that the water
content in the adsorbent is very little so that absorption
occurs maximally. The volatile state can also be caused by
the unevenness of the pore size and the uneven spread of the
Fig. 4. Product FGE Concentration from Dehidration Distilation with 50 g adsorbent bed in the dehydration column. So that the
and 100 g Activited Pumice Adsorbent absorption does not take place optimally. By using corn cobs
adsorbent, this activation was able to achieve expectations,
namely Fuel grade ethanol was seen in 11 Figure 12 with a
mass of corn cobs in a row, namely 50 g, 100 g, and 150
ICGTD - 116
grams with an initial feed concentration of 70% (v / v) found
that the concentration of ethanol reached 99.8% (v / v) so in
this condition ethanol can be used as fuel because it has a TABLE II. COMPARISON OF MAXIMUM VAPOR IMMERSION CAPACITY
IN EACH ADSORBENT WITH A MASS OF 50 G, 100 G AND 150 G
purity of more than 99.5%.
D. Effect of Dehydration Distillation Process Time on
Maximum Vapor
Ethanol Concentration Produced from Various Mass of Mass Immersion
activated Rice Straw Adsorbent Adsorbent Capacity
(g) Isoterm Thomas
(g/g)
Modified Natural Zeolite 0,6398
Activated Pumice 0,6408
50
Activated CornCob 0,6407
Activated Rice Straw 0,6752
Fig. 8. Product FGE Concentration from Dehidration Distilation with 50 Activated Pumice 0,3261
and 100 g Activited Corncob 100
Activated Pumice 0,2187
150
In table 2 the mass adsorption capacity of 50 g of the
adsorption capacity of each adsorbent is susceptible from
0.6398 to 0.6752 g per 1 gram of adsorbent. For mass 100 g
adsorbent absorption capacity which is able to absorb
moisture with susceptibility to the capacity of 0.3216-
Fig. 9. Product FGE Concentration from Dehidration Distilation with 50 0.33379 g per 1 gram of adsorbent and for a mass of 150 g
and 100 g Activited Corncob the adsorbent capacity is capable of absorbing moisture with
susceptible value of adsorption capacity of 0 , 2177-0,2257 g
In the graph the effect of processing time on the per 1 gram of adsorbent. Judging from the highest absorption
concentration produced by the profile of the graph at the capacity value at a mass of 50 g, but it affects the
beginning of the time will result in high concentration. But concentration produced. Only Natural Zeolite Modification
over time the graph will decrease because over time the (ZAM) alone reaches 99.8% due to the mass of 50 g of water
adosrben that is used will experience saturation. In vapor adsorbed by not reaching its saturation point, so that
dehydration distillation experiments using the activated straw after reaching its saturation point the adsorbent is no longer
results are shown in Figure 8 and Figure 9 with the mass of able to absorb the moisture. For the mass of 150 g, the
straw respectively 50 g, 100 g, and 150 grams where the adsorption capacity is lower than the mass of 50g and 100g
ethanol content has a tendency to increase from each mass because the high adsorbent mass gives the adsorbate an
variation. In Figure 9 the resulting ethanol concentration opportunity to adsorb on the adsorbent so that the adsorption
tends to decrease this is due to the large amount of free space capacity also increases but it affects more concentrations
between the adsorbents. This happens because of the less which reach 99.8% due to more Pore surface area is also
uniformity and the density of the adsorbent in the column. So greater the adsorption power so that the amount of adsorbate
that the number of water molecules that are not absorbed by to be absorbed also increases so that the adsorption process
the adsorbent which causes the absorption of water takes place well (Nurhayati, 2010). But different from the
molecules is less optimal. In Figure 13, and Figure 9 an rice straw adsorbent with a mass of 150 g. For rice straw
increase in ethanol concentration occurs over time. This with an adsorption capacity of 0.2257 g per 1 gram of rice
happened because, at the beginning of the jaerami process straw, it can produce a concentration of 99.1% to reach
used was still in a dry condition so that many formed an 99.8% of the mass needed for rice straw of 153 g. In
empty room in the column. After a while the body structure addition, rice straw should not be activated chemically
of the straw begins to expand and covers the part of the because by chemical activation rice straw is not resistant to
empty space so that the longer the resulting ethanol chemical activation which causes the structure of rice straw
concentration increases. By using straw adsorbent, the to become damaged
activation results, although there was a significant increase in
each variation but did not succeed in achieving the
expectation of Fuel grade ethanol, in this variation condition
the ethanol produced could not be used as fuel because it did IV. CONCLUSION
not have a purity of more than 99.5%. For mass mass After the text edit has been completed, the paper is ready
variations of straw with a mass of 50 grams, can be seen in for the template. Duplicate the template file by using the
Figure 8 with an initial feed concentration of 70% (v / v) Save As command, and use the naming convention
obtained that max ethanol concentration reached 98.0% (v / prescribed by your conference for the name of your paper. In
v). And for mass mass variations with a mass of 100 grams this newly created file, highlight all of the contents and
and 150 grams can be seen in Figure 8, and Figure 9 with an import your prepared text file. You are now ready to style
initial feed concentration of 70% (v / v) obtained max your paper; use the scroll down window on the left of the MS
ethanol concentration reached 99.1% (v / v) Word Formatting toolbar.
ICGTD - 117
1. Concentration of ethanol produced was 99.1% - 99.8% for [13] Kanti P, Srigowri K, Madhuri J, Smitha B, Sridhar S.Dehydration of
inorganic adsorbents (Modified Natural Zeolite, ethanol through blend membranes of chitosan and sodium alginate by
pervaporation. Sep Purif Technol 2004;40(3):259–66.
Activated Pumice Stone, with adsorbent mass of 50
[14] Benson TJ, George CE. Cellulose based adsorbent materials for the
grams, 100 grams, and 150 grams. Concentration of dehydration of ethanol using thermal swing adsorption. Adsorption
ethanol produced was 98.0% - 99.8% for organic 2005;11(1):697–701.
adsorbents, (Corn Cob, and Rice Straw) with 50 grams, [15] Jeong J-S, Jeon H, Ko K-M, Chung B, Choi G-W. Production of
100 grams and 150 grams of adsorbent. anhydrous ethanol using various PSA (Pressure Swing Adsorption)
processes in pilot plant. Renewable Energy 2012;42:41–5.
2. Absorption capacity using the Thomas equation method [16] Yamamoto T, Kim YH, Kim BC, Endo A, Thongprachan N, Ohmori
with a mass of 150 grams for Modified Natural Zeolite of T. Adsorption characteristics of zeolites for dehydration of ethanol:
0.2184 g / g, for Activated Pumice Stone of 0.2187 g / g, evaluation of diffusivity of water in porous structure. Chem Eng J
for activated corn cobs of 0.2186 g / g, for activated rice 2012;181:443–8.
straw of 0 , 2257 g / g. [17] Ivanova E, Karsheva M. Ethanol vapours adsorption by natural
clynoptilolite. J Univ Chem Technol Metallurgy 2007;42(4):391–8.
3. The best conditions in this study were obtained on pumice [18] Simo M, Brown CJ, Hlavacek V. Simulation of pressure swing
adsorbent with a mass of 150 g, feed concentration of adsorption in fuel ethanol production process. Comput Chem Eng
70% (v / v) and using activated pumice stone with a 4/8 2008;32(7):1635–49.
mesh size. The product concentration obtained was [19] Van Hoof V, Van den Abeele L, Buekenhoudt A, Dotremont C,
99.8% (v / v) with an adsorption capacity of 0.2187 g / g, Leysen R. Economic comparison between azeotropic distillation and
different hybrid systems combining distillation with pervaporation for
the concentration value showed the value of fuel grade the dehydration of isopropanol. Sep Purif Technol 2004;37(1):33–49.
ethanol.
[20] [20] Gomis V, Pedraza R, Saquete MD, Font A, Garcıá-Cano
J.Ethanol dehydration via azeotropic distillation with gasoline
ACKNOWLEDGMENT fractions as entrainers: a pilot-scale study of the manufacture of an
We would like to thank Direktorat Riset dan Pengabdian ethanol–hydrocarbon fuel blend. Fuel 2015;139:568–74.
Masyarakat (DRPM) from Kementerian Ristek Dikti for [21] Luo H, Bildea CS, Kiss AA. Novel heat-pump-assisted extractive
funding this research through the “penelitian kompetitif distillation for bioethanol purification. Ind Eng Chem Res
2015;54(7):2208–13.
nasional desentralisasi penelitian terapan” (practical
[22] Luyben WL. Control comparison of conventional and thermally
products) program. coupled ternary extractive distillation processes. Chem Eng Res Des
2016;106:253–62.
REFERENCES
[23] Ranjbar Z, Tajallipour M, Niu CH, Dalai AK. Water removal from
ethanol vapor by adsorption on canola meal after protein extraction.
[1] Costa RC, Sodre´ JR. Hydrous ethanol vs. gasoline–ethanol blend: Ind Eng Chem Research 2013;52(40):14429–40.
engine performance and emissions. Fuel 2010;89(2):287–93. [24] [24] Beery KE, Ladisch MR. Adsorption of water from liquid-phase
[2] Yu¨ ksel F, Yu¨ ksel B. The use of ethanol–gasoline blend as a fuel in ethanol–water mixtures at room temperature using starch-based
an SI engine. Renewable Energy 2004;29(7):1181–91. adsorbents. Ind Eng Chem Res 2001;40(9):2112–5.
[3] Al-Asheh S, Banat F, Al-Lagtah N. Separation of ethanol–water [25] Ismael AA, Mohammad RR, Younis HA. Utilizing calcium carbide
mixtures using molecular sieves and biobased adsorbents. Chem Eng for aqueous ethanol dehydration. Tikrit J Pure Sci 2008;13(1):176–8.
Res Des 2004;82(7):855–64. [26] Noyes WA. Preparation of absolute alcohol with calcium chloride and
[4] Teo WK, Ti HC. Liquid phase dehydration of ethanol solutions in a lime. J Am Chem Soc 1923;45(3):857–62.
fixed bed of molecular sieves. Appl Biochem Biotechnol [27] Davis PJ, Jeffrey Brinker C, Smith DM, Assink RA. Pore structure
1990;24(1):521–32. evolution in silica gel during aging/drying II. Effect of pore fluids. J
[5] Wang Y, Gong C, Sun J, Gao H, Zheng S, Xu S. Separation of Non-Cryst Solids 1992;142:197–207.
ethanol/water azeotrope using compound starch-based adsorbents. [28] Sun N, Okoye C, Niu CH, Wang H. Adsorption of water and ethanol
Bioresour Technol 2010;101(15):6170–6. by biomaterials. Int J Green Energy 2007;4(6):623–34.
[6] Knapp JP, Doherty MF. Thermal integration of homogeneous [29] Golay S, Doepper R, Renken A. In-situ characterisation of the surface
azeotropic distillation sequences. AIChE J 2004;36(7):969–84. intermediates for the ethanol dehydration reaction over c-alumina
[7] Chianese A, Zinnamosca F. Ethanol dehydration by azeotropic under dynamic conditions. Appl Catal A 1998;172 (1):97–106.
distillation with a mixed-solvent entrainer. Chem Eng J 1990;43 [30] Lee JY, Westgate PJ, Ladisch MR. Water and ethanol sorption
(2):59–65. phenomena on starch. AIChE J 1991;37(8):1187–95.
[8] Gomis V, Pedraza R, Frances O, Font A, Asensi JC.Dehydration of [31] Aguayo AT, Gayubo AG, Tarrıó AM, Atutxa A, Bilbao J. Study of
ethanol using azeotropic distillation with isooctane. Ind Eng Chem operating variables in the transformation of aqueous ethanol into
Res 2007;46(13):4572–6. hydrocarbons on an HZSM-5 zeolite. J Chem Technol Biotechnol
[9] Meirelles A, Weiss S, Herfurth H. Ethanol dehydration by extractive 2002;77(2):211–6.
distillation. J Chem Technol Biotechnol 1992;53(2):181–8. [32] De las Pozas C, Lopez-Cordero R, Gonzalez-Morales J, Travieso N,
[10] Pinto R, Wolf-Maciel M, Lintomen L. Saline extractive distillation Roque-Malherbe R. Effect of pore diameter and acid strength in
process for ethanol purification. Comput Chem Eng ethanol dehydration on molecular sieves. J Mol Catal
2000;24(2):1689–94. 1993;83(1):145–56.
[11] Sano T, Yanagishita H, Kiyozumi Y, Mizukami F, Haraya [33] Lu L, Shao Q, Huang L, Lu X. Simulation of adsorption and
K.Separation of ethanol/water mixture by silicalite membrane on separation of ethanol–water mixture with zeolite and carbon
pervaporation. J Membr Sci 1994;95(3):221–8. nanotube. Fluid Phase Equilib 2007;261(1):191–8.
[12] Sander U, Soukup P. Design and operation of a pervaporation plant [34] Zhang K, Lively RP, Noel JD, Dose ME, McCool BA, Chance RR, et
for ethanol dehydration. J Membr Sci 1988;36:463–75. al. Adsorption of water and ethanol in MFI-type zeolites.Langmuir
2012;28(23):8664–73.
ICGTD - 118
[35] Pourreza K, Sharifnia S, Khatamian M, Rezaei B. Effect of cation [37] Ivanova E, Damgaliev D, Kostova M. Adsorption separation of
exchange on the performance of clinoptilolite mineral in the ethanol ethanol–water liquid mixtures by natural clinoptilolite. J Univ Chem
dewatering process. Adsorpt Sci Technol 2011;29 (9):861–70. Technol Metall 2009;44(3):267–74.
[36] Ivanova E, Karsheva M. Ethanol vapours adsorption on natural [38] Widayat ,Roesyadi,A.,dan Rachmimoellah,M.,2010.Pengaruh waktu
clinoptilolite – equilibrium experiments and modelling. Sep Purif Dealuminasi dan jenis sumber zeolit Alam terhadap kinerja H-zeolit
Technol 2010;73(3):429–31. untuk proses dehidrasi etanol.Reaktor,Vol.13 No.1 juni 2010 hal 51-
57 :Semarang
ICGTD - 119
Tubular Celulotic biofilm production in double
Chamber Reactor
Yulianty Pratama Amira Zakia Lutfi Salafudin

Department of Enviromental Engineering Department of Enviromental Engineering Department of Chemical Engineering
Institut Teknologi Nasional Institut Teknologi Nasional Institut Teknologi Nasional
yulianti @itenas.ac.id amira@itenas.ac.id salafudin@itenas.ac.id
Abstract— Tubular cellulotic biofilm for Sausage casings derivatives are also haram. Halal slaughter cattle in Europe
was succesfully produced in double chamber reactor. Aceto and other western countries is still very small, usually
Bacterxylinum was used to produced cellulotic biofilm. In the specifically for export to Muslim countries only. While for
main reactor Celulotic biofilm was grown on immobile tubular industrial purposes, such as collagen, it is still very rare to
pvc media. The high dissolved oxygend (DO) enviroment in consider the halal aspect which for consumers is a fixed
main reactor was reached by smoothly recycle liquid substate price. Edible films of primary and secondary packaging
from main reactor to aeration chamber. The turbulen types are very prospective and safe compared to existing
condition was occured in aeration chamber when oxygent packaging because they are edible, natural, and very
continuously suppled in to substate to create high DO liquid. In practical, therefore natural resources that have the potential
this study, it was found that cellulose can grow in these
as raw materials for edible films have been widely used. Nata
conditions with a thickness of 0.2 cm. Then the final results are
de coco as a result of the fermentation of Acetobacter
the measurement of the % glucose level 0.426%, TPC 412500
CFU / mL, COD 167.83 mg / L, and pH 4.33.
xylinum in coconut water media, can be used as raw material
for edible films because it contains cellulose compounds.
Coconut water as waste has a huge potential as raw material
Keywords— Acetobacter xylinum, fermentation, nata de for making nata, because it has good nutrition for the
coco, sausage casings fermentation media of Acetobacter xylinum. Therefore, in
connection with the material for making sausage casings,
research will be conducted on alternatives to collagen,
I. INTRODUCTION namely the utilization of coconut water which is processed in
the fermentation stage, which is assisted by the bacterium
Collagen plays an important role in the food, cosmetics, Acetobacter xylinum. Where Acetobacter xylinum will affect
biomedical, and pharmaceutical industries [1]. Features of the thickness of the nata formed. In addition, this research
the use of collagen The use and chemical features of collagen was also carried out by the addition of O2 into the reactor to
are easily absorbed in the body, low antigenicity, high air maximize the process of bacterial growth in the formation of
affinity, non-contradictory, biocompatible and the cellulose layer, which in this experiment the reactor was
biodegradable, relatively stable, can be used for any type as used in closed conditions
needed, and are easily dissolved in water or acid. In the food
industry collagen is one of the ingredients made to make II. USE MATERIAL AND METHODS
sausage casings.
A. Material
Sausage casings are ingredients used to wrap sausage The main raw material used in this study is coconut
dough in the form of tubes and function as sausage protectors water. Coconut water is obtained from the Gedebage Market
so they are not contaminated by the environment which can in Bandung to be fermented with the help of the bacterium
cause sausages that are damaged and unfit for consumption. Acetobacter xylinum. The carbon source used is glucose and
Collagen is made from animal skin and contains edible urea as a nitrogen source. Then added acetic acid so that the
directly, adheres to the product and can be colored. However, coconut water becomes acidic.
behind this advantage there are some things that are often
feared by the community is related to the halal nature of this
collagen because it is seen from the material used to make
B. Methods
collagen is animal skin so many doubted it.
In this study, the fermentation process was carried out
Statistically, the collagen used by the food industry with a liquid media system using a double chamber reactor
mostly comes from cattle, pigs, or fish. When talking about by providing contact between the coconut water and biomass
collagen sourced from cows, the halal aspect is about how substrate with pure O2. Stages of research carried out namely
the animal is slaughtered. Because when cows are not starting from the preparation stage then the implementation
slaughtered according to Islamic rules, the skin and its phase of the study consisting of preliminary stages and main
ICGTD - 120
stages. The preliminary stage is carried out by making a nata Based on the TPC analysis curve on the reactor the
de coco starter. While the main stage is carried out using a number of Acetobacter xylinum bacteria showed that on the
double chamber reactor with glucose of 15% of the volume 3rd day an adaptation phase occurred with a TPC value of
of coconut water and the addition of pure O2 from the O2 gas 109000 CFU / mL, 110500 CFU / mL. Then on the 9th day
cylinder storage. Coconut water fermentation is carried out an exponential phase occurred with a TPC value of 739,500
for 16 days. Then every 3 days samples are taken to do CFU / mL. Then at the end of the fermentation process on
parameter analysis [2]. Analysis of the results of these the 16th day a death phase occurred with a TPC value of
experiments carried out measurements of parameters such 412,500 CFU / mL.
as% glucose levels, Total Plate Count (TPC), Chemical
Oxygen Demand (COD), pH, and cellulose thickness. This From this curve can be seen the growth of the bacterium
Acetobacter xylinum increases until the 9th day. This is due
research was conducted at a laboratory scale. Schematic
to the sufficient source of nutrients for the growth of the
design of the experiment can be seen in Figure 1. The system
of this research tool is the air entering the chamber then the bacterium Acetobacter xylinum with a carbon source that is
glucose, and a nitrogen source that is ammonium sulfate
air inside the chamber is absorbed by the blower and
produces air bubbles where coconut water becomes rich in which is needed by the bacterium Acetobacter xylinum.
Then as fermentation time increases, bacterial growth
dissolved oxygen. Coconut water which is rich in dissolved
oxygen is channeled using a pump to the fermentation decreases slowly due to reduced nutrient content. On the
16th day the glucose content in the fermentation media
reactor chamber. In the fermentation reactor chamber it is
expected that the cellulose formation process will be made showed a decrease as well as the number of bacteria
decreased.
into sausage casings. Then returned back to the chamber and
so on. Decreased glucose levels are due to bacterial cell
metabolic activity in converting glucose into cellulose layers
and producing primary metabolites in the form of acetic acid.
The formation of primary metabolite products is a limitation
for microbial growth, so that microbial growth decreases
with the decrease in carbon sources and acetic acid produced
[3].
B. The Relation between TPC and pH
Legends : 1. Oxygent Storage

2. Pump
3. Blower
4. Diffuser
5. Aeration Chamber
6. Biofilm growth Chamber
7. Immobile media
8. output Valve
Fig. 1. Double Chamber Reactor Fig. 3. TPC and pH Relation
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

A. The Relation between TPC and Glucose Concentration Based on the measurement results of the 3rd day TPC
value at the reactor was 109000 CFU / mL. Next there was
an increase until the 9th day with a TPC value of 739,500
CFU / mL. Then at the end of the fermentation process on
the 16th day the TPC value was 412,500 CFU / mL. Judging
from the increase in the value of TPC on the 3rd day until the
9th day showed a change in the adaptation phase to an
exponential phase for Acetobacter xylinum. This indicates
that there is sufficient supply of nutrients for Acetobacter
xylinum to divide themselves. Furthermore, the TPC value
decreased after the 9th day until the 16th day in a fairly small
amount, where on that day the process of changing the static
growth phase to the death phase.
Meanwhile, if seen from all the curves above there is a
Fig. 2. TPC and Glucose Consentration Relation relationship between TPC inversely proportional to pH. It
can be seen from the increase in TPC values up to the 9th
ICGTD - 121
day by 739,500 CFU / mL followed by a decrease in pH the organic material less and so the COD value also
value of 4.45. Although the pH conditions on the decreases.
fermentation substrate are acidic, the pH value still enters the
limit values of living conditions for Acetobacter xylinum. So
that the acidic substrate does not affect the growth of D. Cellulotic Tubular Biofilm Product
Acetobacter xylinum in splitting. Furthermore, at the end of
the fermentation process there was a decrease in the TPC
value that is after the 9th day until the 16th day. If you see
the pH conditions on the substrate at the end of the
fermentation process which is getting very acidic over time.
This does not cause a decrease in the number of colonies per
ml in the fermentation substrate because the pH value is still
included in the living conditions of Acetobacter xylinum.
This statement is supported by the results of Coban and
Biyik's research [4] that Acetobacter xylinum generally
grows at pH 3.5-8.5. Thus the decrease in the number of
bacteria at the end of fermentation is caused by the reduced
availability of nutrients in the fermentation substrate.
C. The Relation between TPC and COD

Fig. 5. Cellulotic Tubular bio-fim Product
In the fermentation reactor there is a pipe which is used

as a media for the formation of cellulose for making shells.
The pipe used in this study is PVC type pipe. The treatment
of scraped pipes aims to compare the formation of cellulose
on rough pipe surfaces. In this study, scratching on PVC
pipes with rough and smooth texture. On rough surfaces
provide a sufficiently large attachment surface to form
cellulose and the amount of microoganism attached is also
greater [1]. Where the results of this study coarse and fine
textures on PVC pipes do not affect the formation of
cellulose.
Cellulose formation is grown with 0.2 cm thick cellulose
on the surface of the PVC pipe which has the highest height
Fig. 4. TPC and COD Relation in the reactor. Because the formation of cellulose or
transparent soft tissue formed on the surface carries some of
Based on the measurement results of the TPC value on the bacteria trapped inside. The carbon dioxide gas produced
the 3rd day of the reactor 109000 CFU / mL. Furthermore, by Acetobacter xylinum causes flotation of cellulose, so that
the number of Acetobacter xylinum bacteria increased until cellulose grows on the surface of PVC pipes that are close to
the 9th day with a TPC value in the reactor of 739,500 CFU / the liquid surface. This is because the bacterium Acetobacter
mL. Then at the end of the fermentation process on the 16th xylinum can oxidize acetic acid to CO2 and H2O. The addition
day the TPC value was 412,500 CFU / mL. of air supply to the reactor is intended because the bacterium
Acetobacter xylinum is an aerobic bacterium that needs
Based on the curve, an increase in the number of
oxygen for its growth so a pure O2 supply is carried out.
Acetobacter xylinum bacteria on the 3rd day to the 9th day.
This is due to the presence of carbon sources namely glucose IV. CONCLUSION
and urea which is one of the nutrients for the bacterium
Acetobacter xylinum for its growth. Then after the 9th day to Based on observations and analyzes that have been
the 16th day the number of Acetobacter xylinum bacteria carried out in the process of fermenting coconut water, it is
began to decrease. Decreasing the number of bacteria concluded that the relationship of parameters% glucose
Acetobacter xylinum occurs because the bacteria have levels, pH and COD decreases with the value of TPC
entered the phase of death. increase and decrease because the bacteria Acetobacter
xylinum uses glucose to synthesize into cellulose and
Judging from all the curves above, the relationship produce acetic acid which causes decrease in pH value. Then
between TPC and COD is inversely proportional. This is cellulose can be formed in a closed system reactor that is
because COD is the amount of oxygen needed to oxidize supplied with pure O2 with the resulting cellulose thickness
organic substances contained in the fermentation substrate. of 0.2 cm.
Acetobacter xylinum bacteria utilize glucose and urea
contained in the fermentation substrate for its growth, so the ACKNOWLEDGMENT
content of organic matter will also decrease because it is We would like to thank Direktorat Riset dan Pengabdian
used by the bacterium Acetobacter xylinum. The decreased Masyarakat (DRPM) from Kementerian Ristek Dikti for
organic matter content causes the need for oxygen to oxidize funding this research through the “penelitian kompetitif
ICGTD - 122
nasional desentralisasi penelitian terapan” (practical
products) program.
REFERENCES
[1] Chai,H.J., Li, J.H., Huang H.N., Li et all.(2010). Effects of sizes and
conformations of fish scale collagen peptides on facial skin qualities
and transdermal penetration efficiency. J Biomed Biotechnol, 2010,
1-9
[2] Elga, M., Pratama, Y., & Salafudin. (2014). Fermentasi Sampah Buah
Nanas Menggunakan Sistem Kontinu dengan bantuan Bakteri
Acetobacter Xylinum Jurnal Reka Lingkungan, No 1 Vol 2.
[3] Nisa, Yuhaniansyah. 2018. Pengaruh Variasi Glukosa dalam
Pembuatan Selongsong Sosis dengan Proses Fermentasi Air Kelapa
Menggunakan Sistem Batch Reaktor. Institut Teknologi Nasional,
Bandung.
[4] Coban, E. P., & Biyik. (2011). Evaluation of Different pH and
Temperatures For Bacterial Cellulose Productin in HS (Hestrin-
Scharmm) Medium and Beet Molasses Medium. African Journal of
Microbiology Research
ICGTD - 123
Investigation of PM10 Based On Landsat 8 Over
Urban Area And Correlated With Ground
Measurement
1st Rika Hernawati 2nd Soni Darnawan
Geodesy Engineering Geodesy Engineering
rikah@itenas.ac.id soni_darmawan@itenas.ac.id
Abstract— Bandung is a metropolitan city where air Measurement of pollutants over large areas can be done
pollution affects human life. One of the most important air using satellites which are one of the remote sensing
quality is PM10. This study aimed to investigate of PM10 air instruments. Remote sensing techniques are widely used for
pollutants and correlated with ground measurement. The environmental pollutant applications such as air pollution
concentration of PM10 ground measurement was collected [5]. Several studies have shown that satellite data may be
using sensor pocket PM and the calculated of PM10 were using useful in uncovering the implications of global climate and
reflectance band of visible (red, green, blue) derived from environmental air pollution [6]. Measurement using satellites
Landsat 8. The estimated of PM10 were also compared with clearly has advantages and is the only measurement device
ground measurement over an urban area in Bandung through
that provides broad coverage. This research was conducted
land cover approach to find out the value of PM10 in a different
location, such as the area of vegetation, non-vegetation, built
because the results of PM10 observations at the observer
area, roads, etc. The implementation methodology incudes station could not provide detailed spatial distribution of
geometric correction, pre-processing, processing data, the Particulate Matter (PM) pollutants over large areas, so
implementation of PM10 algorithm, and correlation of PM10 observations on large areas were carried out using satellites..
and ground measurements. The data analysis indicated a linear
relationship and having an average correlation coefficient of II. METHODOLOGY
0.6 in a different location over an urban area. A. Data
Keywords— Landsat, PM10, Ground Measurements, Remote The data used in this study was Landsat 8 Multispectral
Sensing. of Bandung acquired on 2019. In addition to satellite images,
topograpchic maps also used in this study as complimentary
I. INTRODUCTION data.
Air pollution is a major problem that becomes B. Pre-Processing
increasingly important in major urban centres throughout the
 Geometric Correction
world [1]. One of the major cities in Indonesia is Bandung.
The problem of air pollution in Bandung causes a decrease in To remove geometric distortion that causes a mismatch
air quality which can cause disruption of human health and between object imagery position and object actual
environmental life. PM10 (Particulate Matter 10) is an air position, it is necessary to have a geometric correction. It
particle that is less than 10 μm and very dangerous because it establishes the pixel position of imagery to the actual
can penetrate through the deepest parts of the lungs and heart position. In this study, geometric correction is carried out
system which will cause health problems [2]. by the image to image method where Landsat-8 become
the base/reference to determine GCP on Landsat which
The daily threshold value of the average concentration of
will be corrected geometrically.
PM10 fine particles in Indonesia is 150 µg/m3 listed in the
Appendix to Government Regulation No. 41/1999  Conversion to TOA Radiance
concerning national ambient air quality standards. Studies on
PM concentrations are usually based on spatial data and The first thing to do is to convert the digital number on
temporal data series measured at the location of air pollution Landsat 8 becomes spectral radiance by using the following
monitoring stations in cities and rural areas [3]. Field equation (USGS, 2015).
observation measurements require high costs for installation Lλ = ML.Qcal + AL (1)
and maintenance and the data collected is only effective in
small spaces with coverage around the observer station. Where :
Thus, measurements at the observer station cannot provide Lλ = TOA spectral radiance (Watts/( m2 * srad * μm))
detailed spatial distribution of pollutant particulate matter
(PM) over large areas [4].
ICGTD - 124
ML= Band-specific multiplicative rescaling factor from the
metadata RADIANCE_MULT_BAND_x, where x is the
band number)
AL = Band-specific additive rescaling factor from the
metadata (RADIANCE_ADD_BAND_x, where x is the
band number)
Qcal= Quantized and calibrated standard product pixel
values (DN)
 Conversion to TOA Reflectance
The following equation is used to convert DN values to
TOA reflectance as follows (USGS,2015):
ρλ' = Mρ.Qcal + Aρ (2) Fig 1. Distribution of PM10 Values Based from Ground
Measurement in Bandung
Where :
ρλ'= TOA planetary reflectance.
Mρ = Band-specific multiplicative rescaling factor from the
metadata (REFLECTANCE_MULT_BAND_x, where x PM10 value is obtained by entering the PM10 algorithm
is the band number) in the band math using ENVI 5.1. The PM10 algorithm
consists of reflectance values of red, green and blue bands,
Aρ = Band-specific additive rescaling factor from the and AOT parameters obtained from AERONET. The AOT
metadata (REFLECTANCE_ADD_BAND_x, where x is parameter used is obtained simultaneously with the image
the band number) acquisition date. PM10 distribution map Bandung divided
into five classes. According to ISPU the healthy class of
Qcal = Quantized and calibrated standard product pixel
PM10 has a range of 0-50 µg/m³ shown as green, the
values (DN).
moderate class has a range of values of 51-100 µg/m³ as
C. Processing blue, the unhealthy class has a range of 101-199 µg/m³ as
 Particulate Matter (PM10) yellow, the very unhealthy class has a range of 200-300
µg/m³ as red and hazardous classes have values above 300
To determine PM10 an algorithm is used as specified below µg/m³ as black. Following distribution of PM10 based on
(Lim, 2004 dan Nadzri, 2010): Landsat satellite image processing in 2019 can be seen in Fig
2.
PM10 = ao Rλ1 +a1 Rλ2 + a2 Rλ3 (3)
Based on the Fig 2, the results shown from the
Where:
distribution of PM10 are grouped into five classes, including
ao= Algorithm coefficient (Aerosol Optical Thickness). healthy visualized in green, medium in blue, unhealthy in
yellow, very unhealthy in red, and dangerous in black.the
Rλ1 = Band reflectance value used (corresponding to healthy classes range from 0 – 50 µg/m3 are found in almost
satellite bands). all over the cities of Bandung, there are only a few unhealthy
The value of Aerosol thickness was obtained from class spots and there are no very unhealthy and dangerous
NASA's official website AERONET classes. Which means Bandung is still healthy from the
(https://aeronet.gsfc.nasa.gov/). The reflectance values used danger of PM10.
are the reflectance values of the red, green, and blue (RGB)
bands.
 PM10 Ground Measurement
PM10 concentrations were collected simultaneously with
the image acquisition date at several points of streets in
Bandung. It is a small, handheld, mobile operated and
completely portable unit. This unit named Pocket Sensor
PM2.5 which provides both particle counts and mass PM
measurements of PM2.5 and PM10 as stored data logged
values, real-time networked data. The distribution of PM10
values based from ground measurement in Bandung can be
seen in Fig 1.
Fig 2. Distribution of PM10 in Bandung, May 2019

Around 29 sample points were taken randomly
throughout the city of Bandung. PM10 values from ground
ICGTD - 125
measurements and image processing can be seen in Table 1. PM10 values from the processing of Landsat Satellite
ground measurements are carried out by walking every 90 Imagery. To find out the correlation between these two
meters down several streets in Bandung, while the PM10 variables, it used simple linear regression.
value in the image calculation is calculated using the PM10
algorithm consisting of AOT values obtained from
AERONET and the reflectance values of the band used. The
results of PM10 concentration values between field
measurements and image processing in Table 1 show that the
two approach each other.
TABLE 1. PM10 Value Based On Landsat Imagery and
Ground Measurements
PM10 Ground
PM10 Landsat
Koordinat Measurements
Imagery (µg/m3)
No (µg/m3)
X Y
1 789396.07 9236379.47 19,8 13,57
2 789400.44 9236381.90 25 13,57
3 789438.41 9236382.21 14,7 8,19 Fig 3. Linear Regression of PM10 from Landsat Imagery
and PM10 from Ground Measurement.
4 789453.34 9236544.46 13 6,7
Linear regression is performed on the results of Landsat
5 789452.31 9236571,59 12.4 10,6 satellite image processing and PM10 ground measurements
6 788727.95 9236660.03 15,2 21,08 to show the relationship between the two variables can be
seen in Fig 3. The data used of ground measurements and
7 788735.80 9236709.92 20,2 11,05 Landsat was taking on same month of April 2019.
8 788737.68 9236687.20 16,9 21,51 Based on the linear regression relationship above (Fig 3),
9 788748.69 9236743.81 20,6 11,09 the equation of the coefficient of determination on the
regression relationship is 0.61, this means that the
10 788742.56 9236779.06 13,4 18,29 relationship between PM10 from ground measurements and
11 788745.52 9236805.99 19,3 14,26
Landsat image processing is 61,87%. According to Boediono
and Koster [8], with a correlation value in 0.70 <r <0.90 or -
12 788745.45 9236815.36 22,6 17,45 0.90 <r <- 0.70, it means a moderate relationship. This
explains that the values generated by the calculation of the
13 788746.72 9236826.67 17,6 17,45
Landsat image algorithm and ground measurements using
14 788750.99 9236871.47 22,2 22,43 the Pocket Sensor PM 2.5 tool have concentration values that
were close to each other.
15 788750.41 9236902.83 19,2 18,87
16 788327.94 9237226.36 13,6 10,98

IV. CONCLUSION
The results of the wide distribution of PM10 values in
17 788309.54 9237219.90 15,5 7,9
Bandung based on healthy classes in 2019 with an area of
18 792089.15 9236517.28 20,9 15,23 161,296 km2. Whereas the medium class in 2019 only has an
area of 5,87 km2. Based on the wide distribution of PM10
19 792091.37 9236517.16 9,7 15,23 concentration values, it can be concluded that PM10 air
20 798516.19 9234905.95 23,4 12,27 pollutants in Bandung are still in the healthy category. Based
on the linear regression coefficient equation of the
21 798597.27 9234894.31 17,8 26,83 relationship between PM10 from the results of ground
22 798579.57 9234897.23 26,5 30,76
measurements and Landsat image processing having a
moderate relationship to 61.87%.
23 798685.83 9234887.05 30,2 24,9
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
24 798695.60 9234880.09 27,5 24,9
Thanks to LPPM/ Lembaga Penelitian dan Pengabdian
25 798729.29 9234856.83 24,3 26,62 Masyarakat (Research Institutions and Community Service)
Institute of Technology Nasional Bandung for providing
26 798716.10 9234868.78 40,9 34,82
research funding and this research is still ongoing and
27 798694.44 9234870.43 36,6 24,9 develop, also thanks to Prof. Wataru Takeuchi from IIS-
Tokyo University for research collaboration, and thanks to
28 798488.62 9234887.11 19,3 23,87
Aab, Anisa, Novita, Anis, Reza, Felita, Ichwan, and Derry.
29 798479.96 9234889.62 20 23,8
In this study the variables that will be measured for

strength are PM10 values from ground measurements and
ICGTD - 126
REFERENCES [4] Wald, L., and Baleynaud, J. (1999). Observed Air Quality Over City
of Nantes by Means of Landsat Thermal Infrared Data. International
Journal of Remote Sensing, 20, 947-959.
[1] Saleh, S. A., & Hasan, G. (2014). Estimation of PM10 Concentration [5] Ung, A., Wald, L., Ranchin, T., Weber, C., Hirsch, J., & dkk. (2001).
using Ground Measurements and Landsat 8 OLI Satellite Image. Satellite data for Air Pollution Mapping over a City. Virtual Stations.
Journal of Remote Sensing & GIS, 3(2), 1.
[6] Akimoto, H. (2003). Global Air Quality and Pollution. Science, 1716-
[2] Mukhtar, R., Panjaitan, E. H., Wahyudi, H., Santoso, M., & 1719.
Kurniawati, S. (2013). Komponen Kimia PM2,5 dan PM10 di Udara
Ambien di Serpong- Tangerang. Jurnal Ecolab, 7(1). [7] Nugroho, D. S., and Syaohid, E. (2015). Strategi Peningkatan
Kualitas Empat Atribut Green City di Kecamatan Bandung Wetan
[3] Retalis, A., Cartalis, C., & Athanassious, E. (1999). Assesment of the Kota Bandung. Jurnal Perencanaan Wilayah dan Kota.
Distribution of Aerosols in the Area of Athens with the Use of
[8] Boediono, and Koster, W. (2001). Theory and Application Statistic
Landsat Thematic Mapper Data. Int J Remote Sensing, 20, 939-945.
and Probabilty. Bandung: PT. Remaja Rosdakarya.
ICGTD - 127
Human Error Contributions to Potential Incident in
Laboratories at Institut Teknologi Nasional
Caecilia Sri Wahyuning
Industrial Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia
caecil@itenas.ac.id
Abstract—Itenas has 43 laboratories with sufficient means MMI to become a very complex system where failure
and infrastructures for practice session. However, observation becomes a constant consequence from man-machine system.
results showed unsafe conditions and near-miss or accidents This condition can happen because of the condition of the
often occurred. Practice session is a man-machine interface system itself, be it institutional ignorance, conditions of
system, with practicioners often incapable or not qualified to machine, man, and environment. Failure can occur because
operate the machinery or tools required. This research of human error, errors in design of the machine, or even the
identifies contributing factors that triggers incidents in system itself. An error is defined as a failure to achieve
laboratory around Itenas. According investigation using
desired goal. Unsafe act often occurred during direct contacts
Human Factor Analysis Classification System (HFACS), it is
with system, where this act is a mistake caused by lapses in
then identified that level 1 (organizational factors) plays big
role on work incident. However, environmental factors
action, triggered by conditions encouraging one to act in an
contributes the most in the occurrence of unsafe act preceding unsafe manner. This condition is caused by unsafe
to an incident. Therefore, a system is required to supervision caused by terrible resource management
comprehensively manage safety and health around the precinct influenced by the organization [1]. Unsafe act triggered by
of the campus to minimize potential dangers presented by conditions are classified into 3 main categories, which are
environmental factors. environmental factor, individual condition, and
individual/resource management.
Keywords—safety, accident, unsafe acts, human error,
human factor
According to observations, there are unsafe conditions on
several facilities available in Itenas. This caused near-miss or
I. INTRODUCTION even incidents in the vicinity of Itenas, be it indoor or
outdoor. For the time being, health and safety system in
Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas) was established on Itenas is still not managed comprehensively, and is still being
14th of December, 1972, currently operating 13 majors revamped from time to time. There are still unmanaged areas
managed by 3 faculties (FTI, FTSP, dan FSRD). Itenas is and work systems necessary to support conducive
located on a 52,954 m2 area with 41,205m2 building area. environment in campus. This is indicated by near-misses and
One of the mission of Itenas is ‘To develop infrastructure small incidents. However, in accordance to the attempt from
and scientific- and technology-based management system to Itenas to overhaul the health and safety management system,
create conducive academic situation’. Therefore Itenas is human factors as a contributing factor of incidents should be
equipped with various facilities to support learning process, studied in a more detailed way.
including lecture rooms spread across 21 3-to-4-story
buildings, 43 laboratories, and 14 studios spread across 13 This research is done to observe how much human
majors. contributes to a potential incidents, especially in laboratories
around Itenas. Swiss Cheese model of human error is a
Since 2003 Itenas received plenty of competition grant, special approach visualizing the relation of human error in
both for the development of each majors as well as between 4 levels in Swiss Cheese model [2]. This approach
development of educations in various forms of academic is used because in laboratories, all personnel involved did
activities. As a result, Itenas has managed to improve the mental activity at a higher level than physical activity. This
quality of means and infrastructures supporting the happened because most practicioners worked in laboratory
educational process. The quality of means and infrastructures for no more than 8 hours (with the exception for electric
of laboratories and studios is referred to the development of vehicle design studio). On several laboratories, activities are
necessities in learning process and technologies one wish to not directly practiced by practicioners.
acquire. This condition caused a high mobility in the campus
vicinity, day-in and day-out, be it indoor or outdoor activity. II. METHOD
For example, mobilities in laboratory, interaction between
practitioners/assistant/lecturer/technician with Human Factor Analysis Classification System (HFACS)
tools/machinery, even material, regardless of the goal for is the universal frame from human errors used as a tool to
every activities in laboratory. investigate and analyze the cause of incidents caused by
humans. In Model Reason (1990) failure or incidents from an
On Man-Machine Interface/ MMI, response and stimuli unidentified factor and active incidents, HFACS is aimed
occurred between man and machine. Technology allowed towards human errors at every level in a system, including
ICGTD - 128
aircrews during flights and other organizational factors [3]. Fig. 2. Kategori precondition of unsafe acts
This model was developed during a period of aircraft
incidents C. Unsafe Supervision
A chain of events related as to how supervision is
Reason concept in HFACS illustrated 4 levels of failure,
executed. 4 categories of unsafe supervision is identied as
which are: 1) Unsafe Acts, 2) Preconditions for Unsafe Acts,
inadequate supervision, planned inappropriate operations,
3) Unsafe Supervision, and 4) Organizational Influences.
failure to correct and solve problems, and violations during
Main components and causal categories starts from the level
supervision (Fig. 3)[3].
closest to the incident, which is an unsafe act. This is
classified within two categories, errors and violation. By-
and-large, error illustrates an individual mental or physical
activity failed to achieve the main purpose. On the other side,
violation usually refers to a deliberate disregard of rules
regulating health and safety.
A. Unsafe Acts
Three types of basic error includes skill-based, decision,
and perceptual error, while violation can occur as routine and
Fig. 3. Kategori unsafe supervision
exceptional error (Fig. 1). Lases caused by skill-based error
happens on skill-based action, which includes attention or
D. Organizational Influence
memory lapse. Decision error illustrates behaviour
designated to fit the purpose, but in reality said behaviour is Wrong decisions from upper-echelon managements can
not suitable for the situation. Decision errors are grouped directly affect the supervisory practice as well as operator
into 3 main categories: Procedural errors, poor choice, and conditions and actions. Organizational influence are often
problem-solving errors. Perceptual error is an unexpected neglected. In general, latent failure that is hard to
error that happened because of discrepancies between what is comprehend is related to resource management,
perceived and what actually happened, caused by organizational climate, and organizational process (fig. 4)
deteriorated or unfamiliar sensory inputs, visual illusion, and [3].
spatial disorientation. On violation, routine breach of rules
tends to be habitual and often tolerated by governing
agencies or regulatory authorities. Exceptional violations
appeared as small breach, usually exempted from sanctions
by authorities, and does not have to show patterns of
individual behaviour or toleration from managements. [3].
Fig. 4. Organizational factor influencing accidents

Results from observation and identifications of potential
hazards around the vicinity of Itenas, on several laboratories,
Fig. 1. Kategori unsafe acts classes and facilities, showed that electrical and ergonomical
hazard posed the highest risk. This potential hazard is usually
B. Precondition for Unsafe Acts found around most of the laboratories. The result of
Precondition for unsafe acts needs to be analysed further identification showed that most potential failure mode has its
to understand how unsafe acts occurred. There are several cause of failure rooted from human errors
preconditions that needs to be studied, which are (practitioners/assistant/technician/researcher). In general,
environmental factors, substandard operator conditions, and every laboratories already have general rules and regulations
substandard practices (Fig. 2). Operator conditions can be during the practice, along with the application of health and
analysed from 3 conditions: Adverse mental status, where it safety management with socialization about the importance
really affects how operators taking decisions. Mental of health and safety, personal protective equipment, as well
condition is related to how human processes information and as signs of warning in laboratories.
responds to stimuli received by the brain, mental fatigue, and
loss of motivation. Adverse physiological condition is a A. Unsafe acts
decline of physical condition, caused by fatigue or illness.  Error
Physical or mental limitation can be observed through a. Skill-based error: errors caused by the skill of
reaction time of visual, physical, and intelligence abilities. practitioners.
Substandard practices can be observed from crew resource - Mistakes during operating machineries
management and personnel readiness [3]. - Failure to put on PPE (gloves, goggles,
earplugs), Improper application of PPE
(masks, goggles, working suit, untied hairs,
s
etc)
ICGTD - 129
- Mis-steps on procedures - No continuing development of lab
- Failure to lock machine guards coordinators, technicians, and assistants in
- Improper locking of item clamps regards to the health and safety management
- Wrong machine set-ups
b. Decision error  Organizational climate
- Failure to rectify and solve problems - No apparent policies regarding health and
c. Perceptual error safety around campus
- Improper handling of lathe and knife - No safety culture habituation around the
- Improper processing/handling/housekeeping campus
- Handling rotating devices during operation
 Organizational Process
 Violation - No comprehensive management of health and
Routine safety around campus
- Disorganized tools and items - Too few standard operating procedures and
- Insufficient housekeeping activities work instructions for practice sessions
- No unit specifically tasked with the
B. Precondition Unsafe Act management of health and safety
 Environmental factors - No programs related with the integrated
- Unsuitable lighting improvement of health and safety
- Increasingly high temperature around
furnaces, stoves and welding Based from the aforementioned studies, it can be
concluded that the categories of potential cause of HFACS
- Welding fume
around Itenas are:
- Dusts
- Inergonomical design of workstation  Unsafe act: Error and Violation
- Disorganized wiring  Precondition unsafe act: environmental factors
- Inergonomical work posture, both on sitting  Supervisory factor: inadequate supervision
pose and standing pose  Organizational Factors: resource management,
organizational climate, and organizational process.
 Conditions of operators
Itenas does not have a system that comprehensively
a. Adverse mental states
manage health and safety. Therefore, data and records about
- Mental fatigue perpetuated by academic the occurrence of near-miss and incidents are non-existent.
activities as well as EV projects However, based the result of the identification of potential
- Workload during practice hazard in laboratories and facilities, it is found that latent
b. Adverse physiological states danger exists in the form of potential hazards.
- Physical fatigue caused by academic activities
and EV projects In reference to the aforementioned investigation on
- Poor time management potential hazards, the high risk potentials can be categorised
c. Physical/mental limitations as error influences on HFACS level for some causes of
- Physical limitation for overtime work on EV incidents with higher quality (9). Highest number shows high
levels of influence causing the incident
projects
In general, the most influential levels for incident in
C. Supervisory Factors laboratories around Itenas are on level I (Organizational
 Inadequate supervision factors). However, environmental factors played the biggest
role in causing incidents.
- Lack of supervision from assistant as well as
the head of the laboratory for health and The lack of safety culture and policies regarding health
safety practices around the vicinity of the and safety around campus indicated the lack of commitment
laboratory to construct a conducive environment. Incomprehensive
management of health and safety results in the abandonment
 Failed Correct Problem of supportive programs for conducive environment around
- Running practice sessions despite persistent the campus, one of them including the management of
potential hazards still occurring physical environment in laboratories around the campus.
Physical environments are one example of physical
D. Organizational Factors stressor [4]. In stress assessment process, cognitive and
 Resource management perceptual capabilities are required to determine the stress
- No job description made about health and level as well as developing the capability of managing
safety in laboratories stressors (inoculation stress), triggering chains of response
- No comprehensive maintenance managements from the body with negative consequences. These
for machineries and tools as well as facilities consequences can take shape as psychological, physiological,
and behavioural consequences.
ICGTD - 130
Stress is an internal reaction, identified by basic IV. CONCLUSION
mechanism of how stress happened inside the body of a Itenas really have to construct a more comprehensive
person [5]. Physiological response towards stress is divided management system for health and safety. Starting from
into 3 phase: Alarm phase, resistant phase, and fatigue phase making policies regarding health and safety to develop a
[4][5]. During fatigue phase, overall defense declined both conducive academic situation in accordance to the mission of
physically and mentally, including (but not exclusive) Itenas. Based from these policies, a program suitable to
emotional fatigue and change of perception [4] which can tackle the problems – minimizing potential hazards – can
reduce work performance. thus be established. In this way, physical environments in
laboratories and studios all around Itenas will support a
One factor causing human errors are fatigue, likely due to comfortable and safe working situation, minimizing potential
an unsafe act and performance [6]. Fatigue is a contributing human errors that can have adverse effect on safety, even
factors for accidents, injuries, and death in many situation. causing accidents.
This implied that person with fatigue are likely to perform an
unsafe act REFERENCES
[1] Wiegman, D. A., & Shappell, S. A. A Human Error Approach to
The complexity of man-machine interaction further Aviation Accident Analysis, The Human Factor Analysis and
showed how complex human role is as an operator. In this Classification System. Ashgate, 2003.
role, human is expected to have cognitive capabilities to [2] Reason, J. Human error: Model and Management. British Medical
solve problems, analyse and detect errors and lapses, as well Journal, Vol. 320, 2000, pp.768-770.
as coming up with a solution. Man-machine interaction is [3] Shappell, S. A., & Wiegmann, D. A. The Human Factors Analysis
based from our thought as human as an information and Classification System–HFACS. Washington, DC: Office of
Aviation Medicine, Federal Aviation Administration, 2000.
processing system. This condition is related with mental
[4] Landy, F., & Conte, J. Work in 21st Century: An Introduction to
process such as perception, memory, instinct, and motoric Industrial and Organizational Psychology, 4th Ed. John Willey &
response caused by the influence of human interaction as Sons, Inc., 2013.
well as other elements in the system. Therefore, during [5] Martinussen, M., & Hunter, D. Aviation Psychology and Human
mental fatigue, the process of memory retrieval perception, Factors. CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, 2010.
reasoning and motoric response slows down, and can even [6] Williamson, A., Lombardi, D., Folkard, S., Stutts, J., Curtney, T., &
cause errors in decision making (human error). This can play Connor, J. The link between fatigue and safety. Accident Analysis
and Prevention, 2011, p.498-515.
huge role in causing accidents.
ICGTD - 131
Mathematical Modeling of Green Capacitated
P-Centre Problem using Mixed Integer Linear
Programming
Fifi Herni MUSTOFA Yoanita Y. Mukti Arief Irfan Syah Tjaja
Department of Industrial Engineering Department of Industrial Engineering Department of Industrial Engineering
fifi@itenas.ac.id yoan21y@gmail.com arief@itenas.ac.id
Abstract—This paper proposes a mathematical model for  Median Problems (minisum)

the stochastic green capacitated p-center problem a using The median problems are those problems where one or
mixed integer linear programming (MILP). A model is built more facilities are to be located in order to minimise the
considering the total emission produced by vehicles and the average cost (average time) between the customer and
uncertain parameters including the customer demand, the
the nearest facility. The problem is known as the
travel time needed by a vehicle to travel from a facility to a
minisum problem or the p-median problem, p denoting
customer and the capacity of a facility to satisfy the customer
demand. The proposed model and method are evaluated using
the number of facilities to be located.
instances that are available in the literature. According to the  Centre Problems (minimax/maximin)
computational experiments, the proposed methods produce Centre problems arise when a given number of facilities
interesting results.
needs to be found with the objective of minimizing the
Keywords—stochastic, the capacitated p-center problem, maximum travel cost (travel time) between customers
MILP, emission and the nearest facility. The problem is known as the
minimax problem or the p-centre problem. In the case of
I. INTRODUCTION locating obnox- ious facilities such as nuclear/chemical
station and waste disposal sites, the objective function
According to Luis (2008), location problems can be
reverses to a maximin instead of a minimax.
classified based on topography, capacity restrictions, or
objective functions. Based on topography of the site  Covering Problems
selection, location problems can be classified into continuous Covering problems occur when there is a given critical
and discrete problems. In continuous location problems, the coverage distance or cost or time within customers and
facilities can be located anywhere on a given plane where facilities. The number of facilities is deemed sufficient if
there is an infinite number of potential sites. In the discrete the distance between the customer and the nearest facil-
problems, there is a finite number of potential sites to locate ity does not exceed some critical value, but deemed
the facility. Usually, the objective is to find the best locations insufficient otherwise. This introduces the notion of
among the potential sites in order to optimise an objective coverage. Note that the p-centre can also be considered
function such as the minimisation of the total cost. as a version of covering where the coverage value
Based on capacity restrictions, location problems can be becomes a decision variable instead of an input.
divided into uncapacitated and capacitated problems. In the Currently, the concern on environmental impact of
uncapacitated problems, there are no restrictions on the size business operations is increasing. Many companies now
or on the capacity of a facility to fulfil the demand of realise that carbon emissions produced by their operations
customers. In this model, the facility n for this case, the need to be reduced as the emissions have a significant impact
closest facility can always fulfil the demand of its customers. to global warming and severe negative impacts on business
In the capacitated problems, the facility is restricted to its and society. In this study, to measure the environmental
capacity. The customers were not always fulfilled by the impact, we consider the amount of CO2 emissions produced
closest facility because the nearest facility may not satisfy when transporting products from the facilities to customers.
their demands. The assignment of customers to facilities is According to the World Meteorological Organization (2009),
obtained by solving the transportation or the generalized CO2 is the single most human-emitted greenhouse gas
assignment problem depending on whether or not customers emission (GHG) accounting for about 63.5% of the total
are allowed to be served from a single facility only or not. global warming. Moreover, CO2 is a very popular
The location problems may be classified by their environment index and also easily measured. Other decision
objective functions including the minimax, the maximin, or that has to be made beside the location of facility is to
the minisum. Based on these objectives, location problems determine the type of the vehicle used by each facility
can be divided into three groups. considering CO2 emissions produced. Therefore, here, we
ICGTD - 132
develop a problem called the green capacitated p-center d(i, j) : the distance between customer i and potential site j
problem (GCPCP). (Euclidian distance is used in our study);
In many real case applications, some uncertain p : the required number of facilities;
parameters need to be considered when finding the best Yi j : 1, if customer i is served by a facility at site j and = 0
location for the facilities. Those parameters include the otherwise;
customer demand, the travel time from a facility to a
customer and the capacity of the facilities. To deal with the Xj : 1, if a facility is opened at potential site j and = 0
problem with uncertainty, a mathematic model Mixed otherwise;
Integer Linear Programming are developed. The objective function (1) is to minimise the maximum
The main contributions of this paper is to develop a new distance between a customer and its nearest facility.
mathematical model for the green capacitated p-center Constraints (2) guarantee that each customer i is assigned to
problem taking into account the environmental impact. exactly one open facility whereas constraint (3) restricts the
number of open facilities to be exactly p. Constraints (4)
ensure that customer i can only be allocated to an open
facility (i.e., X j = 1). Constraints (5) define the maximum
II. LITERATURE REVIEW distance between customer i and its closest facility.
In this section, a review on the capacitated p-center Constraints (6) and (7) refer to the binary nature of the
problem is presented. The capacitated p-center problem on decision variables.
tree networks was studied by Jaeger and Goldberg [20]. The
authors reveal that the problem can be addressed in The p-centre problem is known to be NP-hard problem
polynomial time when the facility capacities are identical. (Kariv and Hakimi 1979). Though this problem can be
Khuller and Sussmann [22] investigated the capacitated p- optimally solved for medium size instances (n ≤ 4,000, p ≤
center problem where each facility can be assigned to at most 100). The p-centre problem may consist of a large number of
L customers. customers as well as potential facility sites. For example, a
problem which includes individual private residences as
The p-centre problem, also known as the minimax customers may involve several thousands of demand points.
location problem, aims to optimally locate p facilities among One way to model such a problem is to aggregate customers
n potential sites and to assign demand points to these from n to m points (m << n) so the reduced (approximated)
facilities in order to minimise the maximum distance problem becomes easier to solve. However, aggregation
between demand points and their nearest facility. reduces the accuracy of the solution.
Applications include the location of facilities in emergency
services such as police, fire, and ambulance stations. In the Daskin (1995) suggested a useful and interesting
conditional p-centre problem some (say q) facilities already recursive type algorithm using the set covering problem
exist and the objective is to locate p newfacilities in addition (SCP) for obtaining an optimal solution for the problem. A
to the existing q facilities. A demand point can be served by unified limited column generation approach for facility
the nearest facility whether it is new or existing. This problems including the p-centre problem on trees was
problem is known as the (p, q) centre problem. When q = 0, presented by Shaw (1999). Efficient exact algorithms for the
the problem becomes the unconditional p-centre problem vertex p-centre problem were later proposed by Daskin
(the p-centre problem for short) whose formulation is given (2000) and Ilhan and Pinar (2001). The former formulated
as follows: the problem as a maximum set covering sub-problem and
then Lagrangean relaxation is used to solve the problem. The
latter proposed a method which consists of two phases
namely the LP-Phase and the IP-Phase where in Phase 1 sub-
problems with a certain covering distance are systematically
discarded. Elloumi et al. (2004) used Minieka’s technique
incorporating a greedy heuristic and the IP formulation of the
sub-problem for solving the problem optimally. Al-
Khedhairi and Salhi (2005) introduced enhancements to the
Daskin’s method (1995) and Ilhan and Pinar (2001) with the
aim in reducing the number of ILP iterations (calls to the
SCPs). In the first approach, the gaps in the distance matrix
are sorted and efficiently recorded whereas in the second
approach, appropriate jumps in the covering distance are
explored. Cheng et al. (2007) suggested an efficient
algorithm by modelling the network as an interval graph.
Chen and Chen (2009) introduced relaxation algorithms for
Where: both the continuous and discrete p-centre problems by
(i, j ) : set of demand points/customers (i ∈ I = {1, ..., n}) solving optimally smaller reduced problems which are then
and set of potential sites ( j ∈ J = {1, ..., M}) (i.e.: n = augmented gradually by adding ‘k’ customers at a time
|I | and M = |J |), respectively where k is a parameter that needs to be defined.
r : the maximum distance between a customer and its Salhi and Al-Khedhairi (2010) improved Daskin’s
closest facility approach (1995) even further by integrating heuristic
information into exact methods. Tight upper bounds are
obtained by a multilevel type meta-heuristic (Salhi and Sari
ICGTD - 133
1997) which are then used to derive promising lower bounds. similar with the one presented in the previous model with
Davidovic et al. (2011) introduced a bee colony optimization some additions described as follows:
heuristic algorithm and a non-deterministic Voronoi diagram
algorithm for the unconstrained and constrained p-centre Set
problem respectively. 𝑉 the vehicle (truck) types
Parameters
III. PROBLEM FORMULATION 𝑐𝑣 the travel cost per unit time to deliver one unit
This section presents the mathematical model of the product using vehicle 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉
classical capacitated p-center problem followed by the 𝑒𝑣 the amount of CO2 emissions produced per unit
proposed model for the deterministic green capacitated p- time caused by delivering one unit product using
center problem (GCPCP). vehicle 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉
A. The Capacitated p-Center Problem (CPCP) 𝑐̂ the penalty cost per unit CO2 emission produced
The following notations are used to describe the sets,
parameters and decision variables of the CPMP.
The green CPCP is much harder to solve than the

classical capacitated p-center problem as the proposed model
aims to find the optimal solution for both facilities’ location
and their corresponding vehicle. The problem can be
modelled as follows:
The objective function (8) aims to minimise the total cost

which consist of the total travel cost and the total penalty
cost for producing CO2 emissions. Constraints (9) make sure
that each customer must be served by one facility only.
Constraints (10) ensure that each open facility uses one
vehicle type only. Constraint (11) guarantee that p open
facilities are opened. Constraints (12) are the capacity
constraints for each open facility. Constraints (13) ensure
that each customer can only be assigned to an open facility.
Constraints (14) and (15) state the integrality conditions of
the decision variables.
IV. CONCLUSION
B. The Green Capacitated p-Center Problem (GCPCP) Based on the results of computational study, it can be
In this subsection, the mathematical model of the green concluded that:
CPCP (GCPCP) is presented where the presence of vehicle 1. Comparison of initial conditions with research
(truck) types is considered. In the new model, the vehicle results shows that using the p-center method and
type used by each open facility is treated as a decision changing the determination delivery to 4 locations
variable. Each vehicle type has a different travel cost per unit makes the company more efficient in terms of
time and produce a different amount of CO2 emissions. To transportation and also saving time.
reduce the total CO2 emission, each unit of CO2 emissions
produced is penalised. The notations used for sets, 2. If the problem limitation and assumptions are
parameters and decision variables in the new model are removed then techniques and tools are needed that
can handle the problem. However, the weakness of
the research requires a long time in order to solve the
ICGTD - 134
problem in accordance with the real conditions of the [13] Drezner, Z.: The p-Centre problem-heuristic and optimal algorithms.
company and the results obtained are more accurate J. Oper. Res. Soc. 35, 741–748 (1984)
and relevant. [14] Drezner, Z.: Conditional p-center problems. Transp. Sci. 23, 51–3
(1989)
3. Comparison explains that the p-center method is [15] Drezner, Z.: On the conditional p-median problem. Comput. Oper.
better in terms of mileage compared to p-median. Res. 22, 525–530 (1995)
While the total distance of the p-median method is [16] Elloumi, S., Labbe, M., Pochet, Y.: A new formulation and resolution
better than the p-center method. method for the p-center problem. INFORMS J. Comput. 16, 84–94
(2004)
4. The p-center method can be used for the case of [17] Gamal, M.D.H., Salhi, S.: Constructive heuristics for the
determining any facility. These results provide uncapacitated continuous location-allocation problem. J. Oper. Res.
advantages in minimizing maximum distance / travel Soc. 52, 821–829 (2001)
time. [18] Hakimi, S.L.: Optimum locations of switching centers and the
absolute centers and medians of a graph. Oper. Res. 12, 450–459
5. There are previous studies for cases in companies (1964)
using the nearest neighbor method and taboo search. [19] Hansen, P., Brimberg, J., Urosevic, D., Mladenovic, N.: Solving large
The purpose of this study is to determine the optimal p-median clustering problems by primal-dual variable neighborhood
search. Data Min. Knowl. Discov. 19, 351–375 (2009)
distribution route. Whereas in the current study using
[20] Hansen, P., Mladenovic, N.: Variable neighbourhood search for the p-
the p-center method with the aim of finding the median. Locat. Sci. 5, 207–225 (1997)
position of the p-facility to be placed so that all
[21] Hansen, P., Mladenovic, N., Perez, J.A.M.: Variable neighbourhood
requests could be covered with the maximum search:methods and applications. Ann. Oper. Res. 175, 367–407
distance between the request points and the (2010)
placement of facilities to be minimal. [22] Hillsman, E.L., Rhoda, R.: Errors in measuring distances from
populations to service centers. Ann. Reg.Sci. 12, 74–88 (1978)
[23] Ilhan, T., Pinar, M.: An efficient exact algorithm for the vertex p-
center problem (2001). http://www.ie.bilkent.edu.tr/~mustafap/pubs/
REFERENCES [24] Irawan, C.A., Salhi, S.: Solving large p-median problems by a
multistage hybrid approach using demand points aggregation and
[1] Avella, P., Boccia, M., Salerno, S., Vasilyev, I.: An aggregation variable neighbourhood search. J. Glob. Optim. (2013).
heuristic for large scale p-median problem. Comput. Oper. Res. 39(7), doi:10.1007/s10898-013-0080-z
1625–1632 (2012) [25] Irawan, C.A., Salhi, S., Scaparra, M.P.: An adaptive multiphase
[2] Barua, S., Sander, J.: Mining statistically sound co-location patterns at approach for large unconditional and conditional p-median problems.
multiple distances. In: Proceedings of the 26th International Eur. J. Oper. Res. 237, 590–605 (2014)
Conference on Scientific and Statistical Database Management, [26] Jaeger,M., Kariv, O.: Algorithms for finding p-centers on a weighted
Article No. 7 (2014) tree (for relatively small p). Networks 15, 381–389 (1985)
[3] Berman, O., Drezner, Z.: A new formulation for the conditional p- [27] Kariv, O., Hakimi, S.L.: An algorithmic approach for the vertex
median and p-center problems. Oper. Res. Lett. 36, 481–483 (2008) p−center problem. Part I: The p−centers. SIAM J. Appl. Math. 37,
[4] Berman, O., Simchi-Levi, D.: The conditional location problem on 513–538 (1979)
networks. Transp. Sci. 24, 77–78 (1990) [28] Liu, S., Liu, Y., Ni, L. M., Fan, J., Li, M.: Towards Mobility-based
[5] Bozkaya, B., Tansel, B.: A spanning tree approach to the absolute Clustering. In: Proceedings of the 16th ACM SIGKDD international
p−center problem. Locat. Sci. 6, 83–107 (1998) conference on Knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 919–928
(2010)
[6] Calik, H., Tansel, B.C.: Double bound method for solving the p-
center location problem. Comput. Oper.Res. 40, 2991–2999 (2013) [29] Lu, C.: Robust weighted vertex p-center model considering uncertain
data: An application to emergency management. Eur. J. Oper. Res.
[7] Chen, D., Chen, R.: New relaxation-based algorithms for the optimal 230, 113–121 (2013)
solution of the continuous and discrete p-center problems. Comput.
Oper. Res. 36, 1646–1655 (2009) [30] Lu, C., Sheu, J.: Robust vertex p-center model for locating urgent
relief distribution centers. Comput. Oper.Res. 40, 2128–2137 (2013)
[8] Chen, D., Chen, R.: A relaxation-based algorithm for solving the
conditional p-center problem. Oper. Res. Lett. 38, 215–217 (2010) [31] Minieka, E.: The m-center problem. SIAM Rev. 12, 138–139 (1970)
[9] Chen, R.: Conditional minisum and minimax location-allocation [32] Minieka, E.: Conditional centers and medians on a graph. Networks
problems in euclidean space. Transp. Sci. 22, 158–160 (1990) 10, 265–272 (1980)
[10] Cheng, T.C.E., Kang, L., Ng, C.T.: An improved algorithm for the p- [33] Mladenovic, N., Labbe, M., Hansen, P.: Solving the p−center problem
center problem on interval graphs with unit lengths. Comput. Oper. with tabu search and variable neighbourhood search. Networks 42,
Res. 34, 2215–2222 (2007) 48–64 (2003)
[11] Daskin,M.S.: Network and discrete location: models, algorithms, and
applications.Wiley, NewYork (1995) .
[12] Daskin, M.S.: A new approach to solving the vertex p-center problem
to optimality: algorithm and computational results. Commun. Oper.
Res. Soc. Jpn. 45, 428–436 (2000)
ICGTD - 135
Accuracy Analysis of Aerial Photography Using
PhotoModeler UAS and Agisoft PhotoScan
Soni Darmawan Rino Erviana Anggun Tridawati

Geodesy Engineering Departement Geodesy Engineering department Geodesy Engineering Departement
soni_darmawan@itenas.ac.id soni_darmawan@itenas.ac.id angguntridawati.30@gmail.com
Abstract— The purpose of this study is to produce a map on with flight path planning software and telimetry. This vehicle
coastal area derived from Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) is equipped with a sensor in the form of a Sony A6000
using both Photo Modeller UAS and Agisoft Photoscan digital camera with a sensor of 24 MP sized APS-C hybrid
software and also to analyze the planimetric accuracy resulting autofocus and continuous shooting speed up to 11fps with a
from both software. This methodology includes the camera size of about 15.4 x 14.5 x 13 cm, and fly at an
determination of areas for making flying paths, collecting data, altitude of 250 m above ground level. The acquisition was
and data processing. The results of this study show the carried out with 80% overlap and 60% sidelap.
accuracy of aerial photograph using Agisoft PhotoScan and
PhotoModeler UAS using the same photo of 371 aerial III. METHODOLOGY
photographs and by using each of the 4 same control. The total
results of its RMSe by processing using Agisoft PhotoScan In this methodology, we did some steps consist of
software is equal to 2.620 cm, while processing using preparation, field data collection, and data processing. Aerial
PhotoModeler UAS software is equal to 6,120 cm. photography with a relatively low altitude of around ± 250 m
so that it is safe from cloud interference, carried out with the
Keywords—Aerial Photography, UAV, agisoft photoscan, help of mission planner software, as well as determining the
photo modeler location of ground control points to be used for
orthorectification. Four ground control points (GCP) were
I. INTRODUCTION taken using geodetic GPS in the study area for orthophoto
Aerial photography is a technique of capturing image of mosaic geometric correction. GCP is taken by performing
the surface from a certain height which is the most widely pre-mark installation and measurement before the data
used remote sensing method. Aerial photography provides a acquisition by UAV. In data processing, we start from
visual inventory of parts of the Earth's surface quickly and download data and make aerial photography using Agisoft
can be used to make detailed maps [1]. Cameras that will be PhotoScan software and PhotoModeler UAS. Methodology
used in aerial photography are mounted on aerial vehicles, in this study can be seen in figure 1.
such as unmanned aircraft or UAV (Unmanned Aerial
Vehicle or), light aircraft (Light Surveillance Aircraft or
LSA), helicopters, air balloons, rockets, parachutes, and
other air rides, which are then flown until it reaches a certain
height. The use of aerial photography is also increasing along
with the development of remote sensing sensor technology
and airplane technology [2].
In this modern era, aerial photography is not only carried
out using manned aircraft that require no small cost, but also
using unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV (Unmanned Aerial
Vehicle) at an affordable price, easy to obtain and has the
ability to do aerial photography such as manned aircraft
increasingly developed aerial photo processing technology is
accompanied by software that can be used to assist human
research in solving problems, both in open source and
software. The aerial photo produced by the UAV will then be
processed into a photo map using two software, namely
PhotoModeler UAS and Agisoft PhotoScan.
II. DATA
The aerial photography was captured on Thursday 11
May 2017 in Legon Kulon Village, Subang Regency, West
Java. The UAV system used is skywalker type, with GPS
navigation guidance integrated in the UAV, ground station
ICGTD - 136
the Interior Orientation Parameter (IOP) from the results of
camera calibration using Agisoft PhotoScan software using a
Sony A6000 camera type with specifications: focal length of
20 mm, sensor size 23.5 x 15.6 mm, sensor type BSI-CMOS,
maximum resolution of 6000 x 4000 pixels. But at this step,
the author does not participate in camera calibration.
C. Making of Flyway
Making a flyway is the process of planning a flyway to
get the desired photo from aerial photographs. Making the
flight path using the Mission Planner software that is
connected to autopilot. Below is a picture of the flight path
along with a description.
Figure 3. Making Flyway

Figure 1. Methodology
D. Image Processing Using Agisoft Photoscan
A. Ground Control Point
This software is used to process aerial photograph. The
In this study, we measure of ground control points using process consists of adding photo data, aligning photos,
GPS Geodetic with a short static system (Rapid Static). building dense cloud, building mesh, building orthomosaics.
Rapid static (Rapid Static) is commonly used for point The orthorectification process is done after the process of
determination systems with shorter observation times, which aligning photos is complete, this process is used to find the
is 5-20 minutes. This GPS observation is done using control
value of the accuracy of the ground control points on aerial
from one BIG point and 2 receiver points.
photographs that have been marked at each point. The align
photos process itself is to combine all aerial photographs
into one photo. PhotoScan finds matching points between
overlapping images, by estimating the position of the
camera for each photo and building a rare point cloud model
and camera position.
E. Image Processing Using Agisoft Photoscan
This UAS starts from making a new project,
orthorectification stage, making the dense surface, and
making material for orthophoto. In this study, we used the
Automated Point Cloud and Meshes (Smart Point) method
to make photo maps of UAV photographs. After inserting
all the photos and aligning the photos (align image) a path
Figure 2. Receiver GPS Tipe GR-5 arrangement will be seen in each photo, after which the
orthorectification process will be carried out to find the
TABLE I. GCP COORDINATE accuracy of the ground control points against the aerial
UTM Coordinates
photographs that have been marked at each point. Then the
GCP
X Y Z
process of making dense clouds and materials for making
orthophoto.
PM1L1 815211.207 9313980.326 272.023
PM2L1 815215.882 9313394.299 272.126

IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
PM3L1 815567.785 9313007.337 271.972 A. Agisoft Photoscan

PM4L1 815761.628 9312638.751 272.104
Since the aerial photograph derived by using agisoft
photoscan finished, we compare four samples on aerial
photograph with the four Ground control point obtained
B. Camera Calibration from measurement to produce the planimetric accuracy.
Camera calibration is necessary to be used before The accuracy can be seen in the table below.
capturing the image. Camera calibration process determines
TABLE II. THE ACCURACY OF AGISOFT PHOTOSCAN
ICGTD - 137
TABLE IV. THE ACCURACY OF AGISOFT PHOTOSCAN AND
No. Nama Titik X error (cm) Y error (cm) PHOTOMODELER UAS
1 PM1L1 -2.817 -0.632 Agisoft Photo
2 PM2L1 3.386 1.890 Ground Accuracy Accuracy of
NO photo Modeler
truth of agisoft photomodeler
3 PM3L1 -0.483 -1.464 Scan uas
4 PM4L1 0.673 -1.154 1 52,760 52,699 52,860 99,8 % 99,6 %
Total 2.241 1.364 2 48,844 48,653 48,996 99,6 % 99,2 %
3 21,458 21,329 21,537 99,6 % 99,0 %
The total planimetric accuracy of processing using Agisoft 4 52,760 52,699 52,860 99,8 % 99,6 %
PhotoScan software is 2.62 cm. 5 61,873 61,762 62,088 99,6 % 99,4 %
6 137,436 137,342 137,581 99,8 % 99,8 %
7 19,164 19,078 19,276 99,4 % 98,9 %
B. PhotoModeler UAS
Based on table 4, the comparison between the results of
Since the aerial photograph derived by using a
processing using Agisoft PhotoScan software and
PhotoModeler UAS finished, we compare four samples on
PhotoModeler UAS, by taking measurements on some of
aerial photograph with the four Ground control point
the samples above obtained from the difference in field
obtained from measurement to produce the planimetric
measurements with each software. So that an average of
accuracy. The accuracy can be seen on the table below.
10.492 m was obtained in Agisoft PhotoScan software and
TABLE III. THE ACCURACY OF PHOTOMODELER UAS 16,677 m in UAS PhotoModeler software. The
measurement of the area of objects in several samples also
No. Nama Titik Distance (m) looks regular, because the length of the object to the
1 PM1L1 0.052 measurement results using Agisoft PhotoScan software is
2 PM2L1 0.080 always longer than the measurement results of the
3 PM3L1 0.050
4 PM4L1 0.056 PhotoModeler UAS software, so the measurement results of
the area of Agisoft PhotoScan software are also always
The total planimetric accuracy of processing using wider.
PhotoModeler UAS software is 6.120 cm.
V. CONCLUSION
Based on table 3 and table 4, the total RMSE results are
obtained by processing using Agisoft PhotoScan software at Orthofoto derived from PhotoModeler UAS software
2.62 cm, while processing using UAS PhotoModeler have a lower spatial resolution than orthofoto derived from
Agisoft PhotoScan software, it is due to the processing using
software is 6.12 cm. The results of good accuracy is the
UAS PhotoModeler point cloud software produced by the
results of processing using Agisoft PhotoScan software.
process of photo overlapping, which looks rough is directly
That is due to the time of the mosaic process or the processed into a surface or the shape of the ground surface,
incorporation of aerial photographs in the agisoft photoscan while the processing using Agisoft PhotoScan point cloud
software it produces a mosaic that has a more clearly visible software generated by the photo overlapping process is
spatial resolution than the UAS photomodeler software. interpolated first so that the point cloud that was previously
Making it easier to do the rectification process, because the rough (rarely seen) becomes smooth and dense, after which
premark image contained in the aerial photo that has been in the process is then made into a surface or form of the ground
the mosaic looks clear. Therefore, determining the premark surface.
point with the ground control point in the rectification
process is very dependent on the results of the aerial photo The Comparison of processing results using Agisoft
PhotoScan software and PhotoModeler UAS software, using
mosaic, if the results of the mosaic have a low spatial
the same photo as many as 371 aerial photographs and by
resolution it will be more difficult in establishing the ground using each of the same control points as many as 4 control
control point against the premark. points, the total RMS results obtained by processing using
the device Agisoft PhotoScan software is 2.623cm, while
C. Comparison of Agisoft Photoscan and Photomodeler processing using PhotoModeler UAS software is 6.120 cm.
UAS
REFERENCES
In this stage we compare the distance between the results of
processing using Agisoft PhotoScan software and [1] Eastman, J.R. (2001) . Guide to GIS and Image Processing Volume 1.
PhotoModeler UAS, by taking measurements on some of Clark Labs, Massachusetts.
the samples obtained from the difference in measurement in [2] Maryanto, A., Jatmiko, N.W., Bagdja, I.W., dan Adiningsih, E.S.
the field with each software. The result can be seen in table (2015) . Rancang Bangun Prototipe Sistem Kamera Udara
4. Prushbroom Multispektrum. Bidang Pengembangan Bank Data
Penginderaan Jauh Pustekdata LAPAN, Jakarta.
ICGTD - 138
Estimation of Mangrove Biomass Parameters
Using Aerial Photography
Soni darmawan B. Heriyanto Aditya Gunawan Anggun Tridawati

Geodesy Engineering Department Geodesy Engineering Geodesy Engineering Departement
soni_darmawan@itenas.ac.id heriyantoaditya26@gmail.com angguntridawati.30@gmail.com
Abstract— Mangrove forest in Indonesia is the most that are unreachable and fly at low altitudes under the cloud
extensive forest in the world. Mangrove forests function as so that the resulting photo is free of clouds. In addition, one
land for leaf litter, rating, and other biomass. Biomass is highly other factor of excess UAV is cost. The price of UAV
relevant with climate change issues and plays an important devices and operational costs is far cheaper when compared
role in the carbon cycle. Biomass calculations can be made by to manned aircraft. With the implementation of the GPS /
modelling allometric with tree height and canopy area. The INS navigation unit and stabilization, it allows precision
purpose of this study is to determine mangrove biomass flight activities (in accordance with the flight plan) while
parameters from aerial photographs. Data processing is
ensuring the fulfillment of the coverage area and overlapping
resulting orthophoto, Digital Surface Model (DSM), and
of the desired photos [3].
Digital Terrain Model (DTM), then the height of the tree is
obtained by DSM reduction with DTM. Canopy area obtained II. METHODOLOGY
from the results of digitized. The results obtained are
orthophoto and parameter values for the calculation of
allometric models. RMSD value of tree crown is ± 4,644 cm2 In this methodology, we did some steps including
and for tree height is ± 3,726 cm. orthorectification, mosaicking, making Digital Surface
Model, making Digital Terrain Model, and estimating
Keywords— mangrove, tree crown, tree height and aerial canopy of mangrove. The methodology can be seen in figure
photography.
1.
I. INTRODUCTION
Mangrove forests are a unique and unique form of forest
ecosystem, found in tidal areas in coastal areas, beaches and
small islands. Mangrove forest is a potential natural resource
that is very potential, so it has high economic and ecological
value, but is very vulnerable to damage if it is not wise to
maintain, preserve, and manage the mangrove forest [1].
Biomass is the total weight or volume of an organism in a
certain area [IPCC]. Biomass is also defined as the total
amount of living matter on the surface of a tree expressed in
units of tons of dry weight per unit area [2].
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) or in Indonesian terms
called unmanned aircraft is a new science of
photogrammetry, which can operate remotely and can be
controlled automatically without a pilot sitting in the vehicle.
The UAV vehicle is equipped with a photogrammetric
measurement system such as a camera or video camera,
thermal or infrared camera system. The current UAV
standard allows tracking position and orientation sensors
which are implemented in local and global coordinate
systems. Therefore, photogrammetry using UAV can be
understood as a measurement tool and a new application in
close range. UAVs combine aerial photogrammetry and
terrestrial surveys but use a new realtime application. UAVs
can also be an alternative because aerial photography can be
done at a low cost. The main advantage of UAVs compared
to manned aircraft is that UAVs can be used in high-risk
situations without the need to endanger human lives, in areas
Fig 1. Methodology
ICGTD - 139
UAV aircraft are used to take photographs from the air. The
photos are then combined (mosaics) to produce an
orthophoto map of an area. Orthophoto map is equipped
with a coordinate system that is useful for visually knowing
the actual condition of an area. The orthophoto results can
be seen in Figure 2.
Fig 3. DSM
Fig 2. Orthophoto map
While the results of the Digital Surface Model (DSM)

height and Digital Terrain Model (DTM) are obtained from
the export of orthophoto results while for the height of the
tree is the reduction of DSM to DTM.
Fig 4. DTM
ICGTD - 140
Fig 7. Sample Location of height 2
Fig 5. NDSM
We tested the accuracy of the model. we compare the height

and accuracy of the model with field data. Sample choosen Fig 8. Sample Location of height 3
is based on location that represents the height of the model.
Sample locations can be seen in the figure 6-10.
ICGTD - 141
TABLE I. THE ACCURACY OF OBJECT HEIGHT
DSM
from
NDSM from
Accuracy Fig 11. Sample Location of mangrove canopy 1
No X (m) Y (m) measurement
UAV (%)
(m)
(m)
1. 815211,355 9313624,102 7,067 7,093 99,63
2. 815307,928 9313763,545 6,099 6,130 99,50
3. 815239,141 9313998,247 7,321 7,388 99,10
4. 815532,429 9313311,205 9,099 9,091 99,91

11,15 11,184
5. 815879,929 9312638,205 99,74
5
The results in Table 1 are the sample data taken. The sample
data shows the tree height and validation values. The highest
difference is in sample number 3 which is 6 cm with an
accuracy value of around 99%. The difference is due to the
distance of data collection and field validation is three
months.
For canopy length, we also compare result of model and

Fig 12. Sample Location of mangrove canopy 2
field measurement. The sample locations can be seen in the
figure 11-15 and the accuracy, we can see on table 2.
TABLE II. THE ACCURACY OF MANGROVE CANOPY
Accuracy
No X (m) Y (m) UAV (m) measurement
(%)
(m)
1. 815254,942 9313677,72 47,751 47,735 99,97
2. 815191,623 9313403,175 33,814 33,840 99,92
3. 815239,141 9313998,247 28,240 28,143 99,66
4. 815532,429 9313311,205 34,360 34,378 99,95
5. 815522,600 9313085,007 57,619 57,630 99,98
Fig 13. Sample Location of mangrove canopy 3
ICGTD - 142
range from 99%. The difference is caused by (i) at the time
of validation using the radius which is then calculated the
area of the circle while at the time of processing using
digitization that follows the tree canopy line; (ii) digitization
on Arcgis software is done on a scale of 1:60.
IV. CONCLUSION
In the study, estimation parameter of mangrove biomass
using Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) Fixwing type
obtained good orthophoto results. Ortophoto was generated
from data acquisition with a flying height of 250 m, overlap
80%, and 60% sidelap. Aerial photo data processing is done
with High resolution, so the resulting orthophoto is quite
clear. The results of the canopy area after a 1:60 scale
digging in orthophoto results in Arcgis software and
validation have been concluded, it can be concluded that the
validation difference and sample data processing for the
Fig 14. Sample Location of mangrove canopy 4 largest canopy area is 9.7 cm and the smallest is 6 mm with
an accuracy value of 99 % Tree height results after the
Digital Terrain Model (DTM) reduction of the Digital
Surface Model (DSM) by the pixel-by-pixel method
according to Zarco-Tej (2004), it can be concluded that the
data processed is not much different from the conditions in
the field with the value of the validation and processing
differences. Sample data for the largest tree height is 6 cm
with an accuracy value of 99%. Based on the processing and
results of this study, estimation of biomass parameters can
use the aerial photography method using Unmanned Aerial
Vehicle (UAV).
REFERENCES
[1] J Novianty, Riny, Sukaya S., Donny J. P. 2009. Identifikasi

Kerusakan dan Upaya Rehabilitasi Ekosistem Mangrove di Pantai
Utara Kabupaten Subang. Fakultas Perikanan dan Ilmu Kelautan
Universitas Padjajaran.
[2] Sutaryo. 2009. Penghitungan Biomassa. Wetlands International
Indonesia Programme.
Fig 15. Sample Location of mangrove canopy 4 [3] Eisenbeiss, H. 2009. UAV Photogrammetry. Disertasi Nomor 18515.
University of Technology Dresden
The results in Table 2 are the sample data taken. The sample
.
data shows the tree height and validation values. The highest
difference in sample number 3 is 9.7 cm while the smallest
difference in sample number 5 is 6 mm with accuracy values
ICGTD - 143
Eco-Design Packaging for Sustainable Farming
Products
1st Maharani Dian Permanasari
Industrial Product Design Department
Institute of National Technology
(ITENAS) Bandung, Indonesia
maharanidp@itenas.ac.id
This program is the first step of collaborative multidisciplinary • Education: managing the farm as a non-formal school
research, aiming to increase the expertise of farmer community provides multidisciplinary education.
partners, as well as to add value to the products of organic
agriculture and plantations that are cultivated. This research • Agricultural Technology, Research: managing the farm
focuses on designing environmentally friendly packaging to produce prime quality products through technology
materials. The research activity is carried out in 3 stages, namely development and collaborative research.
an initial field survey, locating sustainable packaging materials
from around the farming area, and counseling. The farmer
community partner, E-Farming Corpora, is located in Maribaya, II. PROBLEM STATEMENT
Bandung, West Java. The outcome of this initial collaborative
research in the sustainability between Product Design and This research focuses on one of the farms managed by the
Agricultural Technology is eco-friendly packaging designs for E-Farming Corpora in the Maribaya region, Lembang with
processed agricultural products, plantations, and organic organic agricultural products namely lettuce, tomatoes,
farming. potatoes, and organic chicken meat. There are still many
shortcomings in the packaging of organic crops and meat, thus
Keywords: eco-design, packaging, sustainable farming assistance in designing environmentally friendly packaging is
imperative. Some organic vegetables produced by the E-
I. INTRODUCTION Farming Corpora require eco-friendly packaging design for
Global sustainability now has already become the prime marketing include cherry tomatoes, broccoli, cabbage,
subject of various disciplines. As the concept of sustainability potatoes, mustard greens, curly lettuce, bok choy, Japanese
is broadening to align with economic, ecological, as well as spinach, water spinach, chickpeas, honey pumpkin, and corn.
social principles, the role of designer is extending beyond Apart from fresh vegetables, some of these vegetables are also
simply designing and developing more environmentally processed through a drying process before being marketed.
benign products and processes (Kandachar, 2014). The priority issue at this research is to design eco-friendly
Responding to this issue, one of the designers' role is to packaging for those products aforementioned.
provide environmentally-friendly solutions to reduce waste
This program aims to provide innovative solutions by
and to avoid harmful materials to nature. Related to the social
designing eco-friendly and applicative packaging product
design sustainability concept, this research collaborates with
design to address problems experienced by partners.
E-Farming Corpora, a farmer community group working in
the field of organic agriculture, plantation, and chicken farms The benefits of this research for the farming community
located in Maribaya, Bandung, West Java. At the present time, are to increase their design insight related to environmentally-
the farming community group needs assistance in packaging friendly packaging for organic vegetable products, as well as
the products of the organic vegetable plantations and farms to add value for the commodities. Meanwhile, the benefits for
they manage, in order to add value both economically and the research team are to add experience, insight, and open up
functionally. The E-Farming Corpora farming community further opportunities for the next collaborative research.
carries a vision of food and energy security and independence
for the local community, especially the lower-middle-income III. LITERATURE REVIEW
groups. The main programs carried out by these farmer groups The current situation of agriculture and agricultural
are: systems still does not meet the principle of sustainability
• eduFarm, ecoFarm: managing the organic farm area as a although it is stable. In this case, there are still many negative
place to study about food security and energy for all, and also impacts arising from the use of pesticides failing to meet the
as a place to instill a sense of love for the environment while needs of healthy nutrition for residents in developed and
staying in touch with the locals. developing countries (Hilbeck / Oehen: 2015). Moreover,
nature conservation has reached a stage where many parties
• ProductionFarm, Corpora Shop, Sociopreneurship: are expected to participate in preventing further damage. The
managing the organic farm as a place to increase the local majority of environmental problems are caused by the use of
residents' livelihoods. plastic or other non-renewable materials that accumulate to
become waste thus real actions from multidisciplinary aspects
ICGTD - 144
are needed. In an effort to realize an agricultural system with develop eco-friendly packaging using natural materials
sustainability, as revealed by Felix zu Löwenstein in his book, nearby.
'The Food Crash', that we must eat organic food for ourselves
in the future, or we will not eat anything at all (Löwenstein: • Concept: At this stage, the team begins to design
2011 ). concepts from the data and opportunities obtained, where the
concepts created must naturally be sustainable and in line with
One attempt to increase the value of agricultural products the main objectives of the E-Farming Corpora Community.
is by collaborating technology and design in processing and
marketing. In this research, the collaboration between • Design Stage: This design phase is obtained by two
approaches, namely design by doing (emphasizing the eco-
agriculture and technology and the Product Design field offers
to provide alternative solutions to overcome problems that friendly packaging material) and design with sketches
(emphasizing the forms of the packaging).
arise, especially in the packaging of organic farming products.
Related to the reduction of plastics, the proposed packaging • Prototype Phase: The stage of making the final design
will utilize natural materials available abundantly in the study concept and test it to the market as it has been planned
area, namely natural fibers such as abaca, palm, coconut, and beforehand.
even organic plastic. Product Design as a discipline that is
adaptive and flexible to a variety of other fields, is expected to V. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
overcome the packaging problems using design methods by The author thanks E-Farming Corpora community for
exploring the possible utilization of natural materials to being a partner in this collaborative research.
improve the agricultural product quality.
REFERENCES
IV. DATA AND ANALYSIS
This study uses qualitative research methods through [1] Kandachar, P. 2014. Accessing Sustainability in Nature-Inspired
design thinking research methods. The initial step was to Design. International Journal of Sustainable Engineering 8 (1): p. 1-9.
observe directly to the research location, made some in-depth DOI: 10.1080/19397038.2014.977373.
interviews with the farmers, and do some explorations and [2] Hilbeck, A., and Oehen, B., et al. 2015. Feeding the People:
experiments in finding eco-friendly material for the Agroecology for Nourishing the World and Transforming the Agri-
Food System. Belgium: IFOAM EU Group. p. 4-5.
packaging. Observations were made in a period of 4 months.
[3] Löwenstein, Felix zu. 2011. Food crash: wir werden uns ökologisch
Stages carried out in completing the project are: ernähren oder gar nicht mehr. Germany: Pattloch.
• Survey: This stage is carried out in order to introduce the

E-farming Corpora community to design insights related to .
Fig. 1. Survey in finding materials for eco-friendly packaging. (Lembang, 2019)
ICGTD - 145
Application Of Design And Development Of Pine
Waste (Cone) Pine For Construction Materials
Interior Building And Furniture
Ibrahim Hermawan
HP. 081 321 444 617, ibrahim@itenas.ac.id
Interior Design Study Program
(faculty of art and Design)
Itenas Institute for Research and Community Service (LP2M)
(the National Institute of Technology)
Jl. PHH Mustapa 23, Bandung 40124 Indonesia, Telepon +62-22-7272215 ext 157-159, Fax 022-720 2892
Web site:http://www.itenas.ac.id, e-mail:lp2m@itenas.ac.id
Abstract - Pine merkusii Jungh et de Vriese is a I. INTRODUCTION

member of the Pinaecae family that has no
flowers or fruit. But in the form of a gymno 1. Background
gymnasium tucked between the strands coiled up
to form a wooden cone that some people use for: Pine wood has an average specific gravity of
briquettes and crafts. Potential pine cambium is 0.55, including strong class III and durable class V
processed into many: furniture, matches, wall (Pandit & Kurniawan 2008). Pine is a type of wood
panels, pulp, and gum for gondorukem and which is quite available in Indonesia, in the
turpentine solutions. The use of pine cone waste, production forests of Perum Perhutani on Java itself,
especially for supporting materials for the which covers 483,272 ha (Perum Perhutani 2012).
construction of interior components and Utilization still prioritizes the sap, while the wood is
furniture, has never been researching. Pine wood used for charcoal, pulp and paper. Pine wood has the
cones (strobilus) have fiber characteristics: hard, potential as a furniture raw material because of its
tough, termite resistant, brownish in color, less beautiful pattern but has a weakness in its durability,
water content, and abundant waste, especially so modifications are needed to increase its resistance
during the dry season. This potential is the basis to organisms. Modification of the properties of
for a study entitled ‘Application of Design and wood can be done one of them by impregnation.
Development of Pine Wood Cones (Strobilus) for Impregnation is the filling of wood with monomers
Construction Materials of Building Interior followed by the polymerization of free radicals into
Components'. The research method uses: the lumen and cell walls. Plastic material
quantitative and experimental waste of pine cones impregnated into wood will fill cell cavities and
that are milled into aggregates and then modified form bonds with cellulose chains from wood (Ibach
by impregnation to increase resistance to et al. 2005). Impregnation technology in wood is a
organism attack. The next process is the modification technique that can increase the
aggregate extracted with an adhesive solution and durability of wood (Hill 2006). One material that
then poured into a mold that is formed according can be used for wood modification is methyl
to the design. The research objective can produce methacrylate (MMA). MMA is included in the
alternative materials for the construction of acrylic compound which has good UV stability
interior components such as walls / dividers, characteristics so that it is suitable to be applied in
floors and decorative lighting. the use of interior construction.
Keywords: wood cones, pine merkusii, adhesives, Pine wood has a characteristic scented sap
aggregates, impregnation and also the surface form of a certain aesthetic
cambium skin surface, so that its utilization has
always been stricken and used from traditional to
modern buildings. Thus in order to maintain a
balance between the availability of material from
industrial forests and the fulfillment of the needs of
users and producers, in many developed countries
ICGTD - 146
designers and material experts endeavor to continue panel surface for interior components such as: floor,
to conduct research on non-wood origin materials to wall, ceiling and furniture.
be used as alternative materials but still have natural
fiber surfaces. Exploration of wood is based on the The purpose of this experiment is to
thoughts of experts who state: "That technological produce alternative materials that are not derived
innovation offers the possibility and role of from wood (cambium) and become a commodity as
designers in finding ways to exploit and maximize non-timber forest products in the forestry sector and
the unexpected potential of those who make to provide benefits for the material industry for
technological innovations but the results can only be building construction. Until now, the use of non-
validated by those who might choose to use them" pine forest products has been used more in pine
(Sam Booth and Drew Plunkett, 2014). Starting resin as a base material for making gondorukem and
from the view above, the author intends to propose turpentine solutions. The use of gondorukem is as a
hypotheses and experiments, as stated that each varnish material, soap making material, batik
design is a hypothesis and a practical experiment. making material, solder material, printer ink, paint
By its nature, design aims to solve problems in a and others. Turpentine can be used as a thinner for
certain way in an environment. (Cindy Coleman, paints and varnishes, waxy solvents and ingredients
2002) for making camphor synthesis (Budiman Mampi,
2018).
Types of Pinus merkusii Jungh et. de. Vriese
is a tree species that thrives in the forests of Utilization of non-timber forest products as
Indonesia. Ecologically Pine merkusii is a wood already described is more focused on the use of pine
species that has characteristics such as: a. Growth is resin, but the use of non-wood elements to be used
relatively fast when compared to other types, b. as other functions has never been done. The author
Does not require a place to grow with certain observes pine cones found in the forest conservation
conditions, and can grow from 200 - 2000 m above area of Cikole Village, Lembang Subdistrict, the
sea level. (Budiman Mampi, 2018). Forests have presence of pine cones so far is considered as
important benefits for life, namely the presence of rubbish, sometimes burned and left to rot between
forest products in the form of wood and non-wood. rows of pine trees. Based on the ability of the
Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) are a very community to treat the wood cone, the researcher
abundant natural resource in Indonesia and have will try to do more in-depth research on the other
excellent prospects for development. Non-Timber potential of the pine cone, especially if it is
Forest Products have a far more economic value processed into an alternative raw material for the
than the value of wood which is still considered a construction of interior components such as walls,
main product. Non-Timber Forest Products are floors, ceilings and furniture. To find out how many
important for sustainability because the harvest other benefits of pine wood, the author tries to
process can usually be done sustainably and without conduct more in-depth research on wood cone
damage to the forest. One of the ways to reduce the material that is the focus of research, which
dependence on wood originating forest products proposes the title: Application of Design and
(HHAK) is by utilizing non-wood forest products Development of Wooden Cones (strobilus, cones)
(HHBK), namely pine cone waste (cones, strobilus). Pine for Interior Components of Buildings and
Furniture.
The wood cone will be observed its
characteristics through the following stages: first, A. Purpose and Use
each strand / fiber arranged in a circle from the base
to the top of the pine cone-forming peel and remove
This study aims to find out how much
the seeds attached to the bottom end. Second, the
utilization of the potential of non-wood pine and
strands / fibers clean from dirt and dried for 1 hour.
sap. The usefulness of this research is expected to
Third, each strand of fiber is ground / broken / cut
provide information on the additional potential of
into granules measuring: 3 - 10 mm. Fourth, the
pine wood, namely pine cone waste scattered around
granules mixed with an adhesive solution are stirred
the Protected Forest in Cikole Village, Lembang
until they soak into each grain of pine cone fiber.
District, North Bandung Regency - West Java -
Fifth, prepare a mold with a design size in
Indonesia, which will serve as the basis for the
accordance with the planned prototype model.
Application of Pine Cone Design and Development
Seventh, the entire surface of the mold is coated
for Interior Components of Buildings and Furniture.
with heat mirror (glass mirror) with water spray or
More on the material origin of non-wood (cambium)
brush until evenly distributed. Eighth, pour the
namely the cone of wood (strobilus, cones) pine
aggregate mix with the adhesive solution into the
which will be focused on how to apply the
mold (valve) in the form of patterns according to the
appropriate design when using pine cone material
design of the drain to dry. Ninth, do the opening on
that is processed into aggregate granules measuring
each mold of the product and then rinse with water
3-10 mm in size. The next process will be
can also be with ND thiner to peel off the attached
mirror glass. Tenth, do the finishing process on the
ICGTD - 147
observations and experiments on adhesives that are value of the material felt by the user, increased
suitable as adhesives for pine cone aggregates. knowledge about the application of the design by
The questions will be looked for answers before using aggregate material from pine cones.
doing material research. The author may find it
difficult to express design in this way, because much
of the design process is intuitive and unconscious, E. Research Methods
relying on pictures, metaphors, and tacit knowledge
rather than explicit knowledge and logical thinking. The method used in this research is
However, these steps are very important for observation and experiment on pine cone material
research. Mention the design hypothesis (this is which is extracted with an adhesive solution with
derived from the design goals and objectives). the aim of becoming an alternative natural textured
material to replace the original natural origin
 If we observe the characteristics of the texture of material (wood from forest products). Further
the material processed from pine cones applied research will use the following methods:
to interior components and furniture, what quantitative methods, quantitative data also includes
happens? and what change of treatment is size, length, thickness, width, height, surface area of
expected? the field, the level of effectiveness of use. Thus,
quantitative data can include subjective and
 What would be the solution to get this result (e.g. objective actions. (Cindy Coleman, 2002).
Dimension reduction, smaller furniture, more
visual appearance)? F. Measurement.
Objective technique, studying things that

B. Expected Results. are independent of the mind - that is, features and
 What other treatments or results will tell that the characteristics of objects. For example, one's
hypothesis has a response? feelings about the amount of privacy experienced in
a place where construction uses certain natural or
 Why did the researcher choose this indicator? artificial materials is a subjective measure. Physical
Example : the selection of building materials by measurements of space (for example: partition
designers and manufacturers that are applied height, area thickness), surface treatment of
based on consideration in aspects of meeting materials and acoustics, all of which affect the
technical requirements such as durability, perception of privacy, are objective measures.
moisture content, flexural strength and aesthetic Subjective assessments use techniques such as rating
functions such as texture shape. In response to scales, while objective assessments use physical
this, designers are concerned with innovation measurements that are translated into numbers
and new ideas, because the application of (length, width, height, etc.).
materials for the construction of interior
components can improve the quality of G. Survey
interaction between users and the atmosphere of
space. Survey, observing at the Pine Forest
Conservation location Cikole Village, Lembang
District, North Bandung Regency. Some of the main
C. Design hypothesis. issues to consider in developing a survey are as
follows: identify what you want to know and why.
The material used for the interior Many design evaluation surveys ask respondents to
components of various building types includes the rate both overall satisfaction with specific
following features and intended purposes such as: environmental features as well as their level of
walls, floors, ceiling and furniture, is a good visual importance. (Interior Design Handbook of McGraw-
access in space and room facilities, so visitors / users Hill's Professional Practice Cindy Coleman, Editor-
/ managers can interact by seeing and feeling a in-Chief)
certain atmosphere that is happening in the area.
II. EXPERIMENT
D. Expected Results.
Pine cone is a part of a pine tree that is
This design component is usually not well manifested from the arrangement of circular fibers
articulated. However, to assess the impact of a from the base to the tip that resembles a cone
design, the expected results need to be clearly stated measuring in diameter: 3-5 cm, height 7-12 cm. At
because this serves as a measure of success. For each base of the pine cone fiber contains a larger
example, indicators of the potential success of pine female gamete called the pine cone, and can also be
cone aggregate materials can be increased for use in called a female cone or strobilus megasporangiate.
building interior components such as walls, floors, Also on some strands of fiber containing the male
ceilings and furniture. an increase in the aesthetic "gamete cone" gamete is rightly called strobili
ICGTD - 148
microsporangiate, which is not an easy general use hardener. The resin and hardener parts that are
term. Also the term "catkins" (from cat tail). usually the same are mixed to activate the adhesive
To find out the good quality of aggregates and start the evaporation process, which works by
produced from ground pine cones can be seen from chemical reactions rather than evaporation of the
the results of fiber testing how much: water content, solvent. The right proportion of mixing is important;
hardness, hardness while physical testing by sensory too many components will affect the strength of the
testing of texture, color and durability. Basically, the bond. Because of the lack of solvents, epoxy has the
aggregate of the pine cone wood cone extracted with ability to fill extraordinary gaps. (The Art of
an adhesive solution that has a strong adhesive Woodworking - Beginners Guide., Brought To You
power, then stirred evenly and cast into the mold by http://www.woodworkweb.com).
(matres) that has been provided according to the
desired design. To unify the aggregate into a solid Panel products from Pinus mercusii wood
material the writer has tested several types of cone is one of the material innovations for
adhesive materials and it was decided that the most supporting interior components such as: sky, walls,
suitable adhesives for gluing pine cones, namely floors and furniture. Also as an alternative material
with Epoxy type. Adhesives are natural or synthetic conventional material derived from wood
binders that are used by coating the two surfaces to (cambium). The advantages obtained from these
be bonded. panels from pine cones include: 1) Can produce
Epoxy Adhesive is a 2 component adhesive natural textured artificial materials, 2) wood cone
consisting of Resin and Hardener. Both are placed in panels produced are more waterproof than
separate places and if used will be mixed and stirred conventional panels such as: gypsum, grc, plywood,
until smooth. This 2 component Epoxy glue has hard board, MDF so it is suitable used to support
high adhesion, strength / strength and is more construction in the tropics, 3) The shape can be
resistant to high temperatures. made with a special design (custom), and a typical
If it is to be used, the mixing of resin and hardener is form that is produced using a printing tool (matres),
affected by the accuracy of the ratio of the number 4) The process of milling and casting raw materials
(mix ratio), temperature and humidity. of pine cone aggregates does not cause problems,
Epoxy Adhesive 2 component solution with a even with the presence of pine cone waste extraction
comparison composition, H: R = 1: 1 (volume / activities can reduce environmental pollution around
volume). Allowable tolerance limit if one is over is a pine forests, 5) Ages of pine cones can be treated
maximum of 5% excess Resin. (SENTRA according to the shape of the design needed, 6)
POLIMER, Polymer Information Media - Year VII More cheap compared to the original wood material,
Number 30 - August 2009 Edition - ISSN 1693 7) pine wood waste material is abundant especially
6132) in the dry season.
TABLE 1. Epoxy Product Data

A. Panel products from Pinus merkusii wood
Weber Epoxy cones (strobilus)
N Application
o Physical Technical data
Product name
. Properties Data Mix ratio,
H: R = 1: 1 1. Material
 Solid
Contain:  Dry touch: a. Wood cone (stobilus);
 Weber
 Color: 97.47% 2 hours
Epoxy
Resin:  Viscosity:  Dry Wipe: b. Resin or Epoxy, as a cone adhesive aggregate for
 Type: wood;
clear Resin: 3 hours
General
 Basic
 Color: 3,400 -  Fingerprin c. Transparent melamic laquer, as an aggregate filler
Hardener: 3,800 t free: 4 filler;
Solvents:
clear- (cps), (BF, hours
1. Bisphenol
brown sp6-  Dry hard:
(Resin) and
 Phase: Gel rpm10) 12 hours
Polyamide
(Hardener)
- Liquid  Viscosity:  Perfect 2. Tool
 Smell: Hardener: Hard Dry:
 Solvents:
Typical 5,000- 72 hours
Toluene /
sting 6,000 cps  Gel time: a. Aluminum griddle size 40x40 cm, used as a
Xylene container for drying and drying pine cone
(BF, sp6- 90 minutes
rpm10) strands;
b. Ram wire hole size of 0.5 x 0.5 cm or to filter the
aggregate that has been ground;
Epoxy, is a liquid adhesive that has high c. Grinding machine, used to break wood cone fibers
strength, pore / gap filling capacity is quite wide, the into aggregates;
structural ability to glue materials that are difficult d. Scoop, used to stir epoxy resin dough;
to stick and waterproof properties, epoxies are e. CC measuring tube, used to measure chemical
definitely high-performance adhesives in the wood solutions;
industry. Epoxy consists of epoxy resin and amine f. The cup, used to stir the adhesive solution with
ICGTD - 149
aggregate; Cones Pine ( Strobilus)
g. Prints of 60x60 cm, 30x30 cm (panel color as No. Dimensi
desired), for printing aggregate dough; Name - Objek Information
mm
h. Fan, used to fan the odor of resin solution;
i. Clam, to clamp the product mold
B. Making Process
a. Put 1 kg of pine cone granules / aggregate into a

container, pour ¼ lt (25 cl) resin on the
measuring cup and add 2.5 cl catalyst then stir Measuri
The cup where you
until evenly distributed, then add pine cone and ng cup :
mix with resin solution = catalyst stir until 5 Image mix the epoxy
volume
evenly distributed, keep stirring for 3 minutes copyright: resin solution
1 liter
but still the entire surface of the pine cone Excite Shop
aggregate can be covered;
b. After that, pour the pine cone aggregate mixture
+ resin + catalyst in a model mold with the entire
surface polished with mirror glass (wax), wait C. The superiority of artificial panels from the pine
for about 5-10 minutes, then the surface of the cone Merkusii compared to other processed
dough is covered with granite or iron plate and materials with the following considerations:
then clamped with clamps so that the during
chemical heating the printed form is not curved; 1) Being an alternative material for building
Setelah 1 jam lalu hasil pengecoran pada cetakan construction materials and furniture interiors.
dibuka dengan alat obeng atau pisau cater; 2) Raw material is easy to get, because it is a large
c. Clean the entire surface of the printed product by amount of scattered waste around the protected
applying a ND thiner solution then wiping it forest area.
with a brush or a plastic brush; 3) Can be mass produced with medium technology
d. The next process, rinse with water + a little soap such as for Panel products: Walls, Floors,
molds then drain with stacked in a horizontal Ceilings
position in a place that is not exposed to direct 4) Safe and environmentally friendly because it is
sunlight. processed with adhesives made from pine.
5) Pine Cone Aggregate is not fly and when it is
TABLE 2. Cone Pine (strobilus) burned it smells of smoke and can neutralize air
pollution.
Cones Pine ( Strobilus) 6) Natural Scented Pine Wood Cone Panel that can
No. Dimensi support work activities and the interior
Name - Objek Information atmosphere of certain buildings.
mm
Ø : 30,5 TABLE 3. Pine Cone Panel Product Data
– 50 Wood Cones (Cones,
1 Pine Wood (Strobilus) Panel Products
High : Strobilus) Pine N
Dimensi
50 - 140 o. Name - Objek Information
mm
Cone Haploxylon
Ø : 20,5
A.Peduncle
– 30
A B.Seed scale
2 C
High : Floor Products
apophysis 2. 600 x 600
B 100 - (indoor)
C.Seed (adnate)
D
140
D.Terminal umbo
Cone Diploxylon
Ø : 40,5 A.Peduncle
3 – 50 B. Seed scale apophysis
A
C High : C. Seed (articulate) Wall Products

3. 300 x 300
B 50 - 80 D.Dorsal umbo with (indoor)
D
prickle
Agregat Wood Cone Aggregate

4
: 3 - 10 (strobilus)
ICGTD - 150
Pine Wood (Strobilus) Panel Products D. Socialization and Advocacy of Cones Pinus
N
Dimensi merkusii Wood Cone Panel
o. Name - Objek Information 1. Dissemination of the use of pine cone panels.
mm
Responding to the logging and scaffolding

of wooden branches that are rife by the
community around the forest, we conduct
4. Ceiling socialization and advocacy to the community
600 x 600 precisely in the area of the Pine Forest Cikole
5. products
Village, Lembang District. The response of the
people living around the village was very
positive with the use of pine wood cone waste
into an artificial panel as an alternative to wood-
based materials.
2. Advocacy for communities around the forest.

Night table
300 x 600 Advocacy is carried out as a form of
lamp
assistance and training for wood scaffolding to
move to the collection of pine cone (konus)
wood cone waste. There are still many people
6. who consciously or not, more often cut branches
for firewood at home and some are sold. This
condition then needs to be anticipated by giving
awareness that conducting checks is part of the
300 x 900
form of forest destruction.
Standing lamp
E. Potential Development
Utilization of cone wood (conus) Pine merkusii

into artificial wood panels, has the potential to be an
alternative material that is easily made and
environmentally friendly. The panel of wood cone
aggregate (conus) is also an added value in the
economy through the collection of pine cone waste
for the village community around the forest. When
calculating the Budget Plan for Making a Pine Wood
Cone Panel measuring: 242 x 122 x 18 CM, the
details are as follows: 10 kg of pine cone valued at
Work area Rp. 1000, -, the wage of pemipilan becomes an
600 x aggregate of Rp. 100, - / kg., For drying clothes Rp.
7. product
1400 50, - / kg. 1 Liter resin Rp. 120,000, - 1 Centiliter
dividers
catalyst Rp. 20,000, - Mirrorglass / wax Rp. 75,000,
Supporting materials Rp. 75,000, - Employment 4
people Rp. 300,000, - others Rp.50,000, - The total
cost of raw materials and supporting equipment is
Rp.852,000, - if calculated based on the unit Panels
that are spacious: 142x122x18 cm = 311,832 cm³,
the production costs = Rp. 27,322 / m², so the
production cost per panel measuring 142x122x18 cm
is Rp.85,198 / sheet, - this will be a business
opportunity for collecting pine cones, especially for
rural communities around the forest area.
Wall products
8. 600 x 600
(tile)
ICGTD - 151
III. CLOSING [4] John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Building Systems For Interior
Designers, Corky Binggeli A.S.I.D., Copyright © 2003 By
a. Conclusion John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All Rights Reserved , Hoboken,
New Jersey Published Simultaneously In Canada.
Panels for the construction of building [5] Desy Mulyosari, Ketahanan Kayu Pinus (Pinus Merkusii
interior components and furniture that utilize raw Jungh Et De Vriese) Terimpregnasi Metil Metakrilat Dan
materials derived from wood cones (conus) Pinus Pengawet Agenda ® 25 Ec Terhadap Serangan Rayap Tanah,
Departemen Hasil Hutan, Fakultas Kehutanan Institut
merkusii, can be used as an alternative material Pertanian Bogor Bogor, 2018.
substitute for wood originating wood products which [6] The Art Of Woodworking – Beginners Guide. Brought To
are constrained by long planting periods, even You By Http://Www.Woodworkweb.Com, More
reaching 50-100 years of harvest time, constrained Woodworking Ebooks And Plans At Woodworkweb.Com
fire and logging disasters so that their sustainability [7] Sentra Polimer, Media Informasi Polimer – Tahun Vii
Nomor 30 – Edisi Agustus 2009 – Issn 1693 6132
is threatened and wood products from forests are
increasingly difficult to find. Pine cone (strtobilus) is
organic waste from existing forests and has not yet
been utilized. Utilization of the pine cone (strobilus)
Pine merkusii will not have an impact on
environmental or forest damage, precisely can be a
diversion of activities from scaffolding, log forest
trees to the activity of collecting pine wood cone
(strobilus) pine which is sold to be processed into
artificial wood panels for interior construction such
as: walls, floors, ceilings and furniture. The
manufacturing process can be done through
intermediate techniques to technology for mass
production. Do not use dangerous chemicals or high-
tech equipment so that it becomes a product that is
easily applied, environmentally friendly and priced
by the public.
b. Suggestion
Pine cone panels (cones) are an

inexpensive and easy alternative material to be made
as well as potential construction materials for:
Walls, Floors, Ceilings and furniture. However, the
main obstacle is the willingness of the community to
want to switch from building materials from wood
from forest products to artificial materials that are
processed from natural materials and learn how to
make them. forest areas to become more productive
and efficient communities so as not to damage the
environment.
REFERENCES
[1] Sam Booth And Drew Plunkett, ‘Furniture For Interior

Design’, Design Copyright, Laurence King Publishing Text
© 2014 ).
[2] (Cindy Coleman, “ Interior Design Handbook Of
Professional Practice Mcgraw-Hill,Editor-In-Chief, 2002).
[3] S. K. Duggal B.E., M.E., Ph.D.Professor And Head,
Building Materials (Third Revised Edition), Civil
Engineering Department Motilal Nehru Institute
Technology,Allahabad (U.P.), Publishing For One World,
New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, New Dclhl .
[4] Budiman Mampi, Abdul Hapid, Muthmainnah, Produksi
Getah Pinus (Pinus Merkusii Jung Et De Vriese) Pada
Berbagai Diameter Batang Menggunakan Sistem Koakan Di
Desa Namo Kecamatan Kulawi Kabupaten Sigi, Jurusan
Kehutanan, Fakultas Kehutanan, Universitas Tadulako,
Jurnal Warta Rimba E-Issn : 2579-6287 Volume 6. Nomor
3. P-Issn : 2406-8373, September 2018.
ICGTD - 152
Utilization Of Corkwood Fabric In The Making Of
“Corkseat” With Surface Mimicry Concept
1st Maugina Rizki Havier, S.Ds.,M.Ds
Interior Design Program, Faculty of Art And Design
Bandung, Indonesia
maugina.havier@itenas.ac.id
Abstract—Surface mimicry is a part of mimicry which Other than that main purposes of corkwood fabric, we’re
defined as making object look like something else, visualy. One confident that it has other potential, especially in furnitre
of the easiest sample are rock pillows, it became a trendsetter design. seeing to the potentials, we plan to design a seating
before we see another products of the same concept. Surface facility called “corkseat”, a puff which looks like a cork bottle
mimicry’s goal is to play with human perception, often to with a real scale of puff and functioning as it is.
mocking purposes. It can be relate with Johan Huizinga’s
concept of homo ludens (1944) which said ‘playing’ id the most II. METHOD
primary needs in human culture generation. Corkseat Design
utilized corkwood fabric, a fabric made from corkwood. This A. Design Problems
seating facility made with surface mimicry concept based with In the process, the problems could occured :
homo ludens theory. This process involve making blueprints,
mock up, and prototype in a real scale. This prototype can 1. The characteristic differences of fabric and cork bottle
become a good example for another inovation using the same
2. Scale differences in seating facility and the real cork
material.
bottle, it depend on the proportion of the product but has
Keywords—surface mimicry, seating, corkwood, homo ludens to right in ergonomic
B. Design Purposes
I. INTRODUCTION
We plan to produce a puff that can :
We often heard about mimicry, especially on furniture
design. Mimicry is a concept to make a design using 1. Become an original and inovative product to be
characteristics of another object. Cocoon by Tim Kwok and patented
Bon Chaise by Joris Laarman is a good example of this. Both 2. Looks like cork bottle with real scale, good ergonomic,
chair made using biomimicry concept, using natural
and functional
characteristic from cocoon and bone structure. Mimicry
divided in 3 group, it’s Surface Mimicry, Behavioural C. Design Benefits
Mimicry, and Functional Mimicry (West. 2009). Surface 1. Generate new development in furniture design,
mimicry is a type of mimicry which making its design looks especially furniture in surface mimicry concept
like another object. For example Rock Pillow : a pillow which
looks like a rock but it has every other pillow characteristics 2. Maximize the potential of corkwood fabric for other
such as fluffy, cozy, and everything except the look. Its visual purposes in interior products
can stimulate the perception of user and gave a different
D. Design Method
feeling from visual and touching senses when they’re using
the product. Before producing Corkseat, 3D modeling are made. To
produce a well made product, mock up is a must, we made it
Basically, visual stimulation is important for user in the same workshop which made te real scale products of
impression of one object and how they feel the experience our Corkseat. Before real scale product made, we have to
using it. Like Cocoon and Bone Chaise, to make surface confirm that the scale and proportion are suitable.
mimicry products, material development and innovation in
production techniques are needed to produce a well, desirable III. THEORETICAL BASIC
product. Lidwell, Holden, and Butler (2003) on “Universal
Corkwood have a bog potential for surface mimicry Principles of Design” said from 3 type of mimicry, Surface
concept in furniture. It made from cork and produce by textile Mimicry enable user to understand and feel the function or
industry by ready-to-buy fabric in the market. It’s easy to find perception of the object. For example, disc icon on computer
in industrial area in Cibaduyut, Bandung, because this fabric program are portraited as saving function. It’s also said on the
often used as insole for shoes or sandals. book that mimicry is one of the most oldest principle used by
human, way before century. Johan Huizinga also said that
ICGTD - 153
mimicry often used to ridicule object or human as user, by
playing their visual perception(Homo Ludens.1944).
A. Concept of Corkwood
Corkwood made to look like a giant cork bottle. If you see
cork bottle on wine, other drinks, and fresh milk bottle, that
visual of a cork is the visual we want to achieve. To produce
furniture with surface mimicry concept, we have to go literal,
especialy on visual term. let we see Rock Pillow again, a pile
of peebles or rock used to sleep and jumping by children, just
like a pillow do. But visualy, it’s look a rock and it toying
with our perception. This Rock Pillow gave a huge effect on
furniture design, especialy in mimicry area.
B. Materials
 Primary material on this project is corkwood fabric.
This fabric can be found in industrial area in bandung
shoes industry).
 Wood, rubber, and foam are proponent materials. It
will be used as frame for the puff. B. Real Scale Product
IV.THE PRODUCT : CORKSEAT After we try it on mock up scale, we try to make it in real
scale product. Using real materials, frame, and puff
After we hunting for materials, we practice it in measurement.
woodworking and sofa workshop by trial and error process.
In the process, woodframe and yellow foam (super
A. Mock Up quality) are used, with web rubber on the top for cushion and
Before we produce a life-scale product, we made mock seating comfort. yellow foam also used around and over
up first to see if everything will be fit. puff’s body. There are 4 little round rubber adjusted below,
to protect puff’s lower body from scratch.
a) Real materials used in this mock up scale.
b) Mock up well-made with scale 1:5, but it lack of
structure and without frame, so it feels too spongy.
ICGTD - 154
REFERENCES
[1] Huizinga, Johan. 1944. Homo Ludens. London : Routledge & Keegan
Paul Ltd
[2] Junaidy, Deny. 2003. Sejarah Desain Kursi Modern.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313867671_SEJARAH_KU
RSI_MODERN. Accessed on 01 March 2019. 12.00 WIB
[3] Lidwell, William.,Holden, Kritina., dan Butler, Jill. 2003. Universal
Principles of Design. USA : Rockport Publisher, inc
[4] Meneses. 2017. The Cork Industry in Portugal.
https://web.archive.org/web/20120112090704/http://www.uwec.edu/
Geography/Ivogeler/Travel/Portugal/cork-article2.htm. Accessed on
01 March 2019, 12.30 WIB
[5 ]Reznikoff, S.C. 1966. Interior Graphic and Design Standards. New
York : Whitney Library of Design
[6] Sternberg, Robert.J. 1999. Handbook Of Creativity. United Kingdom :
The Press Syndicate of The University of Cambridge
[7] West, Richard Michael. 2009. Mimicry.
http://principlesindesign.blogspot.com/2009/04/mimicry.html.
Accessed on 28 February 2019, 13.00 wib
ICGTD - 155
Initial Design of Cisumdawu Toll Rest Area
Dwi Novirani Arief Irfansyah Tjaja Dida Firdaus
Industrial Engineering Industrial Engineering Industrial Engineering
Intitut Teknologi Nasional Intitut Teknologi Nasional Intitut Teknologi Nasional
Bandung , Indonesia Bandung , Indonesia Bandung , Indonesia
dwinovirani@gmail.com ariefirfan75@gmail.com didafirdaus27@gmail.com
Abstract— The construction of the Cisumdawu Toll Road explaining the required component facilities. Furthermore,
will increase the mobility of goods and services from the south- the Tamplate proposal is made for visualization, to see the
north of West Java that connects the Purbaleunyi Toll Road to proposed design of the initial rest area used the Activity
the Cikopo-Palimanan Toll Road (Cipali), which has access to Relationship Chart (ARC) approach [3] after using the
the Kertajati International Airport in Majalengka. This toll
Automated Layout Design Program (ALDEP) [4].
road requires the initial design of a resting facility. The design
process uses the first and second stages of the Quality Function II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Implementation method. The first stage is product planning
with the output of technical characteristics, then the second Quality Function Deployment [5] is a method for structured
stage design is carried out starting from solving the needs of product planning and development that enables the
the components of the first stage technical characteristics, development team to clearly define customer wants and
followed by the formation of a matrix of relationships between needs, then evaluate each product or service capability
technical characteristics and component characteristics,
generating component planning requirements, with the
proposed systematically in terms of their impact on meeting
Activity Relation Chart (ART) method scale of component those needs.
planning priority is generated for the initial design of the The deployment of quality functions (QFD) is a well-known
layout of the rest area on the Cisumdawu toll road after using
technique used to design products and services to reflect
the Automatic Layout Design Program (ALDEP). Keywords—
rest Area, distribution of quality functions, house of quality, customer needs. The first phase of QFD, usually called the
component characteristics, priority scale. house of quality (HOQ), is very important and strategic in
the QFD process. Although traditional HOQ has been used
I. INTRODUCTION successfully for decades, it is often faced with a number of
problems in the case of real applications [6]
This research is related to the construction of the
Cisumdawu (Cileunyi-Sumedang-Dawuan) toll road, which In applying the Quality Function Deployment methodology
connects Bandung to Majalengka with a length of about as a whole includes four levels of matrix compilation
60.1 km. This toll road goes to Kertajati International according to [5], namely: House of Quality, Part
Airport in Majalengka [1], which will shorten travel time to Deployment, Process Planning, and Production Planning.
Central Java. The following is a chart of the design stages of the quality
Method of Quality Function Deployment (QFD) [2] is a function deployment method which can be seen in Figures
method of planning and product development based on the 1,2,3 and 4.
needs and desires of consumers, which have four stages in
its manufacture, with details namely: the first stage is
product planning, the second stage is component planning,
the third stage is process planning , and the last stage is
production planning, in this study only reached the second
stage.
Product planning in the first stage is the process of
distributing preliminary questionnaires to determine the Fig 1 House Of Quality 1, 2, 3 and 4 [5]
level of importance of attributes that will produce a
proposed rest area concept based on consumer voices House of Quality (HOQ) [5] is the first matrix in developing
through technical characteristics, based on the calculation of the Quality Function Deployment method. House of Quality
concept screening and concept scoring. The second stage is displays the desires and needs of the consumer (the voice of
component planning (part deployment), namely the customer) on the left and the technical response
development of the product component planning stage in the (relationship of technical characteristics) of the development
form of a matrix that explains the critical factors in product team to meet the wants and needs on the matrix. The matrix
development to make a proposed rest area design by in HOQ consists of several parts which are combined
ICGTD - 156
together in various ways, each of which provides (Automated Layout Design Program) ALDEP [15] The
interrelated information. Automatic Layout Design Program (ALDEP) is a tool to
Kano Model [7, 8], is one of the ways that can be assist installation designers in developing optimal layouts
used to identify customer satisfaction, where this model for organizational units (functions) within the limits of space
aims to categorize the attributes of a product or service availability. Using this technique, the layout planner
based on how well the product or service is able to satisfy eliminates the repetitive task of building and evaluating
customer needs, developed by Dr.Noriaki Kano In his model various block layouts. The program considers thousands of
Kano distinguishes three types of desired products that possibilities, assesses them, chooses better outcomes for
affect customer satisfaction. further study by planners and produces outputs, if requested,
Toll Road [9] Road is one of land transportation in graphic form. [16] which is an automatic layout design
infrastructure which has an important role for human life. In program with the same basic data input and destination
addition to geometric planning of roads, road pavement is requirements as CORELAP. ALDEP is included in the
part of road planning that must be planned effectively and construction method with qualitative data. ALDEP was first
efficiently, because the need for higher level of road service. developed by Seehof and Evans in 1967. The next
The construction of this toll road uses rigid pavement, so development was carried out by the company at IBM.
that pavement is resistant to its service life, it needs the right ALDEP uses values at each level of relationship in numbers.
design methods in its planning. There are many methods to
design the thickness of this concrete plate, including using
the 2002 Bina Marga method and AASHTO. In the toll road III. DATA AND DISCUSSION
there are several supporting elements that can provide This type of research is a field survey to find out the
comfort and safety for its users. These elements include: voice of consumers and find out the distance and area of the
Toll Gate, Toll Gate, Reversible Lane, Ramp, Entry Card, area that will be made in the rest area. This research was
Vehicle Group, Rest area, Emergency Calling Tool, Toll conducted in several stages, namely the manufacture of
Road Information, Road Shoulder, Lane, Lane, Road attribute questionnaires needed for the rest area, then the
Markings, Traffic Signs, Reversible Substations, and Lane results of the selected concepts were entered into the first
Reversible. stage of QFD to produce technical characteristics which were
Rest area [10] is a means of supporting the the input for the second stage. Land survey was also
operation of toll roads in the area owned by the toll road in conducted to see the position of the rest area with google
map and drone tools to make a map of the land, this info is
the form of certain public service facilities provided for toll
also for the QFD second stage input.
road users to rest and service travel needs, the most
important thing in a rest area is to be able to accommodate TABLE 1. Technical Characteristics
all the physical and psychological needs of the toll road
users and meet the needs of vehicles when crossing the toll No. Technical Characteristics Priority
road. 1. Standardization 1
Technical characteristics or also called technical 2. Location 2
3. Choice of technology and tools 3
response is the next step of the Quality Function 4. Clarity of information 4
Deployment (QFD) process [11] that is by identifying what 5. The design 5
the customer wants and what must be achieved or fulfilled 6. Recruitment of employees 6
by the product to fulfill these desires. Technical response 7. Theme 7
8. Employee training 8
consists of characteristics that describe the service design
9. Parking area 9
and application of the product being designed. 10. Information center service time 10
Layout planning [12] [13] plays an important role 11. Service time (cleaning, salesperson, waitress) 11
in the safety performance inherent in the process plant 12. Building area of service 12
because this design feature controls the likelihood of 13. Commercial building area 13
accidental chain events and the magnitude of the 14. Airplane ticket service time 14
consequences that may occur. The lack of suitable methods 15. Selection of types of food and drinks 15
to promote the implementation of inherently effective safety 16. Selection of type of game 16
in layout design requires the development of new techniques The need for component characteristics is obtained from
and methods. A safety assessment approach suitable for the translation of parts on the technical characteristics
according to each of the technical characteristics and the
layout design in the critical initial phase is proposed. The
results of the technical characteristics can be seen in Figure 2
inherent safety concept is applied in this safety assessment;
this approach is based on an integrated assessment of the
application of innate safety guidelines in the constraints that
usually exist in layout design.
Activity relationship map or Activity Relationship Chart

[14] is a simple method or technique in planning the layout
of a facility or department based on the degree of activity
relationship that is often expressed in qualitative
assessments and tends to be based on subjective
considerations from each facility / department.
ICGTD - 157
Fig 2 Technical Characteristics Fig 4. 2-dimensional template
Layout selection is based on the calculation of the

position using the (Automated Layout Design Program)
ALDEP [16] the program provides various alternative
facility positions by calculating the total closeness rating of
the three alternatives, with each value alternative 1 with a
value of 456, alternative 2 with a value of 474 and alternative
3 with a value of 496. So that was chosen as the proposed
layout for the design of the rest area. The total closeness
rating is influenced by the closeness of each facility based on
the activity relationship chart [17]. The following are the
results of the selected alternatives.
Fig 4. 3-dimensional template
IV. CONCLUSION
1. The facility consists of 8 facilities, namely gas stations,
parking lots, places of worship, toilets, rest areas, ATMs,
shops and restaurants. For the facilities that were added to
the study amounted to 8 namely play areas, workshops,
generators, service center buildings, information center
warehouses, airplane booking buildings, and waste.
2. Layout selection based on position calculation using
(Automated Layout Design Program) The ALDEP program
provides various alternative facility positions by calculating
Fig 3. Alternative 3 the total closeness rating of the three alternatives, with each
alternative value 1 with a value of 456, alternative 2 with a
The template created is the result of the approach of value of 474 and alternative 3 with a value of 496. So that
existing facilities adapted to the category of each facility to was chosen as a proposed layout for the design of the rest
other facilities, the closeness is based on the function of the area. The total closeness rating is influenced by the closeness
facility itself and from relationships with other facilities, for of each facility based on the activity relationship chart.
example, parking spaces are made in such a way as to
maintain traffic management from the rest the area, in 3. The designed template shows the location of all
addition to the parking lot is crucial to the activities in the existing facilities within the rest area on the CISUMDAWU
rest area itself, where the parakeet needs to be able to toll road. The designed template shows the proximity of
accommodate all the facilities that exist in the rest area both various facilities available in the rest area, various facilities
in terms of distance, position and so forth. The shape of the are close to their respective functions, the draft template is
rest area is a standard rectangular shape in general because of made to provide the appropriate facility design for the
easy access so there are not too many maneuvers. The CISUMDAWU rest area viewed from the aesthetics of the
tempate was made as a proposed rest area design in the placement of the facility also did not reduce the effectiveness
Quality Function Deployment (QFD) then there are also and efficiency of the facility, the design was also made in
improvements to the design proposal that can be done at the order to find out the actual distance between the facilities
next stage of research namely process planning and The vacant land contained in the design would be used as a
production planning. green open space for the company.
ICGTD - 158
of tile making to jewelries). Procedia-Social and
Behavioral Sciences, 2011. 24: p. 829-846.
V. SUGGESTIONS [8] Bayraktaroğlu, G. and Ö. Özgen, Integrating the
Suggestions for further research is to use advanced stages Kano model, AHP and planning matrix: QFD
of the house of quality matrix such as the formation of application in library services. Library
process planning and even production planning, can consider Management, 2008. 29(4/5): p. 327-351.
cost estimates. [9] Fitriana, R., Studi Komparasi Perencanaan Tebal
Perkerasan Kaku Jalan Tol Menggunakan Metode
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Bina Marga 2002 Dan AASHTO 1993 (Studi
Thank you to Itenas Bandung especially to LP2M for Kasus: Ruas Jalan Tol Solo–Kertosono). 2014,
giving us the opportunity to do this research, hopefully it will Universitas Muhammadiyah Surakarta.
be useful for all of us. [10] Permata Anggriawan, J., I. Indriastjario, and A.
REFERENCES Dwiyanto, Rest Area KM 22 Jalan Tol Semarang
Solo. 2013, Universitas Diponegoro.
[11] Edwin, B., Quality function deployment for large
[1] Syafarudin, A. and B. Mulyana, Formulation systems. 1992.
Strategy of PT. Bandara Internasional Jawa Barat [12] Tugnoli, A., et al., Safety assessment in plant
Bandung Indonesia, Kertajati in Business Aerocity layout design using indexing approach:
(Aerotropolis). International Review of Implementing inherent safety perspective: Part 1–
Management and Marketing, 2019. 9(3): p. 106. Guideword applicability and method description.
[2] Kazemzadeh, R., et al., Integration of marketing Journal of hazardous materials, 2008. 160(1): p.
research techniques into house of quality and 100-109.
product family design. International Journal of [13] Smutkupt, U. and S. Wimonkasame. Plant layout
Advanced Manufacturing Technology, 2009. 41. design with simulation. in Proceedings of the
[3] Durmusoglu, Z.D., A TOPSIS-based approach for International MultiConference of Engineers and
sustainable layout design: activity relation chart Computer Scientists. 2009.
evaluation. Kybernetes, 2018. 47(10): p. 2012- [14] Nahmias, S. and Y. Cheng, Production and
2024. operations analysis. Vol. 6. 2005: McGraw-hill
[4] Kumalasari, E., et al. ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP New York.
CHART SEBAGAI PERANCANGAN TATA LETAK [15] Cho, Y.E., A. Korenjak, and D.E. Stockton.
FASILITAS MINIPLANT PADA PRODUKSI FLOSS: An approach to automated layout for high-
CHIPS PORANG DI DESA JEMBUL. in Prosiding volume designs. in DAC. 1977.
SNP2M (Seminar Nasional Penelitian dan [16] Seehof, J.M., et al. Automated facilities layout
Pengabdian Masyarakat) UNIM. 2019. programs. in Proceedings of the 1966 21st national
[5] Singh, A.K. and A. Rawani, Application of QFD in conference. 1966. ACM.
Education Sector: A Review. Technology, 2018. [17] Pradana, E. and C.B. Nurcahyo, Analisis Tata
9(3): p. 592-599. Letak Fasilitas Proyek Menggunakan Activity
[6] Kazemzadeh, R., et al., Integration of marketing Relationship Chart dan Multi-Objectives Function
research techniques into house of quality and pada Proyek Pembangunan Apartemen De Papilio
product family design. The International Journal of Surabaya. Jurnal Teknik ITS, 2014. 3(2): p. D131-
Advanced Manufacturing Technology, 2009. 41(9- D136.
10): p. 1019.
[7] Bilgili, B., A. Erciş, and S. Ünal, Kano model .
application in new product development and
customer satisfaction (adaptation of traditional art
ICGTD - 159
Parchment Skin: Alternative Materials for
Manufacturing Environmentally Friendly Products
Mohamad Arif Waskito

Industrial Design Departement
Bandung, Indonesia
mawaskito@itenas.ac.id
Abstract— Environmental issues are very important, especially has been done by humans for a long time. The process of
if they are related to activities related to industrial production parchment tanning and vegetable tanning (vegetable tanning)
processes. Efforts have been made as a form of anticipation of is currently still being done to make raw materials for several
the emergence of negative impacts from the processing of raw kinds of products, but its existence has begun to be
materials, especially leather raw materials carried out in the abandoned. This is caused because the tanning results have
tanning industry. Of the several types of tanning processes, characteristics not as good as mineral tanning. Vegetable
parchment tanning is a type of tanning that is relatively tanning generally produces character that is stiffer, thicker,
friendly to the environment. However, the skin produced from
rougher and does not have a variety of colors, textures and
the tanning process is still less desirable because the character
motifs. Parchment and vegetable leather materials are then
of the skin produced from the process is still considered to be
of inadequate quality / worthy to be used as a raw material for
used more as supporting materials such as shoe soles,
making products. accessories, machine components, or even leather puppets.
With the limited benefits of the skin using conventional
Through the method of experimentation, several tanning techniques, it then impacts on the low growth of the
opportunities for product development using parchment as industry.
raw material have been found. These functional products have The skin produced through the mineral tanning process
unique physical characteristics so that they are considered
has perfect physical characteristics to be used as raw
capable of being commodities that have aesthetic value and
high economic value
materials for the manufacture of disposable products because
chemicals such as chromium are used to make the skin
Keywords— environmentally friendly, parchment, aesthetic, durable and supple. Whereas in making parchment skin, the
products tanning process is more environmentally friendly because it
does not use chemicals. It's just that the results of tanning
I. INTRODUCTION like that produce skin characters that are difficult to process
Industrial development by humans is often accompanied into raw materials for disposable products. Seeing these two
by the presence of negative impacts on the environment in different conditions, an effort is needed to develop the idea
which the industry is located. Realizing this, several attempts of using parchment as an environmentally friendly material
were made so that these impacts could be controlled and to then be used as raw material for making products in
anticipated. Efforts are carried out among others by accordance with the physical characteristics possessed by the
engineering low-waste and non-waste technology, trying to leather material.
reduce waste in each production process, and strive to
prevent industrial pollution. These three things are intended
so that each industry that forms the backbone of II. LITERATURE REVIEW
development must always pay attention to the balance of the
ecosystem for sustainability. In the production process that A. Leather tanning industry waste
produces waste, it is expected that in the implementation of The existence of waste generated from the mineral
the industry has the concept of "environmentally sound tanning process often occurs due to the many practices of
development", in the sense of any activities carried out in the liquid waste disposal directly into the rivers that are around
industry, environmental factors should always be taken into the industry. This condition has become an environmental
consideration and used as a limitation so that the products problem that is difficult to anticipate because it has become a
produced do not cause damage and pollution to the habit in society. The chromium (Cr) compound in the
environment. tannery industrial wastewater comes from the tannery
Along with technological developments, the preservation production process, where in the tanning leather using
and processing of raw skin to become ready-made skin as chromium sulfate compounds between 60% -70% in the
raw material can be done in several ways. Traditional skin form of a chromium sulfate solution not all can be absorbed
preservation using simple techniques, tanning that uses by the skin during the tanning process so the remainder is
vegetable ingredients, and tanning using chemicals / minerals released in liquid form as liquid waste (R, Radinta, Kholisoh,
& Mahargiani, 2016). The impact of excess chromium on the
ICGTD - 160
body will occur on the skin, respiratory tract, kidneys and C. Creativity in the product design process
liver. Influence on the respiratory tract that is irritation of the In the product development process, the material aspects
lungs due to inhalation of chromium dust in the long term that will be used as the main material will be considered
and has an effect also on chronic irritation, polyps, based on a concept. In the context of environmentally
tracheobronchitis and chronic pharyngitis (Joko, 2003). The friendly products, consideration of material selection
magnitude of the effect of waste on environmental damage becomes the main thing, namely consideration of how the
and public health has become a crucial problem. But on the material when processed and applied must have a non-
other hand, industrial growth has always been an aspect of damaging impact on the environment, which is currently
government efforts to increase the economic strength of more often campaigned as “Green Design”. basic guarantee
society. Including the leather goods and materials industry of product quality. In terms of product design, green design
which is projected to grow by 5.4% in 2019 ( Rini, 2018). is not only the principle of "3R" (reduce, recycle and reuse),
From the two conditions of reality, an alternative action but also to meet the green and healthy standards in many
is needed to continue to be able to encourage industrial aspects of the product and prevent the environmental
growth as a driving force for increasing the economic power destruction and resource waste, such as product materials,
of the community, while also being able to maintain the functions, technology, quality, in addition to these aspects,
quality of the environment as a social responsibility to the green design also pays more attention to the physical and
society and next generations. psychological impac ts of products on the users (Fei, 2017).
Sustainable innovation and design is not necessarily about
B. Parchment as material new technologies, but about rethinking how to meet the need
The development of products that use environmentally for growth while at the same time reducing negative
friendly raw materials is an idea that aims to increase the environmental and social impacts. (Clark, Kosoris, Hong, &
economic growth of the community, is also a form of social Crul ). Thus, the selection of production processes that use
responsibility towards the awareness of the importance of conventional techniques and natural ingredients that do not
maintaining environmental quality. In this case parchment contain hazardous chemicals becomes relevant to the
skin is considered as an environmentally friendly material principles of developing environmentally friendly products.
because the tanning process does not involve chemicals such
as those used in mineral tanning. Parchment is raw leather III. RESEARCH METHODS
whose manufacturing process is not through tanning, only This research examines several product development
through the process of drying the feathers / skin that is opportunities that can use parchment material as its main
already dry to make puppets, lamp shades, insulation, fans, ingredient. The things studied will relate to the basic
drum, etc. (Marsudi, 2013). characteristics of the physical parchment seen through
experimentation. The results of the experimentation are then
At present the parchment leather industry is only centered
judged qualitatively and described based on aspects that
in the Central Java region, especially in Bantul district,
affect the quality of the design.
which is spread in several industrial centers including:
Pucung Imogiri, Manding, and Bangunjiwo as regions that xperimental research is a research conducted
have a shadow play culture as a product that always uses the intentionally by researchers by providing certain treatment /
parchment material. Besides being used as a raw material for treatment to the research subjects in order to generate an
making puppets, parchment skin and vegetable leather are event / condition that will be investigated as to the
also used as raw materials for leather craft products such as consequences (Jaedun, 2011). Some search activities related
fans, key chains, lamps and others which mostly still use to efforts to understand parchment as a material that has the
manufacturing techniques which were adopted from the opportunity to be used as the main ingredient to make a
technique of making leather puppets namely leather carving product will be carried out in several stages of the
techniques (tatah) and coloring (sungging) so that the experiment (treatment). The initial stage is the stage of
process of making shadow puppets is better known as tatah recognizing the ability to form, then the ability to give
sungging. texture, the stage of giving color and the stage of combining
the components of parchment and other components. In
Basically, parchment material has several physical and
experimental research, several variables are known.
mechanical characteristics that are very different from other
Variables are everything related to conditions, conditions,
leather materials, such as translucent nature, stiffness, easy to
factors, treatments, or actions that are expected to affect the
form, thin and others. But the properties possessed by
results of experiments (Nursyahidah, 2012). At each stage of
parchment skins have not been widely used by craftsmen so
the experiment, several distinguishing variables will be
that the products made still look conventional and minimal
given. The results of each experiment are compared and a
novelty or uniqueness.
conclusion can then be drawn. Experimental research is
In addition to shape, parchment also has characteristics research conducted to study / determine the effect of giving a
that are easy to color. Dyes that can be used are water-based treatment or treatment of research subjects that have been
dyes (water-based) or natural dyes, such as plants that can controlled in such a way so that later it will be found a causal
dye textile materials such as: Tilapia leaves (indofera), bark relationship from the results of the experiment with the
soga tingi trees (Ceriops candolleana arn), wood tegeran effects given (Masyithoh, 2016).
(Cudraina javanensis), turmeric (Curcuma), tea (Tea), noni
The activity of assessing parchment skin as an alternative
root (Morinda citrifelia), skin of jambal (Pelthophorum
material on an experimental product is carried out by
feruginum) and kesumba (Bixa orelana) (Rosyida & Zulfiya,
analyzing the properties possessed by the material through a
2013).
process of technical tests aimed at discovering the potential
for novelty, both mechanical (material's ability to accept
ICGTD - 161
loading), physical ( the ability of material when undergoing a A. Forming experiment
process of change physically and visually), and chemistry The results of the physical experimental activities
(the ability of material when experiencing certain chemical obtained in several forms. The resulting forms are considered
reactions). to have met the limitations as an environmentally friendly
In this experimental method there are things that product that is that the component is made through simple
determine the speed and originality of novelty values are: techniques, the basic ingredients used are leather that is
first, the assessment activities require adequate knowledge processed traditionally and without involving chemicals, and
and understanding of the technical properties of the material the skin is formed using natural forming ingredients , i.e.
which are the object of study such as knowledge of the water. Although not using machines with high technology
ability of the material when it receives a burden such as force and modern production processes, the results of these simple
press, pull or something like that. Knowledge of the ability experiments found opportunities and inspirational ideas as
of the material to deform due to the formation activities that the beginning of the creative process to make products to use
change the visual material so that it will provide with new forms.
opportunities for various alternative composition of shapes
on the object being made. Second, adequate insight and
ability to understand about the processes of formation /
alternative production processes. The alternative formation
process in question is knowledge of the existence of other
production techniques commonly used to form a certain
material which is considered to have similar formation
principles or is considered possible to apply to the material
being studied. As an example of plaiting technique which is
commonly applied to natural fiber material, it can also be
used as the principle of forming on materials made of plastic
or metal in the form of ribbons / ropes to form a field such as
woven rattan or bamboo. Third, sensitivity captures new
opportunities that are inherently present in every creative
experimentation activity. The purpose of creative
experimentation is not just to try out a technical phenomenon
to become aware of, but it requires a comprehensive thought
process between knowledge & curiosity, understanding the
cause and effect of an action, understanding of technical
logic and thinking imagination.
IV. RESULT & DISCUSSION
To recognize the extent to which the position of the B. Experiment making surface texture
parchment can contribute to social issues as environmentally The quality of the surface or outer texture of parchment
friendly material can be assessed through tracing the skin which is generally flat and smooth also allows it to be
processes of formation that are treated against it. The search engineered to produceSource:
newpersonal
texturepicture
formation. Experiments
process is carried out in the form of physical Fig 1. Forming experiments: Forming
carried out is to form textures by by cut
the rodent and pressed
technique using
experimentation, which is to make a variety of forms by techniques
tools such as hand drill and mini grinding. From the surface
utilizing the potential properties it has. These experiments experiments, several surface characters were obtained which
consisted of forming experiments, merging experiments and were physically and visually different from the surface
coloring experiments. Formation is done through cutting, characters of the previous parchment.
folding, hole punching, surface texturizing and pressing
forming. The forming techniques are carried out as an effort
to produce components of the product which will later be
used as experimental objects. In addition to forming
experiments, a merging technique was also carried out by
means of sewing techniques, knitting and bonding
techniques.
Parchment has the ability to absorb water. When the
material is high in water, the parchment will change in
character from rigid sheets to be flexible. When the
parchment is wet, it will be easy to form. Then if it is dry, the
parchment will turn rigid. From such physical properties it is
then used as the basis for making various variants in the form
of components of the experimental product. Water as a
material used to make various forms of variants has an
important role, but more important than that material that
water does not contain harmful chemicals dissolved into it as
part of the process of forming components.
Source: personal picture
Fig 2. Texture Experiment on surface (surface texturing)

ICGTD - 162using a hand drill
In addition to experiments to produce various shapes and Advanced experiments are experiments which are the
to make textures on the surface of the parchment, other process of developing from the initial experiments that have
experiments are to find techniques of combining between been done before. From the results of the initial experiments
components. The experimental product to be made is obtained several physical characters that show the ability of
composed of several components / parts that use parchment the material when processed in various forms and surface
material from the forming processes. The merging characters. These formations are then engineered in the form
techniques are carried out by combining the components of developing surface texture motifs and structural
using sewing techniques, clamps (knobs), and sewing-tie. All configurations that allow them to form a formation. This
three techniques are applied with the consideration that to formation can be made in a homogeneous form structure, it
support the concept of environmentally friendly products, it can also be formed in a composition consisting of several
requires jointing techniques that also do not involve basic shapes and textures that have been obtained in previous
hazardous materials, low energy consumption, and do not initial experiments.
leave waste in large volumes.

Fig 4. Types of structural components made from
parchment material
The forms resulting from the activities of folding,

braking, printing, cutting and sewing are done manually and
only involve water as the forming material. 3-dimensional
space formation (3D) experiments aimed to prove the ability
of parchment skin material to be formed in the form of
hollow objects through techniques that are possible to do as a
result of initial experiments. The ability of parchment skin
Fig 3. Experiment combining elements with sewing
that allows change from hard / rigid material to flexible
parchment, knobs and manual knitting
material can indicate the potential of the material to be
formed through a molding process that is engineered through
In the sewing process using a sewing machine, it the process of regulating the moisture content contained
basically produces the same form of bonding with sewing therein. The stage of product production must go through the
techniques performed on other sheet materials such as fabric process of making pattern pieces from these spatial
or tanned leather, it's just that the parchment material has a components which are then combined in one unified form.
higher hardness than other sheet materials so it requires a The basic form of the parchment which was originally
stronger sewing machine ability and specifics such as posh shaped as a sheet was broken up into pieces of pattern to
bed sewing machines or cylindrical beds. Whereas the enable it to be formed in the contour of the printed surface.
merging technique that uses knob and tie-tie installation The more complex the shape of the mold, the more pieces of
techniques must go through the process of making an opek pattern that need to be made.
hole before the knob installation process and the binding To be able to implement the findings related to the nature
with talikur thread can be done. Obviously, the process of of the parchment skin material requires an understanding of
making these openings makes the knob and tie-stitching the form to be made and its formation techniques. The design
technique join longer than conventional sewing techniques, process will be greatly influenced by the knowledge and
but both have unique visual characteristics to be part of the experience of the formation, therefore the chances of the
aesthetic element in forming products using the parchment forms that can be generated will be related to the technical
material. knowledge earlier. However, in scientific product design, the
ICGTD - 163
process of formation can be done by developing ideas or
ideas obtained from certain sources of inspiration.
The process of making prototyping products made from
parchment must pay attention to physical and mechanical
characteristics to get the shapes in accordance with the
sketches that were made before. The ability of parchment
that is able to be formed through the wet printing process is a
characteristic of the material which makes it possible to
present form opportunities that will later produce a variety of
design variants. In addition to its ability to be changed by
regulating the water content contained in parchment, this
material also has translucent physical properties. This ability
if used will be very potential to be used as an armature for
lighting products. The results of experiments conducted have
shown that the parchment can be used as lighting products in
various forms. Besides that, the ability of parchment skin to Source: Addienda N
be colored with pigmentation techniques produces a more Fig.6. Parchment application on jewelry products
exotic and attractive color of light.
Fig 5. Effect of light on colors implemented on

parchment
V. CONCLUSIONS
Seeing the decreasing need for parchment skin
accompanied by decreasing producers of these raw materials,
it is felt there needs to be an effort to re-increase the
productivity of the leather-producing industry through the
development of other disposable products that make it
possible to use parchment as its raw material. This research
shows that parchment is still possible to continue to be
produced by traditional leather SMEs because the material is
considered to have the opportunity to be used as a raw
material for functional products, especially lighting products,
which, if seen by its trading prospects, are quite promising.
From the activities of making experimental products
above, it can be assessed that starting from the processing of
raw materials, the formation process, until the assembly
process to become a product proves that parchment has
advantages as an environmentally friendly material. In
addition, the ability to vary the shape and unique visual
quality will be able to increase the selling value of the
products that use these materials.
It is hoped that with the development of these alternative
products, the parchment product industry will develop again
and become a reliable commodity to improve the people's
economy at the present time.
REFERENCES
[1] Rini, A. S. (2018, Desember 19). Ini Program dan Target Kementerian
Perindustrian pada 2019. Retrieved from Bisnis.com:
https://ekonomi.bisnis.com/read/20181219/257/871350/ini-program-
Besides being applied to lighting products, parchment dan-target-kementerian-perindustrian-pada-2019
can also be applied to other products. Several studies were [2] Clark, G., Kosoris, J., Hong, L. N., & Crul , M. (2009). Design for
Sustainability: Current Trends in Sustainable Product Design and
conducted to try the material applied to jewelry products. Development. Sustainability, 409-424.
Technically the formation process is still using conventional [3] Fei, G. Y. (2017). Green Innovation Design of Products under the
techniques, but because the structure made must be Perspective of Sustainable Development. Earth and Environmental
combined with metal materials, the connection system is Science (pp. 1-5). Tianjin: IOP Publishing.
somewhat different. Visually the combination of metals as [4] Jaedun, A. (2011). METODOLOGI PENELITIAN EKSPERIMEN. In
Service I, 5.
materials derived from a group of industrial materials when [5] Joko, T. (2003). Penurunan Kromium (Cr) dalam Limbah Cair Proses
combined with parchments originating from natural Penyamakan Kulit Menggunakan Senyawa Alkali Ca(OH)2, NaOH,
materials, produces a configuration that is no less unique. dan NaHCO3. Kesehat Lingkungan, 39-45.
ICGTD - 164
[6] Marsudi. (2013). Produk Kulit Tatah Sungging 1. Jakarta: Kementerian Penurunan Kadar Krom (Cr) dalam Limbah Cair Industri Penyamakan
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan. Direktorat Pembinaan Sekolah Kulit dengan Metode Elektrokoagulasi secara Batch. Seminar Nasional
Menengah Kejuruan. Teknik Kimia “Kejuangan”: Pengembangan Teknologi Kimia untuk
[7] Nursyahidah, F. (2012, May 21). Penelitian Eksperimen. Retrieved Pengolahan Sumber Daya Alam Indonesia (pp. 1-6). Yogyakarta:
from faridanursyahidah.files.wordpress: Program Studi Teknik Kimia, FTI, UPN “Veteran” Yogyakarta.
https://faridanursyahidah.wordpress.com/2012/05/21/metode- [9] Rosyida, A., & Zulfiya, A. (2013). Pewarnaan Bahan Tekstil dengan
penelitian-eksperimen-experimental-research-method/ Menggunakan Ekstrak Kayu Nangka dan Teknik Pewarnaannya untuk
[8] R, L. S., Radinta, S., Kholisoh, S. D., & Mahargiani, T. (2016). Mendapatkan Hasil yang Optimal. Jurnal Rekayasa Proses,, 52-58.
.
ICGTD - 165
The Souvenir of Bebegig Sukamantri for Tourism
Development in West Java
Edi Setiadi Putra
Jurusan Desain Produk Fakultas Seni Rupa dan Desain
Bandung
edsetia@itenas.ac.id / http://orchid.org/0000-0001-6381-8983
Abstract— Sukamantri Bebegig is the name of a donna that managed to record ORI (Original Record
typical carnival art community of Sukamantri District, which Indonesia) in 2016 breaking the national record as the
is phenomenal and spectacular. This art won several times in carnival art with the most participants, and in 2018 the
national and international carnival contests. The art of Bebegig Government of Indonesia was designated as Indonesia's
Sukamantri has been widely studied by researchers in terms of intangible cultural heritage, which was then proclaimed as
symbolic analysis, sémiotika and aspects of the meaning of
dance and performing arts, but from the aspect of product
an important cultural icon of West Java Province of
design and fine art there has never been a deeper study. Indonesia.
The study from the perspective of product design and
fine arts is needed to explore the philosophical aspects of the According to Dais Darmawan [1], Bebegig has a
form and its attributes which are full of meaning and only use unique function, which is a representation of the
natural materials from the forest, so that the Bebegig environment guard or the guardian of the ecosystem, based
Sukamantri art can be interpreted as a local wisdom of the on the word bebegig which means scarecrow, this object is
Sukamantri community which is very important to be used by the village community to scare pests. Bebegig
preserved as a great cultural heritage. history is not found in the ancient Sundanese texts, except in
The effort to preserve this cultural heritage from the
scientific role of product design is through aesthetic
the form of fairy tales or folk legends. Below is a
representation and visualization of the uniqueness of its artistic visualization of several Sukamantri bebegig display profiles:
attributes through souvenirs. Representation of the relevant
aesthetic value and visualization is in the form of objects of
three-dimensional objects. Sukamantri Bebegig models can be
displayed as a home décor aesthetic element or as icons on
several other functional objects. Hopefully with the presence of
Bebegig Sukamantri souvenirs, it can enhance and complement
the pace of efforts to preserve this unique and spectacular
intangible cultural heritage.
Keywords— Bebegig, Mask, Sunda, Tourism, Souvenir
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
Specific studies on the art of Bebegig Sukamantri are still
very rare, but are found in quite a few peelings in several Picture 1. Bebegig Sukamantri
journal articles and scientific dissertations. The study of In the folk legend that developed in the community of
Bebegig Sukamantri's art developed informally through Sukamantri District, the current Bebegig Sukamantri is a
public publications on various social media, which in general replica of an ancient bebegig figure, which in ancient Sunda
are expressions of great admiration and pride for the was used as a warning sign in the form of a very creepy
traditional arts from Ciamis Regency. mask that was permanently mounted on several large trees.
This warning sign is an effective and efficient symbol to
Ciamis Regency in the West Java Province of Indonesia,
is an area that has the most types of carnival art and is very prevent other people visiting the region from danger. The
unique. There are six rapidly developing carnival arts, which forest encroachers and pahuma (Sundanese field farmers)
are revitalizing ancient cultures, namely: Bebegig use it as a protective and territorial shield.
Sukamantri, Pontrangan, Mabokuy, Kararas Tilas, Wayang
Landung and Mengmleng. In ancient times, the appearance of a vicious and fierce
face was a hard and strict symbol, to warn of certain
This carnival art uses costumes and accessories territorial mastery. Bebegig masks were installed in several
attributes that come from forests and gardens, so it is very areas that were sanctified by the community, so to enter
naturalistic. Bebegig Sukamantri's carnival art is the prima them safely, it was necessary to obtain permission from the
ICGTD - 166
local authorities. The fierce bebegig mask characters are visual images in his mind. This process is always
often used by mothers to soothe fussy children, resulting in interesting, because it shows the shock effect for the mask
this mask character being very close to the community, crafters themselves.
which serves as a symbol of protection from ancestors, as
well as a sign of a dangerous threat. This is a form of The diversity of shapes, colors and characters of masks
concept that is quite thick paradox of Sundanese Culture. is the unique and unique feature of Bebegig Sukamantri's
In Indonesian culture, there is the figure of Batara Kala mask. There are hundreds of characters that are very
(Devanagari: कल), which in Hindu mythology is the son of different from each other, both based on elements of
Lord Shiva who became the ruler of the time. Batara Kala is tradition and contemporary aspects. This research selects
always symbolized as a hideous-faced giant with long and around 54 different types of mask characters that have been
large fangs. is a symbol to warn humans that anyone cannot published on several social media in Indonesia. For the
oppose the law of karma, a law of absolute cause and effect. purposes of the study, all masks that have their own
uniqueness are separated from other attributes and features,
Batara Kala is the gods of death and destruction. The so that a visual representation of the character of each mask
use of the Batara Kala symbol in the bebegig mask character is obtained.
shows the influence of Hindu mythology which is very
efficient and effective in rejecting reinforcements, rejecting In understanding the development of Bebegig
pests and repelling disturbances in people's lives. Foley, K Sukamantri's mask form which is related to historical events
[2] described the figure of Batara Kala in Sundanese culture, and folk legends, according to Alfian [4] it is necessary to
as an evil person who was given permission by Batara Guru study theories and concepts of social science so that the
to eat humans. Batara Guru is a supreme superior, so it is delivery of historical aspects becomes more meaningful. To
highly respected by the ancient Sundanese people, while uncover Sulamantri Bebegig as an integral part of
Batara Kala is a gods that is greatly feared and avoided. Sundanese culture in the District of Sukamantri, it requires a
social science theory study approach. The same thing was
The Batara Kala symbol is inherent in Sundanese conveyed by Janet Wolf in her book The Social Production
society as a reminder and disciplinary power to avoid the of Art, that the development of art is basically inseparable
actions that are demanded in the future. The existence of from the life of the community's owner, because art is a
this bebegig mask succeeded in creating a good, calm and product of society. [5]
peaceful community, which worked together in developing
the village. This process makes batur salembur jadi dulur In the theory of social development, the existence of art
(the same village residents are siblings) attached to the and culture preserved by the community is closely related to
present. the historical aspects which are believed to be sacred,
respected and revered from one generation to the next. A
In historical studies, there are many versions of the very interesting thing happened in the life order of the
function of the existence of bebegig in Sundanese society. Sukamantri District community which is inhabited by 90%
These various versions live in communities without valid of Muslims who strongly believe in supernatural beings who
references. One of them is what connects bebegig with the live with humans on earth. Bebegig mask is interpreted as
Bubat tragedy in 1279 Saka or 1357 AD, namely the an authentic visualization of the manifestation of astral
Majapahit Empire army attack on a wedding party from the creatures that live in the village ecosystem environment.
Sunda Kingdom. This event was published in the Kidung This astral creature has the duty to protect the village area
Sunda or Kidung Sundayana. This historic story shows the from outside interference.
collapse of the prestige of the great empire due to greed and
arrogance. Based on the fragments of this story, The mystical and mythic elements are accepted by the
Bhayangkara Majapahit is said to have used a scary mask in village community as a necessity, because something that is
carrying out the attack. By the next Sundanese king, a very irrational becomes considered normal because of the
replica of the Majapahit mask was preserved in Bebegig role of these invisible creatures. The habit of storing bebegig
Sukamantri's carnival art as a legendary eternal memory. masks in ancestral tombs is considered as an important
This story still requires valid references. Sumaryono [3] traditional ritual because it determines whether or not a
states that the Panji mask art is thought to have emerged quality carnival is held. This mask is a representation of the
since the time of the Kediri Kingdom in the 12th century existence of ancestors who protect their offspring, so that
and continued to develop in the golden age of the Majapahit the mask user is considered a figure that represents the
Kingdom. The mask art in the Majapahit era was connected presence of the ancestral spirit.
to the legend of Bebegig Sukamantri's Mask.
The Bebegig Sukamantri carnival art which is preserved
Various other versions also live among Bebegig's mask by the people of Sukamantri Ciamis District, is the result of
art fans, which are represented through the pride masks of development aimed at the development of regional tourism,
each family. Almost every family in Sukamantri District has which is held only at certain times, for example in the
bebegig figures with various features. The concept of the context of welcoming the Independence Day of the Republic
creativity of the Bebegig mask maker is releasing new of Indonesia and the anniversary of Ciamis district. Because
creations that must be different from similar masks that have bebegig shows are quite rare, the Tourism Office of West
ever existed. Bebegig masks are usually made without Java Province, which often makes several tourism events in
sketches or design drawings, but work directly based on the the city of Bandung, often presents bebegig as an icon of
ICGTD - 167
exotic Sundanese culture. Studies of this situation show an
increase in the number of performers, but do not have tourist
souvenirs that support its existence.
II. RESEARCH METHODS
This study is descriptive in nature, so theoretical
understanding efforts are carried out with the approach of
observing studies and deepening of insight, through the
process of ethnographic research methodology developed by
Spradley [6]. The ethnographic research method is one of the
methods that is quite relevant for the study of this study Fig. 2.mThe concept of ethnographic studies in the
which is sourced from the socio-cultural phenomenology of cultural sector involving the application of science and
rural communities in the area. The research began with a technology Adaptation from Spradley (1985), Fetterman
literature study on Bebegig Sukamantri and the concept of (1998) and Agar (2006)
behavior of the art enthusiast community, as a provision of
knowledge to conduct observations, interviews, recording,
documentation and recording. The ethnographic implementation in Product Design
science is about observing what people do as an socio-
In order to obtain comprehensive data which is an cultural perspective that influences design decisions. Another
integrated whole, a description method is used because the point of view involved in product formation is the
problem under study is related to the concept of behavior and technological application paradigm in the form of
life of the village community. Data collection uses participatory design in the form of competence in creating
observation techniques (field work observation) and and producing (what people make) integrated with elements
ethnographic interviews (ethnographic interviews) using data of science based on local wisdom, which can be absorbed
collection guidelines or observation techniques, mainly through direct interviews (traditional interviewing) regarding
carried out to find out the various phenomena behind the the basic abilities possessed by certain cultural communities
Bebegig Sukamantri art activities. both physical, social, (what people say they do). Both of these elements are rules
that can be covered in the field of macro ergonomics. Thus
economic and cultural based on direct observation that can
the study of ergonomics that includes cultural values can be
complement and clarify data obtained through interviews, as
referred to as ergocultural, which is an element of
well as to obtain data that might not be revealed through convergence with ethnography to uncover the veil of science
interviews or face to face. Interview techniques are used to and technology owned by a society.
obtain primary data, namely directly from the source itself,
both regarding views or opinions as well as the facts III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
experienced by arts and tourism business people, so that the The study of the existence of souvenirs is marked by
data obtained has a high enough validity and can be trusted. finding several types of souvenirs that are published in
Interviews conducted are open, in the sense of giving various social media. Souvenir collections related to
the freedom for the informants to answer questions and Sukamantri bebegig themes include:
provide views freely and openly and allow to ask questions Table 1: Existing souvenir data
in depth. Informants are determined purposively, that is the
type of sampling based on the researchers' judgment or No Souvenir Type Explanation
judgment with the assumption that the informant is chosen 1 Children's reading books
representative of the population. about Bebegig. Produced in
very limited quantities.
In relation to the development of souvenirs, the design
process and development of industrial product designs are
carried out through collaborative processes based on
ethnographic data obtained. This process requires an
ergocultural implementation approach (ergonomics-culture
or ergonomics rules in the dimensions of local culture).
Ergonomics is an applied science that makes humans a top
priority in product design, while culture is a content of the
achievements of a typical civilization based on an
understanding of local intelligence, local wisdom, and local
2 T-Shirt with the theme of
genius that forms cultural originality or local genue. As in
Bebegig Sukamantri, is still
the following scheme:
a special order so it is not
freely available at T-Shirt
sales shops around Ciamis
City.
ICGTD - 168
3 The guise of Bebegig (Mask
Bebegig Sukamantri), a Bamboo brooch with
variety of sizes and patterns, 3 Bebegig Sukamantri
which are only sold close to characters. The design of
the scheduled the bamboo brooch with
implementation of an event. Bebegig's character did not
get a response, from 75
respondents none were
interested in this product. In
4 Kolotok is a quite unique a design study, the color and
part of Bebegig Sukamantri, clarity of the characters
mounted behind the body displayed are required.
that sounds loud when Frame with reliefs from
bebegig moves. Kolotok is 4 wood powder themed
also used in buffaloes in the Bebegig Sukamantri. Like
ngawuluku process. But the bamboo brooch, this
kolotok has been developed frame did not get a response
by Pamarican District, as a from respondents. This
regional tourism product in product does not provide
the form of a mini kolotok nuances of art that can be
replica. displayed as an interior
aesthetic element.
Based on this data, souvenirs related to Bebegig Dolls with the Bebegig
Sukamantri have long been considered by the people of 5 Sukamantri theme. Dolls
Sukamantri District by releasing around four types of or action figures that can
souvenirs, books, bebegig picture T-shirts, bebegig masks move because of springs, get
and the kolotok. The people of Cibeureum Village who were a good response, which is
the target of development as creative villages, developed 15%, so it has good potential
several new types of souvenirs, including: to be developed. Some
respondents suggested using
other stronger materials such
Table 2: New souvenir data as terracotta ceramics,
plastic or stone.
No Souvenir Type Explanation
Bebegig Mini Mask key 6 Sukamantri Bebegig
1 chain, made of wood carving Ornamental Batik
and printed resin. This key Patterns. Batik patterns get
chain received a very high a response of 5%, and has
response from respondents, the potential to be developed
ie 70% of all respondents, in various forms. Not only
amounting to 75 people of for clothing, but become the
various ages and main material for making
occupations. Wooden bags, shoes and various
keychains have the other community needs.
possibility to be developed
more than resin materials Based on public opinion, there are many possibilities to
which tend to be create souvenir designs with Bebegig Sukamantri theme that
inexpensive. can be developed as regional tourism souvenirs. Some ideas
continue to be developed to fill alternative designs that can
2 Bamboo stationery with be chosen by the community when visiting Ciamis Regency.
the character of Bebegig
Sukamantri. The stationary
with the relief of Bebegig
Sukamantri received a IV. CONCLUTION
response of about 10% of The study from the point of view of product design and
respondents. To become a fine arts in examining the philosophical aspects of the form
souvenir needed by Bebegig and its attributes that are full of meaning, states that the
Sukamantri fans, it needs to Bebegig Sukamantri can be interpreted as local wisdom of
be redesigned by using more the Sukamantri community which is very important to be
beautiful color and texture. preserved as a great cultural heritage.
ICGTD - 169
The effort to preserve this cultural heritage from the various headbands with its jewelry attributes. This attribute
scientific role of product design is through aesthetic shows that the Yaksa mask has a mark of nobility,
representation and visualization of the uniqueness of its statesmanship and is associated with elements of
artistic attributes through souvenirs. Representation of governmental power.
aesthetic value and relevant visualization is in the form of
three-dimensional objects, souvenirs from Bebegig These three profiles of astral beings were previously
Sukamantri can be displayed as aesthetic elements of home unknown in the process of making Bebegig masks, which
décor or as icons on several other functional objects. New were made without prior planning. This disclosure has a
design ideas are constantly needed to add variety and choice.
significant impact on the mask crafters, who can accept the
existence of a strong philosophical content as a result of the
thought of ancestors that is very deep and provides moral
V. NOVELTY messages, political messages and management concepts in
This research found that there are three types of astral managing a community, with the principle of tritangtu or
creatures in Sundanese culture in Indonesia, which triumvirate between Rama-Resi- Ratu protected by Detya-
originated from Hindu culture, namely: Detya, Danawa and Danawa-Yaksa. [7] This concept is relevant to the
Yaksa, are astral giants who have the same duties and Sundanese principle of life, namely Silih Asih (loving each
obligations, but are divided into three according to the other), Silih Asuh (caring for each other) and Silih Asah
Ancient Sundanese community group namely Rama- Reshi- (strengthening each other) in the life order which includes
Ratu. The Detya-Danawa-Yaksa characteristics are as three rules Sundanese patikrama or legislative-legislative-
follows: executive-law. This Sundanese cosmology still lives in both
the padukuhan and rural areas. [8]
Based on these findings, Bebegig Sukamantri's souvenir

concept needs to consider the Detya-Danawa-Yaksa criteria,
both in appearance and character. In fact, it is very possible
that people have a tendency to choose and determine their
own character that is relevant to the character of Bebegig
Sukamantri. For example, a State Civil Apparatus should
choose a Yaksa-style souvenir, which is crowned bebegig
because it is an embodiment of the criteria of the Ratu who
works in the field of government.
Picture 3. The characteristics of Detya-Danawa-Yaksa ACKNOWLEDGMENT

This research was supported by LP2M Itenas. We would like
The mask with the Detya group is a mask that is general
to thank the informants and participants in this research.
and simple, that is, without the fancy decoration attributes
and religious attributes like there are in other groups. REFERENCES
Detya's mask represents the general public or commoners
who form the largest part of the Sundanese social structure. [1] Dharmawan, D. & Palusen, d., 2018. Penetapan Warisan Budaya
The mask of the manifestation of Detya consists of many Takbenda Indonesia Tahun 2018, Jakarta: Direktorat Warisan &
characters and colors, but has the same characteristics, Diplomasi Budaya Direktorat Jenderal Kebudayaan Kementerian
namely simplicity and innocence, this is exactly the same as Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan RI.
the principle of the Rama group which originates from a [2] Foley,K. 2001. The Origin of Kala; A Sundanese Wayang Golek Play
by Abah Sunarya and Gamelan Giri Harja I. Asian Theatre Journal,
father's wisdom towards his family in navigating life in the 18.1, 1-58
world. The Rama community is the strongest foundation of [3] Sumaryono, 2011. Cerita Panji, Antara Mitos dan Sejarah. Mudra,
the Sundanese social structure, so it becomes the most 26(1), pp. 17-24.
important element that is very influential on the nation's [4] Alfian, T. I., 1992. Tentang Metode Sejarah. In: 1st, ed. Dari Babad
resilience. dan Hikayat Sampai Sejarah Kritis. Yogyakarta: Gajah Mada
University Press.
[5] Wolf, J., 1981. The Social Production of Art. 1st ed. New York: St.
The Danawa's embodiment mask consists of many Martin Press Inc.
characters and colors, but has some similarities, namely [6] Spradley, J., 2007. Metode Etnografi. 1st ed. Yogyakarta: Tiara
having religious attributes such as grains of japamala for Wacana.
praying and counting spells, or a slave necklace in the shape [7] Sumardjo, J., 2009. Kosmologi dan Pola Tiga Sunda. Imaji Vol 4 No
of a slave necklace that illustrates the totality of devotion to 2, pp. 101-110.
Gods. The Danawa is the ancestral spirit that protects people [8] Putra, E. S., 2018. Komparasi Patikrama Tatanen Huma Sunda Di
who are devoted as clergy, monks, priests or rishis. Padukuhan dan Pedesaan Di Jawa Barat. Patanjala, 10(3), pp. 487-
505.
The manifestation mask of the Yaksa also consists of

many characters and colors, in general having similarities in .
the form of the use of makuta (crowns), war helmets, and
ICGTD - 170
The Learning Medium Design Of Creative Literacy
For 4-6 Years Old Kids Based On Used Oil Bottle
Exploration
Sulistyo Setiawan
Product Design Department
Jl. PKH. Mustapha No. 23
Bandung, Indonesia
susetia59@gmail.com
Abstract - Based on a survey conducted by Central 2016 in New Britain , Conn, United States, Indonesia
Connecticut State University in 2016 in New Britain, ranks 60th out of 61 countries surveyed. In addition, the
Conn, United States, Indonesian literacy skills ranked Program for International Student Assessment (PISA)
60th out of 61 countries surveyed. While the results of survey results show that Indonesia is ranked 64th out of
the PISA Indonesia survey are ranked 64th out of 72 72 countries [1]. Previously, a survey conducted by
countries. If you want to be able to compete in the UNESCO in 2014 stated that Indonesian children read
digital age, then this country must improve the literacy only 27 pages of books in one year. That means
skills of its people, which are also accompanied by Indonesian children are not able to read until the end of
creative thinking skills. Both of these skills must begin one novel book with a total of 50-100 pages within a
to be developed from an early age child in this study period of one year.
selected children aged 4-6 years through creative Literacy in question earlier the simplest definition is an
literacy learning. So that learning is meaningful for ability to read and write. However, according to Kirsch
children, it takes a happy atmosphere and involves and Jungeblut [2], contemporary literacy is defined as a
multisensory. The multisensory involvement can be person's ability to utilize written or printed information to
facilitated by wayang media which in this study the develop knowledge so that it benefits the wider
design was developed from used oil bottles. From the community.
prototype trial that was produced from the Research In connection with this research study, children aged 4 to
and Development research method, it was found that 6 years, is the right age to start teaching literacy [3] which
the media created was very effective in developing generally goes to Early Childhood Education (PAUD),
children's creative literacy skills. based on observations made by the author in two PAUD
institutions has quite good literacy and numeracy skills.
Keywords - children aged 4-6 years, creative literacy, Even so, in terms of teaching and learning in general, the
multisensory, puppets, used oil bottles two institutions are still using formal methods and have
not yet developed creative methods so that in this literacy
I. INTRODUCTION case children have also not yet developed their creativity.
When listening to the history of the civilization of an However, in the 21st century, especially in the coming
advanced nation, it can be said that the progress was built 22nd century, other abilities or abilities are needed to deal
by the people who have a high level of literacy. This high with so many problems that arise that must be sought and
level of literacy directly affects the development of life found ways to solve them. The kecapakan is creative
skills - communicating, collaborating, thinking critically, thinking (creative thinking). In addition, developing
and acting creatively - which allows them to sit as low, children's literacy abilities must be in a happy atmosphere
stand as tall as other nations. To foster literacy skills, and involve multi-sensory / multisensory [4]. For this
serious, continuous and ongoing efforts are needed to reason, literacy skills, creative skills, happy atmosphere
form a literacy culture. and multisensory activities need to be integrated into an
But in reality, Indonesia as a country with an area of activity that can develop children's optimal literacy
5,193,250 km2 which includes land and sea, consists of abilities. The happy atmosphere can be built with the
17,508 islands, has a population of 5,193,250 million activities of storytelling, singing, and playing [5]. In order
people with 1,128 ethnic groups based on a survey to carry out these activities we need a media that is
conducted by Central Connecticut State University in suitable and able to support it, one of which is wayang.
Related to puppets furthermore Lestari [6] states that
wayang can develop language skills where children can
express what they feel when they are unable to express it
to others. In addition, the child's expressive language
ICGTD - 171
skills will be stimulated when interacting with puppets. exploring the used oil bottles in used goods collectors and
The puppet design will be developed in this study by motorcycle workshops.
II. METHOD
This research uses the Research and Development method
which is a research method used to produce certain
products, and tests the effectiveness of the product [7]
which has 10 stages but in this study the adjustment is
made into 7 steps namely, 1. Potential and Problem; 2.
Data Collection; 3. Product Design; 4. Product Testing
(initial prototype); 5. Product Revision; 6. Product Usage
Trial; 7. Making the Final Prototype. Fig. 4 The teacher starts a reading activity using a book Aku Pintar
Membaca
III. RESULT
In this study the authors conducted a survey of two PAUD
institutions to observe the literacy activities carried out in
the classroom and document the facilities and tools/media
used by teachers to develop the literacy skills of
children/students.
In the first institution the results of the observation and
documentation can be seen in the following figures.
Fig. 5 The teacher shows a certain word and the child is individually
asked to read the word
From the results of observations on the two previous

PAUD institutions the writer concludes that the media and
methods or methods of learning used by teachers are still
not developed in accordance with the principles of
creative literacy learning mentioned in Chapter II. So that
Fig. 1 Exercising for numerating, writing numbers and coloring pictures it provides an opportunity for writers to develop the media
in a special book owned by each child and its methods.
Product Design. The process of designing a product that

uses an exploratory approach includes stages: 1. Cleaning
the used oil bottle from the remaining oil by washing it
with soapy water which is put into the bottle and then
shaken and brushed; 2. Soaking the oil bottle with soap
water for about two hours to dissolve the remaining oil
that is still attached to the inside of the bottle and
softening the sticker paper attached to the outside of the
bottle; 3. Cleaning the second stage of the inside of the
bottle by brushing; 4. Cleaning the sticker paper that
Fig. 2 Results of numerating exercises, writing numbers and coloring sticks to the outside of the bottle by brushing; 5.
pictures Formation of the bottle into a puppet by cutting using a
Fig. 3 Results of fine motor exercises by writing the alphabet
saw and cutter; 6. Perforate the bottle using solder; 7.
Assemble the mouth using rivet nails; 8. Sticking parts of
In the second PAUD, the learning management is
the eye, and other parts; 9. Assemble the puppet handle
organized by moving class according to the material that
and hand parts.
will be taught to children
Fig. 6 "WABOLI" oil bottle puppet initial prototype stage
ICGTD - 172
Product Testing (initial prototype). The initial prototype From this trial it can be seen that the products designed in
trial was carried out in one of PAUD which was carried terms of as a medium for developing creative literacy are
out by teachers and students. From these trials input was quite high in effectiveness which is characterized by the
obtained, among others: 1. The material used in ability to tell in expressive language the teachers and
developing this product was very appropriate because it students increase. The headmaster of the kindergarten
was in line with the curriculum implemented at the school where the trial was held stated that when using waboli to
ie in making learning media must use used materials; 2. tell stories greatly helped him transform from being
Ergonomically the way to operationalize the puppet must known as someone who was feared to someone who was
be improved especially when holding the puppet, opening funny, happy, and friendly with a lot of chattering.
the puppet's mouth, and moving the puppet's hands Meanwhile, when tested on students, when in class they
simultaneously; 3. Puppets operated by students should be experience obstacles in telling stories because they are not
without hands because they are only able to use their accustomed. But when the trials were carried out at home
hands with 2 movements (holding puppets and moving the they did not experience obstacles. "A" students are
puppet's mouth) with different hands. female, aged 4 years, making waboli a friend in
communicating both in expressing words and singing.
While the male student "B" is 5 years old, using waboli as
a media for dialogue with his parents.
Fig. 7 and 8 Waboli trials conducted by teachers
Product Revision. After testing the initial prototype, then

the product being tested is revised based on input from the
teachers, the results of which are as follows. Fig. 12 and 13 Trials conducted by student “A”
Fig. 9 Waboli revised results

Fig. 14 and 15 Trial conducted by student "B"
Product Usage Trial. The next stage is product trials for
use in actual learning which in this case are religious Making Final Prototype. The last stage of the product
subjects. design development process was carried out to perfect the
prototype that had been tested, including adjusting the
length of the puppet handle, the puppet handle using pvc
pipe which was originally 16 mm in diameter, and 150
mm in length was replaced with 2 pieces of 40-meter
yakult bottles. mm, and a length of 160 mm. In addition,
the hook ring used to move the mouth of the puppet which
was originally using a mineral water bottle cap is replaced
with a 250 ml soft drink bottle cap. Also the rope
replacement used to pull the mouth to move, which was
originally replaced by nylon string nylon strings. All of
these replacements were made so that the way to
operationalize the puppet could be more ergonomic. The
final prototype can be seen in the following figure.
Fig. 10 and 11 Try out the use of waboli in learning
ICGTD - 173
Fig. 16 Final prototype Waboli
IV. CONCLUSION
Of the seven stages that have been carried out in
accordance with the research method used, there are two
conclusions as follows: 1. Used oil bottles are very
suitable to be used as products in this case called waboli
(used oil bottle puppets) which are used as a medium for
creative literacy development; 2. After experiencing two
trials waboli is very effective as a medium for developing
creative literacy for children aged 4-6 years and teachers.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The author would like to thank the Principal, the teachers
and students in the two PAUD places where the authors
made observations and prototype trials, as well as Mrs.
Betsi and her family and Mrs. Maharani and her family as
respondents who were willing to test out the waboli so
that the research could be completed.
REFERENCES
[1] Atmazaki et al. 2017. Panduan Gerakan Literasi Nasional. Jakarta:
Kementerian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan.
[2] Permatasari, A. 2015. ”Membangun Kualitas Bangsa Dengan Budaya
Literasi”. Prosiding Seminar Nasional Bulan Bahasa UNIB 2015.
[3] Suggate, Schaughency, Reese. 2013. ”Children learning to read latter
catch up to children reading earlier”. Early Childhood Research
Quarterly 28 (2013) 33-48.
[4] Koenarso, D.A.P. 2018. ”Strategi Meningkatkan Kemampuan
Literasi Anak Usia Dini Melalui Seni Rupa”. Al Hikmah
Proceedings on Islamic Early Childhood Education ISSN (p) 2620-
7966; ISSN (e) 2620-7974 Volume 1, April 2018, Hal. 1-10.
[5] Permatasari, A.N., et al. 2017. ”Literasi Dini dengan Teknik
Bercerita”. Jurnal FamilyEdu Vol III No.1 April 2017.
[6] Lestari, N.G.A.M.Y. 2013. ”Peningkatan Kemampuan Baca-Tulis
Permulaan Melalui Penggunaan Media Wayang Abjad
Kontekstual”. Jurnal Pendidikan Usia Dini Volume 7 Edisi 2,
November 2013, 201-220.
[7] Sugiyono. 2008. Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif, Kualitatif dan R &
D. Bandung: Penerbit Alfabeta.
ICGTD - 174
Optimizing learning facility on
Interior Design Basic level Education
Edwin Widia
Interior Design Department
Bandung, Indonesia
edwin.widia@itenas.ac.id
Abstract-- The learning process in the studio class is a semester learning plan designed by the study program in the
learning process that is not yet familiar with students, curriculum.
because they have just graduated from high school, in Basic education in the Itenas Interior Design curriculum, is
this situation students need time to adapt both physically the initial education phase before students enter the Interior
and psychologically. So that some students who have Design studio education phase, in that phase students are
difficulty adapting will fail, so far the study program more likely to get learning that is an increase in basic skills
provides adequate facilities in anticipating these that trigger motorically in producing design ideas related to
problems, but the optimization of learning improvement aesthetics and logical reflect. In addition to improving skills
must always be improved in order to get an even in the basic education phase students are also given an
number of graduates, between incoming and graduated, introduction to basic knowledge of interior, therefore
in accordance with a new curriculum based on insights about Interior Design must also be absorbed into
standards national framework. In order to improve the cognitive and affective abilities. However, the learning
ability of students of basic education level, it is planned, process faces a new challenge with the condition of students
an increase in the quality of support for learning now or commonly called millennial generation, where there
facilities in basic education studios, through the interior is a high habit of using smartphone facilities. The habit of
design plan of a studio environment that can improve excessive use of this gadget has an impact on the interaction
students' ability to learn and survive physically and process, where during the basic education period the
psychologically, related to the long duration of study in interaction needs between students or with the learning
the studio due to the high duration of studio learning. process in order to improve basic competencies become
This research was conducted by creating a communal distracted. In Interior Design education students get learning
space nuanced park in the classroom to see its influence with studio base learning methods, where students will
in the learning process of interior design basic education study long enough in the classroom called studio, this is the
level, and with new design of studio working desk. main differentiator in the learning process, because a studio
The result is that there are several effects of the facility class must have a uniqueness which had a supporting
for students, the facility has an influence in helping the facilities for educational priority, as design interior
learning process both directly and indirectly. Indirect education curriculum as well, where this education system is
learning such as increasing interpersonal skills, and for a new curriculum based on government regulations, namely
direct learning such as drawing, reading and using a the national standard framework. Therefore, it needs an
laptop is ranked second. So overall these facilities are increase in supporting facilities in the studio that can
influential in supporting the learning process in interior improve the ability of students of basic interior design
design basic level education studios. education, according to the 2017 Interior Design curriculum,
through learning outcomes in the form of attitudes, general
Keyword - Learning, Studio, Interior Design, Basic skills, special skills and knowledge.
Education. Problem Identification
Basic education in Interior Design had a standard minimum
I. INTRODUCTION area for working space as a studio base learning, but the size
of the space affects the condition of the number of new
Basic Education in the Interior Design curriculum aims to student admissions, where the number can fluctuate, then
improve basic motor, cognitive and affective abilities in the the count of the number of classes with maximum of 40
Interior Design study program, therefore in that phase people per class, so that class distribution will have an effect
students for one year or two semesters are taught a variety in the framework of equal distribution, with consideration
of learning processes related to improving basic skills rather human resources and infrastructure, so that distribution
than insight or knowledge theoretical, this is taught through efficiency is needed to be evenly distributed. However, in
the studio classroom learning process, where students will consideration of improving the quality of students, the
spend their full learning time in the studio room in amount of space available must be able to provide the needs
accordance with the learning outcomes planned in the of students while studying in the studio, where the studio
must be able to support students physically and
ICGTD - 175
psychologically. Improving facilities for learning support abilities needed in improving cognitive, affective and motor
for students in basic interior design education, so that they skills. If you look at the number of studio classes in
can be optimally studied in the studio room, so students can semester 1 there are 4 courses with a total of 12 credits, then
be more productive in learning and innovating. Drawing a 11 credits in semester 2. By looking at the number of credits
picture of the plan for supporting facilities for learning in this study we can find out the length of time students are
students of Interior Design basic education, so that the in the studio class, so mental endurance is needed, but with
learning process can be optimized, through the support of a development today, too many will fall down if it is not
studio room environment that supports the learning of adjusted to the nature of today's students or millennial
interior design basic education. By planning an integrated generation.
learning facility in the basic education studio classroom, Learning Interior Design as a whole is to prepare students to
students can improve their learning process, through become Professional Young Interior Designers, so that the
stimulus from an interior environment that supports learning basic abilities of a professional designer must be recognized
needs. from the beginning of the learning process, through the
Cognitive, Motoric and Affective processes, where the
implementation of the process is contained in the learning
process that is based on the ability of basic human
intelligence, which Howard Gardner in 1983, has identified
seven multiple intelligences, (2007) Jasmine. That is:
1. Linguistic Intelligence (Relating to language)
2.Mathematical logical intelligence (related to logic and
mathematics)
Fig 1. Kelas PD 1303 Fig 2. Kelas PD 1306 3. Spatial Intelligence (related to space and images)
4. Musical intelligence (related to music, rhythm and sound
/ sound)
One of the uniqueness of the Studio class is that students 5. Bodily-kinesthetic intelligence (related to body and body
can communicate with each other in the learning process movements)
with the help of guidance from class lecturers. In this 6. Interpersonal intelligence (related to interpersonal, social
process students need interpersonal skills in communicating relations)
with friends. Often their interpersonal communication does 7. Intrapersonal Intelligence (related to very personal
not become constructive because it is more likely to talk matters)
outside the context of learning, or through gadget facilities By looking at the multiple intelligences above, we can see
that ultimately distort their productivity. As shown in Figure the basic intelligence of students which can be optimized to
3 and Figure 4. This condition must be reduced by providing improve their productivity in learning, this becomes very
facilities that can reduce distraction but support increased important, because in the learning process in the studio,
learning. students can be measured through their assignments and
work, by increasing their abilities and expertise through the
interior environment who support this learning, it is hoped
that their achievements will increase.
Perception
According to Kuswana 220 - 2011 Perspiration is the
process when someone arranges and interprets their sensory
impressions to give meaning to their environment. From the
above perception, it can be concluded that the main thing
that gives rise to perception is the existence of a stimulus,
from whatever form accepted by the senses human or
receptor. In this case the first is vision where the eye as the
sense of sight is used as a sensor to receive stimulus. Then
the stimulus referred to here is the learning support facility,
but the main objective is how to make concrete facilities that
can stimulate students to improve their performance. This
perception is the main goal in providing a shared
understanding between. In conveying the design perception,
architectural orientation is very important.
According to Markus Zahnd (2007) Approach in
architectural design.
Fig 3. Fishbone Curriculum 2017 Interior The relationship between architecture and perception of it
Functional perception
Design Basic Level Education phase This perception is applied through three approaches.
In the first semester of fishbone basic education learning • Spatial function: the approach emphasizes the use of space
outcomes aimed at students are the basis of visual art and in architectural design.
creative thinking, all subjects have the same vision, through • Space location: this approach emphasizes the location of
different learning according to the basic needs of the objects in architectural design
ICGTD - 176
• Spatial form: the approach emphasizes the shape of objects reflection papers regarding cultural awareness and
in architectural design. teamwork dynamics." (Fay, LL, & Kim, EY (2017), p. 32).
This is very important in the context of adjusting to the
Dodsworth (47 - 2009) "Spaces enclosed by building development of high school graduates now, which is a force
elements (floors, Walls, Ceilings, Roofs) are the essential that is familiar with the development of technology in the
raw materials of Interior Design. Seeing the theory above, form of personal gadgets with a variety of habits. One
the facilities provided are certain to have areas that can limit important thing is the level of information awareness that is
each end as interior elements that are floor, wall, and roof, quite high because of the easy access to information
can be concrete or visual. Through thinking about interior technology instantly.
design how to design additional requirements in the design From the existing photos of basic education studio classes, it
learning process, artificial environmental stimulus is needed can be seen that the standard facilities for learning interior
in connection with the development of a very dynamic design education are still needed, therefore it is necessary to
generation of students. This is closely related to professional add and increase the support of learning facilities that can
needs related to science in the field of design, help students be more enthusiastic in their learning, through
"Professionalization provides for education in a systematic interior design that is able to trigger inspiration and maintain
field of knowledge" (Guerin, 2014. p.1). emotions from boredom. From this existing condition, a
Professional needs have been simulated from the questionnaire was made that would have implications for the
educational environment. As instructors we must always design of learning support facilities in the Interior Design
develop learning in accordance with learning outcome Basic Education class. Questionnaire that was given to
curriculum with all its limitations, especially in terms of students of class of 2018 who felt the conditions of learning
time "educators utilize many strategies to meet the increased in basic education. Data was collected using google forms,
demand in curriculums within the limited span of four questionnaires as below with the results:
years" (Guerin, 2014. p.6). With all the limitations Students often experience boredom conditions that are too
fast, because of the habit that is often done when using a
gadget.
Question with atmosphere inquiry
View B
Nature
Modern
Industrial
Luxury
View A Depression
Out of 52 respondents, 64.7% answered that they can be

more creative when in the natural atmosphere, this condition
is a natural condition of humans that will always need
Fig 4. Denah Lantai 3 studio pendidikan dasar natural conditions. Students very often lose focus because of
the gadget, so that makes it stuck between work and play.
Question with the inquiry of distraction causes
Visual
Fig 5. View A Fig 6.ViewB Audio
The condition of this classroom contains the standard Thermal
facilities and infrastructure for interior design learning needs
for basic education in interior design, but this condition does
not yet have a special uniqueness that can make a
differentiation and increase the ability of basic education At work students are often interrupted by several things.
students for the adaptation stage of the transition from • Out of 52 respondents, 40.4% answered that they were
secondary school to studio education in secondary schools. audio-distracted, 32.7% thermally, 26.9% visually
"The students integrated the design ideas from the The audio sensory element is a potential problem in the
transformed concepts and completed the final deliverables process of student learning development. From the analysis
including the three-dimensional arts piece, a pre-design of the questionnaire above, the basis for the design of this
research board, design process boards, and individual facility is: Communal learning support facilities in an
ICGTD - 177
integrated classroom and natural nuances also have the
ability to reduce noise. These four facilities were created as a communal area aimed
at facilitating the needs of students in increasing the
Supporting furniture absorption of knowledge and producing ideas informally.
Existing learning facilities, in addition to studio classrooms, For supporting facilities in the form of furniture made
there are also supporting furniture, namely the studio desk according to learning needs, so the facility must be multi-
as the main learning facility which is a learning aid in the functional.
classroom, but the multifunctional desk still has
shortcomings in supporting some basic education studio
courses, as seen in studio courses in basic education in first
semester. The learning process carried out in studio courses,
in improving learning abilities, in addition to drawing, there Sofa/bench
are other activities that are an increase in cognitive, affective
and psychomotor abilities, namely; modeling uses a variety
of media, such as paper, plastic, which is carried out in a
basic three-dimensional sensing course, then through the Syntetic
grass
course there is a process of exploration with colors along
with other coloring materials. The current desk has
advantages as a drawing desk, but in some cases, it still has
shortcomings, such as modeling using clay. Then the width Fig 8. View 3D design implementation
of this desk is still not able to accommodate A2 size paper
widened. In addition this desk has drawbacks in terms of When viewing conditions in three dimensions, if the room is
learning flexibility, namely the height of the desk cannot be given a massive partition, it will make the room look very
adjusted, can only be used with one height only. Can be narrow, and the flexibility of the room will be reduced so
seen in figure 5. The height of the desk is locked with one that the room cannot be used for other needs
height For the room partition used drawing desk that is not used, so
that the feel of the studio learning area is maintained, the
partition can also be move, so the room can still be flexible
for other needs. Classes have more privacy while studying
but still look wider and blend with the next class, this
condition can help students distract from class one with
others while still having the potential to interact.
Fig 7. Top Desk with open and close position

In figure 7 it can be seen that the desk only has an image
function that supports ergonomically for drawing with a Fig 9. Studio Classrooms with already installed partitions
slope of four levels. But when the modeling process with with students in the classroom
facilities outside of drawing, there are other problems where
the material cannot be stored on the desk because there is a Students Look more focused and do not move to sit because
slope, when used for drawing. they are not distracted with the class next to them.
Design and Development of Support Facilities for Basic

Education Learning
After obtaining a foundation for planning the facility the
Lay-out of the facility is drawn. First look for usable areas
that are in the classroom. The area must be easy to access,
has restrictions so that its use does not interfere with other
facilities, but still looks integrated with the class. Base on
the result of questionnaire, that requirement of facility must
have:
Relaxing sitting facilities
2. Room separation facilities
3. Zoning Determination Facilities.
4. Multi Purposes Furniture Supporting learning
ICGTD - 178
furniture, a product form plan is needed that can support the
learning needs intelligently by looking at the character of
the learning. "An essential characteristic of intelligent
products and systems is that they portray behavior in
interaction" Ross, P., & Wensveen, S. (2010). Therefore
designed furniture that can accommodate the learning needs
of basic education studio courses.
Fig 10. Interaction inside communal space
Students seem to interact more focused on one person who

gives an idea, or is telling a story. This condition can be
used when the lecturer gives a theory, where theory is the
most boring method when looking at the questionnaire
above. With this serious but relaxed condition the lecturer
can explain more comprehensively, with the focus group Fig 11. Furniture Multipurpose
discussion method. This is in accordance with one of the
objectives of the new curriculum, namely students as the In furniture planning is divided between the cover sheet
main orientation or student center learning. In a break material, hinges and supporting devices. From this material,
condition, this area can function as a casual interaction area, the shape and size of the furniture is planned as a means of
so students do not need to leave the studio class. With these supporting learning. This facility is considered as a
conditions students can remain productive without multipurpose and multi-economic need factor for its use.
interrupting breaks, leaving the classroom, so that learning The aim is to be able to accommodate very dynamic
improvement continues to run. Overall Usability of this learning activities in accordance with the nature of design
facility 76% uses, both productive, rest and interaction. learning. The condition of furniture like this is also expected
to stimulate students in increasing their creativity and
Questionnaire Student response when viewing this facility productivity during lectures.
Testing the Learning Facilities
Just look around

Just Passing through
Having Discussion
Study/ reading/working
Just sit and rest
Questionnaire Results after testing the facility 65.3% felt Fig 12. Full Configuration Fig 13. Sink Configuration
this facility eliminates tension in the studio, so this facility
has a function that can maintain the emotional stability of
lectures.
Design Furniture
The main furniture plan is a multifunctional desk design,
which can accommodate the needs of learning, drawing,
modeling and discussion. In accordance with the needs of
the gems of studio lectures in basic education, therefore the
design of studio desks has several functions. Desk planning Fig 14. floor mode configuration Fig 15. Front side configuration
starts with the basic needs of drawing, that is, the desk must
be able to have facilities that can be used to draw Trial implementation of furniture for multifunctional
ergonomically, ie with a flexible slope, then the desk must learning needs, interior design education, there is a glass
be able to meet the width of A2 paper so that the work does desk serves as a suggestion tracing and cutting with a cutter,
not fold while drawing. Then the facility must be able to be as a means of modeling. In Fig. 33 looks a desk in full
used for washing, because one of the modeling needs is configuration, where all facilities can be accessed easily,
washing, and can be used for clay needs. In planning according to various needs. The most basic requirement is
ICGTD - 179
drawing facilities, as in fig. 12, then facilities for washing
when learning modeling with clay for learning basic 3-
dimensional or watercolor paint, when combining colors for
the learning needs of basic 2-dimensional incarnation. In fig.
34 can be seen when the desk is folded into a low
ergonomic, where students sometimes like to draw in a low
position.
Fig 18. Test and trial facility
This desk can be used as a collaborative tool for students,

with the same productivity, this strongly supports student
center learning, where the process of collaboration rather
than competition is a phenomenon of the development of
learning today.
Conclusion
By designing additional facilities supporting learning in the
form of, communal areas using students more relaxed in
Fig 16. foot folding process Fig 17. foot folding process interacting both with fellow students and with lecturers.
Room separation facilities using the Drawing Desk By using
Desk knockdown process. Fig. 14 folding desk process, the drawing desk, the distraction from dynamic interactions
using lift hinges with ergonomics in accordance with the between classes can be more muted, so students are more
width of the hand, and the amount of paper. Fig. 15. The focused. The atmosphere of the studio still looks unique and
process of folding desk legs with the concept, can be done according to its nature, but the room still has flexibility.
by yourself, so that this facility can be used with a height of Zoning Determination Facilities Using Synthetic Grass gives
30 cm, this also supports the learning process that is a natural impression so that students can be more relaxed
becoming a habit with the nature of students, if they are even though they are still in the studio class. This enhances
bored they look for different learning models, one of them interpersonal ability with fellow students. Zoning using
with working on low ergonomics. Multifunctional desks are synthetic grass gives a natural feel so students can interact
given the possibility to be folded into a number of additional with natural nuances, in addition to aesthetically functioning,
forms, in addition to the productivity functions of working this grass also functions as a silencer. Learning Facilities in
with and ease of mobilization. the form of Multifunction Desks, Learning facilities support
learning of core courses in basic education, these facilities
Combined the artificial green environment and Furniture support learning in the form of drawing facilities, writing
Out-of-class trials, using an artificial green environment as facilities, tracing facilities, modeling facilities and washing
part of an atmospheric plan that will be applied to studio facilities. There are still many shortcomings of this study that
classes. Positive responses from students' users, by knowing must be refined, due to the many limitations. However, a
the functions that can be used in the productivity of basic number of things have been implemented and have received
education lectures. As according to learning needs. Some a positive response in their use.
things that are lacking are, it is still hard to be appointed by
female students, but functionally it is very helpful. Can be REFERENCES
seen from the picture next to the stages of assembly and use, [1] Dodsworth, Simon. (2009). The Fundamentals of
quite friendly in its use, so students can easily process the Interior Design Birren,
operation, when using in different functions [2[ Zahnd, Marcus. (2007). Pendekatan dalam perancangan
arsitektur, metode untuk menganalisis dan merancang
arsitektur secara efektif. Kanisius (2009)
[3] Shields, Rob. (2003). Virtual, Sebuah pengantar
komprehensif.
ICGTD - 180
[4] William Lidwell, Kritina Holden, Jill Butler (2003). [8] Fay, L. L., & Kim, E. Y. (2017). Transformative Design
Universal Principles of Design, United States of Pedagogy: A Place-Based and Studio-Based Exploration
America of Culture. Journal of Learning Spaces, 6(2), 28–38.
[5] Jasmine M.A, Julia. (2012). Metode Mengajar Multiple [9] Ross, P., & Wensveen, S. 2010 Aug 31. Designing
Intelligences Behavior in Interaction: Using Aesthetic Experience as a
[6] Guerin, D. A., & Thompson, J. A. A. (2004). Interior Mechanism for Design. International Journal of Design
design education in the 21st century: An educational [Online] 4:2.
transformation. Journal of Interior Design, 30(2), 1–12. [10] Kurikulum Desain Interior ITENAS 2017. (2018)
[7] Banning, J. H., Clemons, S., Gibbs, C. W., &
McKelfresh, D. A. (2013). Education and Training:
Issues for the Field of Interior Design. Journal of
Education and Training, 1(1), 117.
ICGTD - 181
Design of Train Passenger Seat Economic Class
using House of Ergonomic (HoE)
Gita Permata Liansari Arie Desrianty M. Irfan Nurmawan
Industrial Engineering Departement Industrial Engineering Departement Industrial Engineering Departement
Bandung Bandung Bandung
gitapermata11@gmail.com adesrianty@gmail.com ipang.nurmawan@gmail.com
Abstract— Currently the train is a transportation mode not ergonomic is one factor that causes back pain. Sitting
that is quite attractive to prospective passengers for long position and long sitting duration ≥ 4 hours will increase the
distance travel. There are three alternative classes, including: risk of lower back pain [1]. Low back pain is one of the
Executive Class, Business Class, and Economy Class. Economy musculoskeletal disorders resulting from incorrect
class is the lowest level class in train. There are 106 seats in
ergonomics [2]. The main symptom of low back pain is pain
every carriage, the type of seat is blends between one passenger
and the passenger next, and the passenger doesn’t get other in the spinal region of the back.
facilities, such as: television, pillow, electrical terminals, etc.
Seat is one of the facilities that will affect the health of Low back pain is rarely fatal but the pain that is felt
passengers, especially if used for a long period of time. causes the sufferer to decrease the ability to perform daily
Vibration in the train during the trip can also cause discomfort activities [3]. The most common causes of low back pain are
to passengers if the seats used by the passenger is not able to sitting too long, wrong sitting posture, and excessive
reduce vibration. Too long sitting with wrong position will also activity [4]. At present, the economy class seat doesn’t
cause passenger back pained. Seat that is not ergonomic is one attention to Ergonomic aspects, include: Effective,
factor that causes back pain. So the purpose research is Comfortable, Safe, Healthy, and Efficient [5]. So the
redesigned of train passenger seat in economic class using
purpose research is redesigned of train passenger seat in
House of Ergonomic (HOE).
economic class by considering ergonomic aspect using
Keywords—Train Passenger Seat, Economy Class, House Of House of Ergonomic (HOE).
Ergonomic, Design
II. METHODOLOGY
I. INTRODUCTION
The stages carried out in this study are as follows:
Currently the train is a transportation mode that is quite
1. Data Collection.
attractive to prospective passengers for long distance travel.
The data needed in this study are respondent
There are three alternative classes, including: Executive
characteristic data, current train passenger seat, and
Class, Business Class, and Economy Class. Economy class
attributes from the ergonomic aspects.
is the lowest level class in train. This is comparable to lower
2. Design and Distribution of Preliminary Questionnaires.
ticket prices with other level class. There are 106 seats in
The Preliminary questionnaire consisted of an
every carriage, the type of seat is blends between one
Importance questionnaire. Importance questionnaire is a
passenger and the passenger next, and the passenger doesn’t
questionnaire that measures the relative importance of
get other facilities, such as: television, pillow, electrical
each product attribute. The preliminary questionnaire
terminals, etc.
was distributed to 30 respondents.
PT INKA is a company that manufactures trains in 3. Questionnaire Testing.
Indonesia and has an important role in the procurement of The test is carried out on the validity and reliability of
railroad carriage for executive class, business class, and the questionnaire level of importance and the satisfaction
economy class. Currently, PT INKA is collaborating with level questionnaire.
PT Teknolink Global. PT Teknolink Global began 4. Design and Distribution of Research Questionnaire.
implementing various innovations for several train facilities, Research questionnaire is a questionnaire that has been
those adopts the design of airplane and train transportation valid and reliable. The research questionnaire consisted
modes on the European. of an importance questionnaire and satisfaction
questionnaire.
Seat is one of the facilities that will affect the health of 5. Making the House of Ergonomic Matrix [6].
passengers, especially if used for a long period of time. House of Ergonomic Matrix consists of several stages,
Vibration in the train during the trip can also cause including:
discomfort to passengers if the seats used by the passenger a. Identification of Customer Needs (Product
is not able to reduce vibration. Too long sitting with wrong Attributes)
position will also cause passenger back pained. Seat that is
ICGTD - 182
b. Planning matrix, include: importance to customer Based on the results of data collection obtained from the
(ITC), current satisfaction performance (CSP), goal, questionnaire level of importance and level of satisfaction,
improvement ratio (IR), sales point (SP), raw weight the value of ITC, CSP, etc. was obtained, the component
(RW), and normalized raw weight (NRW). was then stated as Planning Matrix Value. Data Processing
c. Identification of Product Technical Specifications, Results for Planning Matrix Value are shown in Table II.
d. Relationship Matrix,
e. Technical Response, TABLE II. Planning Matrix
f. Technical Correlation, and
g. Technical Matrix.
6. Design of Product Concepts.
Designing and Developing several alternative for train
passenger economic class seat based on the House of
Ergonomics Matrix.
7. Screening and Selecting Concept.
Determine the alternatives product design that will be
chosen. The alternative chosen at this stage will be made
a prototype.
8. Conclusions.
The conclusion is the result of this research.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSIONS
The product attributes used refer to the ergonomic aspects of
Effective, Comfortable, Safe, Healthy, and Efficient.
Product attributes based on ergonomics aspects shown in
Table I.
TABLE I. Product Attributes
Attr
ibut Product attribute
e No
1 The backrest of the seat can be adjusted
2 Backrests on seats are easy to adjust
3 The backrest on the seat works well Results of identifying technical specifications based on
4 There is a headrest on the seat
customer needs are shown in Table III.
5 The position of the headrests on the seat can be adjusted TABLE III. Product Technical Specifications
6 There is a footrest on the seat No Metric Metric Value
7 Seat rests can be adjusted 1 The tilt angle of the backrest degree
8 Seat footrests are easy to adjust 2 The shape of the backrest regulator list
9 The footrests on the seat function well 3 Position of back rest regulator list
10 There is a reading lamp on the seat 4 Dimension for backrest adjustment mm
11 The position of the reading lamp can be adjusted 5 Backrest dimensions cm
12 The reading lamp on the seat is easy to use 6 Back rest adjustment mechanism list
13 The reading lamp on the seat works well
7 Availability of back rest control instructions binary
There is a storage place for drinking water bottles (cup holders) on 8 User reach for backrest control cm
14
the seat
9 Number of headrests unit
There is a storage place for drinking water bottles (cup holders) on 10 Headrest material list
15
the seat for easy use
11 Headrest dimensions mm
There is a storage place for drinking water bottles (cup holders) on 12 Headrest form list
16
the seat function well
13 Headrest position list
17 There is an handrest on the seat
14 Head rest mechanism list
The base of the seat does not slip, in order to be able to hold the
18 15 Number of footrests unit
passenger from slipping
16 Footrest form list
19 The foam used on the seat is not hard (soft)
17 Dimension of foot rest mm
20 Seat pads model can make the feet do not hang
18 Footrest material list
21 Passengers do not cuddle when sitting in a seat
ICGTD - 183
TABLE III. Product Technical Specifications (cont’d) TABLE III. Product Technical Specifications (cont’d)
No Metric Metric Value No Metric Metric Value
19 The tilt angle of the footrest degree 35 Cup holder form list
20 Mechanism of footrest regulator list 36 Cup holder material list
21 Position of the footrest regulator list 37 The mechanism of the cup holder list
22 Availability of footrest control instructions binary 38 Cup holder position list
23 Footrest regulator form list 39 Number of hand rest unit
24 Dimension of footrest regulator mm 40 Hand rest material list
25 Number of reading lamp unit 41 Hand rest position list
26 Reading lamp type list 42 Hand rest dimensions cm
27 Reading lamp position list 43 The material used is the base of the seat list
28 The mechanism for using reading lamp list 44 Dimensions of the seat base cm
29 Reading lamp handle material list 45 Seat base form list
30 Availability of instructions for use of reading lamp binary 46 Type of seat cushion foam list
31 Reading light regulator mechanism list 47 Thickness of the foam seat cushion mm
32 Reading lamp regulator form list 48 Distance from the base of the seat to the floor cm
33 Number of cup holders unit 49 Seat dimensions cm
34 Cup holder dimensions mm The house of ergonomic matrix for the design of economy
class passenger seat passenger products can be seen in
Figure 1.
Position of back rest regulator (3)
The tilt angle of the backrest (1)
Distance from the base of the

The shape of the backrest
Backrest dimensions (5)

Dimension for backrest
Normalized Raw Weight

Seat dimensions (49)
seat to the floor (48)
Technical Spesification
adjustment (4)
regulator (2)
Costumer Needs :
0.1891 0.1891 0.1891 0.063 0.1891

The backrest of the seat can be adjusted (1) 0.0210
9 9 9 3 9
0.2377 0.2377 0.2377 0.2377 0.0792
Backrests on seats are easy to adjust (2) 0.0264
9 9 9 9 3
0.3065 0.3065
The backrest on the seat works well (3) 0.0341
9 9
There is a headrest on the seat (4) 0.0211
: 0.0334
0.2931
Seat pads model can make the feet do not hang (20) 0.0326
9
0.3026
Passengers do not cuddle when sitting in a seat (21) 0.0336
9
Total Contribution 0.7333 0.4268 0.4268 0.3007 0.5748 0.2931 0.3026 27.3965
Normalized Contribution 0.0268 0.0156 0.0156 0.011 0.021 0.0107 0.011
Priority 16 19 20 38 18 … 43 42
Fig 1. House of Ergonomics
ICGTD - 184
House of ergonomics matrix output’s used for develop
product design concepts (three concepts). These concepts
are then selected using the screening and scoring process.
Based on screening and scoring concept, product concept 3

is obtained as the best. Selecting concept by screening and
scoring helps a group in the selection of winning concepts
and assists the team’s agreement in making notes in the
decision making process [7]. Therefore the product concept
3 was chosen to make the prototype. The image for the
selected product concept is shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3.
Fig 4. Dimensions of Front View Product Concept 3

(Selected)
Dimensions of behind view of product Concept shown in

Figure 5.
Fig 2. Front View of Product Concept 3 (Selected)
Fig 5. Dimensions of Right View Product Concept 3

(Selected)
IV. CONCLUSIONS
The design results for economy class train passenger seats
have implemented aspects of ergonomics that can reduce
Fig 3. Behind View of Product Concept 3 (Selected) back pain when using the seat. This design has a product
that is superior compared to current products. The
Dimensions of front view of product Concept shown in application of product attributes refers to ergonomic aspects
Figure 4. of ENASE (Effective, Comfortable, Safe, Healthy and
Efficient) in designing. The product design is considered
superior because there are several components in the
product that currently do not exist, such as reading lights
that can reduce the risk of eye pain while reading a book at
night, besides that there are footrests for leaning against the
feet that make users more comfortable during trip, and there
is storage of drinking water bottles that are easy to use and
easy to reach, there are headrests on the product at this time
the position of the headrests cannot be adjusted but in this
design the position of the headrests can be adjusted to make
ICGTD - 185
the user comfortable. Aside from the addition and
development of some of the design components, this
product retains the current seat condition, but these
components are combined with anthropometric data so that
passengers are more comfortable when using seats such as
the width of the back of the seat, and the width of the base
of the seat that makes the passenger not jostle.
REFERENCES
[1] Mutia, Zammira, Hubungan Posisi Duduk dan Lama
Duduk terhadap Kejadian Nyeri Punggung Bawah
(NPB) pada Penjahit Sektor Informal di Kecamatan
Laweyan Kota Surakarta, Skripsi, Surakarta:
Universitas Muhammadiyah Surakarta, 2018.
[2] Umami, AR., Hartanti, RI., Dewi, A., Hubungan
Antara Karakteristik Responden dan Sikap Kerja
Duduk dengan Keluhan Nyeri Punggung Bawah pada
Pekerja Batik Tulis, e-jurnal Pustaka Kesehatan, 2014.
[3] Williams, J., S. Ng., N. dan Peltzer., K. 2015. Risk
Factors and Disability Associated with Low Back Pain
in Older Adults in Low and Middle Income Countries.
Result from the WHO Study on Global AGEing and
Adult Health (SAGE). Plos One, 10 (6), pp. 1-21.
[4] Safitri, A. I., Hubungan Lama Posisi Duduk terhadap
Nyeri Punggung Bawah pada Pegawai Rental
Komputer di Kentingan Surakarta. Skripsi. Surakarta:
Universitas Muhammadiyah Surakarta, 2010.
[5] Sastrowinoto, Suyatno., Meningkatkan Produktivitas
Dengan Ergonomi, Pustaka Binaman Presindo,
Jakarta, 1985.
[6] Damayanti, K.A. 2000. Ergonomic Function
Deployment Sebuah Pengembangan Dari Quality
Function Deployment. Jurnal. Surabaya. Lab APK dan
Ergonomi Universitas Kristen Petra.
[7] Ulrich, K, T., Eppinger, S, D., Perancangan dan
Pengembangan Produk, Jakarta: Salemba Teknika,
2001.
ICGTD - 186
Developing Web Based Employee Saving and Loan
Cooperative’s Information System
Achmad Hizazi Salman Jumaili
Accounting dept. Accounting dept.
Universitas Jambi Universitas Jambi
Jambi, Indonesia Jambi, Indonesia
hizazi@unja.ac.id Salman.jumaili@gmail.com
Abstract—Employee savings and loan cooperatives Indonesia, for example savings and loan cooperatives that
generally have problems in accounting and timely reporting. arise in the environment of employees in government offices
This happens because of the lack of management who have and also private sector in Indonesia. Awareness of the
adequate bookkeeping capabilities. This research proposes importance of cooperatives and the economic needs that can
solving this problem with the existence of employee savings and
loan cooperative information systems. Based on data and facts
be provided by cooperatives keeps cooperatives present with
from investigation in schools that are the subjects of this study, the limitations above.
we carry out system development following the stages of the Employee savings and loan cooperatives are the
system development cycle; planning, analysis, design and simplest form of cooperatives created to help resolve
prototyping. The final result of this development is the employee financial problems by helping each other. With its
existence of a prototype system that can be used by employee simplicity, these cooperatives generally rely on trust in the
savings and loan cooperativest. management. In general, the management is not paid
regularly. Management rewards are obtained on an annual
Keywords— savings and loan cooperatives, information
basis at the annual member meetings and are only little sum
systems, system development
of money. With that simplicity, employee saving and loan
I. INTRODUCTION cooperatives find it difficult to develop into a professional
entity. The treasurer is often not the one who understands
Cooperative is a form of business entity proposed the book keeping process of financial reports, which of
by the Indonesian Independence Proclamator Drs. course has difficulty in preparing year-end report.
Muhammad Hatta, as a component of the economic On the internal side of the cooperative, there is a
development of the Unitary Republic of Indonesia. In the pressure from each member so that the board can provide
middle of the basic economic condition of the state which is accurate and reliable information, that their money is kept
not yet clear whether the capitalist or socialist economy safe in the hands of the management. While the board is
(Sugiharsono, 2009), cooperatives are expected to become a difficult to provide fast information if requested by
forum for people's economy that will advance the economy members. For example if asked 'how much is my savings
of the lower classes. But in reality the cooperative did not now in the cooperative?' Or 'how much is the remaining
develop as originally expected. Cooperatives are still loan I have to pay now?'
struggling with the fundamental problems associated with The number of employee savings and loan
the survival of the cooperative itself. So many cooperatives cooperatives is relatively large. In general, employee
that stand but do not survive too long. savings and loans cooperatives are present in government
Cooperatives in Indonesia face quite complex agencies and schools, especially state schools. The Ministry
problems. Cooperatives are economic institutions aimed at of Home Affairs (2014) recorded data of 415 municipal
the lower classes. With this character, cooperatives have the districts and 34 provinces in Indonesia. Assuming each local
same weaknesses as other MSMEs, so that they require government has at least 15 services, there are at least 6,375
serious attention from the government. Even though government agencies. While the number of elementary,
cooperatives are contained in the 1945 Constitution, the junior high and high schools as well as MI, MTs and MA in
government has not seriously applied cooperative BPS data for 2014 was recorded at 245,404 units. If in total
economics to accommodate the economies of the small there is a potential of 253,624 formal institutions in
people (Sugiharsono, 2009). while Hejazzey (2009) Indonesia. If it is assumed 10% of these institutions have
mentions the image of cooperatives, independence, human employee savings and loan cooperatives. Then there are
resources, management, capital, business scale coverage, 25,362 employee savings and loan cooperatives that need
and cooperation as inhibiting factors for cooperative financial reporting services.
progress. Subekti et al (2013) added technology as one of Given the enormous service needs, our research
the important factors needed in cooperative development. seeks to develop a web-based savings and loan cooperative
information system in order to provide financial reporting
Even in conditions that are difficult to develop, services that can be operationalized by managers who have
cooperatives continue to emerge in communities in limited accounting knowledge. This information system can
ICGTD - 187
be accessed anywhere and directly provides instant reports, activities on the basis of cooperatives as well as a people's
both the financial statements of the cooperative as a whole economic movement based on the principle of kinship. The
and the detailed value of savings and loans of each member. cooperative is a people's economic legal entity that is easily
The purpose of this study is prototyping the design established and has a clear legal status. Cooperatives that
and information system of web-based employee savings and have been registered with the cooperative service and meet
loan cooperatives that can serve all employee savings and membership requirements and are authorized by the
loan cooperatives in Indonesia. government are a legal entity that is legally valid. With a
. minimum membership requirement of 20 cooperatives, one
can already be established. The cooperative also has the
II. LITERATURE REVIEW flexibility of the form of operation in accordance with the
A. Cooperative conditions and needs of the local community.
The government once issued UU No. 17 of 2012
Moh. Hatta defines Cooperative in a clear and simple
way. He said that "Cooperatives are a joint effort to improve concerning Cooperatives, but this law was canceled by the
Constitutional Court through the Constitutional Court Decree
the livelihoods of economic livelihoods based on mutual
No. 28 of 2013 because Law No. 12 of 2012 on Cooperatives
help, The spirit of mutual help is driven by the desire to
provide services to friends based on" one for all and all for has eliminated the principle of kinship and mutual
cooperation that characterizes cooperatives. So that the legal
one (Lumbantobing et al, 2002).
basis for the cooperative returns to Law No. 25 of 1992.
Cooperatives are an internationally recognized form of
economic institution. Therefore there are various definitions B. Information System Development
of cooperatives from many world economic experts which Responsive and user-oriented information systems
cannot be mentioned individually. But the essence of are valuable assets of modern business organizations. A
cooperatives that can be underlined is cooperation. Forms of well-designed system can improve business performance by
cooperation can vary, in the anthropology of cooperation is eliminating non-value added activities, improve customer
one form of activity undertaken to maintain the survival of service, and coordinate supply chain activities.
the community (Lumbantobing et al, 2002). in social Information system development is the process by
sciences work is an element of the dynamics of community which organizations interact in a sequence of steps that are
life. whereas cooperatives are a form of economic gradually achieved in achieving the final results of
cooperation that helps each other between those who have information systems development. This process begins with
money and who need money. a general description of the system development life cycle
One thing that distinguishes cooperatives in Indonesia (SDLC). This multilevel process guides the management of
from cooperatives abroad is the principle of kinship. This the organization through the development of an independent
principle of kinship underpins the interaction between system or the procurement of information systems through
members. All problems that arise will be resolved by external parties.
deliberation and consensus, involving all elements of Moderate and large companies with unique
cooperative membership. The essence of the principle of information needs often develop information systems within
kinship is justice and love that underlies the activities of life the company. This means optimizing information
in cooperatives. technology (IT) professionals in the development of
Cooperatives with the basis of this collaboration are companies’ information systems. A large number of small
financial institutions that are managed with good and large companies with relatively standardized
management. Cooperatives have clear organizational goals, information need to choose to buy information systems from
have guidelines and rules and principles. Cooperatives carry software vendors. Both approaches represent significant
out management functions such as planning, organizing, financial and operational risks. Hall (2011) described the
implementing and controlling. The main purpose of SDLC shown in Figure 1 as a model for reducing risk
cooperatives is to serve the economic needs of their through careful planning, implementation, control and
members. Achieving this goal is carried out jointly by documentation of key activities. The five phases of this
utilizing available resources. This aspect of resources which model consist of system strategy, project initiation, In house
is the main factor of the glue of cooperatives as well as development, commercial packages as well as maintenance
being a limitation in the development of cooperatives. and support.
Even though cooperatives are legally recognized
economic institutions. The concept of cooperatives as an System Strategy.
economic institution faces criticism because of the many The first step in SDLC is to develop a system
problems encountered as noted in the background above. strategy, which requires an understanding of the
Tjakrawerdaya in Fathurrazi (2010) outlines several things organization's strategic business needs. This may stem from
that need to be observed including: 1) cooperative concept. the organization's mission statement, analysis of competitive
2) organizational structure. 3) Cooperative profit and 4) pressures on the company, and the nature of current and
Cooperation collaboration. anticipated market conditions. These needs reflect the
The establishment of cooperative operations is based current relative position of the organization where it must be
on UU No. 25 of 1992 concerning cooperatives. According in the long term to maintain strategic advantage. In addition,
to UU No. 25 of 1992 concerning cooperatives in paragraph project management must consider the information system
1 of article 1, cooperatives are business entities consisting of implications relating to the old system and the problems
individuals or legal entities of cooperatives by basing their listed through user feedback. A strategic plan to meet these
ICGTD - 188
complex needs, together with a timetable for implementing users. The contents are tailored to the needs of users of web
selected systems, was produced. pages.
Project Initiation. Interaction analysis is performed with users of the
savings and loan cooperative web pages. Users are grouped
Project initiation is the process by which system
into three parts namely web admin, administrator and
proposals are assessed for consistency with the strategic
members. The interaction of each user is at a different level.
system plan and are evaluated in terms of their feasibility
Admin will manage web administration on the admin page,
and cost-benefit characteristics. Alternative conceptual
administrators interact on the administrator page and
designs are considered, and those chosen is carried out to
members will interact on the members page. Each user starts
the SDLC construction phase. Depending on the nature of
the interaction by entering their id and password and will be
the project and the needs of the organization, proposals will
redirected to the page according to the user's level. Users
require in-house development, commercial packages, or
other than the three categories above will only interact with
both.
public information available on the main page and general
In-House development. information on employee savings and loan cooperative
As mentioned earlier, some organizations have services.
unique information needs that can only be met through Functional analysis looks at how users view the
internal development. In-house development steps include contents of the employee savings and loan cooperative
analyzing user needs, designing processes and databases, services according to their level of access. Admin can see
creating user views, application programming, and testing and change, add and delete user membership status, make
and implementing a complete system. data changes if needed in all cooperatives and related
Commercial Package. membership. Cooperative management can perform all the
necessary cooperative recording functions ranging from
When the nature of the project and user requirements
changing and updating membership, inputting deposits or
are not unusual, most organizations will look for
loans and managing cooperative reports. Members of the
commercial software packages that have been achieved
cooperative can see the status of savings and loans
rather than developing new systems from scratch.
themselves without being able to see the status of savings
Organizations that can implement commercial software
and loans of other members. Members also cannot do loan
produce a number of advantages. This includes lower initial
and savings data entry. But members can see the latest
costs, shorter implementation times, better control, and
financial reports and status when accessing the cooperative
rigorous vendor testing. All of these benefits translate into
webpage.
cost savings for users. But this process is not without risk.
Formal procedures need to be followed to ensure that users D. The instrument used.
get a package that sufficiently meets their needs and is System development is a rapidly developing field of
compatible with the existing system. science lately following the development of information
Maintenance and Support. technology. The rapid growth was followed by the
Maintenance involves obtaining and implementing emergence of various instruments that could be used in the
the latest software versions of commercial packages and development of this web-based cooperative information
making in-house modifications to existing systems to system. Some instruments used include:
accommodate changing user needs. Maintenance may be
relatively trivial, such as modifying an application to
generate new reports, or more broadly, such as
programming new functionality into the system. Feedback
loops from maintenance to project initiation steps and
system strategies, respectively, regardless of this
relationship.
Romney and Steinbart (2015) propose a slightly
different system development life cycle model. They
proposed four stages of system development consisting of,
system analysis, system design, system implementation and
operation and maintenance. Romney and Steinbart's (2015) Fig 1. UML dengan model 4+1 View
life cycle model is explained in the following figure 2:
C. WEB based system development. Is a data modeling language used in model design in
object-oriented software development. Modeling using
WEB Engineering Analysis. WEB Engineering UML is independent so that it can be used with any
Analysis explains how the analysis is carried out on a web- programming language. UML provides writing standards in
based information system developed. This analysis follows making blueprints for software development projects,
the WEB Engineering analysis from IBM which is also used including concepts, writing classes in certain programming
by Ependi (2013) using four steps consisting of 1) content languages, database schemes, and other things that help
analysis, interaction analysis 3) functional analysis and 4) software development.
configuration analysis.
Content analysis examines the content of information
that will be presented on a web page that will be used by
ICGTD - 189
UML consist of 4+ 1 following component: Use Case secondary data include data on potential school users of
View, Design View, Implementation View : Process View, employee savings and loan cooperative information
Deployment View. systems, as well as cooperative accounting processes that
PHP is a programming language designed for web can be obtained through accounting books related to
development. The PHP program is processed by the PHP cooperatives.
interpreter that is on the web server and displays its output
for the user. This programming language is free and its use B. Research Subjects
is regulated under a PHP license. PHP is generally paired
This study uses a savings and credit cooperative of 16
with MySQL which manages the database of applications
jambi city SMPN and SMKN 3 North Lampung as research
made. MySQL is a relational database management system
subjects. The use of these 2 subjects is to see the similarity
that is also open and managed under the general public
and diversity of the operational nature of savings and loan
license of GNU.
cooperatives that will be made a web-based savings and
III. RESEARCH METHODS loan cooperative information system application. The use of
these two cooperatives is also under consideration that this
The information system development research method application can become a multi-cooperative application,
is different from other fields of research methods, due to the
which can be used by cooperatives throughout Indonesia.
different research processes. From the standpoint of the
information system itself, Gasson (1995) distinguishes this
research method based on the breadth of information system C. Users of web-based cooperative savings and loan
development. In the narrow sense, the development of information systems
information systems can be seen as a technical change. A
single problem is seen as being well defined, technical Users of this information system consist of:
solutions are proposed, evaluated and implemented.
However, Klein and Hirschheim (1987) suggest that social  Admin. Admin is the user who manages the
change is taking place, where the development of SI is seen cooperative information system as a whole. The main
as involving many broader social and organizational task is to set the system and assess whether the
changes. treasurer who registers has the right to carry out routine
This research uses information systems development service operations. Admin has the right to add, delete
research methods in a narrow sense which is more towards cooperatives and the treasurer who will manage the
technical change. This study follows the information system cooperative.
development method of Romney and Steinbart (2015) which  Treasurer. Treasurer is the official treasurer of the
divides the information system development stages into the registered cooperative. He has the right to manage
following stages: system analysis, system design, cooperatives. The main task of the treasurer is
implementation, use and maintenance. managing cooperative membership and managing
cooperative transactions and managing cooperative
A. Types and data collection methods reports. One cooperative is only managed by one
treasurer.
 Members of the cooperative. Members of the
Primary data cooperative can not do the editing process on
1. Interviews. cooperative information systems. Members can only
see the financial status of cooperatives both individual
Interviews is a direct way to get primary data through status and the overall report of the cooperative. The
actors by asking directly the information that they want to member can only see the cooperative report for which
collect (Sugiyono, 2008). Interviews will be effective if a he is registered.
list of data needs has been prepared before meeting with  Principal. Principals have the same rights as members,
data source subjects. Interviews are the most effective way that is, they can only see the status of individuals and
to get information about what information is most needed by reports of cooperatives. The principal can only see the
users of information systems. financial status of the cooperative both the status of the
individual and the report of the cooperative as a whole.
2. Observation. The principal can only see the cooperative report where
Observations are made through direct observation of the he is registered.
processes that are being worked on by the subjects of the  Public Users. The intended Public User is any person
information system actors. This method often requires a who has access to the cooperative information system
long time, because it follows the real process carried out by that is not yet included in the admin group, treasurer or
information system personnel. registered member. Public users can be treasurers who
are just showing interest in cooperative information
Secondary data systems. Public users can only access general
Secondary data needed in this study is information cooperative information systems. Public
complementary data that is publicly available (Indriantoro users can also try out the entry and reporting on a
and Supomo, 2002). Secondary data obtained through the sample of cooperatives opened for trial.
internet, or information from related parties. Examples of
ICGTD - 190
D. System development method has begun to be used by savings and credit cooperatives in
Indonesia. While maintenance is to keep the system running
The stages of system development commonly used as it should, In use there are sometimes disturbances and
are as follows: errors that occur which need treatment to ensures disorders
and errors can be overcome. the treatment includes installing
1) Planning, 2) Analysis, 3) Design 4) Implementation 5)
additional features needed during the use process. Addition is
Use. This stage is often also called a waterfall because the
possible as long as it does not interfere with the main
flow pattern that is drawn is similar to a waterfall. operation of the system. This research stage is only up to the
online installation stage, not to the use by cooperatives.
Analysis Stage.
Stages of analysis are stages to get a picture of the
problem that must be solved. This stage begins by studying
IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
the existing system in employee savings and loan
cooperatives which is used as a basic model for developing The process of developing the Sismpan cooperative
cooperative information systems. The system feasibility employee loan information system follows the stages of the
study is carried out concisely because limitation of the system development life cycle; Planning, analysis, design,
development resources provided by the research team. In implementation and use. This research is in the first, second
general, employee savings and loan cooperatives are in poor and third stages, until the analysis stage.
condition, because it is generally managed with a human A. Planning.
system which has a lot of risk of errors, Coupled with the
general management does not understand the cooperative The planning stage begins with making a proposal and
accounting process needed. initial investigation. The preparation of the proposal
Identification of information needs is conducted at this summarizes the preparation of the planned resource used,
stage. Basic information that can be used as an investigation human resources, researchers, administrative operators and
is that the financial statements are added to the status of programmers. While other resources used are computers and
members' savings and loans. Findings at this stage are software that are used specifically in planning and design.
summarized as reports on the analysis phase. What will be The proposal also includes the preparation of a research
continued in the system design that can meet the budget and the stages of the development schedule. The
information needs found in this stage. planning stage also includes an initial investigation aimed at
design stage. obtaining information on the condition of the cooperative
This stage compiles a system design blueprint that can bookkeeping system that is currently used in the two
provide the information needed at the analysis stage. This research subjects, namely SMPN 16 Kotabumi and SMKN 3
stage contains the process of managing input into Lampung Utara.
information and making a list of inputs that must be done. The initial investigation was carried out by visiting both
Modeling can be done using Unifided Modeling language research subjects and conducting interviews with the staff of
which consists of use case view, design view,Implenetation the employee savings and loan cooperative. The
view, process view dan deployment view. composition of the management of the cooperatives of the
This process is documented as a blueprint that can be two research subjects is relatively different, because SMPN
used in the process of prototyping work. The blueprint 16 Kota Jambi has a supervisory body but does not have a
created by modeling using UML is independent of the secretary, while SMKN 3 Kotabumi, on the other hand, has
programming language so that it can be free to choose the a secretary but does not have a supervisory body. In the
programming language when coding is done. implementation of daily cooperative activities, the two
Implementation Stage. cooperatives are both only carried out by the treasurer. So
The initial stage of implementation is coding which that the interview focused more on the treasurers of the two
interprets the blueprint into commands understood by the schools.
machine (computer). coding is done by programmers who Interviews at the two schools show that both schools
are assisted by analysis in the overall design. The next have not used a computer-based employee savings and loan
activity in this stage is initial testing. The finished system is cooperative information system. This school cooperative is
tested with real data from the cooperative, errors and bugs already using a computer but only uses Microsoft Excel as
that appear corrected. their cooperative bookkeeping media.
Coding is conducted locally using CakePHP framework Interviews also found problems that the savings and loan
with a local server that can only be accessed by local cooperatives have as expected. The main problem is
applications and cannot be accessed via the internet. difficulty in preparing the cooperative report quickly and
Although it is done locally, the system environment is accurately. From the interviews we also noted the similarity
similar as if accessed via the internet. Local server of the working patterns of savings and loan cooperatives
applications are set up using Xampp, one of the local web that took 10% relative benefits from the loans provided. In
server applications that can provide an application general, repayment of loans is conducted in 10 months,
environment like working on the internet. This server can although some loans are faster or longer. Reports are made
also be accessed through a local network, with multiple using Microsoft Excel while transaction documents use
users so it really looks like on the internet. receipts that are made by theirself with Microsoft Word or
Use and Maintenance one’s available on the market.
The usage is in the final stages where the system has
started to be installed (online server). the application system
ICGTD - 191
B. Information system design cooperatives. The main job of the treasurer in the
The design of employee savings and loans cooperative cooperative information system is categorized into four
information systems starts with looking at the business tasks. The first task is savings transaction input, second loan
processes carried out by cooperatives and illustrated using transaction input, third expense transaction input and fourth
use cases and entity relationship diagrams (ERD). SHU transaction input. Transaction input is a job that might
be adding data, editing data or deleting data depending on
what is being needed by the transaction. The preparation of
the report is the responsibility of the treasurer, but because
the system is real time, the treasurer only has to print reports
that have been directly produced, both balance sheet,
income statement and accounts receivable..
The next stage is to describe the above process in
the form of class diagrams that can be understood by the
programmer. Class diagrams will facilitate communication
between systems analysts and programmers. The
cooperative information system Consist of Member,
treasurer and admin class diagram.
Interface Design
The Employee Savings and Loan Cooperative
Information System interface is designed as simple as
possible, to facilitate users in operating it.
The start page (front page) only contains the title
and login button or register for new users. There are three
Fig 2. Entity-relationship Diagram (ERD) employee savings types of users of this information system, admin, treasurer
and loans Cooperative and member. The three types of users can enter through the
Entity relations diagram employee savings and loans login button, then a menu will appear according to the
cooperative in the picture above explains how entities membership level. For those who are not yet members of the
interact in relationships with each other. It can be seen in the cooperative can register through the member menu. New
employee savings and loan cooperative above, the members can only choose the level of users as members and
cooperative business process is centered on the members of treasurers.
the cooperative the main activity is saving and making The initial menu of cooperative information systems is as
loans. A more detailed description of this activity is follows:
explained by the chart instance table (table instance chart =
TIC). TIC is expected to be able to equalize perception
between system analysts and programmers who write
system program codes.
Unified Modelling Language (UML)
Unified Modeling Language (UML) is a system
documentation technique for object-oriented Analysis /
Design (OOAD) based architecture. UML is a language that Fig 3. Login Menu
can consistently visualize, construct and document artifacts
(information generated in software engineering). The UML The main user of the employee savings and loan
diagram in the design of employee savings and loans cooperative information system is the treasurer as the
cooperative information systems is illustrated in the system operator. Members can only see related data such as
following Use case: savings and loans. The treasurer who has logged into the
Use Case Anggota system will see the following display:
Membership status starts when employees begin to
register as members and ends when they resign. When
registering, members will receive a membership sign form
containing personal data which is also proof of deposit of
principal savings, mandatory savings and first voluntary
savings. Member status ends when the employee resigns. At
the time of resignation the employee will receive a
resignation document which is also a receipt of all savings
after deducting the amount of the outstanding loan. Data of
members who resign remain stored in the cooperative
information system database. Fig 4. The main appearance of the treasurer
Use case bendahara. The Treasury's main job is most often done is to record
The treasurer carries out the function of the transactions. When logging into the cooperative information
operator information system for employee savings and loans system, the treasurer will immediately be able to see a list of
ICGTD - 192
transactions that were most recently done. This is made so income (profit sharing) on the account used by the
that the treasurer can immediately remember whether he has cooperative to store cash.
made an entry to the transactions made by the treasurer and The Expenses section presents the main expenses that
members. are issued by cooperatives, namely administrative expenses
The top menu bar consists of the Members, which may include stationery and equipment expenses,
Transactions, Questions Guide and Logout menu. Before a interest expenses and salary expenses. Interest expense is
transaction is made, the treasurer must ensure that member the interest expense or bank administration of the bank
data has been input into the system. Member input is done account used by the cooperative to store cash. Salary
through the member menu at the top of Figure 10 above. expenses represent salary for cooperatives that pay salaries
Then member window will appear as follows: for the services of their management.
The member list brings up all the horizontal members in The Last is the list of members' loan balances. The
the cooperative. The Membership list window displays data accounts receivable list summarizes all members' loan
of members composed of the NIP, Full Name, Mobile summaries. With this list, members know the latest
Number and registration date. To edit member data, you can condition of their loans. The list will consist of the last loan
do it by clicking the "edit" link in the "actions" column status of each member. The list is completed with the total
located in the rightmost column of the members list. To add loan amount that has yet to be paid by all members.
new members, you can click on the "Add member" link at
the top left of the member list page. Data editing is done by
clicking the edit link in the rightmost column. Add members V. CONCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS
will appear a window to add members as follows: A. Conclusions
After returning to the main page, then transaction input
Based on the description above it can be concluded:
can be made by clicking the "New Transaction" menu in the
"Actions" column next to the left at the very top. After  Investigation has been carried out on two employee
clicking on the new transaction link, the new transaction savings and loan cooperatives, namely SMK 3 Kota
entry window will appear immediately. bui and SMPN 16 Kota Jambi. The weaknesses of the
cooperative are in the bookkeeping and the technical
Report Design ability of the manager in providing correct and timely
Main Report of Savings and Loan Cooperatives consists reports.
of balance sheet and income statement. In addition to these  The weakness of this cooperative can be overcome by
two reports, reports related to member loans are member the existence of web-based information systems.
loans. Thus, the report that will be made consists of 3 Web-based information systems are expected to
reports. overcome the problem of accounting and the
provision of timely reports.
Balance Sheet Report
The balance sheet report contains a statement of the  Planning and design stages have been carried out in
accordance with the needs of employee savings and
financial position of the cooperative with simpler content. In
credit cooperative information systems. The
general, employee savings and loan cooperatives only have
development of the employee loan and saving
cash and accounts receivable accounts for asset positions. cooperative information system is underway and is
Equipment usually uses personal equipment while expected to be in accordance with the plan set out
notebooks are considered expenses. So property, plan and earlier.
equipment, hardly appear on the balance sheet. However,
this balance sheet report still provides these standard B. Limitation
accounts. The limitations of the employee saving and loan
On the liability side there are debt accounts, principal cooperative information system has not met the optimal
savings, mandatory savings and voluntary savings. Debt will documentation needs. Although the report can be seen and
likely amount to zero because employee savings and credit printed, the system has not been able to produce a pdf report
cooperatives generally do not carry out loan transactions, as standard documentation. The next development is
except cooperatives that work with banks to increase their expected to overcome this weakness.
loan amounts. REFERENCES
In the capital section consists of donations, reserves and
SHU. Donations accommodate donations that may be [1] Ependi, U. (2013). Pengembangan Sistem Informasi Online
received from third parties, both the government, CSR Menggunakan Metode Web Engineering. JURNAL MATRIK, 15(1),
companies and other parties. Reserves save SHU which are 21-32.
[2] Fathorrazi, M. (2010). Ekonomi Koperasi. Badan Penerbitan
not shared from previous years, while SHU is SHU obtained Universitas Negeri Jember, Jember
during the reporting year. [3] Gasson, S. (1995). „The role of methodologies in it-related
organisational change”. In Proceedings of BCS Specialist Group on
IS Methodologies, 3rd Annual Conference, The Application of
Income Statement Methodologies in Industrial and Business Change, North East (pp. 1-
The income statement consists of two main parts, 2).
namely the income and expenses section. Cooperative [4] Hall, J. A. (2011). Accounting information systems. Cengage
income consists of the main income from savings and loan Learning.
[5] Hejazziey, D. (2009). Pemberdayaan Koperasi, Usaha Mikro, Kecil
activities presented in the name of income and interest dan Menengah (UMKM) Melalui Lembaga Keuangan Syariah (LKS)
ICGTD - 193
Untuk Mengentaskan Kemiskinan dan Pengurangan Pengangguran. [12] Subekti, L. (2013). Implementasi Strategi Pembinaan dan
Al-Iqtishad: Jurnal Ilmu Ekonomi Syariah, 1(1). Pengembangan Koperasi dan Usaha Kecil Menengah (Studi pada
[6] Hirschheim, R., Klein, H. K., & Newman, M. (1987, December). A Dinas Koperasi dan UKM Kota Malang). Jurnal Administrasi Publik,
Social Action Perspective of Information Systems Development. In 1(1), 85-92.
ICIS (p. 39). [13] Sugiharsono, S. (2009). Sistem Ekonomi Koperasi sebagai Solusi
[7] Kuncoro, M. (2000). Usaha Kecil di Indonesia: Profil, Masalah dan Masalah Perekonomian Indonesia: Mungkinkah?. Jurnal Ekonomi
Strategi Pemberdayaan. Sumber, 7, 6-8. dan Pendidikan, 6(1).
[8] Indriantoro, N., & Supomo, B. (2002). Metodologi penelitian bisnis. [14] Sugiyono, D. (2008). Metode penelitian bisnis. Bandung: Pusat
Yogyakarta: Bpfe. Bahasa Depdiknas.
[9] Lumbantobing, J., Purba, E, F., Simangunsong, R., (2002), Ekonomi [15] Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 29 Tahun 1992 Tentang
Koperasi, FE Universitas HKBP Nomensen, 2002. Perkoperasian, Lembaran Negara Republik Indonesia Nomor 116.
[10] Putusan Mahkamah Konstitusi Nomor 28/PUU-XI/2013 Tentang [16] http://otda.kemendagri.go.id/CMS/Images/SubMenu/total_daerah_oto
PENGUJIAN UNDANG-UNDANG NOMOR 17 TAHUN 2012 nom.pdf
TENTANG PERKOPERASIAN.
[11] Romney, M. B., & Steinbart, P. J. (2015). Sistem Informasi
Akuntansi Edisi 13. Jakarta: Penerbit Salemba Empat.
.
ICGTD - 194
Implementation K-Means Cluster in Student’s
Presence Monitoring System
Yusup Miftahuddin Irma Amelia Dewi
Informatics Engineering Informatics Engineering
Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung Institut Teknologi Nasional Bandung
yusufm@itenas.ac.id irma_amelia@itenas.ac.id
Asril Arbani Hamka

Informatics Engineering
Bandung, Indonesia
arieflow02@gmail.com
Abstract— The students’ elusiveness occurs very often due to This study uses longitude and latitude as parameters of
a poor presence monitoring system. There are many cases where the position of students in their class. The system will record
the students leave the class and does not return during the class. the longitude and latitude data of students during lectures
In order to overcome this issue, an advance monitoring system is lasting for 120 minutes. The data will be grouped into 2
developed. This monitoring system tracks every student’s groups, namely groups that are in the class or groups that are
existence by detecting their mobile phones based on longitude outside the class. In the grouping process, this research
and latitude coordinates. They choose the subject and their class applies the K-means algorithm.
and every thirty minutes system automatically will capture their
position by longitude and latitude. This paper applies the K- This study intends to classify the position of students
means algorithm to create clusters based on their coordinate during the lecturing activities using longitude and latitude
positions. During the learning process, the coordinate positions data from students. The grouping process is done by finding
are classified into two clusters: the first cluster students who are the centroid points of each cluster based on the longitude and
located inside the class room and the second cluster students who latitude data records of each student.
are located outside the classroom. Based on the test results, K-
Means clustered student devices according to their actual II. RELATED WORK
location with an accuracy rate of 75.27%. As for the position
radius is considered different cluster at a radius of 7 meters from In this study utilizing Location-Based Services (LBS)
the position of the largest population. which is a service via mobile phone and estimating the
geographical location of user devices.[2][3] LBS is also
Keywords—cluster, longitude, latitude known as location services, mobile location-based services
I. INTRODUCTION [7], wireless location services which are technologies that
provide information or generate information available based
Lecturing is one of the obligations that students must on user location. LBS continues to track position to detect
carry out. Lecture activities are regulated in the Decree of changes in the spatial relationship between the user and the
Education Guidelines in Institutions. All forms of cheating
surrounding objects and proactively take appropriate action,
regarding lectures are regulated in the guidebook or
the concept is known as geofencing [4].
university decree. One of the cheats that is often done by
students is the activity of leaving attendance, ie students do Determination of the area of student presence during
not come in and ask friends to sign the signature sheet on the lectures is done using a clustering system with the K-Means
absent documents. Another cheating activity is that students method [8] [9]. The division of the area in the cluster system
often ask for permission to leave the class and not return to serves as a way to supervise students during the
the classroom. The activity to ask for an exit permit is also implementation of lecture activities, the cluster is divided
carried out during the exam. into 2 groups of data using a radius system adjusted to
where the lecture activities take place. Then the data is
Based on these cheats it can be seen that the difficulty of classified to find out the results of the study including the
monitoring the presence of students in class or outside the categories in the class and outside the class radius.
classroom. Besides this, there is a problem that not all
The determination of the K-Means clustering method is
lecturers or teaching staff do attendance or care about
also used in the admission of new students.[6] In the
attendance. One way to overcome this problem is to create a
system that can track and record the whereabouts of students clustering results obtained by the grouping of prospective
during lecture activities. students based on science and social studies.
ICGTD - 195
III. TECHNICAL SOLUTION A. K-Means Algorithms
This research in general has several parts that are K-Means Clustering is a form of grouping that classifies
interconnected, namely android devices, firebase, Node.Js data through a number of clusters.[5] Grouping data by the
and website (admin). Firebase is used to connect Android K-Means method is done with the following stages:
with databases and servers (Node.js). Then the admin
1. Determine the number of classes
accesses web pages that are connected to firebase as well.
The block diagram of the component is shown in Figure 1 2. Determine the centroid point at random
3. Calculate the distance from each member to the
initial centroid point using the eucledean distance
formula.[1]
4. Data is allocated into groups with the closest

distance. The allocation can use the following
formula:
5. Calculate the average value of each group member

Fig. 1 Block Diagram and the value is used as a new centroid point.
6. Recalculate the distance of cluster members with
new centroid points
In this study, students are required to install an android
application regarding monitoring their presence in class. On 7. If the data is consistent with the cluster (each
the android system students can log in to choose courses and member's cluster has not changed) then the process
classes. When students finish choosing classes and courses, is complete, but if the data still changes the cluster
the system will automatically take the longitude and latitude then iterates (back to step number 3).
values. These values are stored in a real time firebase
database. Then the backend system (admin) can find out the B. Initial Data of Student Longitude and Latitude
position of students during lectures by grouping them into Here are the longitude and latitude data of student
clusters using K-Means. The system process flow is positions. Data obtained from the results of students logging
illustrated in Figure 2. in and pressing the absent button on the android system that
immediately takes datalongitude and latitude from the
student's position for one hour every 10 minutes.
TABLE 1. DATA STUDENTS

Student’s name Time Data (Lngitude,Latitude)
sidiq 10 minutes -6.8973669,107.637438
sidiq 20 minutes -6.8973597,107.6374713
sidiq 30 minutes -6.8972118,107.6376867
sidiq 40 minutes -6.8972118,107.6376867
sidiq 50 minutes -6.8975861,107.63722
sidiq 60 minutes -6.8971171,107.6375676
sidiq 70 minutes -6.8972117,107.637255
sidiq 80 minutes -6.8974702,107.6372714
sidiq 90 minutes -6.897627,107.6370882
sidiq 100 minutes -6.897462,107.6367162
sidiq 110 minutes -6.8971957,107.6367093
sidiq 120 minutes -6.8973579,107.6374676
The first step in K-means is to determine the number of

clusters. The number of clusters is adjusted according to the
case. In this case, the selected cluster is 2 groups (groups of
students who are in the class and groups of students who are
outside the class.
The second step is to determine the centroid point at
Fig. 2 Flowchart System
random. In this case:
Cluster 1 : -6.8973597,107.6374713
Cluster 2: -6.8972117,107.637255
ICGTD - 196
The next step is to calculate the distance of each data to
each centroid then compare which one is closest.
TABLE 2. DISTANCE CALCULATION RESULTS

eulidean eulidean
Longitude Latitude
distance cluster 1 distance cluster 2
-6,8973669 107,637438 3,40695E-05 0,00023995
-6,8973597 107,6374713 0 0,000262087
Fig. 3 Graph Level of accuracy of population numbers
-6,8972118 107,6376867 0,000261288 0,0004317
In Fig. 3, calculating the accuracy of the data is done by
-6,8972118 107,6376867 0,000261288 0,0004317
comparing the results of the cluster position of students
-6,8975861 107,63722 0,000338243 0,000376032 based on the system with the position of students manually.
The appropriate amount of data divided by the amount of test
-6,8971171 107,6375676 0,000261014 0,000326601
data is then multiplied by 100 %. Based on the test results,
-6,8972117 107,637255 0,000262087 0 the average percentage of accuracy is 75.27%. This is
-6,8974702 107,6372714 0,000228408 0,00025902
influenced by data with a diverse population of student
positions and diverse distances.
-6,897627 107,6370882 0,000467135 0,000447545
The second testing scheme is the distance radius of the
-6,897462 107,6367162 0,000761998 0,000594101 student's position from the classroom. This test aims to
-6,8971957 107,6367093 0,000779449 0,000545935 measure the optimal distance of the position of students who
are considered the system as a cluster outside the classroom.
-6,8973579 107,6374676 4,11461E-06 0,000258018 The test results are shown in Figure 4
The next step is to compare the results of the euclidean

distance cluster 1 and 2 data then the data is grouped into
each cluster. Here are the results:
TABLE 3. CLUSTERING RESULTS
Fig. 4 graph of distance of class radius to cluster
The optimal distance is said to be outside the classroom

with a radius of 7 meters from the room. This is because the
tested classrooms are 7m x 4m and the position of students is
spread out in the classroom (not centered at one point).
The system can monitor student positions for 120
minutes. The position of students can be classified into
cluster 1 and cluster 2 using the system. The results are
shown in Figure 5
IV. RESULTS
Student monitoring system through longitude and latitude
is tested on 10 students by taking longitude and latitude data
every 10 minutes for 2 hours. Each student uses a different
Android device with a different GPS technology. Testing is
also carried out to measure the level of system accuracy
using parameters of the number of students and distance.
Tests carried out in a class area with a size of 7 x 4 m2. Here
are the results of testing the total student population
Fig. 5 Student position data graph
ICGTD - 197
ACKNOWLEDGMENT location-based android application for tracking purposes in assisted
living. In 2016 International Conference on Telecommunications and
This research is carried out with the support of the Multimedia (TEMU) (pp. 1-7). IEEE.
Ministry of Research, Technology and Higher Education of [5] Kristanto, N. H., Christopher, A., & Budi, H. (2016). Implemantasi
the Republic Indonesia (Kemenristekdikti) and Institute for K-Means Clustering untuk Pengelompokan Analisis Rasio
Research and Community Services (LPPM) ITENAS Profitabilitas dalam Working Capital. Jurnal Informatika dan Sistem
Informasi, 2(1), 9-15.
through the contract No. 146/B.05/LPPM-
ITENAS/VI/2016.8. [6] Nasari, F., & Darma, S. (2013). Penerapan k-means clustering pada
data penerimaan mahasiswa baru (studi kasus: universitas potensi
utama). SEMNASTEKNOMEDIA ONLINE, 3(1), 2-1.
REFERENCES
[7] Wawrzyniak, N., & Hyla, T. (2016, June). Application of geofencing
[1] Anton, Howard (1994), Elementary Linear Algebra (7th ed.), John technology for the purpose of spatial analyses in inland mobile
Wiley & Sons, pp. 170–171, ISBN 978-0-471-58742-2 navigation. In 2016 Baltic Geodetic Congress (BGC Geomatics) (pp.
[2] Garzon, S. R., Deva, B., Pilz, G., & Medack, S. (2015, March). 34-39). IEEE.
Infrastructure-assisted geofencing: proactive location-based services [8] Widiyaningtyas, T., Prabowo, M. I. W., & Pratama, M. A. M. (2017,
with thin mobile clients and smart servers. In 2015 3rd IEEE September). Implementation of K-means clustering method to
International Conference on Mobile Cloud Computing, Services, and distribution of high school teachers. In 2017 4th International
Engineering (pp. 61-70). IEEE. Conference on Electrical Engineering, Computer Science and
[3] Gupta, A., & Harit, V. (2016, February). Child Safety & Tracking Informatics (EECSI) (pp. 1-6). IEEE.
Management System by Using GPS, Geo-Fencing & Android [9] Xu, Y., & Qinghai, W. (2017). An Improved K-means Clustering
Application: An Analysis. In 2016 Second International Conference Algorithm Based on the Variable Precision Rough Set. Office
on Computational Intelligence & Communication Technology Informatization, (8), 9.
(CICT) (pp. 683-686). IEEE.
[4] Hadjioannou, V., Mavromoustakis, C. X., Mastorakis, G., Markakis,
.
E. K., Valavani, D., & Pallis, E. (2016, July). Context awareness
ICGTD - 198

Book of Proceeding: International Conference On Green Technology and Design

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Book of Proceeding: International Conference On Green Technology and Design

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOOK OF PROCEEDING

Bandung, 4 – 5 December 2019

Bale Dayang Sumbi

INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON GREEN TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN

GENERAL CHAIR : Dr. Nurtati Soewarno, Ir., MT.

LOCAL ARRANGEMENT COMMITTEE

2019© All rights reserved

Day Time Description

24 Institut Teknologi Nasional Green

37 Regional Development Suistanability

Welcome to the 1st International Conference on Green Technology

It is our responsibility to contribute in the national development

On behalf of Organizing Committee, it is a great pleasure to welcome you in Itenas

ORGANIZING COMMITTEE ................................................................................... i

RUNDOWN ICGTD ................................................................................................. iii

PRESENTATION SCHEDULE ................................................................................. iv

TABLE OF CONTENT ............................................................................................ x

1. Multimode Ultrasound Cleaner Design for Green Extraction Food Processing

2. Development of Digital Simulation of Intelligent Electronic Devices Operating

3. IoT Thingspeak for Miniature Smart Grid Monitoring System

4. Performance Analysis of comparison the conventional and Myring blade

5. Video Communication System Using LASER

6. Lexicon-Based Sentiment Analysis For Analyzing Situational Variables

7. Implementation of Template Matching Correlation Method in the Conversion

8. Production of Nano Asphalt Emulsion from Asbuton with Microemulsion Method

11. Analysis of Stress Against Airflow on Electric Car Bodies

12. Health Examinaton Facility Design Mobile For Elderly

14. Regional simulation of surface ozone over Southeast Asia

18. Study Program Levels of Community Participation in Waste Management of

20. Study of Several Natural Adsorbents Performance in Ethanol Purification

21. Tubular Celulotic biofilm production in double Chamber Reactor

23. Human Error Contributions to Potential Incident in Laboratories at Institut

24. Mathematical Modeling of Green Capacitated P-Centre Problem using Mixed

26. Estimation of Mangrove Biomass Parameters Using Aerial Photography

27. Eco-Design Packaging for Sustainable Farming Products

29. Utilization Of Corkwood Fabric In The Making Of “Corkseat” With Surface

30. Initial Design of Cisumdawu Toll Rest Area

31. Parchment Skin: Alternative Materials for Manufacturing Environmentally

34. Optimizing learning facility on Interior Design Basic level Education

37. K-Means Algorithm for Monitoring The Existence Of Student In Class

I. INTRODUCTION 1. Innovation using alternative resources from plants

Fig. 3. Electronic Control System

The automatic mode provided can be set or the existing

Fig. 1. Sonication System

Yakut et.al se power unit to produces an amplitude-

Fig. 2. The station control area [4].

Fig. 4. The station control area [4].

Fig. 5. Data sources in a substation automation system [5].

Fig. 7. Block diagram of a microcontroller design system

(d) Voltage and current Voltage & current charts of load

Triyogi Yuwono Wawan Aries Widodo Mardi Santoso

Cµ can be computed in equation (10)

 is the mean rate of rotation tensor viewed in a rotating

Fig. 4 Laser diode

E. Composite Video Signal

Fig. 5 Video Signal Frequency Spectrum in PAL System

III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

A. Measurement with a 10 cm distance in Light Condition

Fig. 9 Video Signal at the Receiver

B. Measurement with a 10 cm distance in Dark Condition

Fig. 10 Video Signal Input

In figure 11 shows the results of measurements of the

variables that affects the subjects emotions. Research has

 Grayscale = 0.21R + 0.72G + 0.07*B